About the Author

Er. B.R. Banga

After a brief stint of 3.5 years in M.E.S, the author joined M.P., P.W.D. in
Jan, 1949. He was posted as Draftsman at Chhindwara with special permission
of the Government as new entrant were not eligible for this appointment. He was
promoted as Hd. Draftsman in C.E. Irrigation, where he was responsible for
sanction to 14 detailed estimates of medium schemes then in hand and also
finalization of Tawa Major Project.

He was actively associated with Sampna Dam slip enquiry which earned
him a special C.R. from Er M.L. Sood, ISE, written in his own hands, the then
chief Engineer.

At Raipur itself he suggested modification in the Remodeling of Mahanadi

Canal System, and dropping of Bhatapara Branch Canal. This resulted in not
only a saving of Rs. 1.5 crores but also ensured irrigation of additional 1,40,000
acres in about 4-5 years time. This saving of Rs. 1.5 crores was commended by
the State Government through a special letter in 1968.

The author was promoted as Assistant Engineer in June,1966. His work

as A.E. was appreciated by Er. D.S. Sinha, the then E-in-C by noting down in his
C.R.,” An above average officer, better than most of his colleagues, An
Asset to the department”.

The author was promoted as Executive Engineer in October,1977 .He

took Voluntary retirement in August,1982, feeling he could do better outside, than
continuing in service, which certainly proved correct, as after retirement he was
able to publish 4 other books as well i.e. A Handy W.D. Manual; A Compilation of
Irrigation Act,1931 and irrigation rules,1974; A Treatise of Design Criteria &
Typical Designs of Structures in Irrigation canals (700 pages including 200
drawings) and Sinchai Prabandhan mein Krishkon ki Bhagidari.
 PREFACE (2nd Reprint)
Looking to the persistent demand, not only from Engineers of
the Irrigation Departments of Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh but
also of the R.E.S. and other allied departments carrying out similar
works in rural areas in the two states, it became necessary to bring
out a 2nd - Reprint.

As is known, irrigation projects becaouse of varying, reservoir capacity,

dam heights, canal discharges, as also canal depths in cutting reaches, are
not built according to any standard size or design. Each component
has to be individually designed in keeping with the site conditions, properties
of construction materials in the locality and the construction methods
used, ofcourse, inline with the broad prescribed design parameters.

The above, makes preservation essential, of not only completion

drawings but detailed designs as well. These are needed for deciding
remedial measures, necessitated due to mishaps, i f any occuring, in
later years. These are similarly required for undertaking new additions
subsequently f o r i m p r o v e m e n t o f t h e i r s c o p e .
For these obvious reasons old circulars especially those relating
to designs for which new circulars are issued still need to be retained,
indicating, the issue of new circular, and a broad gist of the changes
envisaged in these new circulars. The number of new circulars too, being
limited few, did not warrant recasting of this mamoth volume, to prepare
and publish a revised edition. Hence' this resort to publication of a 2nd
Reprint" by adding newly issued circulars at the end.

The additions made in the 1st Reprint were in the form of eleven
chapters i.e. 231 to 241. Similarly additional matter included in the
2nd Reprint is contained in eleven Chapters i.e. 242 to 252. To make
sure that the Readers do not lose sight of the new circulars, these are
distinctly included in both the "Contents at a Glance," and "Table
of Contents", at relevent places.
I have no doubt that Field Engineers will appreciate, this new effort.

" Ram Navmi "

23rd March, 2007. B.R.Banga
 PREFACE
It certainly needs no apologies for bringing out this compilation. Infact,
the urge for such a compilation got kindled when I joined M.P., PWD, in
1949 after a brief stint of 4 years in M.E.S. While M.E.S. had lot of printed
literature for its Engineering staff, the State P.W.D. could hardly boast of
a few typical Estimates of Buildings, and a small Specification for Road works.
As for the Specifications for Buildings & Bridge works etc., the Divisional
officers had to initially mention- "Punjab PWD Specification", and later the
"Bombay PWD Hand Book," both in the Covering Reports of Estimates and
Tender documents etc. Although some Irrigation works were being maintained,
but there was no Technical Manual to provide guidance.
Further probe revealed that when the work on first batch of 22 Irrigation
Schemes was taken up in hand in the year 1910, the C.P. PWD Irrigation
Manual, Typical Designs of Canal Structures on Distributories & Minors,
Beddy's Tables of Canal Losses, Capt. Garette's tables for Estimation
of Flood & many Typical Estimates were also issued for the guidance
of Engineering staff.
Later, on the recommendations of C.P. Irrigation Committee (1927-29),
a complete ban on new Irrigation Activities was placed, untill the schemes
already completed proved remunerative. It was perhaps in keeping with
this ban that, when a new PWD Manual was introduced in the year
1942, while repealing the PWD Manual of Orders Vol I to III, the C.P.,
PWD Irrigation Manual was also repealed. Para 317 of this new PWD
Manual, 1942, merely stated that-"Projects for Irrigation works should be
prepared according to the Instructions which will be issued separately".
These ofcourse, did not get issued.
When Separate Irrigation Branch was set up in 1954, to give boost to new
Irrigation works, as a result of Five Years Plans, no body thought of reviving
the Old Repealed Irrigation Manual or issue of fresh instructions as indicated
in the PWD Manual.
Infact, in the current "Works Department Manual, 1983" (replacing
PWD Manual, 1942), para 2.0.26 merely states that - "Project Reports
will be prepared in accordance with the Standards and Guide Lines, prescribed
by the CWC/CEA. The designs and estimates shall also conform to relevent
Indian Standards."
As highlighted in the inside pages, the Two CWC publications issued
so far, are for Survey & Investigations and, the Preparation of Project Reports
for Major Irrigation & Multipurpose Projects. These therefore, did not trigger
down to formations dealing with Medium & Minor Schemes and the O&M
of Schemes under operations. No doubt, in between 1954 and 1966, the
C.E. Irrigation did issue some Circulars, but these were neither in any sequence
nor embraced all activities. The Compilation of these circulars, published
in 1973 would vouchsafe for the same.
When BODHI started issue of New Series Technical Circulars in 1985,
the meaningful sequence announced did bring a ray of hope that something
substantial and tangible was in the offing. As the Circulars incorporated in
this compilation would show, these no where near those pronouncements.
This way the need for a Compilation and that too, in some sequence, embracing
all activities one by one was obvious. The contents of lectures delivered
at OTC Tawa Nagar, and the Accademy of Administration also confirmed
this need. This is what has been endeavoured by the author in the pious
hope that the department will complete this task in the days ahead and
provide a full fledged Irrigation Technical Manual to its staff.

The fact, that such a Compilation should also be authentic, the author had
to make use of old T.C.'s as were still relevent, and the New Series T.C.'s
issued after 1985. To fill up gaps in between for the desired sequences the
author had to make use of the Notes of Lectures delivered by Senior Engineers,
at the OTC Tawanagar/Accademy of Administration Bhopal, and the various
E-in-C Publications & the Publications of the CWC etc. All these have been
listed in the Biblography given at the end. It has ofcourse, not been possible
to restrict its size. In fact many more items like 'Typical Designs of Structures
on Dam and Canals, from among those completed in the recent past, circulars
about Tube Wells, and notes relating to Plant & Machinery etc. had to be left
out on this count. Many are likely to question inclusion of Chapters 10-23, 25,
40-42, 187 & 200, omitting the above, but then the plan to make this compilation
a draft for "Irrigation Technical Manual" would have got defeated, for which the
author strived during last 50 years (1949-99).

The author feels confident that the sequence of text in the Compilation would
certainly create an urge among Engineers, working at the field and in offices
alike, to read through it fully to get a clear view of what is expected of them
during the cource of their duty in different spheres. This would incidentally, also
help them in the context of Govt orders requiring submission of an Annual Self
Assessment Report by the employees themselves, as these reports have certainly
to cover all his activities and not only the Allotment versus Expenditure or
small account of quantities of work physically completed.
 Likewise, the author shall also consider his efforts fully rewarded,
if this compilation is able to pave the way for some improvement in
the working of the department. Here it may be pertinent to add that,
priority to the outstanding Standardisation work (including issue of Typical
Estimates), and extending the Computer facility with score of Software
available in BODHI to the Field formations, not only for Project Formulation
but also for preparation of designs of individual components (using survey
data supplied by field) are matters, which if given serious thought could
radically streamline the working of the department in the shortest possible
time (say between 8 to 10 years) as it will not only lessen the work
load presently devolving on field formations, but also bring about uniformity
in the working standards (with 16 Chief Engineers managing different
areas). This will also ensure optimum use of the design & technical
staff of all offices including ofcourse, BODHI. Infact, the idea behind
W.B. & its Aiding Agencies insistance on engagement of Consultancy
Firms too emanated from the desire that, the field staff should be left
free for organising & supervision of works, to ensure thereby not only
the desired quality of works but also timely preparation of Completion
drawings, History of Projects and the closing of accounts etc. BODHI
and the design staff working in various offices can certainly undertake
this functions i.e. instead of merely checking, it could also engage in
initial preparation of designs and estimates.
In a gigantic compilation like the present, despite all care, a few mistakes
(spelling or otherwise) are likely. The author shall be grateful, if informed
of these, for issue of Erata/Corrections during reprint.
Any suggestions for its improvement shall also be most welcome.
Lastly, the author extends his heartfelt thanks to all friends who
helped in the accomplishment of this task.

" Guru Purnima "

28th July, 1999.
B.R.Banga
 CONTENTS AT A GLANCE
(Note : Circulars issued after July, 1999 and included in Supplementary Notes (after page 1181-)
are inserted in respective place of the concerned subject, to ensure awareness of latest instructions.
Plese do Consult this Index, before looking for required instructions on any subject.)
Chapter Particulars Page No. Chapter Particulars Page No.
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3.
Section I - M.P.Broad Features 30 Some tips for use of SOI Maps -- -- 118
1. Physical Features & Regions. -- -- 1 31. Bench Marks & Centre line stones -- -- 122
2. Rainfall, Temperature & Agro Zones -- -- 4 32. Topographical Surveys through S.O.I. -- -- 124
3. Rivers & River Basins -- -- 9 Section VI - Hydrometeorological Surveys.
4. Area And Land Use. (1995-96) -- -- 12 33. Hydrometeorological data collection. -- -- 125
5. Agro- Climatic (Crop-wise) zones -- -- 13 34. Rainguages- (Ordinary & SRR). -- -- 128
6. Population & Administrative Set up -- -- 17 35. Installation & Upkeep of Rainguages. -- -- 130
7. Topographical Maps- Availability -- -- 19 36. Rainfall data- Recording and Compilation -- 138
8. Geological Maps- Availability -- -- 25 37. River/Stream Gauging -- -- 140
9. Soil Types -- -- 26 245. Hydrometeorological data procurement of ---1364
10. Geological Setting of M.P. -- -- 28
Section VII - Geological Investigations.
Map showing Geological Setting (MP/CG). --1355
38. Stages & sequence -- -- 147
11. Master Plan of River Basins -- -- 33
39. Assistance from Engg:Geo. Dn. Nagpur -- 149
12. Ground Water Potential (Availability) -- -- 35
40. Rigs for Core drilling Types -- -- 152
Map showing Ground Water REgions (MP/CG) 1356
243. Dimension of Casing Assessories & Bits -- 1361
13. Drought Prone/ Drought Affected Distts. -- 36
14. M.P. Tribal Sub- Plan -- -- 36
41. Minimum Pattern of Drilling/Digging T.Ps. -- 154
15. Interstate & Major Project Control Boards -- 38
42. Annual Drilling Programme -- -- 160
Section II- Classification & Components
43. Indexing & Storage of cores from drilling -- 164
of Schemes.
44. Permeability tests of drill holes -- -- 168
16. Types & Broad Components. -- -- 41
45. Engineering properties of rocks -M.P./CG -- 171
17. Classification of Irrigation Scheme. -- -- 43
46. Allowance for Seismic forces -- -- 175
18. Service & Minor heads and Sub-heads -- 46
47. Setting of a Seismic Observatory -- -- 178
19. Items Covered under Sub-heads -- -- 49
48. Field Permability Tests for foundation -- -- 179
Section III-Approval to Schemes- Procedure Section VIII- Testing of soils / Materials
20. Administrative Approval to Schemes. -- -- 57 & Model Studies
21. Sequence of Operations for New Schemes -- 58 49. Soils for Earth Dams-Selection / Testing -- 187
22. Reconnisance Reports for New Schemes -- 60 50. Collection & Dispatch of Soil Samples -- -- 194
23. Technical Clearance of Projects. -- -- 70 51. Undisturebed Soil Samples. Care necessary-- 197
Section IV - Formats for Maj/Med Projects 52. Check Statement to accompany Samples -- 199
Prescribed by G.O.I. 53. Identification of Soils, for use in dams -- -- 201
24. Format for Preparation of Major Projects -- 73 54. Testing of Materials & Tests necessary -- 205
25. Simultaneous Action for preparation of 55. Hydraulic Model Studies- Brief -- -- 210
an Irrigation Project -- -- 85 Section IX - Soil Surveys of Command Areas
26. Format Prescribed for Medium Projects -- 87
56. Soil Surveys - A general Brief -- -- 213
27. Formats for Flood Control Schemes -- -- 98
57. Soil Surveys for Planned Land Use -- -- 217
Section V - Surveys & Investigations-
Topographical Surveys. Section XI - Hydrology

28. Planning of an Irrigation Project- in outline -- 105 58. Hydrological Atlas of M.P., 1973 -- -- 235
29. Norms for Topographical Surveys -- -- 109 59. Rainfall Runoff- Some Clarifications -- -- 239
(2) Contents at a Glance

Chapter Particulars Page No. Chapter Particulars Page No.

1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3.

60. Estimation of Weighted Mean Rainfall -- -- 242 88. Review of Flood & Spillway Capacity-- -- 417
61. Binnie's & Strang's table of Yields. -- -- 247 89. Selection of Types of Spillways -- -- 420
62. Estimating Yields for ungauged Small C.A. -- 250 90. Hydraulic Gates for Spillway & Sluices -- 428
63. Estimating Flood Discharge for W.W. -- -- 261 91. Anchoring & Splicing of Reinforcement -- 436
64. Flood Routing Studies by Unit Hydrograph -- 270 Section XIV - Planning & Design of Canals
65. Synthetic Unit Hydrograph for ungauged -- 280
92. Canal System- Some definitions. -- -- 441
basins
93. Surveys for Alignment of Canals. -- -- 442
248. Estimation of Design Flood for Small Dams. -- 1373 94. Stage I Estimates for Canal System -- -- 452
Section XI - Water Planning for Irrigation Use. 95. Agriculture Statistics of Command Area -- 453
96. Chacks/ Sub- Chaks & Cut- off Statements -- 454
66. Fixing Capacity & Principal Levels of tanks -- 289
97. Estimation of CWR/IR for Water Planning -- 457
67. Sample calculation for Working Tables -- 295
98. Transmission Losses, System Efficiencies -- 474
68. Capacity Table & Area Capacity Curves -- 300
99. Planning of Distribution System with
69. Water Planning of Storage Projects. -- -- 303
bottom-up method -- -- 477
247. Estimation of Dead storage for small dams. -- 1372
100. Type Selection of Irrigation Canals -- -- 490
70. State Water Utilization Committee -- -- 316
101. Design Criteria for Distribution System as
Section XII - Design of Earth & Gravity Dams per IS Codes -- -- 492
71. Selection of Dam site- Broad Hints -- -- 319 102. Lining of Canal- Specifications -- -- 505
72. Type Section 30 & 31 for Earthen dams -- 321 231. Lining of Canals Earlier Instructions -- 1183
73. Type Profile of Earth Dam TC-40 -- -- 334 1. General Criteria, -- -- 1183
74. Profile of Earth Dam (New Series T.C.'s) -- 341 2. Use of LDPE Film -- -- 1186
75. -do- (1) Slopes (2) Berms (3) Top Widths -- 344 3. Canals In Exansive Soils -- -- 1195
(4) Shrinkage Earth Dam- (5) Free Board -- 4. Drainage arrangements behind Lining -- 1200
76. -do- Type Profile of Earth Dam- (6) -- -- 352 5. Flexural Strength for M-10 Concrete. -- 1208
77. -do- Earth dam- (7) Puddle trench, (8) -- 354 103. Lining of Canal System,- Review -- -- 506
238. Design of Rigid Diaphragm Wall. -- -- 1288 104. Canal Outlets. -- -- 507
234. Pressure grouting of Rock foundations. -- 1226 105. Canal Outlets- A.P.M. -- -- 514
78. -do- Earth dam- (11) Protection of U/S Slope-- 364
Section XV - Masonry Structures in Canal System
79. -do- Earth dam- (12) Protection of D/S Slope-- 368
106. Type of Structures in Nut Shell -- -- 525
237. Revised Guide Lines for small earth dams. -- 1279
107. Typical Designs- Status Note -- -- 527
80. Stability Analysis of Earth dam by SWC Method- 370
108. Diversion of Drainage's- Guide Lines -- -- 530
235. Stability Analysis of Earth Dam. -- -- 1254 109. Hydraulic Calculations Cross Drainages -- 532
81. Gravity Dams- Design & Construction -- -- 379 110. Aqueducts Design criteria -- -- 536
236. Design of Non Overflow Gravity dam section. 1269 111. Drainage Culverts criteria -- -- 543
82. Instruments to be installed in Dams -- -- 383 112. Drainage Syphons criteria -- -- 545
113. Canal Siphons & Super Passages criteria -- 547
SectionXIII - Other Appurtenent Works of Dam.
114. Road Bridges Design Criteria -- -- 548
83. Sluice for Medium & Minor Schemes -- -- 387
115. Cross Regulators & Escapes criteria -- -- 557
84. Design of Waste Weir (Spill way), -- -- 398 116. Falls Design Criteria -- -- 562
85. Alternative designs for W.W. for M.I. Tanks -- 405 117. Distributary & Minor Heads criteria -- -- 581
240. Fuse Plug Spillway (Breaching Section) -- 1324 118. Metering Flumes criteria. -- -- 583
86. Simple Practical Profiles for Tank Weirs -- 407 232. Masonry Works in Canals, Misc.
87. Establishment of Rock Profile in Spill Channels 415 instructions 1210
 Contents at a Glance (3)

Chapter Particulars Page No. Chapter Particulars Page No.

1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3.

1. Quarry spalls behind pitching. -- -- 1210 145. Traffic Signs along approach roads -- 765
2. Concrete Safety Steps in Canals. -- -- 1211 250. Standards & Specification for Village Roads. 1384
3. Check List for C.D. Works. -- -- 1211 146. Type Design for Sign Boards -- -- 768
147. Cost Control Cells - Provision for -- -- 770
119. Estimating Run-off for Small C.A. -- -- 585
148. Project Inplementation Schedules -- -- 772
120. Pipe Culverts for small channels -- -- 593
149. Preparation of Financial Forecaste Statements. 787
121. Drawings of Precast components -- -- 599
150. Benefit Cost Ratio of Projects -- -- 792
122. Formats for Stage- I Estimates -- -- 601
151. Economic Rate of Return (ERR) -- -- 795
Section XVI - Minor Irrigation Schemes
233. Renovations Reconstruction of Micro-Minor Section XX - Check Lists to Accompany Designs
Works.-- 1214 152. Check Lists - Back Ground -- -- 815
1. (a) Guide Lines of Surveys new/old Tanks. 1214 153. -do- Determination of Yields -- -- 816
(b) Specifications for construction. -- 1217 154. -do- Design of Earth Dam. -- -- 821
2. Design Criteria for Repairs (as revised) -- 1223 155. -do- Design of Masonry Dam. -- -- 823
3. Design for 12" Direct Lifting Device, -- 1224 156. -do- Design of Waste Weir. Spill Channel -- 826
239. Restoration of Distressed Minor Tanks. -- 1299 157. -do- Masonry Structures along Canals -- 832
251. Check Statement for Feasibility of Projects 158. -do- Approval to Alignment of Canals. -- 841
to accompany Stage I Estimates. -- 1399 Section XXI - Lift Irrigation Schemes
123. Design Criteria for M. I. Schemes -- -- 606 159. Guide Lines for Sitting. -- -- 843
124. Criteria Prescribed for USAID M. I. Schemes -- 608 160. Design of Civil & E/M components -- -- 854
125. Guide Lines for Preparation of DPR's -- -- 617 161. Outline Estimate for Lift Irrigation -- -- 865
126. Outline of a Survey Estimate -- -- 620
Section XXII - Flood Protection Works
127. Outline format for Covering Report -- -- 623
128. Outline Estimate for Unit I Head Works -- 631 162. State Flood control Board & its TAC -- -- 879
129. Outline Estimate fur Unit II, Canals -- -- 638 163. H.L.C. on Natural Flood Disasters -- -- 881
130. Proformas for Check Statements -- -- 643 164. Flood Protection Embankment section-- -- 881

Section XVII - Planning & Design of Micro Network Section XXIII - Stop Dams/ Percolation Tanks

131. Survey, Planning & Layout -- -- 653 165. Stop Dam- Guide Lines by C.T.E. -- -- 887
132. Type Sections for Minor, WC & F.C.-- -- 664 166. Design & Construction of Stop Dams -- -- 898
133. Design of Structures on W.C. & F.C. -- 668 167. Design of stop dam on pervious founds. 905
246. Design of Shutters for stop dams. -- -- 1366
Section XVIII - Acquisition/ Transfer of Lands
251. Stop Dams & Anicuts with Automatic tilting gates.-- 1391
134. Acquisition/Transfer of Lands - Gen -- 687 168. Percolation Tanks (TC-37/DS) -- -- 912
135. Transfer of Forest Lands -- -- 690
Section XXIV-Command Area Developement.
136. Procedure for Acquisition of Private lands 699
137. Norms for L.A. cum Rehabilitation -- -- 718 169. C.A.D. What it is ? -- -- 915
170. Water logging, Salinity- Solutions -- -- 918
Section XIX - Aids to Project Preparation
SectionXXV- Activities During Constructions.
138. Assessing Requirement of Establishment-- 727
139. Assessing requirements of Buildings -- 729 171. Inspection Notes- Writing thereof -- -- 923
140. Provisions for Inspection Bungalows -- 736 172. Layout of Channel Banks & Dis. of spoils -- 925
141. Water Supply for Colonies -- -- 741 173. Benching/Stripping for Canals -- -- 928
142. Disposal of Sewage - Septic Tanks-- -- 745 174. Preparations- Before Executions -- -- 929
143. Approach Roads to Head Works -- -- 753 175. Precautions in Excavation of Canals -- -- 933
144. Specifications for Roads -- -- 755 176. Site Order Book -- -- 935
 (4)
Chapter Particulars Page No. Chapter Particulars Page No.
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3.

177. Profile Register -- -- 936 Section XXX - Annual & Periodical Inspections.
178. Nala Closure works, Watch by SE/CE-- -- 937
211. Inspection - Machinery & Installations-- -- 1079
179. Engraved Record on Masonry works-- -- 938
212. Bi- Annual Inspection of Head Works-- -- 1080
180. Sluice Gates, Care during Installation -- -- 939
A- Proforma ......... non gated Spillway. -- 1082
181. Quality Control- General Brief -- -- 940
242. B- Proforma.......... Gated Spillway. -- -- 1345
182. Safety Measures during construction. -- 952
213. Annual Inspection of Canal systems -- -- 1096
183. Account of Materials construction. -- -- 956
Section XXVI - Preparation of Records during
Construction/upon Completion
214. Annual Inspection of T.W/L.I. Schemes -- 1100
184. Photographs depicting Construction -- -- 961
215. Annual Inspection of Raingauges -- -- 1105
185. Preparation of Completion drawings -- -- 961
216. Annual Inspection of River Gaug RG Stations 1109
186. History of Projects (Technical) -- -- 965
217. Ann. Inspection of Flood Protection works -- 1111
187. Inventory of Immovable Assets. -- -- 967
218. Inspection of Rly Affecting Tanks. -- -- 1111
Section XXVII - Operation of Dams & Canals
219. Annual Inspection of Building & Roads -- 1115
188. Filling up of newly completed Tanks -- -- 989 220. Annual Inspection of Installations -- -- 1116
189. Testing of newly built canals -- -- 991
Section XXXI - Miscellaneous
190. Provision of New outlets- Rules for -- -- 992
191. Check of Areas during irrigation -- -- 995 221. Dam Safety Inspections, Aims / Activities -- 1119
192. Warabandi- Basic concepts explained -- 997 222. Construction of Tube Wells -- -- 1121
193. Formulations of Warabandi Schedules -- 1007 223. Plant & Machinery -- -- 1126
194. Monthly Irrigation Reports -- -- 1020 224. Railway Affecting Works Identification Criteria-- 1127
195. Tank Gauge Observations-Water Account -- 1022 225. Irrigation Act & Rules- In Nutshell -- -- 1136
196. Discharge Observations along canals-- -- 1024 226. State W.S. Management Commitee -- -- 1146
197. Seepage from Masonry & concrete -- -- 1033 227. Technical Sanction of Estimates -- -- 1149
198. Sedimentation Surveys of Tanks -- -- 1036 228. Need for Change in Pattern of Accounts -- 1154
199. Committee for Conjuctive use -- -- 1042 229. Revival of Annual Administration Reports -- 1156
200. Improved Water Application Methods,-- -- 1046 230. Zila Yojna Samities Alias Zila Sarkars-- -- 1158
201. Hints for Water Conservations. -- -- 1046
252. M.P. Water Sector Restructuring Projects. 1397
244. Jal Prabadhan mein Krishkon ki Bhagidari
Adhiniyam, 1999. -- -- 1364 Other Useful Information
Section XXVIII - Monitoring Progress of I. C.G.I. & AC Sheet Roofings. -- --
Irrigation Development. II. Ribbed Tor Steel vs M.S. Bars. -- --
202. Monitoring Progress - Water Utilization -- 1051 III. 90oV- Notch Discharge Table. -- --
203. Divisional Water Utilization Committees -- 1052 IV. Particulars of C.C. Pipes. -- --
204. District Water Utilization Committees -- -- 1057 V. Geological Setting (MP/CG). -- --
Section XXIX - Upkeep of Dams & Canals. VI. Ground Water REgions (MP/CG) -- --

205. Misc. Instructions Regarding Upkeep -- -- 1059

206. Oozing from D/S Slope & Toe -- -- 1062
241. Control of Seepage through body of dam.1331
207. Preparation Annual Maintec. Programme -- 1066
208. Upkeep of Maintenance Expenditure -- -- 1068
209. Repairs to Concrete (Structures) -- -- 1071
210. Maintenance of H/W and Canals, -- -- 1074
 TABLE OF CONTENTS [i
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
Section l - M.P. Broad Features
1. Physical Features & Regions. 1
- Physical Features................................................................................... 1
- Regions of M.P....................................................................................... 2
- Soil types, Major crops,Mineral resources, Forest cover,................................... 3
2. Rainfall, Temperature & Agro Ecological Zones. 4
- Normal Annual Rainfall ............................................................................ 4
- Agro Ecological Zones with districts covered.............................................. 4
- Isohyetal Map of M.P.............................................................................. 5
- Map Showing Minimum/Maximum Temperatures................ ............................. 6
- Map Showing Physiography...................................................................... 7
- Distt-wise Annual Rainfall & its monthwise distribution.................................... 8
3. Rivers & River Basins. 9
- Basin wise brief particulars....................................................................... 9
- Narration of different river basins................................................................ 10
- Jurisdiction of C.E.s' ( Over different river basins)........................................ 11
4. Area and Land Use. ( 1995-96). 12
5. Agro- Climatic ( Crop-wise) Zones. 13
- Map showing 7 (seven) Agro climatic zones............................................... 13
- Brief narration of zones............................................................................ 14
6. Population & Administrative 17
7. Topographical Maps - Availability & Upkeep. 19
- Types of Maps......................................................................................... 19
- Numbering system for maps of different scales........................................... 20
- MODERN style colour Maps..................................................................... 21
- Maps of Restricted Zone & how to procure?............................................... 21
- Correction & Updating.............................................................................. 22
- Project Area Maps by S.O.I. ( Maps of Narmada Valley & other Parts)....................... 23
- Photogrammetary - explained with usage..................................................... 24
8. Geological Maps - Availability. 25
9. Soil typers.
- Brief Naration of seven categories.............................................................. 26
10. Geological setting of M.P. 28
- Areas of different rock formation................................................................ 28
- Narration of different rock fornations with coverage....................................... 28
- Map Showing Geology of M.P................................................................... 29
- Major Rock types in districts.................................................................... 32
- (New) Map showing Geological setting ( MP/CG). ................................1355
11. Master Pians of River Basins. 33
- Master Plan explained.............................................................................. 33
- Contents of a Master Plan........................................................................ 33
- Progress so far/Indicative Master Plans..................................................... 34
12. Ground Water Potential ( Availability). 35
- Basis for Computation.............................................................................. 35
- Basin wise G.W. Availability..................................................................... 35
- (New) Map showing ground water regions ( MP/CG)............................ 1356
ii ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
13. Drought Prone/Drought Affected Districts. 36
14. M.P. Tribal Sub-Plan. 36
15. Interstate & Major Projects Control Boards. 38
- Interstate Control Boards............................................................................. 38
- Major Project Control Board & its TAC.......................................................... 38
- Narmada Valley Control Board and NVDA..................................................... 39
Section ll - Classification & Components of Schemes.
16. Types & Broad Components. 41
- Types briefly explained................................................................................ 41
- Categories.................................................................................................. 42
- Components of commonly built Schemes....................................................... 42
17. Classification of lrrigation Schemes. 43
- Classification (Major, Medium, Minor) as indicated in W.D. Manual........................... 43
- Clarification regarding schemes taken up prior ot 1950-51 (i.e. Preplan)
& Plan schemes takenup between 1951-52 & 1978-79)........................................... 43
- Classification of Flood Control, Lift lrrigation Tubewells, and Schemes
proposed for surveys..................................................................................... 43
- Classification by Productivity........................................................................ 44
- Classifications by ICLOD and Dam Safety Organisation GOI................................. 45
18. Service Heads, Minor Heads and Sub-heads. 46
- Background of orders in this behalf............................................................... 46
- Service heads, Minor heads and sub-heads explained..................................... 46
- Sub-heads subordinate to Minor Heads narrated................................................. 47
19. Items covered under Sub-heads 'A' to 'y' 49
- A-Preliminary, B-Land (including Rehabilitation)................................................. 49
- C-Works (Dam & Appurtenent Works).......................................................... 50
- Power plant & Appurtenaces Works............................................................. 52
- Canal structures under sub-hesds D,E,F,G & H and K-Buildings................................... 52
- Sub-heads L,M,N,O,P & Q.......................................................................... 53
- Sub-heads R,T & U..................................................................................... 54
- Sub-hesds V,W,X,Y, Suspense/R&R/Abatement LR/Audit &Accounts....................... 55
Section lll - Approval to Schemes - Procedure therefor.
20. Administrative Approval to Schemes. 57
- Survey Works.............................................................................................. 57
- New Projects for Execution(i.e.Major,Medium,Flood Control & Minor).......................... 57
21. Sequence of Operations for New Schemes. 58
22. Reconnaisance Reports for New Schemes.
- Why necessary collection of old data & Procedure for submission....................... 60
- Proforma for Reconnaisance of Minor schemes.............................................. 61
- Guide Lines for filling up of proforma of Reconnaisance Report.................................... 62
- Proforma for Reconnaisance Report of Major & Medium schemes.................................... 65
23. Technical Clearance of Projects by Planning Commission G.O.I. 70
- Technical Advisory Committee and its functions............................................ 70
- Procedure for submission of Inter-State schemes............................................... 70
 Table of Contents [ iii
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Comments by CWC/CEA,& replies thereto................................................... 70
- Submission of Revised/Modified Eatimates-Criteria therefor........................... 71
- Revised Eatimates - Order in W.D.Manual................................................... 71
- Contents of Revised Estimates................................................................... 72
Section IV - Formats for Major & Medium Projects
Prescribed by the Planning Commission.
24. Format for Preparation of Major Projects. 73
- Instructions issued by Planning Commission in March 1974......................... 73
- Contents of Project Reports, Compilation of Volumes................................... 73
- Proformas to be used................................................................................ 73
- Planning Commission's letter dated 22.2.1982............................................ 74
- Covering Check List vide Statement-l........................................................... 75
- Contents of Vol-l (General Report,Cost Estimates & Financial Statements).. 76
- Subject Matter to be discussed in different Chapters..................................... 77
- Contents of Vol-ll Design Report i.e.Annexures, Annexure drawings &
Project drawings to be included.................................................................. 83
25. Steps for Simultaneous Action for - preparation of Irrigation project 85
Major & Medium Schemes.
26. Format Prescribed for Medium Projects. 87
- Proforma Report named Statement ll prescribed in 1973............................. 94
- Proforma for Revised/Modified Projects....................................................... 96
27. Format for Flood Control Schemes. 98
- Criteria for approval of schemes by State Govts and that for submission to
PC/GFCC. (prescribed on 08.06.1973. ....................................................... 98
- Statement l-A for schemes costing upto 60 lakhs approved by State Govt...... 99
- Statement -B for schemes costing between Rs.60 lakhs & Rs.2.0 crores....... 99
- Project Reports for schemes costing above Rs.2.0....................................... 99
- Statement -l(Proforma -1) Proforma for Engineering Appraissal of Floods........ 100
- Statement -l(Proforma -2) Statment of flood damages................................... 101
- Statement -ll,Check List for Anti Sea erosion schemes................................. 102
- Modification & Revision of Schemes............................................................ 102
- Extract of Planning Commission's letter dated 8th June, 1973....................... 102
Section V - Surveys & Investigations - Topographical surveys.
28. Planning of an lrrigation Project - in Outline (By Er. R.L. Gupta). 105
- Necessity of Master Plans & Schemes to fit in within Basin Plans................. 105
- Present Approach, Planning for Future......................................................... 106
- Departures necessary from present practices............................................... 107
29. Norms for Topographical Surveys (i.e.Extent, Scales & Contour 109
Intervals etc.)
- Instructions for Systematic levelling (App.Vll to Ch.2 of Specifications)........ 109
- Extent of Data necessary for Production of project drawings (App.lV to. ............ 113
Ch.2 of specifications.)
- Economy in Surveys.................................................................................. 116
- Reckoning of Chainages along dam/barrage etc (By Ers N.B. sen /M.G.Choube). 117
- Changes in Chainages after Completion., Why avoid ? ................................. 117
iv ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
30. Some Tips for use of SOI Topographical Maps 118
- Marking intermediate Contours. .................................................................. 118
- Marking Catchment areas........................................................................... 118
- Surveys for capacity of reservoirs................................................................. 119
- Marking dam sites..................................................................................... 120
- Marking Spillway/ Waste Weir.................................................................... 121
- Marking canal Alignments, command area,.................................................. 121
- Preparation of Reconnaisance reports.......................................................... 121
31. Bench Marks & Centre line Stones. 122
- Connecting levels to Bench matks............................................................... 122
- Norms for setting of new B.M.'s (App: IV, VII and VIII)......................................... 122
- System of connecting to GTS B.M. including double fly levelling.......................... 123
- Maintaining Register of B.M. and its Annual verification................................. 123
- Fixing C.L. stones...................................................................................... 123
32. Project Area Topographical Surveys through S.O.I. Procedure therefor. 124
- Types of surveys & their scales. ................................................................. 124
- Procedure - Survey Priorities Conference...................................................... 124
- Setting up Permanent B.M.'s by S.O.I.during surveys for W.R. Deptt.................. 124
Section VI - Hydrometeorological surveys.
33. Hydrometeorological data collection - in outline. 125
- Classification of data.................................................................................. 125
- Observations carried out by IMD in M.P....................................................... 126
- Observations carried out by W.R.D/ Other departments................................. 126
- River gauging,types etc. ............................................................................ 126
34. Raingauges - (Ordinary & SRR). 128
- A- Ordinary Non- recording type. ................................................................. 128
- Self Recording type.................................................................................... 129
35. Installation & Upkeep of Raingauge Stations. 130
- Selection & approval of sites....................................................................... 130
- Erection,care & maintenace including operation to ordinary / SRR................. 131
- Measurement of Rainfall - Ordinary RG........................................................ 132
- Measurement of Rainfall - Self Recording RG.............................................. 133
- Size of collectors (Fig 1,2) SRR (Fig 3)........................................................ 135
- Mechanism of SRR (Fig 4,5), Exposure w/r to surrounding objects (Fig 6)... 136
- Lay out plan ordinary RG (Fig 7) & Layout plan of obsrevatory (Fig 8).......... 137
36. Rainfall data - Recording and compilation. 138
- Submision to CLR Gwalior........................................................................ 138
- Proforma for Reporting Daily Rainfall........................................................... 138
- Maintainance of Rainfall Regisrer. .............................................................. 139
- Proforms for (1) Rainfall Register,(2) Reporting daily and Hourly rainfall of SRR. 139
37. River/Stream Gauging. 140
- Instruments used........................................................................................ 140
- Selection of Gauging Sites.......................................................................... 140
- Methods of Stream gauging ....................................................................... 141
- Technique of Stream Flow Measurement
(WAPCO's Memoranda No WBMPof 13.3.79). ............................................. 141
- Circulars issued by Director, Hydromeotrology Bhopal................................... 145
 Table of Contents [v
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
245. Hydrometeorological Data - Procurement of.
- Preamble.Guide lines mentioned in earlier................................................. 1364
- Setting of Data Centers........................................................................... 1364
- and Procedure for obtaining data.............................................................. 1365
- District wise No. of RG/SRG/Gauge/GD sites..............................................1365
38.Stages & Sequence. 147
- Reconnaisance,Preliminary, detailed & Construction stage.......................... 147
- Standards for geological mapping for various structures (as per 1.5.1).......... 147
- Assistance from GSI essential................................................................... 148
39. Assistance From Engg: Geology Dn.GSI, Nagpur. 149
- Procedure - Specific request by letters........................................................ 149
- GSI's Annual Field Season Program (FSP).................................................. 149
- Proposal for inclusion in FSP - Proforma & Guide lines for filling. .................. 150
- Action after schemes included in FSP. ....................................................... 150
40. Rigs for core drilling (Types with brief narration). 152
- Instruction in Departmental Specifications.................................................... 152
243. Dimensions for casing Assessories & Core Bit Sizes. 1361
41. Minimum Pattern of Drilling/Digging of T.P.'S. 154
- Location & depth of drill holes.(App.V to Sec-l of Specifications).................... 154
- Digging of Trial Pits. .................................................................................. 156
- Proforma for log of test holes...................................................................... 156
- Proforma for daily drill report. ...................................................................... 157
- Proforma for Consolidated drilling log. ......................................................... 158
- Proforma for presenting drilling information................................................... 159
42. Annual Drilling Programme (Major & Medium schemes). 160
- A-Guide Lines........................................................................................... 160
- B-Tabulation of Geological investigations. .................................................... 161
- C-Sample Annual drilling Programme.......................................................... 161
43. Indexing & Storage of Cores from drilling. 164
- Core Boxes............................................................................................... 164
- Arranging & indexing of cores..................................................................... 165
- Storage of cores & its annual verification by SDO........................................ 167
44. Permeability tests of drill holes. 168
- Extracts from IS:5529-1973 (Part-ll)............................................................ 168
- From of Presentation of results.................................................................... 170
45. Engineering Properties of Rocks-General and of M.P. 171
- Rock types & their Engineering Properties elaborated................................... 171
- Strengths of Rocks.....................................................................................172
- Engineering Properties of Some rocks (General)............................................173
- Engineering Properties of Some rocks of M.P. ..............................................174
46. Allowancr for Seismic forces. 175
- C.W.C. Guide lines.................................................................................... 175
- Division of M.P. in of different seismic zones with Tectonic Map of M.P. 176
- Data to furnished with, Reference to Standing Committee (CWC). ................ 177
47. Setting up of a Seismic Observatory. 178
48. Field Permeability Tests for Foundation soils of dams. 179
- Pumping in tests....................................................................................... 179
- Pumping out Tests.................................................................................... 180
- Computation of results Appendices l to V................................................... 181
- Fig: 1-7 & Monogram................................................................................. 185
vi ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars page
1. 2. 3.
Section Vll- Testing of Soils/ Materials for dams & Model Studies.
49. Soils for Earth Dams, Selection and tests necessary therefor. 187
- Identification & Marking of borrow areas, marking on village maps.................. 187
- Prescribed units for earth work sampling.................................................... 188
- Taking soil samples. visual Tests................................................................. 188
- Procedure for visual tests........................................................................... 189
- Laboratory Tests for determining.
¹ Physical suitability (Atterberg limits). ....................................................... 189
¹ Engineering properties like compaction, shear strength. ............................ 191
¹ Triaxial shear tests etc. .......................................................................... 192
¹ Other tests like Swell Pressure, Soluable Solids, and Specific gravity etc. ...... 193
50. Collection & Despatch of Soil Samples to Laboratories. 194
- Care in sending samples. ......................................................................... 194
- Data to be sent with samples, Proforma therefor. ......................................... 194
51. Undisturbed Soil Samples, care in collection and delivery. 197
- Note on collection. .................................................................................... 197
- Initial & final Packing. ............................................................................... 198
- Numbering & identification marks. ............................................................. 198
- Scale for collection of sampies. .................................................................
52. Check Statement to accompany consignments of samples. 199
53. Identification of soils criteria for use in dams. 201
- General background. ................................................................................. 201
- Comparison between 1950 & 1970 IS Code, Provisions................................ 202
- Table-2 from IS: 1498-1970 (Revised). ......................................................... 203
54. Testing of Materials & Tests necessary for each. 205
- Aggregates. ............................................................................................. 205
- Cement & Bricks. ..................................................................................... 206
- Hyderated Lime and Puzzolana. ................................................................ 207
- Cement concrete Slump test. .................................................................... 208
- Permeability of C.M.& C.C. ....................................................................... 209
- Building Stones. ...................................................................................... 209
55. Hydraulic Model Studies-Brief Introduction. 210
- Data required for Spillway model studies. .................................................... 210
- Data required for River behaviour model experiments. ................................... 211
Section IX - Soil Surveys of Command Areas.
56. Soil Surceys - A General Brief. 213
- What are soil surveys & its types? ............................................................ 213
- Soil Survey Reports, its broad contents, and use by WRD Officers. .............. 213
- Methods of taking samples. ..................................................................... 213
- Observations necessary. ......................................................................... 215
57. Soil surveys for Planned Land Use.(Dr. G.S. Kaushal Dir of Agri). 217
- Soil surveys & its Types. ......................................................................... 217
- Information to be collected at field & Assessed in laboratory. ....................... 218
- Physiography, erosional features. ............................................................. 219
- Hydrology, water quality & effective soil depths. ......................................... 220
 Table of Contents [ vii
Chapter Particulars page
1. 2. 3.
- Root distribution,Soil colour, soil structure. ................................................. 221
- Soil consistency, hydraulic conductivity & Infilteration. ................................. 222
- Soil Texture classes. ................................................................................ 224
- Water holding Capacity (WHC), Available WHC(AHWC). ............................ 225
- Types of clay minerals, Cation Exchange Capacity, Exchangeable Cations. 226
- Soil reaction presence of harmful salts. ..................................................... 227
- Salt affected soil,relative tolerence of crops to such soils. ............................ 228
- Land capability classes. ........................................................................... 229
- Soil Irrigability clases. .............................................................................. 230
- Land Irrigability classes. .......................................................................... 231
- Criteria for classification. .......................................................................... 232
- Saline & Alkali soils Reclamation. ............................................................ 233
- Crops for reclaimed soils. ........................................................................ 233
Section XI - Hydrology (Rainfall, Run off, Yield & Flood).
58. Hydrological Atlas of M.P.,1973. 235
- Contents in brief. ..................................................................................... 235
- Main aspects of Hydrology-as explained in Chapter-1 Excerpts. .................. 236
- Silt load,Evaporation loss, Flood estimation, Unit Hyfrogeaph versus
Emperical formulae. ................................................................................ 237
- Flood Routing. ........................................................................................ 238
59. Rainfall Runoff -some clarifications. 239
- Rainfall data period for which data necessary estimating missimg rainfall data. 239
- Tabulation of rainfall data for estimating yieds. ............................................. 240
- Factors affecting run off. ............................................................................ 240
- Tabulation of run-off data for Flood & Flood routing. ...................................... 241
- Flood & Flood routing when stream not gauged. .......................................... 241
60. Estimation of wieghted Mean Rainfall.(Er.N.K.Kapoor, C.E.) 242
- Arithmetical average. ................................................................................ 242
- Isohytel method. .................................................................................... 243
- Isopercental method. ............................................................................... 244
- Dependable rainfall. ................................................................................. 245
- Analysis of processed data. ..................................................................... 247
61. Binnie's & Strange's Tables of Yields. 247
- Binnie's table, both FPS/MKS Units. ......................................................... 248
- Strange's table. (MKS Units). ................................................................... 249
62. Estimating Yields for ungauged small catchments upto 40 sq.km 250
(A new Model by Er. Shyam Sundar E -in-C & P.C.Garg EE.).
- Data needed, catchment class, nature of season. ....................................... 252
- Model parameters-identification. ................................................................ 253
- Application of model. ............................................................................... 254
- Testing of model parmeters through. ........................................................ 258
- Run-off coefficients w/r to :- ..................................................................... 258
(1) Description of catchments (App.3.1.). ......................................... 258
(2) Nature of season (App.3.2............. .. ........................................... 258
(3) Nature of rainfall (App.3.3.)........................................................... 259
- Comparative statement of observed/computed yields. ................................. 260
viii ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars page
1. 2. 3.

- Max. Flood discharge-SPATES. ................................................................ 261

- Max. Flood discharge Prolonged Floods. .................................................... 262
- Fixing Capacity of waste weir with an example based on Apendix l & ll. ....... 262
- Appendix l. ............................................................................................ 264
- Appendix ll. ............................................................................................. 269
64. Flood & Flood Routing studies by Unit Hydrograph Method. 270
(As explained in Ch: IV-of Hydrological Atlas, 1973).
- Map 21 Determination design flood by Unit hydrograph method. .................. 273
- Use of emperical formulae for peak flood. ................................................. 278
- Flood routing use method, Graphical Flood routing studies. ........................ 279
65. Synthetic Unit Hydrograph for ungauged Basins. 280
[(CWC Publications-Synthetic Unit Hydrograph in hydrologically similar regions
vis-a-vis M.P.'s Draft Manual on Estimation of Design Flood for Small and
Medium catchments)]
- CWC Studies Covering M.P. .................................................................... 280
- Draft Manual for Estimation of design flood prepared by M.P. ........................ 281
- Design criteria for estimation of design flood for various types of structures.... 286
248. Estimation of Design Flood of Small Dams.
- Probable Max. flood, standard proj. flood, Design Flood............................... 1373
- Envelop curve, storm, design storm, selection of design flood....................... 1374
- Estimation of Design flood, probability method............................................ 1375
- Envelop curve, limitations of Unit hydrograph CWC recommendations,
New directions for design flood analysis..................................................... 1376
- Recommendation for compution of design flood........................................... 1377
- Limitations, Map showing sub-zones following in M.P.................................. 1378
section XI Water Planning for lrrigation Use.
66. Fixing Capacity & Principal Levels of Reservoirs. 289
(By Ers R.R. Pandit & Shyam Sundar C.E.'s)
- Dead storage, Live storage. ...................................................................... 289
- Flood Storage, Maximum Probable Flood (MPF), Standard Project
Flood (SPF),Design Flood. ........................................................................ 290
- Preparation of working tables & data required. ........................................... 291
- Evaporation losses/Area capacity curve. .................................................... 292
- Step by Step method for preparing working tables. ...................................... 293
67. Instructions & Sample Calculation for working tables. 295
(for a minor irrgation scheme).
- A-Instructions for preparing working Tables. ................................................ 295
- B-Sample working table. .......................................................................... 295
- C-Specimen calculation. ........................................................................... 297
68. Capacity Table & Area Capacity Curves. 300
- Tables for Project Reports. ........................................................................ 300
- Area Capacity Curve. ................................................................................ 301
- Tables for use during operation (i.e. Reservoir Storage, Overflw through. ........ 301
Spillway/W.W.Discharge Through different Canals for various depths.
- Tank%age vs Tank Duty Curve (Chatisgarh region). ...................................... 302
 Table of Contents [ ix
Chapter Particulars page
1. 2. 3.
69. Water Planning of Storage Projects-Guidelines. (For medium &
minor schemes).[circulated by C.E,. MGB asin in Sept.81]. ............................. 303
- Annexure-l General Guide Lines. ................................................................ 304
- Annexure-ll Sample Water Planning for a Medium Project. .......................... 306
- Annexure-lll Sample Water Planning for a Minor Project. ............................. 310
247. Estimation of Dead Storage for small dams................................................ 1372
70. State Water Utilisation Committee. 316
(To discuss & decide Water use for different uses).
Section XII - Design of Earth & Gravity Dams.
71. Section of a Dam site - Broad Consideration.(By Er.H.L. Sahu C.E.). 319
- Basin Characteristics Topographical Features. ........................................... 319
- Submergence, Rehabilitation, command, Cost Economics. ....................... 320
72. Type Section 30 & 31 for Earthen Dams. 321
- General background. ............................................................................... 321
- U/S and D/S slopes. ................................................................................ 322
- Top widths. ............................................................................................. 323
- Free Board, Flood lift, Hearting Core, Puddle trench. .................................. 324
- Assumption of ground level, Precautions where G.L. changes abruptly. ........ 325
- Leakage drains, functions, layout, size & location,spacing how measured. .... 326
- Upstream pitching. .................................................................................. 327
- Correct position of toe wall below pitching. .................................................. 328
- D/S Boulder toe, Filter, leakage drains-Instructions to bring uniformity. ........ 329
- Drainage of Top earth dam. ....................................................................... 330
- Replacing Puddle trench by cut-off trench. ................................................. 331
- Shrinkage Allowance. ............................................................................... 333
73. Type Profile of Earth Dam - TC 40/W (M)63. 334
- Explanatory Note. .................................................................................... 334
- Table indicating Notes appearing on Drawing. ........................................... 338
- Drawing showing Typical Profile. ................................................................ 340
74. Type Profile of Earth Dam (New Series T.C;s) (1)Slopes, (2) Berms, 341
(3) Top width & (4) Shrinkage) (T.C.Nos. 10/DS & 13/DS)
- Slopes U/S for different heights. ................................................................ 341
- Berms-width & location. ............................................................................ 341
- Transverse slopes, in berms. ..................................................................... 342
- Top widths for different heights. ................................................................. 343
- Shrinkage & Settlement Allowance. ......................................................... 343
75. Type Profile of Earth Dam - (5) Free Board. (T.C. No.22-Ds) 344
- Terminology. ............................................................................................ 344
- Factor Governing Free Board Estimates. ................................................... 345
- T.Saville method for Free Board Computations. ........................................... 345
- Ann: A - Procedure for computation by T. Savilli's method. ........................... 346
- Ann: B - Typical computation for Embankment dam by T. Savill's Method. ..... 348
- Table 1- District Wise Wind Velocity for M.P. ............................................ 351
- Graph, Wave run up ratios vs Wave steepness & embankment slopes. ........ 351
x] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars page
1. 2. 3.

76. Type Profile of Earth Dam - (6) Hearting Core. (T.C. No. 11/DS) 352
- Location centrally/inclined. ...................................................................... 352
- Thickness, slope, top level and width. ....................................................... 352
- Materials suitable,degree of compaction. ................................................... 353
- Preventive measures during execution to check occurance of cracks. ......... 353
- Relative suitability of soils. ........................................................................ 354
77. Type profile of Earth dam - (7) Puddle trench, (8) Cut-off trench, 354
(9) Diaphragm Wall, (10) Relief Wells. (T.C. No. 27/DS)
- Under Seepage Control measures in common use. ................................... 354
- Terminology. .......................................................................................... 355
- General Principles of designs & Section of Seepage control measures........ 356
- Puddle trench alighnment, bottom width, depth, slopes................................ 357
- Cut off trench alignment, bottom width, slopes, keying................................. 357
- Diaphragm Wall, purpose, with or w/o COT & grouting of foundations............ 358
- Clay Blanket, basic consideration, for reduction of under seepage................. 359
- Considerations for limiting Exit gradient...................................................... 360
- Relief wells, Purpose, location depth, spacing, D/S loading & depth.............. 361
- Partial Cut-off........................................................................................... 361
- Pressure grouting of dam foundations......................................................... 363
238. T. C. 43/DS-Design of Rigid diaphragm wall for Seepage Control
(issued vide No. 241/BODHI/R&C, dated 8.10.2002)
- Use of diaphragm walls, terminology........................................................ 1288
- Information necessary, Design guide lines................................................ 1289
- loading on diaphragm wall, and conditions................................................ 1289
- Junctions, joints..................................................................................... 1290
- Location-Choices, choices of panel dimensions, structural analysis............ 1291
- Theory of beam on elastic foundations...................................................... 1292
- Typical design of diaphragm for Gej project (Distt:Korea)............................. 1295
234. T.C. No. 39/DS- Pressure Grounting- Rock Foundations.
Guide lines for (issued vide No. 236/BODHI/R&C/TC/11/2000).
- Introduction, scope, terminology.............................................................. 1226
- Parameters asscociated with grouting........................................................1227
- Basic Approach, Curtain & consolidation grouting..................................... 1229
- Grouting methods & their selection pattern, depth of
holes & sequence of grouting ................................................................. 1230
- Stage drilling/Grouting, use of Packers, & choice of method...................... 1231
- Pattern, depth of holes and sequence of grouting Pattern for
curtain grouting...................................................................................... 1232
- Pattern for consolidation grouting............................................................. 1233
- Sequence of grouting, Grouting materials & Admixtures............................. 1234
- Drilling & grouting equipment................................................................... 1235
- Grouting system-arrangements................................................................ 1236
- Washing testing of holes & Surface preparations....................................... 1237
 Table of Contents [ xi
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Grout injection, control etc....................................................................... 1239
- Ann : I, Methods of interpretation of trends of grouting................................ 1243
- Annexure - II - Preparation of grount history sheets, guide lines................... 1243
- Ann : III - Pressure grouting record, proformafor.......................................... 1245
78. Type Profile of Earth dam (11) Protection of Upstream Slope (T.C. No. 8/DS) 364
- Terminology............................................................................................ 364
- Functions & choice of rip-rap.................................................................... 365
- Extent of rip-rap, Filter gradation criteria.................................................... 365
- Thickness of rip-rap, hand placed/dumped................................................. 366
- Figures 1 to 6......................................................................................... 367
79. Type Profile of Earth dam (12) Protection of D/S Slope.(T.C. No. 9/DS) 368
- Turfing, drainage system i.e.paved drains & chutes .................................... 368
- Parapets on crest of dams....................................................................... 368
- Figures 1 to 3......................................................................................... 369
237. T.C.No. 42/DS-Guide lines for design of Small Earth Dam
(Issued on 17.1.2001)
- Scope, terminology................................................................................. 1279
- Classification, design requirements of different components........................ 1280
- Basic of special design requirements against overtopping, stability
Analysis, Preventing measures to avoid cracking etc............................... 1284
- Annex :- 1 : Suitablility of soils for construction......................................... 1286
- Annex :- 2 : General guide lines for embankment section........................... 1286
80. Stability analysis of Earth dam by Swedish Slip Circle method. 370
- Explanatory Note................................................................................... 370
- Appendix-I, values to be adopted for Stability tests under different conditions.. 377
235. TC - 40/DS- Stability analysis of earth dam
(issued vide No. 237/BODHI/R&C/2000 dated 30.10.2000)
- Scope, terminology................................................................................. 1254
- Principles 7 design shear strength............................................................ 1255
- Graphical construction for stability analysis & method of analysis design..... 1258
- design conditions of analysis & allowance for pore pressure ....................... 1260
5 case studies....................................................................................... 1261
- Appendix-A Minimum desired values of factor of safety &
type of shear strength.............................................................................. 1265
239. T.C. - 45/DS - Guide lines for Restoration of Distressed Irrigation Dams.
- Scope, causes of distress, design deficiency, errors during construction,
classification of deteriorations.................................................................. 1299
- Deteriorations, percolation & internal erosion, differential movment,
upstream slips, downstream slips............................................................ 1300
- Detecting methods, inspections, measurements
& performance analysis.......................................................................... 1301
xii ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

- Evaluation of yield, Revision of flood & silt storage ................................... 1302

- Measures used for rehabiltation of dam, and revision of principal levels. ............ 1303
- Revision of cropping pattern, hydrological safety, provision of
sluice outlet where not provided................................................................ 1304
- Causes of failures, seepage effects, overtopping, piping.............................. 1305
- Seepage through pervious/impervious foundations, conduit leakage,
sliding of slopes..................................................................................... 1306
- Restoration with oozing on d/s slope or d/s toe.......................................... 1307
- Slushiness on d/s slope near boulder toe, provision of relief wells................ 1308
- Repairs to old tanks, treatment of cracks................................................ 1309
- Water tightness of basin, treatment for seepage through rock
& clay foundations, conduit leakage.......................................................... 1311
- Suggestions to curtail seepage through foundations................................... 1312
- Annex :- 1 : Hints on remedial measures in case of piping,
hydrological distress, cracking etc...........................................1319
81. Gravity Dams- Design & Construction. 379
- Top widths. (TC - 29/DS)......................................................................... 379
- Zoning of materials Concrete (TC - 18/DS) Classification & location of use. 380
- Masonry Classification & location of use.................................................. 381
- Concrete membrane in masonry dam. (TC - 5/DS)................................... 382
- Testing of Mortar - Specimen size............................................................ 383
236. TC - 41/DS - Design of Non overflow gravity dam section.
(Issued vide No. 238/BODHI/TC/R&C/ dated 30.10.2000)
- Requirements for stability, basic assmuptions........................................... 1269
- Consideration in analysis dam stability, load conditions, safety creterian..... 1270
- Consideration of design loads, water load, uplift, earth quake forces ........... 1271
- Hydrodynamic forces.............................................................................. 1272
- Earth & silt pressure, wave pressure, wind pressure & profile of dam........... 1273
- Resistance against overturning, sliding and permissable stresses............... 1274
- Annex :- 1, T Saviless method for free board.............................................. 1275
82. Instruments to be installed in Dams. 383
- Instruments for Earth dams...................................................................... 383
- Instruments for Concrete dams................................................................. 384
- Analysis of data...................................................................................... 386
Section XIII - Other Appurtenent Works of the Dam.
83. Sluice for Medium & Minor Schemes. (By Er. N. SB. Sen) 387
- Functions............................................................................................... 387
- Types, Barrel or Culvert type, Pipe outlets................................................. 388
- Control devices, Hydraulic design............................................................. 389
- Structural design..................................................................................... 389
- Approved design of Madiyan sluice........................................................... 391
- Karri Grooves space, height vis-a-vis storage depth.................................... 392
- Design Calculations, Madiyan Tank sluice................................................. 393
 Table of Contents [ xiii
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

84. Design of Waste Weir (Spill way), Medium & Minor Projects. 398
(By Er. N. B. Sen),
- Practice in vogue vis-a-vis criteria indicated in USAID Programm.................. 398
- Method laid down by Capt Garett.............................................................. 399
- Types of Waste Wear explained................................................................ 399
- Approach Channel, Spill channel & Hydraulic design of W.W....................... 400
- Stability calculations of W.W. section........................................................ 402
85. Alternative designs for Waste Weirs of M.I.Tanks (in flat tank basins). 405
240. T.C. - 48/DS - Provision of Fuse Plug spillway or breaching section
(issued vide No. 246/BODHI/R&C/TC/11/89 dated 3.3.2003)
- Terminology........................................................................................... 1324
- Necessity, factors for selection................................................................ 1325
- Design aspects, guide liness................................................................... 1326
- Model studies, maintenance & operation costs, breach mechanism............ 1328
86. Simple Practical Profiles for Tank weirs. (Suggested by I.R.S Poondi). 407
87. Establishment of Rock Profile in Spill Channel. 415
- Typical L - Section of Spill Channel.......................................................... 416
88. Review of Flood & Spillway Capacity of exixting schemes - (TC - 6/DS) 417
[Check list prescribed by Dam Safety Organisation]
89. Guide lines for selection of Types of Spillway & Energy Dissipators 420
(for Major Projects etc.). (TC - 28/DS)
- Types, classification based on features..................................................... 420
- Free overfall, Ogee Spillways................................................................... 421
- Chute, Flush bar, & other uncommon spillways......................................... 422
- Factors affecting selection of Spillways..................................................... 423
- Energy Dissipators, types, selection criteria............................................. 424
- Tail water sequent depth relationship........................................................ 425
- Design Flow for Energy Dissipator............................................................ 426
- Model studies........................................................................................ 426
- Figures 1,2,3,4,5 & 6/1-4......................................................................... 427
90. Hydraulic Gates for Spillway, Sluice & Canals - Selection of Type & 428
weight estimation. (TC - 33/DS)
- Types of gates........................................................................................ 428
- Selection criteria, spillway crest gates...................................................... 429
- Selection for reservoir outlets & canal gates.............................................. 430
- Selection of type of hoists....................................................................... 431
- Weight Estimation for different types........................................................ 431
- Determination of hoist capacity................................................................ 432
- Figures 1,2, & 3..................................................................................... 433
- Figures 4,5,6 & 7.................................................................................... 434
- Details of some noteworthy gate installations............................................ 435
xiv ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
91. Anchoring & splicing of Reinforcement bars. (TC - 24/DS) 436
- Development (bond) length...................................................................... 436
- Anchoring reinforcing bars....................................................................... 437
- Stirrups, Reinforcement splicing............................................................... 438
- Welded Splices...................................................................................... 439
Section XIV - Planning & Design of Canals.
92. Canal Systems - Some definitions. 441
- GCA, CCA, intensity of Irrigation, Net & Gross Irrigated Area...................... 441
- Types of Canals...................................................................................... 441
- Naming of Canal System......................................................................... 442
93. Surveys for Alignment of Canals - Procedure therefor. 442
- Tracing & completing of village maps......................................................... 442
- Alignment on side long ground.................................................................. 442
- Alignment after ridge is reached................................................................ 443
- Outlets, chaks, cutoff statement, L-section................................................ 443
- Elaborations for Canal following contours................................................... 444
- Elaborations for Canal following ridge......................................................... 445
- Preparation of Plan and L-section, Format prescribed.................................. 447
- Siting of Canal Section side long ground. (TC - 1/CS).................................. 449
94. Stage I Estimates for Canal System, Instructions therefor. 452
- Finalisation of alignments for all canals...................................................... 452
- Fixing Location & Size of Structures......................................................... 452
- Use of COST CURVES for estimating costs of Structures........................... 452
95. Agriculture Statements of Command area. 453
- Proforma to be used................................................................................ 453
- Explanation regarding data to be noted...................................................... 454
96. Chaks/Sub-Chaks & Cut-off Statement. 454
- Proforma for chak statement..................................................................... 454
- Cut-off statement, Instructions & Proforma................................................. 455
- Sample cut-off statements. (Prescribed/U.W. Project)................................ 456
97. Estimation of Crop Water Requirements (CWR) & Irrigation 457
Requirements (IR) necessary for Water Planning. (TC - 25/DS)
- CWR & IR explained................................................................................ 457
- Estimation of ETc, CU, ETO, Kc & Special needs (SPL)............................. 458
- Relationship between CWR & IR............................................................... 459
- Estimation effective RF, Soil moisture contribution & GW Contribution......... 460
- Leaching requirements (LR)...................................................................... 461
- Step by step procedure, computing Fortnightly CWR & IR........................... 461
- Gross Irrigation Requirements (GIR).......................................................... 462
- Annexure I Planting dates & duration of crops............................................ 463
- Ann : 2 Values of Pennmen ETO for some MP stations............................. 464
- Ann : 3 Values of crop factor for various crops............................................ 468
- Ann : 4 Average monthly RF vs Mean monthly consumptive use.................. 469
- Ann : 5 (Multiplication factor). Ann : 6 (Effective Precipitation for Paddy.)...... 470
 Table of Contents [ xv
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Ann : Effective Precipitation for Paddy....................................................... 470
- Ann : 7 Rooting of some common crops.
- Ann : 8 Recommended Efficiencies of canal system................................... 471
- Ann : 9 IIIustrative Example CWR Rice HVY.............................................. 471
- Ann : 10 & 11 IIIustrative Example for Rice Local & Groundnut.................... 472
- Ann : 12 & 13 IIIustrative Example Wheat 1 MV & Wheat OLV.................... 473
98. Transmission Losses, System Efficiencies. (TC-15/DS) 474
- Four Areas of losses i.e. Ea, Efc, Es, Eo.................................................. 474
- Recommended efficiencies to be adopted for Project Planning..................... 475
- Seepage losses in Unlined/Lined channels................................................ 476
99. Planning of Distribution System with bottom up method. 477
(By Er. K.N. Venkatraman)
- Present procedure, revised system of bottom up method............................. 477
- Preparation of worksheet for determination of water levels in W.C................. 478
- Determination of W.L's in minors, distributories and Main Canal................... 479
- Working heads for different suppy channels, Provision of Cross Regulators...
- Parameters of Channel designs, Step wise procedure (Step I to II)............... 480
- Typical design of Canal system of Kaliasote project with 12 Statements A to L.. 481
100. Type Section of Irrigation Canals. 490
- Side slopes, free board, bank width, service road........................................ 490
- Land widths, Spoil banks, H.G., Typical sections. .................................... 491
101. Design Criteria for Distribution System as per I.S.Codes. (Er.R.R.Pandit) 492
- Collection of village maps & Agri. statistics................................................ 492
- Parameters of design............................................................................... 492
- Reach wise Design Discharge, Permissible velocity.................................... 493
- Rugosity coefficient, B/D ratio................................................................... 494
- Side slopes............................................................................................. 495
- Canal embankments, Hydraulic Gradient................................................... 496
- Bed Gradient, Free Boards. (TC - 19/DS)................................................... 497
- Top width of banks................................................................................... 498
- Dowels, Service roads, Canal curves......................................................... 499
- Super elevation in canals.......................................................................... 500
- H. G. in Embankments............................................................................. 501
- Berms, driving heads & fixing B.L. of off-taking channels & Driving heads...... 502
- Head loss, Spoil banks, Borrow pits.......................................................... 503
- Example for design of canal section.......................................................... 504
102. Lining of Canals-Specifications therefor. (TC - 3/CS. 20/DS & 17/DS) 505
231. Lining of Canals, Circular earlier left out.
1. TC - 1/1984 - Criteria for lining of Canals.
- Concrete Lining....................................................................................... 1183
- Flag Stone, Iurnt clay & PCC lining........................................................... 1184
- L. D. P. E. Filma & compaction of E. W.................................................... 1185
- C. N. S. Layer & drainage behind lining..................................................... 1185
xvi ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

2. TC. No. 3/Con (issued vide No. 107/BODHI/R&C/TC/89/ dated 31.12.1988).

- Introduction, scope, terminology and Abbreviations..................................... 1186
- Materials-Properties & thickness of LDPE..................................................1187
- Design Consideration- sub-grade, side slopes, earth cover, Rigid cover............. 1188
- Preparation of sub-grade, subgrade subnsisting of earth............................. 1189
- Subgrade in predominantly sandy reaches & other than sandy reaches.............. 1190
- Film laying Technique.............................................................................. 1190
- Earth cover over films............................................................................... 1191
- Do's and Don'ts for use of Fils.................................................................. 1192
3. TC. No. 17/DS (issued vide No. 105/BODHI/R&C/TC/11/88 dated 12.12.1988)
- Identification of expansive soils their physical properties............................. 1195
- Identification of cohesive non swelling soils................................................ 1196
- Investigation for assessment of CNS material along canal sampling............. 1197
- Recommended thickness CNS layer, canal slopes, lining of small
channels & swelling pressure test............................................................. 1198
4. TC. No. 20/DS (issued vide No. 117/BODHI/R&C/TC/11/88/ dated 12.12.1988)
- Drainage arrangements their selection of .................................................. 1200
- Pressure release valves, pocket filter & their rows. .................................... 1201
- Drains, their section, spacing................................................................... 1202
- Filter below lining, CNS Material............................................................... 1203
5. TC. No. 45/DS (issued vide No. 215/BODHI/R&C/TC dated 20.10.2003)
Prescribing Flexural strength for pre-cast CC tiles with M-10 concrete
- Scope, manufacture, tolerances & testing of tiles...................................... 1208
- Charts 1 to 4.......................................................................................... 1209
103. Lining of Canal system, Review before continuance. (TC-1/DS) 506
104. Canal Outlets. 507
- Adjustable Pipe outlets designed in 1932.................................................. 507
- Design of Precast End Module to be fitted to outlet pipes............................ 513
105. Canal Outlets Adjustable Proportional Module as per IS : 7986-1976. 514
- Definitions.............................................................................................. 514
- General Requirements............................................................................. 515
- Classification of Outlets (modular/non-modular).......................................... 516
- General requirements of APM for proportional working................................ 518
- Ann : 1 -Value of efficiency E, for different value of depression ratio R............ 518
- Ann : 2 -Ready Reckoner for design of APM............................................. 519
- Figures 1 to 5 as referred to in para 5 (ii)................................................... 522
Section XV - Masonry Structures in Canal System.
106. Type of Structures in Nut shell. 525
- Design of works, regulating structures....................................................... 525
- Communication works, Water measurement structures.............................. 526
 Table of Contents [ xvii
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
107. Typical Design of Masonry structures Status note. 527
- Design of Masonry structures in distributories and minors........................... 527
evolved in old M.P.
- Progress on Standardisation in New M.P................................................... 527
- Contents of E-in-C Pub : 70/2 to 70/9........................................................ 528
- Contents of E-in-C Pub : 70/1 included as Ch : 108 to 119.......................... 529
108. Diversion of drainages - Guide Lines. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 530
- Broad Principles & Diversions How ?......................................................... 530
- Design consideration................................................................................ 531
109. Hydraulic Calculations for Cross Drainages. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 532
- Fixing design discharge Hydraulic mean depth, velocity in the natural section. 532
- Calculating discharge for different C.A........................................................ 532
- Afflux, scour depth................................................................................... 533
- adopting Canal discharges for depth purposes............................................ 534
110. Aqueducts. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 536
- Survey data, important design aspects needing consideration...................... 536
- Drg. 110/1, 110/2 Abutments & wings, design sections............................... 540
111. Drainage Culverts. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 543
- Types, use of Hume pipes, particulars of Hume pipes.................................. 543
- Free board, loads to be adopted, culverts with wells, staunching rings........... 544
112. Drainage Syphons. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 545
- Design consideration................................................................................ 545
- Breast wall, U/S & D/S protection outfall channels, shape of wings............... 546
113. Canal Syphons & Superpassages. 547
- Types, Precautions in making proposals, Trash racks etc............................ 547
- Man holes & Blow offs.............................................................................. 548
114. Road Bridges. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 548
- Types, survey data required....................................................................... 548
- Establishment of necessity, Principles of design......................................... 549
- Waterway, spans, vertical clearance, foundations........................................ 550
- Foot Bridges, design consideration............................................................ 551
- Drg. 114/1 Abutment & Wingwall Sections for culverts................................. 553
- Drg. 114/2-A,B Reinforcement details of RCC slabs for culverts.................... 554
- Drg. 114/3 R.C.C. Slab for Bridge w/o foot path........................................... 556
115. Cross Regulators & Escapes. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 557
- Cross Regulators, definition & purpose, design consideration....................... 557
- Canal Escapes, purpose location............................................................... 558
- Choice & types of escapes, capacity etc................................................... 559
- Escape channels, design considerations.................................................... 560
116. Falls. (E-in-C Pub. 22) 562
- T.C. issued on 28.7.56............................................................................. 562
xviii ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Preface to E-in-C Pub-22 of July 1973........................................................ 562
- Contents & Drawings in Pub-22................................................................. 563
- Chapter - I Gen. Features & Classifications (from E-in-C Pub-22) reproduced. 564
- Chapter - II Principles of design, reproduced............................................... 565
- Introduction of Micro Hydel content............................................................ 573
- Drawing No. 16, Curve connecting HL & Ef 2 for different discharges............ 574
- Drg. No. 17, Chart for finding exit gradient................................................. 575
- Drg. No. 18, Chart for finding out uplift pressure......................................... 576
- Drg. 3 (4 parts) Typical Design Vertical fall (dis. 3 cumecs/drop 1.25m). 577
117. Distributary & Minor Heads. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 581
118. Metering Flumes. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 583
- Locations & types................................................................................... 583
- Components........................................................................................... 584
- Location of Gauge well floor thickness, U/S & D/S protection etc................ 585
232. Masonry Works in Canals - Miscellaneous Instructions
1. TC No. 38/DS/ Providing Quarry spalls below pitchiong
- Thickness, specifications........................................................................ 1210
2. TC No. 46/DS Provision of concrete safety steps in Canals
(issued vide No. 244/TC/BODHI/ dated 3.3.2003)........................................... 1210
3. TC No. 3/DS Check list for Design of CD Works..(issued on 15.3.1986)......... 1212
119. Estimating Run-off for Small Catchments (WAPCO Memoranda No. 2 585
of 22.3.1979 reproduced).
- Factors affecting surface run-off................................................................ 585
- 'C' Values & Rainfall intensity curves........................................................ 589
- 'K' Value curves...................................................................................... 590
- Extracts from Isopluval map of India.......................................................... 590
- (a) showing 25 years 15,30,45 & 60 min rainfall......................................... 591
- (b) showing 50 years 15,30,45 & 60 min rainfall......................................... 592
120. Pipe Culverts for Small channels. (E-in-C Pub. 70/1) 593
- VRB's & Foot paths, concrete craddle bedding use of concrete pipes.......... 593
- Design of pipe culvert on Minor Channels.
* Case I when pipe is running full.............................................................. 594
* Case II when pipe designed as open channel........................................... 595
- Drg. 120/1 for Case I............................................................................... 597
- Drg. 120/2 for Case II.............................................................................. 598
121. Typical Drawings of Precast components of Canal structures. E-in-C Pub : 23. 599
Section XVI - Minor Irrigation Schemes
122. Formats for Stage I Estimates. 601
- Broad contents of an Irrigation project, Contents of Stage I Estimate................ 601
- Contents of Estimates for different sub heads for HW/ Canals..................... 604
- Design data............................................................................................ 604
- Other Misc. Statement, Drawings............................................................ 605
 Table of Contents [ xix
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

249. Preliminary Check Statement for General Feasibility of Projects to

accompany Stage I Estimates..................................................................... 1399
233. Renovation/Reconstruction of Micro Minor works
1. Circular issued vide No. 9-C/W (S) dated 19.4.80........................................ 1214
- Survey of New Tanks.............................................................................. 1215
- Repairs to old Tanks............................................................................... 1216
- Construction of anicuts etc...................................................................... 1217
- Specification for repairs to old tanks......................................................... 1219
2. Construction/Repairs of Dams upto Max Height of 40ft.
(C.E. Raipur No. 38/W (M) 63 dated 23.3.1963)
- Bund (dam section)............................................................................. 1220
- Puddle trench, Filter blanket, boulder toe.................................................. 1221
- leakage drains, pitching, sluice, wasteweir channel, outlets etc................... 1222
3. - Sluice gates for small village tanks, criteria their for.......................... 1223
4. - Type design of 12 inch Disc Valve (direct lifting device).
123. Design Criteria for Minor Irrigation Schemes. (TC - 32/DS) 606
124. Criteria Prescribed for USAID M.I.Schemes. (1982) 608
- Planning Criteria.................................................................................... 609
- Design Criteria....................................................................................... 611
- Implementation Criteria........................................................................... 614
- Operation Criteria................................................................................... 615
- Economic Criteria................................................................................... 616
125. Summary cum Guide Lines for Preparation of DPR's of USAID M.I.S. 617
(By Er. N. B. Sen)
126. Outline of a Survey Estimate. 620
- General Abstract, Survey Estimate for Head Works................................... 620
- Survey Estimate for Canals..................................................................... 621
127. Outline Format for Covering Report of Stage I Estt : 623
- Outline of Project at a glance.................................................................. 624
- Outline of Covering Report...................................................................... 625
128. Outline Estimate for Unit I, Head Works 631
- Gen. Abstract for Units I & II................................................................... 631
- Abstracts for Sub-Heads A,B,C,K,L,O & P of H.W. ................................... 632
129. Outline Estimate for Unit II, Canals. 638
- General Abstract.................................................................................... 638
- Abstract of Subheads A,B,C,K,L,M,O,P,& R............................................ 639
130. Proformas for Check statements (Item 16 to 25 mentioned in
Ch. 122, Page 605) to Accompany Stage I Estimates................................... 643
xx ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

Section XVII - Planning & Design of Micro Network.

131. Survey, Planning & Layout (By Er. K.N.Venkatraman). 653
- Village maps & items to marked on these. ................................................ 653
- Field Surveys.......................................................................................... 654
- Size of farm stream & size of chaks. ........................................................ 655
- Division of command into chaks/ sub-chaks outlet plan. ............................. 656
- Alignment of WC/Drains, Marking of structures. ........................................ 657
- Plan & L- sections, data to be indicated. .................................................. 658
- Step by Step Procedure for planning layout. .............................................. 659
- Proforma for worksheet, precautions necessary. ....................................... 660
- Profile sheet of a Minor. .......................................................................... 661
- Typical layout plan. ................................................................................. 662
132. Type Sections for Minor, W.C.& Field channels.(TC-16-DS) 664
- Definitions, Guide lines. ........................................................................... 664
- Guide lines for deciding Cross Sectional parameters. ................................. 664
- Fig. 1,2 & 3 Typical sections in deep cutting. ............................................ 666
- Fig. 4,5 & 6 Typical section in cutting. partial cutting, filling. ........................ 667
- Curves, Bed grade. .................................................................................. 667
133. Design of Structures on Water Courses & Field Channels.(TC-26/DS) 668
- General Specifications. Use of NP-2 RCC Hume pipes, 1/2 round pipes. ...... 668
- Hydraulic Design for Drainage flow, Drop Structures....................................... 669
- Structural designs (foundations, bank connections, protection work).............. 670
- Ann -1 Head Loss through structures. ....................................................... 671
- Ann -2 Calculations for sloping drop (Q=20 LPS). ....................................... 674
- Ann -3 Calculations for sloping drop (Q=28.30 LPS).................................... 675
Typical Drawings for.
- Drg. 1/1-2 = V.R.B. ............................................................................. 676
- Drg. 2 = Well type fall. .................................................................... 678
- Drh. 3 = Well Type fall.with VRB. .................................................... 679
- Drg. 4 = Pipe syphon culvert. .......................................................... 680
- Drg. 5 = Drainage crossing. ............................................................. 681
- Drg. 6 = Drainage crossing. ............................................................. 682
- Drg. 7/1-2 = VRB cum Sloping drop. ...................................................... 683
- Drg. 8/1-2 = Sloping fall. ......................................................................... 685
Section XVIII - Acquisition / Transfer of Lands & Rehabilitation of P.A.P's.
134. Acquisition / Transfer of Lands -General (E-in-C Pub. 40) 687
- Lands held by Govt. Departments/Railways/Military purposes. .................... 687
- Forest Department Lands. ........................................................................ 687
- Acquisition of Private Lands / Property. ..................................................... 687
- Restoration of Communications. ................................................................ 688
- Mineral Wealth going under submergence area............................................ 688
- Ancient Monuments Wild Life Rehabitants, Preparation of Land Plans. ........... 689
135. Transfer of Forest Lands. 690
- M.P. Van Nirvanikaran Niyam, 1980. (Salient Points). ................................. 690
- Step by Step Procedure for Acquisition of forest lands. ................................ 691
- Annexure l, Proforma for submission of Proposals........................................ 692
- Annexure ll,Parametres for Valuation of loss of forest lands. ........................ 694
 Table of Contents [ xxi
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Annexure lll, Proforma ro indicate Ecological Aspects. ................................ 694
- Instructions. issued by E-in-C on 14.7.81. .................................................. 696
136. Procedure for Acquisition of Private Lands.
- General guide lines. .................................................................................. 699
- Notification under Sec:4(A). ....................................................................... 699
- Enquiry under Sec.5. ................................................................................ 700
- Actions after notification under Sec.4(1). .................................................... 701
- Procedure after Notification under Sec.(6). ................................................ 701
- Inquiry regarding claim/obejection after under sec. 9 Sub.sec.2. .................. 701
- Matters to be considered for determining compensation for agricultural lands. ... 702
- -do- -do- -do- Compensation for non agricultural lands. 702
- -do- -do- -do- Property other than land. 702
- Compensation for indirect damage. ............................................................ 703
- Procedure for Ty occupation, Compenastion for Ty Acquisition. .................... 704
- Acquisition by private negotiations. ............................................................ 704
- Prior possession of land. ........................................................................... 704
- Prior possession of land, procedure there for. ............................................. 705
- Payment of compensation - procedure. ...................................................... 706
- Reference to Court. .................................................................................. 707
- Ann.l,ll,lll,lV,&V Froms for Notification/Application etc. ................................ 708
137. Norms for Land Acquisition cum Rehabilitation. 718
- Norms Prescribed by G.O.l. ...................................................................... 718
- Norms Prescribed by GOMP through MP Act- 10 to 1985. .......................... 718
M.P.Pariyojna ke karan Visthapit Vyakti(Punsthapan) Adhiniyam. 1985. ....... 719
- First Schedule, llnd Schedule. .................................................................. 724
- Setting up of Divisional Committees. ......................................................... 725
Section XIX - Aids to Project Preparation.
138. Assessing Requirement of Estabishment. 727
- Establishment needed. ............................................................................. 727
- Norms of Work Load Prescribed by GOMP. ............................................... 727
- No Seperate Provision for E/M fornations. ................................................... 728
- Provision for ancillary establishment. .......................................................... 728
- Proforma for working out costs. .................................................................. 728
139. Assessing Requriements of buildings. 729
- Assessing requriements of Permanent building for later use of O&M staff. ... 729
- Categories of accomodation eligibility to various grades of staff. .................... 730
- Type Designs for E.E.'s & S.D.O.'s office. .................................................. 732
- Type Design for Sub-divn, Srore ................................................................. 733
- Type Design for E, F & G Type Quarters. .................................................... 734
- Type Design for Block of 2 H Type & 4 l-Type Quarters. ................................ 735
140. Provision for Inspection Banglows & Huts. 736
- Recommended scale for HW/Command area. ............................................ 736
- Suggested tentative scale of Furniture and crockery. .................................. 737
141. Water Supply Arrangements for Colonies. 741
- Hand Pumps/piped water supply. .............................................................. 741
xxii ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Broad guidelines for design of pipe line in colonies. ................................... 742
- General points for water supply & sanitary fittings. ..................................... 743
- Important slopes & distances for various fixures. ........................................ 744
142. Disposal of sewage through Septic Tanks etc. 745
- Recommended size of Septic tanks and Specifications for. ......................... 745
- Broad guide line for-manholes, septic tanks. .............................................. 746
- -do- -do- -do- Soak pits. 748
- -do- -do- -do- Disperstion trenches. 749
- Drawing-1(Small Septic Tank), Drg.2 -Large Septic Tank. ............................ 750
- Drawing-2(Dispersion trenches), Drg. 4 -Soak pit. ....................................... 751
- Drawing-5 Lateral pit Water Seal latrine. ..................................................... 752
143. Approach Roads to Head Works. 753
- Broad guide lines issued in May, 1980. ...................................................... 753
- Use of Canal embankments. .................................................................... 754
144. Specifications for Roads. 755
- Classification, Specifications for different type. ........................................... 755
- Standards for Bridges. .............................................................................. 759
- Important IRC Publications. ....................................................................... 760
- Drg. No. 144/1 Type design RCC Single pipe culvert. ................................... 762
- Drg. No. 144/2 -do- Two pipes culverts. ..................................................... 763
- Drg. no. 144/3 Conveyance factor for circular & Rectangular pipes. .............. 764
145. Traffic Signs along approach roads. 765
- Categories, sizes & shapes. ..................................................................... 765
- Particulars. .............................................................................................. 766
- Colour arrangrment. ................................................................................. 767
- Unscaled sketches. .................................................................................. 768
250. Standards & Specifications for Village Roads.
(Based on Indian Road Congress Standards)...............................................1384
- Preamble, E.W. for new roads, prescribed standards....................................1384
- Density requirements, points to be kept in view at site sub-grade..................1385
- Grading requirements of Coarse agregates, and physical requirements...........1386
- Grading for screening, Approx : quantities per 10 Sq.m.................................1387
- Construction procedure, Specifications for different items..............................1388
- Typical Cross section................................................................................1390
146. Type design for Sign Boards. 768
147. Cost Control Cells, Provision for. 770
- Duties & Functions. ................................................................................. 770
- Scale of Staff. ......................................................................................... 771
148. Project Implementation Schedules. 772
- Bar Chart vs PERT/CPM. ......................................................................... 772
- IGNOU's Note expiaining PERT/CPM Basic Concepts. ............................... 773
- Sample network Activity Schedule/Diagram for M.I.S. ................................. 785
149. Preparation of Financial Forecast Statements. 787
- Proforma for Financuial Statement 1 to 8. .................................................. 787
- Text for incorporation in covering reports etc. ............................................. 791
 Table of Contents [ xxiii
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

150. Benefit Cost Ratio of Projects. 792

- Explanatory note. .................................................................................... 792
- Proforma for Statement 1,2 & 3. ............................................................... 793
- Improvement of B.C. Ratio. ........................................................................ 794
151. Economic Rate of Return (ERR) (By Er.K.N.Veekatraman). 795
- Concepts explained. ................................................................................ 795
- Financial evaluation vs Economic evaluation. ............................................. 799
- Benefits from lrrigation projects & how to estimate. ................................... 802
- Sample Calculations of ERR (in Statement 1 to 8). ................................... 806
- Table indicating Discounting factor for Interest rate at 10%to15%. ................ 813
(By. Er. B.G. Verma, CE).
Section XX - Check Lists to Accompany Designs.
152. Check Lists - Back Ground. 815
- Lists Issued before, 1985. ......................................................................... 815
- Lists Issued under new series T.C.'s. ......................................................... 815
- Lists Incorporated in this compilation. ........................................................ 815
153. Determination of Yields.(TC-4/D&H). 816
- Covering Ouestionnair asking information about Rainguage station. .............. 816
& rainfall data G.D. station & monthly-Annual inflow, calculation for
Inflow factor, weightd rainfall - runoff relationship.
- Proformas l to VII for filling above details. .................................................. 818
154. Design of Earth Dam. (TC-1/DS) 821
155. Design of Masonry Dam. (TC-2/DS) 823
156. Design of Waste Weir, Spili Channel structures. 826
- Part-l General Questionnaire to accompany all designs. ............................. 826
- Part-ll Questionnaire to accompany Falls. ................................................. 829
157. Masonry Structures along canals. 832
- Part -l General. ....................................................................................... 832
- Part -ll Design for Acqueducts. ................................................................. 834
- Part -lll Road & Foot Bridges along Canals. ............................................... 839
158. Approval to Alignment of Canals.
Section XXI - Lift lrrigation Schemes
159. Guide Lines for Siting, Surveys & Investigations. 843
- Broad Components. ................................................................................. 843
- Assessing availabily of water. .................................................................. 844
- Surveys & Investigations, for various components. .................................... 845
- Ststement-1, Extent of surveys, scale of map & contour intervals. ............... 849
- Statement-1, Proforma for Compiling Water Planning data. ...................... 851
- Statement-1, Check list for General Feasibility. ......................................... 851
- Statement-1, of Salient Features. ............................................................. 852
- Project Report.(Stage l Estimates). ........................................................... 852
160. Design of Civil & E/M Components. (By Er. D.C. Jain). 854
- Crop pattern/ water requirement. ............................................................... 854
xxiv ]
Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Civil Works - Intake well Jack well, pump house, delivery pipeline. ............... 854
rising mains etc.
- Equipment i.e. pump motors etc. .............................................................. 861
- Electrical works, cables, capacitor, transformer etc. ................................. 863
161. Outline Estimate for Lift lrrigation Schemes. 865
- Unit l Sub Heads A to M. .......................................................................... 876
- Unit lll, Pump & Equipment including pipe line. ........................................... 876
- Sample calculations for recurring expenditure. ........................................... 876
- Sample design calculations for main canal. ................................................. 877
- Sample design calculations for Minor. ....................................................... 878
Section XXII - Flood Protection Works
162. State Flood control Board & its TAC 879
- Functions. .............................................................................................. 879
- Powers. ................................................................................................ 879
- TAC with its rules of Business. ................................................................. 880
163. H.L.C.on Natural Flood Disasters. 881
164. Guide line for Flood Protection Emabnkment section. (TC-35/DS) 881
- Planning, Area to be Protected Degree of Protection. .................................. 881
- Design of HFL, Alignment & spacing of embankments. ............................... 882
- Design criteria for embankment section. .................................................... 883
Section XXII - Stop Damp / Percolation Tanks.
165. Stop Dam - Guide lines formulated by C.T.E.(V). 887
- Note on Site selection, Construction & Maintenance(in Hindi). ..................... 887
- Appendix-l Guide line for Survey & Construction (in Hindi). ....................... 891
- Sample Estimate for Survey & Construction. .............................................. 893
- Check List-CTE (V) Form-7. ...................................................................... 895
- Computer Format. ................................................................................... 897
166. Design & Construction of Stop Dams. (TC-30/DC). 898
- Type. ...................................................................................................... 898
- Selection of site. ..................................................................................... 899
- Design Flood, Afflux & Bank Connections. Karrie & Karrie Grooves. ............. 900
Specifications.
- Maps Showing Typical layout for various Types of stop dams. ...................... 901
- Plate-1 Stop Dam with Karries. ................................................................. 901
- Plate-2 Gated Stop Dam. ......................................................................... 902
- Plate-3 Stop Dam Combined with causeway............................................. 903
- Plate-4 Stop Dam Combined with Bridge. .................................................. 904
167. Design of Stop Dam on continuous Pervious foundations.(TC-37/DS). 905
- Data requried for design. ........................................................................... 905
- Design Prcedure and parameters. .............................................................. 906
- Typical design of Srop Dam on Pervious foundations. .................................. 908
- Typical layout of Stop Dam in previous foundations. .................................... 911
 Table of Contents [ xxv
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
246. Design of Shutter for Stop Dams.
- Sizes of shutters, as now standardised.......................................................1386
- Materials for parts, Design considerations...................................................1386
- Drawing of Shutter Assembly (1.2x1.5m).....................................................1388
- -do- Block out & Embedded parts (1.2x1.5m)...............................................1389
- -do- Shutters Assembly (1.2x1.8m).............................................................1390
- -do- Block out & Embedded parts (1.2x1.8m)...............................................1391
251. Guide Lines for construction or Stop Dams & Anicuts with Automatic
Tilting Gates (TC-1/2007 by E-in-C, WRD Raipur - CG)...................................1386
168. Percolation Tanks. (TC-37/DS). 912
- Scope & objects, General Principles of design. ............................................ 912
- Selection of site, Design parameters. ......................................................... 913
- Earth dam Section, Fluvsh Bar Waste Weir. ............................................... 914
Section XXIV - Command Area Development.
169. C.A.D. What it is ? 915
- Necessity, Setting up CADA's. in M.P. ...................................................... 915
- Activites under CADA, Preparation of CADA Programmes. ........................... 915
- Studies for augmenting supplies. .............................................................. 916
- Studies for drainage programme. ............................................................... 916
- On Farm Development Works. ................................................................... 917
170. Water logging Salinity, Solution by drainage. 918
- Scope. .................................................................................................... 918
- Water logging, Salinity & Alkalinity. ........................................................... 918
- Steps for Control over Salinity, Alkalinity & Water logging. ....................... 919
- Annual demarcation. ................................................................................. 919
- Preparation ofsub-soil drainage schemes. .................................................. 920
- Construciton of drainage schemes. ............................................................ 921
- Reclamation of affected. ............................................................................ 921
Section XXV Activities During Constructions.
171. Inspection Notes - Writing thereof. 923
- ltems to be covered in Inspection Notes. .................................................... 923
A =For Construction works. ...................................................................... 923
B = For survey works. .............................................................................. 924
C = For maintenance works. .................................................................... 924
172. Layout of Channel Bank & Disposal of Spoils. 925
- Instructions issued in 1925. ...................................................................... 925
- Fig 1 - Filling 4 ft. ..................................................................................... 926
- Fig 2 (BedLevel at GL), Fig 3 (Balancing depth), Fig 4 (Cutting 5 ft),.............. 927
Fig 5 (cutting 8 ft).and Fig 6 (Cutting 20 ft).
173. Benching/Stripping/Ploughing/Furrowing for Canal Embankments. 928
(TC-14/DS).
- Benching. ................................................................................................ 928
- Stripping, Ploughing & Furrowing. .............................................................. 928
- Preparation of base in rock formations. ...................................................... 928
- Reuse of Materials. .................................................................................. 929
xxvi ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
174. Preparations Necessary before actual execution.(By Er. N.B. Sen). 929
- Preparations necessary. ........................................................................... 929
- Working drawings working, estimates. ....................................................... 930
- Layout plans, reference points. .................................................................. 931
- Use of Graph M.B. ................................................................................... 932
175. Precautions. in Excavation of Canals on undulated ground. 933
(By Er. M.G. Choube).
176. Site Order Book - Guide lines for Upkeep. 935
177. Profile Register - Upkeep during construction. 936
- Proforma for profile Register of dam. ......................................................... 936
178. Nala Closure works. Watch by S.E.'s./ C.E.'s. 937
179. Engraved Record on Masonry Works. 938
180. Sluice. Gates, Care during Installation. 939
181. Quality Control - General Brief.(By Er. B.G. Verma). 940
- Different types & stages............................................................................ 940
- Quality Control Measures - (Hints). ........................................................... 940
- Stone masonry 1st & 2nd sort. ................................................................. 941
- Uncoursed rubble masonry. ..................................................................... 941
- Brick masonry 2nd class/KumharBricks masonry. ..................................... 944
- Mortars for use in masonry & Plasters. ...................................................... 945
- Cement Concrete for Plain & RCC Work. ................................................... 946
- Wood Work. ............................................................................................ 951
- Weep Holes. ........................................................................................... 951
182. Safety Measures during constructions. (TC-2/Con). 952
183. Account of Materials used in construction etc. 956
- Statement Showing requirement of materials. ............................................ 956
- Cement Consumption Register. ................................................................ 957
- Expiosive Consumption Register. .............................................................. 958
- Steel Consumption Register. .................................................................... 958
- Shifting earth from Surplus to deficit reaches. ............................................. 959
Section XXVI - Preparation of Records during Construction
and upon Completion of schemes.
184. Photographs depicting Construction Activities. 961
- Card size Photogeaphs only. .................................................................... 961
- Enlaragements only on specific requests. .................................................. 961
185. Preparation of Completion drawings & their upkeep. 961
- Necessity. .............................................................................................. 961
- Drawing to be prepared. ........................................................................... 961
- Information & certificates to be recorded. .................................................. 961
- Action to ensure timely preparation . ......................................................... 962
- Details necessary in such drawings. ......................................................... 963
- Upkeep in good condition. ....................................................................... 964
- Register of completion drawings. .............................................................. 964
186. History of Projects (Technical completion Reports). 965
- What it is?. ............................................................................................. 965
- Necessity. .............................................................................................. 965
- Format & Broad Contents. ....................................................................... 965
 Table of Contents [ xxvii
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
187. Inventory of Immovable Assets. 967
- Itemsfor which inventories necessary. ........................................................ 967
- Present progress. .................................................................................... 968
- Proforma in use. ...................................................................................... 968
- Revision/updating of existing proformas. .................................................... 968
- New Proformas where not yet prescribed. .................................................. 969
- Care in conversion of FPS data (old Drawing & Reports) into MKS units. ..... 969
- Book of Salient Features & Working Statistics. .......................................... 969
- Time schedules for Annual Updating . ........................................................ 969
- Proforma Commended for Salient Features.:-
A-l - Major, Medium & Minor Schemes with WRD. ..................................... 970
A-ll - Minor schemes (With Panchayats/RES). ........................................... 976
A-lll - Lift lrrigation Schemes. .................................................................... 979
A-lV - State Owned Tube Wells. ................................................................ 981
B - Working Statistics, as Part-ll of Proformas A- to A-lV. ........................... 984
- Proformas for Register of:-
C - Structures along canals. ..................................................................... 985
D - Approach Roads to dams & Canal roads open to public use. ................. 986
E - Rainguage Stations (Ord/SRR). ........................................................... 986
F - River Gauge station. ............................................................................ 986
G - G & D Stations. ................................................................................. 987
H - G,D, & S Stations. ............................................................................. 987
I - Inspection Bunglows/Huts/Proj.Hostel etc. ............................................ 987
Section XXVII - Operaton of Dams & Canals
188. Filling up of Newly Completed Tanks/Reservoirs - Precautions. 989
- First Filling of reservoirs. ........................................................................... 989
- Gradual filling, Frequent examination. ....................................................... 989
- Works necessary before nala closures. .................................................... 990
- Conservation of Water for irrgation use. ..................................................... 990
189. Testing of Newly built canals. (By Er. M.G. Choube). 991
- Activities necessary before testing. ........................................................... 991
- Actual passage of water. .......................................................................... 991
190. Provision of New Outlets & Control of Supplies, Instruction therefor. 992
- Upkeep of village maps. ............................................................................ 992
- Provision of Outlets, authority therefor. ...................................................... 992
- Check of discharge through outlets. .......................................................... 993
- Making Note of channel gauges during visits. ............................................ 993
- Alteration in size of outlets, of Application. ................................................ 994
191. Check of Areas Irriga red, during standing crops. 995
- Broad guide lines. ................................................................................... 995
- Proforma for keeping record of checks. ..................................................... 996
192. Warabandi - Basic Concepts Explained. (By Er. K.N. Vekatraman) 997
- Necessity & Basic concepts explained. .................................................... 998
- Essential Characteristics. ....................................................................... 999
- Design considerations. ........................................................................... 1000
- Step by step procedure for Andhra Pattern of warabandi. ......................... 1001
- Sample calculation for working out, Time Schedule. .................................. 1004
xxviii ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
193. Formulation of Warabandi Schedules - Procedure therefor. 1007
- Terms explained. ...................................................................................... 1007
- Procedure for implementation of warabandi. ................................................ 1008
- Proformal l - Details of designed & proposed outlets of a Chak. ................... 1009
- Proforma ll Khateders & their holdings within a chak. ................................... 1009
- Proforma lll Details of outlets-wise kolaba samities. ................................... 1010
- Proforma lV format for final warabandi programme. ................................... 1010
- Model calculations of warabandi program-Step wise guide lines. .................. 1012
- General requirements & Precautions for successful implementation. 1014
- Sample calculation sheet. ......................................................................... 1017
194. Monthly lrrigation Reports. 1020
- Prescribed Proforma. ................................................................................ 1020
- Schedule for submission and compilation by CE's. ..................................... 1021
195. Tank Gauge Observations (alias water Account). 1022
- Time Schedule of submission. .................................................................. 1022
- Proformas Prescribed in W.D. Manual. ...................................................... 1022
- Record or water passed over Waste Weir. .................................................. 1022
- Record of Reservoir Tank Gauge. ................................................................ 1023
- Performance Table of H.W. ........................................................................ 1023
- Canal Gauge Register. .............................................................................. 1023
- Performance Report of Canals. ................................................................... 1024
196. Discharge observations along lrrigation Canals. 1024
- Necessity & instructions issued in 9/1955. ................................................. 1024
- DIR Bulletin No.16 Summary of instruction contained in CBI Piblication.......... 1025
- Proformas 1,2,3 & 4 (Parts A,B,C with Fig.1). ............................................. 1028
197. Seepage from Masonry & Concrete dams, Measurement, Testing & 1033
Analysis
- Measurement of seepage, General Guide lines. ........................................... 1033
- Collection of Water Samples for Chemical Analysis. ..................................... 1033
- Collection of Semi Solids, Sludge & scrappings with tests to be done. .......... 1034
- Collection of Other data. ............................................................................ 1035
- Computation of leached cement from samples. ............................................ 1035
198. Sedimentation Surveys of Tank & Reservoirs under operation.(TC-3/IS). 1036
- Objective, Procedure. ................................................................................ 1036
- Range lines & Monuments & BM Pillars. .................................................... 1037
- Referencing of above. ................................................................................ 1038
- Capacity surveys, equipment required. ....................................................... 1038
- Computational works - procedure therefor. ................................................... 1039
- Frequency of sedimentation surveys. ........................................................ 1040
- Need for drawing up,a Five Year Programme. ............................................... 1040
199. Committee for Conjuctive use of Surface & Ground Water. 1042
- Terms Explained and Advantages. ............................................................. 1042
- Membership its functions & deliberations. .................................................. 1043
200. Improved Water Application Methods, types. 1046
201. Tips for Conservation of Water. 1046
- Water Conservation in Agriculture. ............................................................. 1048
- Water Conservation in Residential Premises. ............................................. 1048
- Water Conservation in Public Places (indoor/Outdoor). ................................. 1049
244. Jal Prabandhan mein krishkon ki Bhagidari Adhiniyam, 1999
alias Water Users Associations.................................................................... 1363
 Table of Contents [ xxix
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

Section XXVll - Monitoring Progress of lrrigation Development.

202. Monitoring Progress of Water Utillisation & Recovery of lrrigation Dues. 1051
- Constitution of Water Utillisation Committees, Background. ......................... 1051
- Supply of Informatin to Agri/Rev/Co-operative departments upon. ................ 1051
Approval of schemes & Starting of Nala closure works.
- Prescription of Need for Uniform Format for use by E.E.'s. ........................... 1051
203. Divisional Water Utillisation Committees (For Major Projects). 1052
- Govt. Orders constituting Committees. ....................................................... 1052
- Membership, functions & periodicity of meetings. ........................................ 1052
- Projects indicated and new additions. ..........................................................1053
- Operational Programme, Proforma prescribed by G.O.l. ................................ 1054
204. District Water Utillisation Committees (For Medium and Minor Projects.). 1057
- Govt orders Constituting Committee. .......................................................... 1058
- Memberships, functions etc. ...................................................................... 1058
- Functioning during President's Rule. ........................................................... 1058
Section XXlX - Upkeep of Dams & Canals.
205. Miscellaneous instructios Regarding Upkeep. 1059
- Taking Cross Section of newly built dams, before & after rains. ..................... 1059
- Assesment of Shrinkage. .......................................................................... 1059
- Repairs to Sluice gates, before rains. .......................................................... 1059
- Precautions towards operation of gates. ...................................................... 1059
- Operation of face & roller gates - precautions necessary. .............................. 1059
- Protection of new earth bunds from damage by rains. ................................... 1060
- Resectioning of Channels. .......................................................................... 1060
- Silt clearance from Channels. ..................................................................... 1060
- Removal of earth deposits from the fo new channel. ...................................... 1061
- Removal of wild growth from structures. ...................................................... 1061
- To ensure unobstructed outfall for C.D. works(TC-2/0&M). ............................ 1061
206. Oozing of water from D/S Slope & Top etc. - Remedial measures. 1062
- Rainwater oozing from d/s casing, first filling & subsequently. ....................... 1062
- Oozing / seepage near toe. ....................................................................... 1062
- -do- -do- somewhat higher up. ................................................................ 1063
- Vertical piping or slushiness, near D/S Toe. ................................................ 1063
- Safeguards against piping. ......................................................................... 1063
- To control piping in existing bunds. ............................................................. 1064
- Sketches 1 to 5. ....................................................................................... 1065
241. Control of seepage through body of earth dam - Insteuctions therefor.
T.C. 49/DS (Issued videNo. /BODHI/R&C/TC dated 7.5.2003).
- Kinds of seepage, methods of seepage control. .......................................... 1331
- Terminology. ............................................................................................. 1332
- Selection of seepage control mesaures, seepage from body of dam. 1333
- Figures 1 to 3. .......................................................................................... 1338
- Annexure C - Sample design of fillter gradation. ........................................... 1343
207. Preparation of Annual Programme for Maintenance. 1066
- Annual Repairs Estimates. ........................................................................ 1066
- Quarterly Action Plans. .............................................................................. 1066
- Proforma therefor. ..................................................................................... 1067
xxx ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
208. Upkeep of Maintenance Expenditure Register. 1068
- Form of Mainrenance Register-A(By Sub Engineer.i/c H.W.). ....................... 1068
- Form of Maintenance Register-B(Sub Engineer.I/c Canals). .......................... 1069
- How to Maintain it. .................................................................................... 1069
- Preparation of Annual & Consolidated abstracts by SDO's/EE's. ................... 1070
- Proforma for Annual & consolidated Abstrasct. ........................................... 1070
209. Repairs to Concrete (TC-1/O&M). 1071
- Broad causes Prevention of further damage. ................................................ 1071
- Preparpations necessary. .......................................................................... 1071
- Method of repairs. ..................................................................................... 1072

210. Maintenace of H/W & Canals, especially Repairs to Lined Canals. 1074
- Maintenance of H.W. ................................................................................ 1074
- Maintenance of Canals. ............................................................................. 1074
- Excerpts from E-in-C Pub regarding maintenance of lined Channels. ........... 1074
- Maintenance of Gates fixed in structures. .................................................. 1077
Section XXX - Annual & Periodical Inspections.
211. Inspection of Works Machinery and E/M Installations, Gen Brief. 1079
- Necessity. .............................................................................................. 1079
- Inspections By Civil Engineers. ................................................................. 1079
- Inspections By E/M Engineers. ................................................................. 1079
- Introduction of Folio Register for different categories of works. ..................... 1079
- Responsibillity for upkeep of Folio Registers. ............................................. 1080
212. Bi-Annual Inspection of Head Works. 1080
- History of change in Procedure. ............................................................... 1080
- New Formats vide T.C. 3-A/O&M(2nd Revision) (dams w/o spillway gates). 1080
A - Proforma for dam with ungated spillway.............................................. 1082
242. B - Proforma for Dam with Gated Spillways. 1345
213. Inspection of Canal Systems. 1096
- Schedule of Inspection by CE/SE/EE/SDO. .............................................. 1096
- Proforma to be used. ............................................................................... 1096
- Time Schedule for submission of reports. .................................................. 1096
- Proforma for Inspection Reports. .............................................................. 1096
214. Annual Insprction of Tube Wells & Lift lrrigation Schemes. 1100
- Treating Inspections as Inspection-cum-Performance Reports. ..................... 1100
- Presctiption of Roaster for Joint Inspection by Civil & E/M Officers. .............. 1100
- Proforma for Inspection of lIft lrrigation Schemes. ......................................... 1100
- Proforma for Inspection of Tube Wells. ....................................................... 1103
215. Annual Inspection of Raingauge Stations. 1105
- Periodicity of Inspection. .......................................................................... 1105
 Table of Contents [ xxxi
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Proformas for Inspection. .......................................................................... 1105
- Form-1, Inspection by SDO. ...................................................................... 1105
- Form-2, Report of Inspection by Sub Engineer. ........................................... 1107
- Form-3, Materials to be kept at R.G. Stations. ........................................... 1108
216. Annual Inapection of River Guaging Stations. 1109
- Need for evolving format for inspection/upkeep. ............................................ 1109
- Instruction issued by C.E.S&l.continuitng gauging after wards as well. .......... 1109
- Spares to be kept with Gauge Readers. ..................................................... 1109
217. Annual Inspection of Flood Protection Works. 1111
218. Inspection of Railway Affecting Tank & Other Works. (R.A.W.) 1111
- Instructions. in M.P. Manual of R.A.W. ...................................................... 1111
- Proforma vide Appendix ll (A) to ll (F). ........................................................ 1111
219. Annual Inspection of (i) Building & (ii) Roads. 1115
- Instructions in W.D. Manual for Buildings. .................................................. 1115
- Instructions in W.D. Manual for Roads/Bridges. .......................................... 1115
- Inspection of Electrical Installation in buildings. ........................................... 1115
- Annual Test of Lightning Conductiors. ........................................................ 1115
220. Annual Inspection of Machinery & Electrical Installation by E/M officers. 1116
- Schedule of Equipment/Installations for insprction by SDO/EE/SE/CE. ......... 1116
- Schedule of Inspection for H.E.M. .............................................................. 1117
- Record & Programme of Inspections. ......................................................... 1117
Section XXXI - Miscellaneous.
221. Dam Safety Inspection,Aims & Activities. 1119
- Necessity. ................................................................................................ 1119
- Report of Standing Committee (CWC Pub.12/87). ........................................ 1119
- Guide Line for Safety Inspection of dams (CWC Pub. 21/87)-Brief Contents. 1119
- State Register of Lage Dams. ................................................................... 1120
222. Construction of Tube Wells. 1121
- Water availability for Irrigation through all sources. ........................................ 1121
- Water availavility for Irrigation through Tube Wells/Dug wells. ...................... 1121
- Technical Circulars issued between 1968-75. ................................................1121
- E-in-C Pub .19 on Tube wells, Extract of Table of Contents relating. ............. 1122
to Designs & Specifications etc.
- Various Types of Tube Wells. ................................................................... 1124
- Areas Suitable for different Types. ............................................................ 1125
223. Plant & Machinery. 1126
- Brief Contents of E-in-C Pub : 121 (Plant & Machinery)............................... 1126
- Need for its Updating & Publication........................................................... 1126
224. Railway Affecting Works. 1127
- State Committee of Engineers................................................................. 1127
- Manual of Railway Affecting Works (List of Chapter & Annexures).............. 1127
- Text of Chapter 1 (General)..................................................................... 1128
xxxii ] Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.
- Text of Chapter 2 (Criteria for & Types of R.A.W.)..................................... 1129
- Text of Chapter 3 (Inspection & Repairs).................................................. 1131
- Proformas for Recording Particulas ........................................................ 1131
- Proformas for Recording Inspections....................................................... 1131
- Standards for Identifying Works as R.A.W. (Extracts from Draft Manual)..... 1131
225. Irrigation Act & Rules - In Nutshell. 1136
- Brief Contents & Background. ................................................................... 1136
(A) Irrigation Act, 1931. ......................................................................... 1136
(B) Irrigation Rules, 1974. ...................................................................... 1136
(C) Executive Instructions. .................................................................... 1137
- Mode of Amendment for each. .................................................................. 1137
- Irrigation Agreements, Types & Execution. ................................................. 1138
- Levy of Water Rates - How? ...................................................................... 1140
- Assessment & Issue of Parchas (Bills). ..................................................... 1141
- Collection of canal Revenue. ..................................................................... 1142
- Defaulters List & Recovery of Arears - Procedure therefor. ........................... 1143
- Recent Amendment to Irrigation Act (Text in English & Hindi). ...................... 1143
- Proforma for Reporting cases of unauthorised Irrigation. .............................. 1144
226. State Water Shed Managerment Committee. 1146
- Necessity. ............................................................................................... 1146
- Memberships. ......................................................................................... 1147
- Task Assigned. ....................................................................................... 1147
227. Technical Sanction of Estimares - A Qurstion Unresolved? 1149
- Present Rules. ........................................................................................ 1149
- Shortcoming in Implementation & reasons therefor. .................................. 1151
- Remedies. ............................................................................................... 1151
- Some hints for Changes desirable. ............................................................ 1153
228. Need for the Change in Pattern of Maintaining Works Accounts. 1154
- Present System/Rules. ............................................................................. 1154
- Circumstances demanding change. ............................................................ 1154
- Recommended Pattern. ........................................................................... 1155
229. Revival of Annual Admininstration Reports. 1156
- Publication in old M.P. ............................................................................ 1156
- Activities covered. ................................................................................... 1156
- Time Schedule for Surmission & Publisation. ............................................. 1157
230. Zila Yojna Samities alias Zila Sarkars. 1158
- Resume of Orders relating to W.R. Deptt. .................................................. 1158
- Zila Yojna Samities Adhiniyamm, 1995 (including Amendments in 1999). .... 1158
- Rules Notiified for their Working in 1999. .................................................... 1162
- Delegation of Powers.
- From Book of Financial Powers, Vol.l. ...................................................... 1165
- From Book of Financial Powers, Vol.ll. ..................................................... 1170
- Transfers Within the District. ................................................................... 1175
 [ xxxiii
Table of Contents
Chapter Particulars Page
1. 2. 3.

- Orders regarding transfer of Irrigation Activities. ......................................... 1175

252. M.P. Water Sector Restructuring Project Aims and suggetions
forespeedy Preparation of Modernization schemes. 13
- Part -I : Preambe, Introduction ............................................................... 1397
- Components A, B & C ........................................................................... 1398
- Component - D, Objectives, names of 29 medium schemes, and
bifurcation of Minor scheme in 5 categories.............................................. 1399
- Action necessary for preparation of modernization schemes...................... 1400
- Priority to finalisation of scheme............................................................. 1401
- Task Force of E/M Officers for LIS, Formats for the Project Reports........... 1402
- Part - II : Points for consideration of W.R.D. Lines W.C.'s and F.C.'s........ 1403
- Lining of Canals, Desilting & Resectioning of canals, Demand for new
V.R.B's etc. ......................................................................................... 1404
- Approach Roads, Insp. Banglows/I. Huts etc............................................ 1405
- Part - III : Suggested Contents of Vol. I ................................................... 1406
- Contents of Vol. II..................................................................................
- Proformas for documents to be included in Vol. II .....................................
- Proformas for Annexure to be included in Vol. II .......................................
- Part - IV : Draft of Covering Report for Modernization of
Major-Medium schemes.........................................................................
- Part - V : Draft of Covering Report for Minor Schemes...............................
Other Useful Items
I. Corrugated G.I. and Asbestos Cement Sheet Roofing Work.......................
II. Ribbed Tor- Steel Bars verus Plain M.S. Bars...........................................
III. Discharge Calibration Table of V-Notch (900)............................................
IV. Cement Concrete Pipes- Classification and Particulars.............................
V. Map Showing Geological Setting of M.P. & Chhattisgarh..........................
VI. Map Showing Ground Water Regions M.P. & Chhattisgarh.......................
BIBLOGRAPHY
CH. 1 Physical Features & Regions 1

Section I - Madhya Pradesh, Broad Features

NOTE : 1. Every one is expected to have a little bit knowledge of the various features of the
State of his activity. Engineers, especially those engaged in the construction of
irrigation projects (big or small) have to essentially keep precise and adequate
knowledge of features like physical landscape, rainfall, rivers and river basins, soil
types, geological settings, the land use etc. This will not only enable proper
appreciation/comprehension of the various instructions issued by the department
but also enable them to get hold of the desired data, from the sources indicated for
each one of them, necessary for the work of Survey & Investigation and Project
Preparation. It is precisely for this reason that the various E-in-C Publications (Listed
in the Biblography) included such details, in their preamble part.
2. Most of the narrations included in Chapter 1-15, are extracted from these E-in-C
publications. People requiring more details may refer to these (available in the
libraries of BODHI/C.E’s/S.E’s). The field staff is also advised to go through the
District Gazettier of their district, brought out by the State Govt. both in English &
Hindi(the later for limited districts), which contain more detailed narrations of these
matters.
lll

Chapter - 1 t Physical Features & Regions

(A) Physical Features : Madhya Pradesh extends over an area of 4,42,840 sq.km
between North latitudes 17O 40' and 26O 15' and East longitudes 74O 40' and 84O 30'. The State
constitutes the northern part of the Peninsular shield. Hill ranges running across the plateau
have subdued topography of old peneplains.
1. Satpura Range : The Satpura range, having age of about 1000 million years, runs in
almost east-west across the State. The Satpura plateau in Betul and Chhindwara districts is
located at the foot-hills of Satpura range and the area is generally flat with elevation of 300 to
450 m, above MSL. Higher elevations of 800 to 1000 m are also met with. Area is well drained
by Pench and Tapti rivers. The area in Seoni district is also located on the foot-Hills of Satpura
range. The tract is well drained by a net-work of streams falling into Wainganga river. The area
lying to the east of Narmada valley and south of Malwa plateau is also traversed by Satpura
ranges. River Tapti separates the two blocks of Satpura ranges. Elevation varies from 300
to 450 m above MSL and at places Satpura ridges rise to 650 to 900m above Mean Sea
Level (MSL).
2. Narmada Valley : The Narmada river flowing with a westerly course is a major river
between Satpura and Vindhya ranges. The Narmada valley is a long and narrow valley stretching
from Jabalpur in the east to Barwani district on the west. Separated from the Satpura range by
Narmada river, the Vindhyan range at the north having age of 1400 million years runs in ENE-
WSW direction for a distance of about 600 km.
3. Vindhya Plateau : To the North of the Narmada valley, Vindhya plateau lies in Vidisha,
Raisen, Sagar, Damoh, Guna, Sehore and Bhopal districts. The rivers in this range are tributaries
of Lower Chambal and Ken.
4. Malwa Plateau & Aravalli Hills : Malwa plateau with average elevation lying between
300 to 400m above MSL consists of large plains to the east of Vindhya Plateau intercepted by
hillocks and streams. Main rivers are Kshipra and Chambal. The area of Jhabua hills lies on the
2 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 1
west of the State adjoining Rajasthan and Gujarat. Undulating and rolling topography dominates
in this area with average elevation of 500 to 600 m above MSL. Area is mostly eroded exposing
murum and metasediments of Aravalli group. The river Mahi drains the area.
5. Northern Plateau : Northern plateau covering Bhind, Morena and Gwalior districts is
low lying area with elevation of 150 to 250 m above MSL. The area is covered by alluvium of
Chambal with deep ravines. To the south and east of Northern Plateau is the Bundelkhand
region with elevation of 100 to 300 m above MSL. Individual hillocks rise here and there. The
area is drained by Dhasan, Urmil, Betwa, Pahuj and Sindh rivers.
6. Chhattisgarh Plains : To the south, are Chhatisgarh plains consisting of Durg,
Rajnandgaon, Bilaspur, Raipur and Raigarh districts which are fairly levelled except a few
undulations of Hazaribagh range and Korba hills. Series of detached hills from Bastar
plateau enter Durg district. Drainage is provided by Tandula, Sheonath, Hap, Kharung,
Maniary and Hasdeo rivers flowing into Mahanadi. Indravati river emerges from southern
slopes.
7. Bastar Plateau : Bastar plateau lies in southern most part of the State and the
area is cut up and hilly. Area lying to the North of Indravati river is Bailadilla range running
in north-south direction. General elevation is 250 to 300m above MSL with hills rising to
500-600 m.
8. Kymore and Bhander Hills : Kymore and Bhander hills on the North divide the
Son basin from Tons. Parallel to the Kymore range there are a number of parallel Maikal
hill ranges. The fertile valleys in between are drained by the Son river with tributaries of
Gopad, Banas, Rehar and Kanhar in Surguja, Shahdol and Sidhi districts. The elevation
ranges from 450 to 500 m above MSL though few higher ranges of 800-1200 m are also
there. To the north of Kymore range, there is Kymore plateau of Rewa, Satna and Panna
districts with elevation varying from 300 to 450 m above MSL. Kymore hill ranges are at
625 to 684 m above MSL. This area is drained by Tons, Beehar, Bichya and Ken rivers. At
the end of this plateau, there is an oscarpment with famous falls at Purwa, Keoti, and
Chachai. To the north of this plateau are Indo-Gangetic plains in Teonthar tehsil of Rewa
district.
(B) Regions of Madhya Pradesh : The records some times also refer to the regions
like - Malwa, Bundelkhand, Baghelkhand, Dandkarnya, Chhattisgarh and the Mahakoshal. The
districts covered by them are as under :

Region Districts Covered

Malwa. Bhopal, Sehore, Raisen, Vidisha, Rajgarh, Indore, Ratlam,

Ujjain, Mandsaur, Dewas, Shajapur, Guna(partly),
Jhabua(partly) and Dhar(partly).
Bundelkhand. Panna, Chhatarpur, Tikamgarh, Sagar, Damoh and Datia.
Baghelkhand. Rewa, Satna, Sidhi, and Shahdol.
Dandakarnya. Bastar.
Chhattisgarh. Durg, Rajnandgaon, Raipur, Bilaspur Sarguja and Raigarh.
Nimar. Khargone and Khandwa.
Mahakaushal. Jabalpur, Balaghat, Chhindwara, Seoni, Mandla, Narsinghpur,
Hoshangabad and Betul.
CH. 1 Physical Features & Regions 3
(C) Soil Types & Major Crops : The Soil Types found in various districts and the major crops
grown are as under :
Soil Districts or Region Crop suitability
Alluvial Morena, Bhind and Gwalior Rice, Wheat and Sugarcane.
Black Area of Malwa plateau Narmada Cotton, Jowar, Wheat
valley and Satpura ridge. Groundnut and Sugarcane.
Mixed Red & Gwalior(eastern part) Rewa, Satna, Various varieties of crops
Black Panna Chhatarpur, Tikamgarh, under irrigated condition.
Datia and Shivpuri (Partly).
Mixed Red & Chhatisgarh plains, Balaghat and Rice.
Yellow. parts of Raigarh, Surguja and Bastar.
Skeletal or Parts of Shahdol,Mandla, Surguja, Inferior millets and oil-seeds.
Gravelly soil Raigarh, Bastar and Jhabua districts.
(D) Agricultural tracts :
Cotton Indore, Khandwa & Harda Tahsil.
Paddy Durg, Raipur, Jagdalpur(Bastar), Bilaspur, Ambikapur, Raigarh, Balaghat,
Seoni, parts of Jabalpur and Damoh districts and Mandla.
Wheat Gwalior, Indore (Malwa area), Hoshangabad, Jabalpur, Sagar, Damoh,
Narsinghpur, Betul and Khandwa.
Lesser Millets Chhindwara, Seoni, Betul.
(Gram, Tuar, Masur)
(E) Mineral Resources : The state is very rich is mineral resources and is the second
after Bihar in the country. The districts dominated by specific mineral is given below.
Iron = Balaghat, Chhindwara and Jhabua.
Bauxite = Bilaspur, Jabalpur, Surguja, Mandla, Shahdol & Bastar.
Coal = Shahdol, Sidhi, Bilaspur, Surguja & Chhindwara.
Diamond = Panna, Raipur.
Copper = Malajkhand area of Balaghat distt.
China Clay = Jabalpur, Gwalior & Satna.
Lime Stone = Jabalpur, Satna, Damoh, Bilaspur, Durg, Bastar, Mandsour, Panna & Raigarh.
(F) Forest cover : The forest is of deciduous and thorny nature. It covers about 32% area
(nearly 26.65% of country's forest area) in the State. Due to climatic and topographic variations,
there are three dominant forest belts :
(1) The desiduous forest is mainly found in Betul, Khandwa, Khargone. Hoshangabad
and Sagar.
(2) Sal forest are found in the district of Mandla, Balaghat, Bastar, Raipur, Raigarh
and Sarguja.
(3) Thorny trees and bushes like e.g.babool, anwla, karonda, ber and khejra are
observed in low rainfall areas such as Guna, Shivpuri, Bhind, Gwalior,
Datia,Tikamgarh, Mandsour & Morena.
Based on ecology, the whole forest belt has been classified into four groups viz; (1)
Tropical Evergreen forest growing Jamun, Pisa and Hirda; (2) Topical moist desiduous forests
growing Teak, Arjun and Haldu; (3) Tropical dry deciduous forest growing Teak, Khair, Tiwas,
shivan, Dhavada and Salai; and (4) Tropical thorny forests growing Babool, Ber and Palas.
lll
4 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 2

Chapter - 2 t Rainfall, Temperature & Agro Ecological Zones

1. Normal Annual Rainfall : The Rainfall in the state varies from 60 cm to over 160
cms. as under(See Map 2/1) :-
Normal Rainfall (Cms) Areas Covered
Under 60 Small part of Khargone.
60 to 70 Central Khargone & part of southern Dhar Distt.
70 to 80 Eastern Khandwa, Northern Dhar, eastern Jhabua and Ratlam,
Western half of Mandsour, entire Morena & Bhind Districts.
80 to 100 Some parts of Khargone and Khandwa, Ujjain, Jhabua, Ratlam,
Shivpuri, and Datia districts.
100 to 120 Chhindwara, Betul, Southern Chattarpur, Panna, northern Rewa, some
part of Sidhi and central portion of Durg, Raipur & Bilaspur districts.
120 to 140 Seoni, Narsinghpur, Riasen, northern Jabalpur, northern Shahdol,
Sidhi, Bilaspur and Durg districts.
140 to 160 Southern parts of Jabalpur, Shahdol, whole of Mandla, northern
Ambikapur, and eastern half of Raipur and Bilaspur districts,
and northern and southern parts of Bastar districts.
over 160 Central Bastar, Central Balaghat, Eastern Ambikapur(Surguja),
Raigarh and some parts of Mandla district.
2. As will be seen from the statement of monthwise details, most of the rainfall is during
the monsoon period from June to September. In some years the rainfall however,goes much
below the normal. In normal years the amount of rainfall received in different parts of the State
is adequate for the growth of most of the crops.
3. Temprature : The mean annual temprature ranges from 22.50 to 27.50 C with summer
temprature from 250 to 350 C, rainy temprature from 250 to 300 C, and winter temprature from
17.50 to 250 C. The soil moisture regimes are Ustic and Udic, and temprature regimes are
hyperthermic and Isohyperthemic. (See Map - 2/2)
4. Agro-Ecological Zones : Based on the variation in rainfall (P) and potential evapo-
transpiration (PE), actual evpotranspiration (AE), and length of growing period (LPG) for normal
cropping system, the state can be divided into 9 agro-ecological sub-regions as below. (See
also Map 2/3).
Agro - Ecological Zone Districts Covered (Fully or Major Part)
1. Northern plain, alluvial soils Bhind
semiarid, 120-150 days LGP.
2. Central Highland,Red and Black Morena, Gwalior, Shivpuri & Datia.
soils,semi arid,120-150 days LGP.
3. Central Highland, black soil semi Jhabua, Khandwa, Khargone, Indore, Ratlam, Dewas,
arid, 120- 150 LGP. Ujjain & Mandsour.
4. Deccan Plateau,black soil,semi Guna, Rajgarh,Sagar,Damoh, Jabalpur, Bhopal, Shajapur,
arid, 120-150 days LGP. Vidisha, Sehore, Sehore, Raisen & Hoshangabad.
5. Central Highland,Red and black Tikamgarh, Satna, Rewa, Sidhi, Panna, Chattarpur
soils, dry subhumid, 150-180 LGP. & Shahdol.
6. Deccan plateau, black soils,dry Betul.
subhumid, 150-180 LGP.
7. Deccan plateau,Red & black soils Chhindwara, Balaghat,Seoni & Mandla.
moist subhumid, 180-210 LGP.
CH. 2 Rainfall, Temperature & Agro Ecological Zones 5
8. Eastern Plateau, Red & yellow Raipur, Durg, Rajnandgaon, Bilaspur, Raigarh, Surguja
soils(dry/moist) subhumid, & Part of Kanker.
150-180 days LGP.
9. Eastern plateau, red soils, moist, Bastar.
Subhumid 180-210 LGP.

M a d hya Pradesh Isohyetal Map

(Indicating Rainfall in cm)
MAP - 2/1

REFERENCE

State Boundry
Source : The India Metrological Dept. District Boundry
District H.Q.
State H.Q.
River or Nala
6 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 2

M a d h y a P r a d e s h
TEMPERATURE
MAP - 2/2

TEMPERATURE - MAY TEMPERATURE-JANUARY

0
---- Mean Daily Max.Temp( C) Mean Daily Min.Temp(0C) REFERENCE

State Boundry
District Boundry
District H.Q.
State H.Q.
River or Nala
Source : The India Metrological Dept.
 CH. 2
M a d h y a P r a d e s h
PHYSIOGRAPHY
MAP - 2/3

Rainfall, Temperature & Agro Ecological Zones

REFERENCE
LEGEND
1. Deccan plateau, Satpura range 6. Eastern plateau Baghelkhand plateau
State Boundry
1.Basalt, 2.Granite, 3.Sandstone, 4.Latarite 15.Quartzite schist, 16.Laterite
2. Central Highland, Narmada Vally 17.Sedimentary, 18.Basalt District Boundry
5.Basalt, 6.Alluvium 7. Eastern plateau Mahanadi basin District H.Q.
3. Central Highland Vindhyan ranges 19.Sedimentary State H.Q.
7.Sedimentary, 8.Alluvium, 9.Basalt 8. Eastern plateau, Dandakaranya
River or Nala
4. Central Highland Malwa plateau 20.Granite gneiss, 21.Sedimentary
10.Basalt, 11.Granite 22.Laterite, 23.Basalt
5. Central Highland Pathar and Bundelkhand 9. Eastern plateau Chhota Nagpur

7
12.Sedimentary, 13.Granite gneiss, 14.Alluvium 24.Granite(Laterite)
25.Sedimentary(Dharwar), 26.Basalt(Laterite)
8 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 2
District Wise Normal Annual Rainfall & Its Monthwise Distribution
(Unit = mm)
District June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April Total
& Nor-
May mal
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Raipur 217.3 398.1 389.7 221.9 59.3 13.0 3.2 11.3 21.6 13.9 35.6 1384.9
Durg 200.5 355.5 333.3 206.9 63.7 13.5 4.4 13.5 27.5 16.6 34.7 1270.1
Rajnandgaon 218.2 354.6 360.4 209.5 70.4 12.2 5.6 14.7 30.0 16.0 40.4 1332.0

Bastar 214.0 446.9 392.4 259.2 85.6 21.0 4.0 7.9 16.9 15.9 69.4 1532.2
Bilaspur 183.6 427.3 409.3 199.1 54.8 16.6 4.7 18.2 28.8 20.7 28.6 1391.7
Surguja 201.9 449.2 439.4 209.0 57.7 14.7 5.5 33.6 35.7 20.1 26.4 1493.2
Raigarh 230.9 487.5 455.3 239.5 66.5 15.8 4.9 20.1 33.3 21.5 44.4 1619.7

Jabalpur 135.7 424.2 380.0 190.8 42.2 15.7 9.0 26.4 23.3 13.2 13.1 1274.1
Balaghat 211.7 557.9 445.2 232.6 62.7 13.3 5.9 17.8 29.6 18.5 28.0 1632.2
Chhindwara 187.1 418.7 336.3 200.6 60.9 20.3 9.6 20.2 28.3 20.8 31.2 1324.0
Seoni 195.0 429.2 350.2 204.7 58.6 19.8 10.3 24.2 32.5 24.4 35.6 1384.5
Mandla 196.2 492.7 447.8 226.5 49.7 18.4 7.7 27.8 34.7 24.5 33.6 1569.6
Narsinghpur 148.3 421.2 385.0 216.5 40.8 17.6 8.7 15.9 17.3 12.1 17.4 1300.8

Sagar 130.8 421.5 371.0 189.5 29.8 21.0 8.9 23.9 14.6 10.6 13.4 1235.0
Damoh 124.2 400.0 382.3 196.7 36.1 16.3 8.6 20.4 13.8 11.8 14.3 1224.5
Panna 94.6 389.0 381.4 194.9 38.5 11.3 7.5 19.2 15.9 8.3 15.8 1176.4
Tikamgarh 90.2 344.9 303.5 158.2 28.5 18.0 7.9 16.8 14.5 7.1 11.5 1001.1
Chhatarpur 75.5 373.6 336.8 170.6 25.7 15.2 7.0 16.5 14.4 7.9 11.7 1074.9

Rewa 118.4 396.8 379.2 196.4 41.4 14.0 8.7 26.7 24.4 12.5 17.4 1235.6
Sidhi 137.1 382.7 389.9 191.9 40.7 11.3 7.1 29.6 25.7 14.3 18.0 1248.3
Satna 109.2 348.9 339.2 169.7 35.1 13.9 7.5 23.9 23.0 11.8 17.7 1099.9
Shahdol 185.3 387.3 393.6 217.5 54.5 17.5 7.4 39.9 35.7 24.2 33.9 1396.8

Indore 149.3 311.9 239.5 191.9 36.3 20.8 5.9 5.6 2.2 2.5 14.1 980.0
Dhar 127.4 255.5 204.0 176.1 31.3 17.9 3.7 4.0 0.9 1.1 11.2 833.1
Jhabua 116.3 383.3 211.5 162.3 25.5 9.5 1.9 4.5 1.9 1.5 9.8 828.0
Khargone 133.1 265.3 183.8 170.5 37.1 19.4 5.1 2.5 1.7 2.9 10.1 831.5
Khandwa 138.2 282.6 196.6 168.7 33.9 22.0 0.1 8.8 5.3 4.0 10.8 880.0

Ujjain 121.7 280.4 255.9 165.0 19.8 18.9 5.6 8.0 3.5 2.9 10.5 892.2
Mandsour 97.4 286.1 264.8 128.7 13.3 8.5 3.4 6.2 3.2 2.6 10.3 824.5
Ratlam 117.4 298.1 269.6 160.4 16.9 8.7 3.2 6.4 3.0 2.3 9.9 895.9
Dewas 150.7 362.2 291.6 190.6 27.1 25.0 5.1 9.2 3.7 3.2 14.8 1083.2
Shajapur 115.5 331.4 296.1 156.7 23.0 17.1 6.1 10.6 4.0 4.0 12.7 977.2

Morena 56.8 251.5 240.7 115.6 15.3 3.8 5.6 10.2 6.3 4.9 9.6 720.3
Bhind 48.7 216.3 222.3 127.4 12.7 3.8 4.9 10.8 7.2 4.8 9.4 668.3

Gwalior 61.2 249.7 240.9 138.3 13.7 4.4 5.9 12.5 7.7 5.7 11.2 751.2
Shivpuri 81.4 277.8 258.7 136.6 13.7 8.8 7.3 11.0 7.8 5.0 8.2 816.3
Guna 118.8 354.1 320.4 173.3 17.9 20.0 10.7 14.1 8.2 6.3 9.7 1053.5
Datia 55.1 240.5 238.9 136.9 18.7 6.9 5.5 9.8 9.4 6.9 11.3 739.9

Bhopal 148.3 490.7 277.6 240.0 31.7 20.6 6.3 17.0 5.3 8.9 13.8 1260.2
Sehore 150.8 462.1 331.9 208.1 30.4 18.1 7.1 14.2 5.1 5.3 11.8 1244.8
Raisen 159.2 473.3 371.1 214.1 29.9 21.6 8.0 22.4 11.1 8.5 11.2 1330.4
Vidisha 129.6 386.0 339.9 189.7 26.3 18.6 7.5 16.0 10.0 6.0 10.2 1133.8
Betul 154.7 336.4 258.7 175.5 50.5 28.5 8.1 17.7 17.1 15.6 21.1 1033.9
Rajgarh 116.9 393.7 326.0 179.1 19.0 18.7 7.3 14.4 6.2 6.5 12.9 1100.7
Hoshangabad 156.2 439.5 361.7 290.3 34.0 21.3 8.4 14.1 9.4 7.2 12.4 1294.5
M.P.State 140.7 369.5 324.3 187.5 37.6 15.9 6.6 16.0 15.1 10.3 19.1 1142.6
(Source : Pages 27-32 of Chapter-1, Agricultural Statistics, M.P.(1956-57 to 1990-91))
CH. 3 Rivers & River Basins 9

Chapter - 3 t Rivers & River Basins

1. Rivers : Four major rivers of the country have their source in Madhya Pradesh. These
are Narmada river(Shahdol Distt.), Tapti river(Betul Distt.), Mahi river (Dhar Distt.) and the
Mahanadi river (Raipur Distt.). Like wise, the State also contributes water to Ganga-Yamuna
river basin through Chambal, Sindh, Betwa & Ken rivers etc., and the Godavari river basin
through Wainganga & Indravati rivers etc.
2. River Basin & their Particulars : This way, the State is divided into 7 (seven) major
river basins. Names of their major tributaries, drainage area, average annual rainfall, estimated
annual run-off and the predominent crops grown in the basin are detailed in Table below.
TABLE
Basin Major Tributaries Drainage Av.Annual Estimated Pre-
Area Rainfall Av.Annual dominent
Run-off Crops
1 2 3 4 5 6
Lakh ha. cm MAF
1. Yamuna 1)Chambal, 2)Kunwari, 137 99 31.6 Wheat
(Chambal/ 3)Sindh, 4)Betwa,
Betwa) 5)Dhasan, 6)Jamni,
7)Ken, 8)Bhagain,
and 9)Paisun.
2. Ganga 1)Tons, 2)Sone, 3)Banas, 62 130 22.0 Wheat
4)Gopad, 5) Rehar
6)Kanhar and 7) North Koel.
3. Mahanadi 1)Mahanadi, 2)Sheonath, 78 137 32.0 Rice
3)Jonk, 4)Hasdeo,
5)Mand,6)Ibb, 7)Ong &
8) Tel.
4. Godavari 1)Indravati, 2)Sabri 61 127 29.0 Rice
3)Wardha, 4)Pench, and
5)Wainganga.
5. Tapti Tapti 10 109 1.0 Cotton
6. Narmada 1)Narmada, 2)Burhner 86 42 33.0 Wheat
3)Banjar, 4)Hiran,
5)Sher, 6)Shakkar, 7)Dudhi,
8)Barna, 9)Tawa, 10)Ganjal,
11)Chhota Tawa, 12)Kunda,
13)Uri, 14)Goi & 15)Halni.
7. Mahi Mahi 9 89 2.0 Rice & Cotton

3. Broad Features : Broad features in narrative form, of these river basins and some of
their important Tributaries are detailed below. These would be found helpful in writing covering
reports of new schemes :-
4. Yamuna-Ganga Basin : The catchment area draining into the Ganga basin from Madhya
Pradesh is about 1.99 lakh sq.km of which 1.39 lakh sq.km comprises Yamuna(Chambal-
Betwa) sub basin. The rivers Chambal, Sindh, Betwa and Ken drain into Yamuna and the river
Son and Tons drain directly into the Ganga river.
10 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 3

(A) Yamuna Sub Basin : (1) Chambal - Chambal is an important tributary of Yamuna. It
originates in the Vindhyan range near Mhow in Indore district. It is a small river while passing
through Dhar district. River Kshipra joins it in Ujjain district which takes a bigger shape in
Ratlam district. Kalisindh & Newaj rising from Malwa plateau and draining water of Dewas,
Shajapur & Rajgarh districts and Parvati draining waters of Dewas, Sehore and Guna districts
are other tributaries of Chambal. The river ultimately joins Yamuna near Etawa(U.P.) on its right
bank. Total drainage area lying in M.P is 0.58 lakh sq.km.
(2) Sindh - Sindh rises in a tank near a village in Vidisha district. It flows generally in a
north easterly direction for a length of 415 km in M.P. and out falls in Yamuna on the right bank
slightly below the confluence of Chambal with Yamuna. Pahuj, Besuli and Kunwari are the main
tributaries. The river drains an area of 0.24 lakh sq.km of Vidisha, Guna, Shivpuri, Gwalior, Datia and
Bhind districts.
(3) Betwa - The river has its source in the big lake of Bhopal. After flowing in a north
easterly direction through Raisen and Vidisha districts, the river enters Jhansi district of U.P. It
joins Yamuna on the right bank near Hamirpur. Jamni and Dhasan are its principal tributaries.
Jamni joins Betwa at Orchha while Dhasan joins it in U.P. Total length in M.P is 247 km draining
an area of 0.32 lakh sq.km of Sehore, Bhopal, Raisen, Vidisha, Guna, Shivpuri, Sagar, Chhatarpur
and Tikamgarh districts. [Out of this, 0.17 lakh sq.km is under Chief Engineer Chambal-Betwa
basin and the remaining is under Chief Engineer Ganga basin.]
(4) Ken -The river has its origin on the north west slopes of the Kymur hills in Satna
district. It flows generally in north easterly direction for a length of 250 km in M.P. draining an
area of 0.25 lakh sq.km. of Raisen, Sagar, Damoh, Panna, Chhattarpur, Satna and Jabalpur
districts. It joins Yamuna on its right bank.
(B) Ganga Basin : (1) Son - Son is the Principal right bank tributary of Ganga flowing
through M.P., U.P. and Bihar. It rises at Son-Bhadra in Maikel hills in M.P. The river in the initial
reach flows in cascades through hilly areas of Vindhyan range. It then crosses Kymur hills and
flows in north eastern direction before leaving M.P. It drains an area of 0.48 lakh sq.km of
Shahdol, Sidhi and Surguja districts. It ultimetly joins Ganga near Keilawar in Bihar. The important
tributaries of river Son are Banas, Gopad, Rihand and Kanhar.
(2) Tons - The river Tons rises at Tamaskund, a tank in Kymur range of hills in Satna
district and flows in north easterly direction. After traversing through hilly areas round Maihar it
flows to fertile land of Rewa and Satna districts. It outfalls in Ganga about 31 km down stream
of confluence of Yamuna with Ganga. It drains an area of 0.12 lakh sq.km.
5. Mahanadi Basin : Mahanadi rises in a pool near Pharsiya village in Raipur district of
M.P. and flows in west and north westerly direction for about 200 km. Important tributaries are
Pairi, Maniyari, Kharun, Arpa, Hasdeo, Shivnath, Mand and Ibb. Pairi joins Mahanadi near
historical temples of Rajim. Upper basin of Mahanadi in M.P is a Saucer shaped depression
known as Chhatishgarh. The basin is circular in shape with a diameter of 400 km and exit
passage of 160 km in length and 60 km breadth. Shivnath, the major tributary joins Mahanadi at
about 30 km above Seorinarayan in Bilaspur district. The river then enters Orissa and falls into
the Bay of Bengal. Total length traversed by the river in M.P. is 357, km draining an area of 0.75
lakh sq.km covering the districts of Rajnandgaon (86%), Durg (93%), Raipur (99%), Bilaspur
(96%), Raigarh (87%), Surguja (24%) and Bastar (6%).
6. Godawari Basin : The important tributaries of Godavari are Wainganga, Sabri and
Indravati. Kanhan, Bagh and Bawanthedi are sub tributaries of Wainganga. Total drainage area
in M.P. is 0.63 lakh sq.km covering the districts of Betul (21%), Chhindwara (70%), Seoni
(72%), Mandla (6%), Balaghat (74%), Durg (7%), Rajnandgaon (9%) and Bastar (94%).
7. Tapti Basin : Tapti is the second largest west flowing river of the peninsula. It rises
near Multai in Betul district of M.P. In the head reach covering a distance of about 241 km the
CH. 3 Rivers & River Basins 11
river traverses in open and partially cultivated plains before plunging into rocky gorge in the
Satpura hills and emerging below Burhanpur. It then flows through Maharashtra and Gujarat and
after flowing near Surat city in Gujarat drains into the Arabian sea. Total drainage area in M.P.
is 9,800 sq.km covering the districts of Betul (42%), Khandwa (37%) and Khargone (13%).
8. Narmada Basin : The Narmada rises near Amarkantak of the Maikel range in Shahdol
district of Madhya Pradesh and is the largest west flowing river in the Peninsula. It flows towards
the west for about 1079 km through M.P. For the next 35 km it forms the boundry between M.P.
and Maharashtra and for another 35 km between Maharashtra and Gujarat and last 195 km
entirely in Gujarat. The river has a number of drops, one of them at Bhedhaghat where there are
famous marble rocks. The important tributaries on the left side are Burhner, Banjar, Sher, Shakkar,
Dudhi, Ganjal, Tawa, Chhota Tawa, Kundi, Goi and Karjan. All these except Karjan lies wholly
in Madhya Pradesh. The important tributaries from the right are the Hiran, the Barna, the Uri,
the Hathini and the Osrang. All these except the Osrang flow wholly in Madhya Pradesh. Total
drainage area is 0.85 lakh sq.km in M.P. It covers 20 districts with percentage as under:-
1) Shadhol (4%), Rajnandgaon (6%), Balaghat (26%), Mandla (88%), and Seoni(28%) in
upper hilly areas.
2) Jabalpur (57%), Damoh (6%), Sagar (3%), Narsinghpur (100%), Chhindwara (30%),
Hoshangabad (100%), Betul (37%), Raisen (56%) and Sehore (36%) in upper plains;
3) Khandwa (63%), Dewas (53%), Khargone (87%), Indore (24%) and Dhar (62%) in
middle plains;
4) Jhabua (44%), in lower hilly areas.
5) The river finally falls in Gulf of Cambay below Broach in Gujarat.
9. Mahi Basin : Mahi is one of the major west flowing rivers running into the Gulf of
Cambay, the third in order of size after Narmada & Tapti. The river rises on the northern slope of
the Vindhyas near Sardarpur Village of Dhar district of M.P. The river flows north ward for a
length of 70 km in Dhar and Jhabua districts and is joined in this reach by the Bageri from the
left. Turning to west wards, the river flows through Ratlam district for another 39 km where Pampavati
joins it from south. Total drainage area in M.P. is 6,700 sq.km covering the districts of Dhar (23%),
Jhabua (56%) and Ratlam (21%).
10. Juridiction of Chief Engineers : There are four Chief Engineers looking after the
area covered by Ganga Basin, and two for the Mahanadi & one each for Godavari and Narmada-
Tapti-Mahi Basins as detailed below :-
i) Ganga Basin. 1) C.E.Chambal Betwa Basin Upper regions of Chambal and
Bhopal. and the western part of Betwa.
2) C.E.Yamuna Basin Gwalior. Lower part of Chambal river,
}
3) C.E.Rajghat Canal & Sindh Proj. Betwa and other tributaries.
Shivpuri
4) C.E.Ganga Basin Rewa. Eastern part of the basin
mostly covered by tributaries
joining Ganga river directly.
ii) Mahanadi Basin. 1) C.E M.G. Basin Raipur. Mahanadi, Sheonath and Jonk
sub-basins of Mahandi and Lower
part of Godavari basin(South Bastar)
2) C.E.Hasdeo Basin Bilaspur. Hasdeo, Mand & other sub-basins.
iii) Godavari Basin. C.E.Waiganga Basin Seoni. Wainganga & Pench sub-basins.
iv) Narmada Basin.
v) Tapti Basin.
vi) Mahi Basin. } C.E. Narmada-Tapti Basin Bhopal. All the three river basins
lll
12 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 4

Chapter - 4 t Area and Land Use

1). Geographical Area & Land Use (95-96) : Madhya Pradesh is the largest state of
the country occupying 14.6% of its area. It is the sixth populous state. Located in the heart of
the Indian sub-continent, it is 1020 km long from north to south and 1820 km wide at the
broadest part. The state is surrounded by seven states viz. Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Orissa, Andhra
Pradesh, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Rajasthan.
The geographical area, its classification and the cropped area etc.are detailed below.
Particular Area in % to total
Lakh ha Geographical area
(1) (2) (3)
1. Geographical Area. 443.47 100.00
2. Forest. 145.55 32.80
3. Land not available for cultivation:-
a) Land put to non agricultural uses. 24.87 5.61
b) Barren and unculturable. 17.45 3.93
Total 42.32 9.54
4. Other Uncultivated land excluding fallow land :-
a) Permanent pastures & other grazing. 26.83 6.05
b) Barren and unculturable. 0.22 0.05
Total 27.05 9.54
5. Culturable Waste lands :- 14.60 3.29
6. Fallow Lands :-
a) Current fallow. 7.37 1.66
b) Old fallow. 7.91 1.78
Total 15.28 3.44
7. Cropped Area :-
a) Net area sown. 198.67 44.80
b) Area sown more than once. 52.88 26.62
Gross cropped area 251.55
8. Crop Wise Cropped Area (1995-96)
a) Kharif 1) Food Crops 95.31
2) Non Food Crops 57.57 } 152.88
b) Rabi 1) Food Crops 86.30
12.37 }
98.67
2) Non Food Crops
Total 251.55
9. Crop Wise Irrigated Area (1995-96) % to total area of crops
1) Paddy 12.55 24
2) Wheat 27.31 68
3) Other Cereals 0.43 -
4) Pulses 10.98 21
5) Cash Crops(Oil seeds, Sugarcane, Cotton & Vegs) 10.51 -
61.78 25

Source : Compendium of Agriculture Statistics, 1997 issued by the Director of Agriculture,

M.P., based on data supplied by the Commissioner of Land Records, Gwalior.
lll
CH. 5 Agro Climatic(Crop Wise) Zones 13

Chapter - 5 t Agro Climatic(Crop Wise) Zones

1. On the basis of Climate, Soil types and the Physical features, the State has been
divided into seven major Agro Climatic (Crop Wise) zones as under :
Principal Crop/Agro Climatic Zones Districts covered
Rice zone
1a. Chhattisgarh plains & Wainganga Balaghat, Bilaspur, Durg, Raipur
Valley Rajnandgaon & Raigarh.
1b. Bastar Plateau. Bastar.
1c. Northern hill ranges of Chhattisgarh Surguja.
Rice Wheat Zone
2. Kymore Plateau, Satpura hills Rewa, Panna, Sidhi, Shahdol, Satna
(i.e. Upper Narmada Valley). Mandla, Jabalpur, Seoni & Damoh.
Wheat Zone
3. Vindhya Plateau &. Bhopal, Raisen, Sagar, Sehore & Vidisha,
Central Narmada Valley. Narsinghpur & Hoshangabad.
Juar-Wheat Zone
4. Satpura Plateau Betul & Chindwara
Cotton-Juar Zone
5a. Malwa Plateau Dewas, Ujjain, Indore, Dhar, Mandsaur &
Ratlam.
5b. Nimar Plains Khandwa & Khargone.
5c. Jhabua Hills Jhabua.
6a. Gird Region Guna, Shivpuri, Gwalior.
6b. Bundelkhand (part) Datia, Chattarpur & Tikamgarh.
7. Wheat Bajra Morena & Bhind

AGRO-CLIMATIC ZONES
MAP - 5/1
14 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 5
2. A brief narration of these Zones/Regions would be found useful.
1a. Chhattisgarh plains and Wainganga valley : Chhattisgarh plains extend along the
eastern face of Satpura and lie to the north of Bastar. The area is fairly levelled except a few
undulations of Hazaribagh Range and Korea hills. The rainfall averages from 1200mm to 1600mm.
The winters are warm. The elevation above mean sea level varies from 250 to 350 meters.
Except in plateau areas where soils are mainly shallow and light in texture, soils vary from
sandy to clay in low lying areas. Red & yellow soils occur in most part of the area. The yellow
colour of the soils is probably due to high degree of hydration of ferric oxide. The Calcium is not
found in free form but is available in exchangable form. Deep clay soils with clay content of 45-
60 percent are also met with. The soils are acidic to alkaline with pH from 6.0 to 8.5. In Bilaspur
district the soils are medium in nitrogen and potassium and low in phosphorous and high in
potassium.
In Balaghat red and yellow soils are found. Medium and Black soils are also met with in
low lying areas. In hilly parts lateritic red gravelly or murrum soils are found. The soils are low in
nitrogen and medium in phosphorous and potassium. In Wainganga valley where modern varieties
account for 50% of the cropped area, Pulses and linseed are sown directly into standing paddy crop
before harvest.
1b. Bastar plateau : In general the soils of Bastar has been classified as red and yellow.
The soils are mostly sandy and poor in fertility. Skeletal soils are also met. The soils are
medium in nitrogen and potassium and low in phosphorous. The area is drained by number of
rivers like Mananadi, Indravati. The area is cut up and hilly.
1c. Northern Hill ranges of Chattisgarh : This covers Surguja district, in which 58% of
tribal population is found. Rice and minor millets are grown on marginal soils. The soils of
Surguja are red yellow. In Surguja Skeletal soils are also found. Skeletal soils are poor in
fertility. The soils of Surguja are medium in nitrogen, low in phosphorous and high in potassium.
2. Kymore Plateau & Upper Narmada Valley : In this region the rainfall varies from
1000mm to 1400mm. The winters are cool to mild. Elevation varies from 300 to 450 meters
above MSL. Kymore hills ranges are 625 to 684 above MSL. The area is drained by sone,
Beehar, Bichiya and ken rivers. Mixed red and black soils occur in patches. The red soils are
coarse textured while black soils are fine textured. Lime is generally present.
The soils are low in nitrogen and phosphorous and high in potassium. Kymore plateau
itself has shallow, skeletal soils covered mainly with poor forest and shrub but is deeply incised
by wide flat valleys which together with the Upper Narmada valley account for nearly all the
good agricultural land. Alluvial soil is found in the bed of sone river in Satna district. The soils of
Jabalpur are medium black and clayey loam. The clayey soils contain 43% clay and are known
as heavy black wheat soils. The loamy soils have clay between 19.6 and 37.4 with sand varying
from 32.9 to 48.6 percent. While sandy soils have 5.6 to 12.2 percent clay varying from 32.9 to
46.6 percent. The soils of Rewa and Satna are low in nitrogen and phosphorous and high in
potash while Panna soils are medium in nitrogen and low in phosphorous. Jabalpur soils are
medium in all nutrients. The soils of Shahdol and Mandla are medium black soils. They are
medium in nitrogen & potassium and low in phosphorous. Sidhi soils are low in nitrogen and
phosphorous and high in potassium. The zone also has a high proportion of tribals concentrated
mainly on marginal agricultural land on the plateau and in Mandla district which has shallow
gravelly soils. In this zone the main crops are rice and wheat each accounting for 25% to 40%
of the cropped area. Other important crops include minor millets in Kharif on shallow soils and
gram in rabi. There has been relatively little development of irrigation in this zone.
3. Vindhya Plateau and Central Narmada Valley. The hilly Vindhyan Plateau is situated
in the north of Narmada valley, and to the south of Bundelkhand and Bhagelkhand. In this region
the winters are cool to mild with a relatively high rainfall from 1200 mm to 1400 mm.
CH. 5 Agro Climatic(Crop Wise) Zones 15
There is a flat topography with poor drainage and water logging poses problems. Cultivation
of Kharif crops which occupy only 10% to 25% of net cropped area (mainly Sorghum) are
on better drained sites. The remainder of the land is sown with rabi crops after a kharif
fallow and yields depends on stored soil moisture. Only 5% of the crops are irrigated,
Wheat occupies upto 50 percent of the cropped area and 34 percent production. Other
important rabi crops are gram, lentil and linseed. The soils of Vindhyan plateau are classified
as medium black soils. Skeletal soils are found in part of Bhopal, and Raisen districts. The
texture varies from clay loam to clay. In respect of fertility the soils of Vidisha, Raisen,
Sehore and Bhopal are medium in nitrogen and phosphorous. As regards Potassium the
soils of Vidisha, Raisen and Sehore are on higher side but the soils of Sagar, Bhopal are
medium in respect of potassium.
The soils of Hosnangabad and Narsinghpur districts are deep Black Clays with clay
content of 35 to 60 percent.In Gadarwara Tehsil around Amgaon village the soils are clayey
after 150cm having coarse texture like sandy loam soils, hence these soils are moderately
permeable as compared to slow permeability of deep Black soils. The Soils of Hoshangabad
district are low in Nitrogen, medium in phosphorous and high in potassium while Narsinghpur
soils are low in Nitrogen and phosphorous and high in potassium. The black soils of
Narsinghpur district are good for wheat and other varities of crops.The clay percent of
these soils varies from 20-60.
4. Satpura Plateau : It includes Betul and Chindwara. The soils are in general
classified as shallow Black (30 cm deep) though at places these are 50-60 cm deep.
Texture varies from sandy clay loam to clay loam but in valleys from clay loam to clay.
Soils are low to medium in nitrogen and phosphorous and high in potassium. Area is
located at foot hills of satpura range and area is generally flat with elevation above MSL of
300 to 450 metres. Higher elevations of 800-1000 metres are also met. The area is internally
as well as externally well drained through Pench and Tapti rivers. The rolling surface of Betul
Plateau is purely due to the rapid weatheiring of inter-trappers beds and partly due to alluvial
coverings. Red and yellow soils up to 3-6 cm deep are also met with. Below this, Murum is
found. In general the soils of Betul are low in nitrogen , medium in phosphorous and high in
potash, while Chhindwara soils are medium in nitrogen and phosphorous and high in potassium.
5a. Malwa Plateau : It includes the table land of Malwa with an average elevation of 300
to 400 meters above MSL. Area consists of large plains to the east of Vindhya Plateau intercepted
by hillocks and streams. The main rivers of the area are Kshipra and Chambal. Mainly this area
has medium Black soils which covers the largest area in the state. The black soils are medium
in depth. Shallow soils are also common. It is observed that soils of central Malwa plateau are
slightly coarse in texture than in other parts. The soils are usually dark brown in colour, light
reddish soils are also common. The Malwa plateau is a vast undulating plain with a few hilly
ranges. The light reddish soils and shallow soils are found around these hill ranges. Generally
the soils are low in nitrogen, medium in phosphorous and high in potassium.
5b. Nimar Plains : It lies to the east of Narmada valley and south of Malwa plateau. The
area is transversed by Satpura ranges. Two Blocks of Satpura are separated by wide water gap
at Burhanpur which provides the passage to Tapti river. The width varies from 20 - 40 km.
Elevation above mean sea level varies from 300 to 450 metres and Satpura ridges rise to 650-
900 metres. The area is drained by river Narmada and Tapti.
It consists of Khandwa, Khargone districts and Manawar and kukshi Tehsils (of district
Dhar). The soils are medium black underlain by weathered material. The soil of Burhanpur
Tehsil of district Khandwa is deep to very deep. Dark brown clays are met with. In undulating
area the soils are shallow and coarse. In general the soils are well drained. Khandwa soils are
low in nitrogen, medium in phosphorous and high in potassium, while that of Khargone are low
in nitrogen, medium in phosphorous and potassium.
16 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 5
5c. Jhabua Hills : The area lies on the west of state, adjoining Rajasthan and Gujarat.
The area is covered by undulating and rolling topography. The average elevation is 500 to
600 meters above MSL. Area is mostly eroded exposing moorum. The area is classified
under skeletal soils. These are gravelly soils of stony uplands. In general the topography
has the clear effect on the colour and texture of the soils. The soils are mostly gravelly,
coarse in texture and yellow in colour. In valleys and plains where the finer particles have
deposited due to effect of rains and gravitational force is having fine texture and dark
colour. In these areas the clay contents vary from 40 to 60%. The soils are low in nitrogen,
medium in phosphorous and high in potassium.
6a & b. Bundelkhand and part of Gird region : In this region the rainfall averages from
800mm to 1000mm. The regional slope of Bundelkhand is towards northeast with elevation of
100-200 metres above MSL. Individual hillocks rise here and there. The area is drained by
Dhasan, Urmil, Betwa, Pahuj and Sindh rivers. In Tikamgarh and Chhatarpur districts the soils
are mixed red and black. Red soils are coarse and devoid of lime and free carbonates. Black
soils are shallow to deep but mostly medium in depth and vary from clay loam to clay. The red
soils are generally shallow in depth and poor in fertility. The general fertility of Chhatarpur and
Tikamgarh districts indicates that they are medium in nitrogen, low in phosphorous and high in
potassium.Gird region is low lying area with elevation of 150 to 250 meters above MSL. Winters
are cool. The soils are of light to medium texture. Datia tehsil of Gwalior division being classified
as a drought prone area. Irrigation is fairly well developed with 27% of the net cropped area
under irrigation. The most important crops are wheat, of which a high proportion (60%) is irrigated
and gram in rabi and juar, minor millets, pulses and sesamum in kharif. Holdings are relatively
small averaging 3.3 ha, with only 28% of the land in holdings of more than 10 ha. Up take of
irrigation on medium projects has been satisfactory with Mexican wheat, barley and gram, the
main irrigated crops.
7. Bhind and Morena area : It is a low lying area with elevation of 150 to 250 metres
above MSL. Rainfall is low being less than 800mm but irrigation is well developed. Winters are
cool.The soils are alluvial, mostly pale brown to yellowish brown with patches of greyish colour.
The texture varies from sandy loam to sandy clay loam. The soils of sheopur in Morena district
are black in colour, clayey in texture, low in water soluble salts neutral in reaction and have a
layer of calcium carbonate at a depth of 0.61 to 2.44 meters. The soils of Joara Tehsil in Morena
district are yellowish brown and less clayey. The soils of Sabalgarh of Morena and part of
Gohad in Bhind district are medium black in nature. The soils of Bhind Tehsil are yellow in
colour and light in texture. In general the soils are neutral or slightly alkaline with conductivity
under normal limits. Saline and alkaline patches are common occurance. More areas have
been affected in Sheopurkalan district, Gohad and Mehgaon tehsils of Bhind district. The water
table is high in these areas. The soils are generally low in nitrogen and phosphrous and medium
to high in potassium.
lll
CH. 6 Population & Administrative Set Up 17

Chapter - 6 t Population & Administrative Set Up

[Note* : 16 new districts have been formed recently. Process for formation of another
seven districts is also in progress. The data below will therefore, need bifurcation.
Exact figures where required may be ascertained from the Collectorate/Land Records
Office of the district]
1) Population (1991 Census) : Total population of the State is 66.18 million. The population
of Scheduled caste and Scheduled tribe is 9.62 and 15.39 million respectively which is 13.93
and 20.18 percent of the total population of the state. Thus Scheduled caste and scheduled
tribe account for 34 percent of the total population against All India figure of 21.54 percent. The
density of population is 149 per sq. km.
2) Administrative Set Up : There are 11 (eleven) Commissioners divisions, covering 45
districts, 190 tehsils and 459 development blocks. The number of revenue villages in the state
are 75,462.
District wise figures on both the above counts are jointly given in the table below.
TABLE
No.of Areas Total Population
Eleven 45* No. of No.of Rev. (Sq. Popula- S/C S/T
Commis- Districts Teh- Blo- Vill- kms tion
sioneries sils cks ages ('000) ('000) ('000) ('000)
1. ` 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Bhopal Betul 3 10 1267 10.1 1181.5 127.4 443.1
Bhopal 2 2 590 2.8 1351.4 186.5 41.2
Rajgarh 5 6 1751 6.2 992.8 178.7 32.8
Raisen 7 7 1498 8.4 876.5 145.1 126.2
Sehore 5 5 1047 6.6 841.3 170.8 85.6
Vidisha 5 7 1626 7.4 970.4 197.0 42.7
27 37 7779 41.5 6213.9 1005.5 771.6
Bilaspur Bilaspur 5 25 3589 20.0 3793.6 687.2 873.7
Raigarh 5 17 2228 12.9 1722.3 195.9 821.5
Sarguja 7 24 2419 22.3 2082.6 114.8 1117.6
17 66 8236 55.2 7598.5 997.9 2812.8
Chambal Bhind 4 6 950 4.5 1219.0 260.1 3.3
Morena 6 10 1427 11.6 1710.6 340.2 95.2
10 16 2377 16.1 2929.6 600.3 98.5
Gwalior Datia 2 2 453 2.0 396.3 97.8 6.8
Gwalior 3 5 875 5.2 1412.6 288.7 41.0
Guna 5 9 2279 11.0 1310.3 236.9 157.4
Shivpuri 5 8 1487 10.3 1133.0 219.4 127.8
15 24 5094 28.5 4252.2 842.8 333.0

Hoshangabad Hoshangabad 4 10 1453 10.0 1267.2 206.4 220.0

18 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 6

No.of Areas Total Population

Eleven 45* No. of No.of Rev. (Sq. Popula- S/C S/T
Commis- Districts Teh- Blo- Vill- kms tion
sioneries sils cks ages ('000) ('000) ('000) ('000)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Indore Dhar 5 13 1576 8.2 1367.4 94.9 731.3
Jhabua 5 12 1373 6.8 1130.4 34.6 968.4
Indore 4 4 675 3.9 1835.9 305.8 100.9
Khandwa 3 9 1089 10.8 1431.7 163.1 383.2
Khargone 8 16 1900 13.4 2028.1 198.0 937.7
25 54 6613 43.1 7793.5 796.4 3121.5
Jabalpur Balaghat 3 10 1310 9.2 1365.9 113.1 298.6
Chhindwara 3 11 1955 11.8 1568.7 191.4 540.7
Jabalpur 4 13 2533 10.2 2649.9 339.9 474.5
Mandla 3 16 2017 13.3 1291.3 67.5 785.6
Narshingpur 2 6 1068 5.1 785.5 130.3 101.4
Seoni 2 8 1626 8.8 1000.8 107.8 369.8
17 64 10519 58.4 8662.1 950.0 2570.6
Bastar Bastar 8 32 3324 39.1 2271.3 132.9 1529.9
Raipur Durg 3 12 1869 8.5 2397.1 305.9 298.0
Rajnandgaon 3 12 2383 11.1 1439.9 148.0 362.3
Raipur 5 24 3846 21.3 3908.0 563.6 714.0
11 48 8028 40.9 7745.0 1017.5 1374.3
Rewa Satna 4 8 2184 7.5 1465.4 261.5 202.4
Sidhi 3 8 1900 10.5 1373.4 156.1 418.0
Shahdol 4 12 2168 14.0 1743.8 134.3 807.8
Rewa 4 9 2806 6.3 1555.0 229.9 193.1
15 37 8998 38.3 6137.6 781.8 1621.3
Sagar Chhatarpur 3 8 1216 8.7 1158.1 274.4 43.5
Damoh 2 7 1401 7.3 898.1 180.3 111.1
Panna 3 5 1096 7.1 687.9 140.4 102.5
Sagar 4 11 2087 10.3 1647.7 347.4 139.5
Tikamgarh 3 6 985 5.0 940.8 214.1 38.8
15 37 6785 38.4 5332.6 1156.6 435.4
Ujjain Dewas 5 6 1139 7.0 1033.8 187.7 155.5
Mandsaur 8 8 1697 9.8 1555.2 246.6 74.6
Ratlam 4 6 1077 4.9 971.9 133.4 226.1
Shajapur 4 8 1132 6.2 1033.2 230.8 24.4
Ujjain 5 6 1141 6.1 1383.1 339.6 29.2
26 34 6186 34.0 5977.2 1138.1 509.8
Total 190 459 75462 443.5 66180.7 9626.2 15398.7
Percentage of Total Population Scheduled tribe 20.18%
Scheduled caste 13.93%
34.11% lll
CH. 7 Topographical Maps - Availability & Upkeep 19

Chapter - 7 t Topographical Maps - Availability & Upkeep

1. Topographical Maps published by the Survey of India, Deharadun (U.P) help Engineers
a lot in their day to day work, more so to those engaged in the development of the water
resources of the country. It is necessary that each one (especially Junior Cadres) should be
fully conversant with types and availability etc., to be able to make proper use of these in the
course of field surveys etc. This is briefly explained below :
2. Types of Maps : As these Maps are published for a variety of purposes, these are
broadly classified into the following four types :
(1). Topographical Maps : These maps (also called topo sheets) are a two dimensional
depiction of the three dimensional spherical earth surface, to a predetermined scale.
These indicate length, breadth and height. Length and breadth are depicted by Longitude
and latitude. The height is depicted by reduced level with respect to the mean sea level
(M.S.L) by means of contours and spot levels.
A Topographicaly map is on a sufficiently large scale, to enable the individual features
shown on the map, to be identified on the ground, by their shape and position. Maps on
a scale of 1:250,000 and larger are classified as topographical maps.
(2). Geographical Maps : Geographical maps on the other hand are on such a smaller
scale that, strict representation of individual features for identification on the ground is
not possible. Maps on scales smaller than 1:250,000 are termed as geographical maps.
Such maps published by the S.O.I Dehradun are (1) Transport and Tourism Map, (2)
International Map of the World, (3) Physical Map - all the three are to a scale of 1:1,000,000,
(4) Geohydrological Map, (5) Geological Map and the (6) Tectonic Map - all these are to
scale of 1:2,000,000.
Note : 1). Folder showing availability of different types of maps published by the S.O.I is
brought out by it periodically. Its copy can be had (to be collected personally) from the
Maps Sale Office, located in the Narmada Bhawan, Tulsi Nagar, Bhopal, free of charge.
2). A book titled - ‘Map Catalogue’ is also published by the S.O.I. This can be
purchased from Officer-in-charge, Map Record & Issue Office, Dehradun, and also
at their sale counter in New Delhi.
(3). Cadestral Maps (scale 1:4000) : i) The Revenue department for all its work uses
1 inch = 330 feet maps (also known as village maps) traced on chadder sheets, kept with
Patwaris. These maps do not indicate longitudes, latitudes or the contours but only out
line boundries of land holdings, abadies, nallas, streams, Revenue lands and Revenue forests.
ii) As is a common knowledge, the staff of Water Resources Department trace out these
for areas covered by different irrigation projects by contacting various Patwaris and copy
out record of area by different Khasras and their ownership from the village Panch Sala
Khasra registers, maintained by these Patwaris. These maps are used for :-
(a). Marking alignments of canals, by imposition of contours;
(b). Fixing boundaries of Chaks and sub-chaks for irrigation through different outlets in
the canal system;
(c). Preparing cases for -
(1) Acquisition of Private lands and properties;
(2) Transfer proposals of Govt. Revenue and Nazul lands.
iii). In place of these maps the Revenue Department is now getting printed Cadestral Maps to
a scale of 1:4,000 from the Survey of India, Dehradun (after ofcourse fresh surveys)for different
20 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 7
districts in a phased manner. Where such maps are already published, the territorial
divisions could collect 3-4 copies for their use from the Suprintendent Land Records of
their district. This will cut-short delays inherent in the present system.
(4). Forest Maps : Like wise the Forest Department has also got surveyed, the various
forest areas from the S.O.I. These are to a scale of 1:15,000. Earlier Forest Maps to
scale of 1 inch = 2 miles were also available with the various Forest divisions. These were
numbered as NW, SW, NE & SE i.e 55-P/SE etc. These and the new publications can be
had from respective D.F.O’s.
3. Numbering System for Maps of Different Scales : As these maps are kept by
practically all formations (C.E’s down to Sub-divisions), the following elaboration will facilitate
their procurement etc.
(1). Basis Adopted : 1:1M scale International Map of the World series forms the basis of
their numbering. India and adjacent countries are divided into blocks with length of 4
degree Longitude and 4 degree Latitude. Madhya Pradesh is covered by blocks with
serial numbers 45, 46, 54, 55, 63, 64, 65 and 73 as shown in the sketch No.7/1
(2). These are further numbered as below for maps with different scales.
(a). 1:250,000 scale (old 1" = 4 miles) : Each 1:1 M map is divided into 16 such maps
numbered A to P(see sketch 7/2). These in common talk are also called degree
sheets. The S.O.I. besides the supply of indivdual sheets also supplies mounted
covers for different districts.
(b). 1:50,000 (old 1" = 1 miles) : Each 1:250,000 (degree sheet) is sub-divided into
sixteen parts numbered 1 to 16 covering 1 degree of area either way(See sketch 7/3).
These are accordingly identified as 55-A/1, and so on.
(c). 1:25,000 Scale : This is a new addition by the S.O.I. Very few maps to this scale are
however, so far published for Madhya Pradesh. These are numbered in two ways viz :-
(i). Each 1:50,000 scale sheet contains four 1:25,000 scale sheets 7-1/2' latitude x 7-1/2'
longitude which are numbered NW, NE, SW and SE [see sketch 7/4(i)] e.g 55-A/1/SW.
(ii). Some of these are printed off on old layout (5' latitudex7-1/2' longitude) and are
numbered 1 to 6 e.g. 55-A/1/3[see sketch 7/4(ii)].
(3). The three sketches below explain the system of numbering for 1:250,000, 1:50,000
and 1:25,000 scale maps.

55

1:250,000 = Identified as 55/A. 1:50,000 = Identified as 55/A/1.

Sketch 7/2 Sketch 7/3
1 4
NW NE 2 5
SE
Sketch 7/4
6
(i) (ii)
Identified as Identified as
55-A/SW 55-A/1/3
Index to 1:250,000 Sketch 7/1
CH. 7 Topographical Maps - Availability & Upkeep 21
4. Current Avaibility : Maps to scale of 1:250,000 and 1:50,000 are available for the
entire state and can be purchased on Sale Counters at Bhopal & New Delhi, on cash payment.
No supply by DAK or on Bills is made. As for the maps of 1:25,000 scale, these are being
progressively published. There availability is accordingly to be ascertained from the Folders
availabe at above sales counters.
5. Modern Style Colour Maps : The metric system maps currently being published by
the S.O.I are in seven colours viz :-
1. Black = indicating outline & type scripts. 2. Blue = Water Features.
3. Red = Roads, Rails and Sites. 4. Yellow = Cultivation.
5. Green = Wooded Area. 6. Brown = Contours, Cliffs etc.
7. Grey = Hill shading.
6. Maps of Restricted Zones : (i). Coastal areas and some other areas of strategic
importance, (from the Defence & Industrial security point) are classed as Restricted. Limits of
Coastal line, as marked on the S.O.I folders do not indicate any area lying in M.P. However,
maps of a few stratagic areas covered by the following Topo sheets do find place in the list of
Restricted Maps in M.P.
1. 45-P/1 & 5. 2. 46-I/16.
3. 46-J/4,8,12 & 13. 4. 46-M/3 & 8.
5. 46-N/5,7,11 & 12. 6. 46-O/7,11,13 & 15.
7. 54-C/13. 8. 54-D/3,4,8,11 & 12.
9. 54-H/8. 10. 54-J/16.
11. 54-L/2 & 16. 12. 54-O/16.
13. 55-A/4,11,13 & 16. 14. 55-B/5,6,8,9,10,13,14 & 15.
15. 55-E/1,2,5,8,10,11 & 12. 16. 55-F/3,7 & 11.
17. 55-I/1,4,6,7,10 to 14 & 16. 18. 55-J/4,6 & 11.
19. 55-K/1 & 5. 20. 55-M/1 to 6, 9 12 & 16.
21. 55-N/5,8,9,12,13,15 & 16. 22. 63-D/1,2,3,5,6,8,9,10,13 to 16.
23. 63-H/3,7,8,11,15 & 16. 24. 63-L/12,15 & 16.
25. 64-A/1 to 5, 10 to 14 & 16. 26. 64-B/1.
27. 64-C/7 & 12. 28. 64-E/1,2 & 3.
29. 64-F/10. 30. 64-I/1,3 to 6,8 to 11 & 13 to 16.
31. 64-K/1. 32. 64-M/1,3,5 to 8,11,12,15 & 16.
33. 64-N/1 to 3,5 to 11, 13 & 14. 34. 65-A/9,10 & 13.
35. 65-E/1,2,3,7 & 11. 36. 73-B/13.
(Note: It would be advisable to contact Sales Office, Bhopal for latest position in this
behalf, through personal contacts).
(ii). These restricted maps are ofcourse, issued for bonafide purposes, for which an
application is to be made in Form 0.57 (a) (obtainable from Map Sales Office, Bhopal, free of
cost. Typed & Photo copied forms are not accepted) duly signed by the Chief Engineer concerned,
together with a certificate towards, promise of their safe custody and submission of ‘Annual
Verification Certificate’, reproduced below.
22 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 7
Annual Certificate of Safe Custody of Restricted Maps.
(To be submitted by 31st December every year)
Maps Issue Office Invoice no & Date Detail of Maps No of Copies Remarks
1 2 3 4 5

Certified that the Restricted Maps, detailed above have been checked and are in safe
custody with proper pre-cautions for their security.

Place......... Date......... Signature & Seal

of the Officer Retaining Maps

7. Places of Availability : All the topo maps can be obtained from the following offices
of the S.O.I.
1. Officer surveyor Incharge Map Sale Office, Narmada Bhawan, Tulsi Nagar, Bhopal-3.
2. Head Clerk, Map Sale office, S.O.I., Sampat Barracks-A, Janpath, New Delhi -1.
3. Director, Central Circle, S.O.I, 314, Napier Town, Jabalpur -1
4. Officer Incharge, Map Record & Issue Office, S.O.I, Hathi Barkale, Dehradun - 248001
Note : 1). Presently Maps are supplied on cash payment.
2).If any Maps are not available at Bhopal, Jabalpur, a proper indent in the prescribed
form, to be obtained from these offices, need be sent to Dehradun, stating clearly
that these offices have shown inability for immidiate supply.
3). Mounted Maps are invariably supplied from Dehradun. Their supply takes long time
(say upto one year). Indents for these should be placed taking this into account.
8. Correction and Updating : (1). Survey of India updates 1:50,000 maps (and others
on the basis of these) every 10-12 years. For this purpose they call information as below from
the State and Central Govt. departments engaged on construction activities viz;
(i). Construction of New Roads, including approach roads to dam sites also along Canals
indicating type i.e Black topped, metaled, unmetaled etc and the location of important
buildings including Rest Houses etc, marked on topo sheets.
(ii). Irrigation works including submerged areas and the network of canal system with
their mileage etc marked on toposheets.
(iii). Power transmission lines 11 KV and above marked on toposheets.
(2). Action by E.E’s & his Technical Section : It is therefore, necessary that -
(a) When ever any new work is taken up for construction, it should be invariably marked
on the TOPO MAPS kept in the concerned office and also inform respective territorial
division, if the work is taken up by other than territorial formation, so that the topo
maps of territorial divisions are always update, and the information, when ever asked
for by the S.O.I can be supplied without delay.
(b) New schemes for which surveys are completed be also marked on office copies of
the topo sheets, in black pencil, with their canal system and command areas. This
will bring to notice, overlapping if any, in the new schemes being planned in its
neighbourhood.
CH. 7 Topographical Maps - Availability & Upkeep 23
(3). Verification by S.E : S.E’s may during the course of their annual inspections of the
division/ sub divisions make sure that the above instructions have been followed and that, topo
sheets available in the division/ sub-divisions are kept update as above.
9. Project Area Maps : (i). The Survey of India have also carried out Canal Areas Surveys
(mostly to scale 1:10,000 with 0.5m contours) for the following major projects in the State on
request by C.E. S&I/ Project C.E’s etc. The projects are :-
1. Bargi L.B.C. 2. Narmada Sagar(Khargone lift) 3. Mahi.
4. Upper Wainganga. 5. Pench Diversion. 6. Rajghat canal.
7. Sindh project. 8. Upper Betwa. 9. Bina.
10. Pancham Nagar. 11. Orcha. 12. Dhasan Complex.
13. Ken. 14. Bansagar. 15. Hasdeo Bango.
16. Arpa. 17. Hap. 18. Rehar.
19. Kelo. 20. Khutpali (Kanhar). 21. Bhirikhurd.
22. Lower Kolab Canals. 23. Kutru-II Canals. 24. Jonk.
25. M.R.P. Command.
(ii). Narmada Valley Projects : (1) Besides, upon approval by the G.O.M.P, the E-in-C
(W.R.Deptt) in 1979 also entrusted the S.O.I. at a cost of Rs. 19.10 crores, the suryes for 27
major and 64 chunks(each covering 60 to 240 sq.km of area) covering medium & minor projects
located in close neighbourhood. In this case surveys were to be of the following three scales &
contours:-
(a). Reservoir Area Surveys = 1:15,000 with 3m contours.
(b). Canal Area Surveys = 1:10,000 with 0.5m contours.
(c). Command Area Surveys = 1:2,000 or 1:4000 with 15/25 cm contours.
(2). Major Projects : The Projects Surveyed are:-
A. With Scale & Contour as (a), (b) & (c)
1. Upper Narmada including diversion 2. Man. 3. Jobat.
4. Dhoba Toria. 5. Kolar. 6. Omkareshwar.
7. Bargi Diversion. 8. Upper Burnher(including diversion) 9. Chinki.
10. Ataria. 11. Halon. 12. Sher.
13. Shakar. 14. Machrewa. 15. Dudhi.
16. Morand. 17. Ganjal. 18. Lower Goi.
19. Upper Beda.
B. With Scale & Contour as (a)
20. Maheshwar. 21. Raghavpur. 22. Basania.
23. Rosra. 24. Sitarewa.
C. With Scale & Contour as (b) & (c) D. With Scale & Contour as (b)
25. Narmada Sagar. 26. Bargi Project. 27. Narmada Lift.
(3). Surveys for these are also learnt to have been completed and the printing of maps
mostly over. The NVDA Bhopal has to make sure that :-
(a). Maps are collected from the Surveys of India where not done as yet;
(b). Copies are supplied to their own formations, and
(c). Also to concerned territorial formations(i.e. CE/SE/EE's).
(4). Besides, the major projects, maps for the 64 chunks covering medium & minor schemes
of Narmada Valley need also be obtained and distributed in the above manner.
24 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 7
10. Photogrammetary : Before concluding this chapter, it seems desireable to include
a few lines about photogrammetary & its uses for Engineers & others in similar fields, looking to
the fact that, it not only gives adequate and dependable results but also faster to normal ground
surveys especially of inacessable and difficult terrains, which Water Resources Engineers often
encounter.
(1) Term Explained : (i) It is the science and art of utilisation of photographic principles
to the science of mapping. Aerial photograph when assembled to form a single picture, it is
known as "Mosaic". (ii) Stereoscope are used to view the photographs covering the same area
properly oriented and separated along the axis of the instrument. This gives a three dimentional
view and hence perception of the depth.
(iii) With the help of ground control points and streo compare graphs contours are plotted
from the arial photographs. The details of the such aerial photography done in the Tennesse
Valley Authority(USA) are as under :
Contour interval ft. Scale Plotting Scale
Flat terrain 10 1:10000 1:5000
Medium 20 1:36000 1:10000
Mountaineous 40 1:56000 1:15840
(2) Usage : (i) General - Aerial photo techniques were more or less confined in the initial
stage, to topographic mapping only. However, during the last ten years or so this technique has
been used in disciplines like Gelogical investigations,forest resources, soil survey, command
area development, cadestral surveys etc. Aerial photographs are not only able to gather uptodate
information required for planning, in the fastest manner, but are also capable of rendering
information which is adequate and dependable. Further they can also acquire certain information
that is impossible, diffcult or economically impractical to obtain through routine field methods,
may be owing to the diffcult terrain,in accesssability, or various other factors.
(ii) Use in M.P. : In M.P. aerial photo techniques has so far used by Forest Department,
Irrigation Department, P.H.E. Town and Country Planning Department for their various plans.
The Survey and Settlement Department has plans to use these photographs for the proparation
of line maps for revenue villages of these districts, however, the valuable information available
through these photographs can be made use of by others as well. A coordinate approach by
them all, to this new technology will render it more economical, speedy and effective.
(3) Photographic Agencies : There are three agencies in India which at present carry
out aerial photography.They are :
- India Air Force
- M/s Air Survey Company of India, Deudum, Calcutta.
- National Remote Sensing Agency, Hyderabad.
(4) Indenting : (i) New Surveys : The demand for aerial photography as per specifications
to be placed on the Survey of India, well in advance, with the Officer Incharge, No.73 (AFPSC)
Party, S.O.I, West Block No. IV, Wing No.4, R.K.Puram, New Delhi -22.
(ii) The flying season is in the month of Feburary and March, hence advance planning is
desired.
(ii) Existing Photographs : All aerial photographs are classified documents (secret or
restricted depending on the location of the area covered from the defence point of view). A
proper indent form 0.57 (a) for restricted document should be obtained from the Surveyor General's
office and returned after duly signed by the Head of the Department (i.e.C.E's) or the competent
authority for indenting existing photography or ordering fresh photography.
(Source : E-in-C Pub : No. 5 titled - “ Topographical Surveys" and the Map Catalogue Published by the S.O.I.)
lll
CH. 8 Geological Maps - Availability 25

Chapter - 8 t Geological Maps - Availability

1. The Geological mapping of the area covered by Madhya Pradesh is being done by the
following three Project Officers, working under the overall technical control of Dy. Director General.
Geological Survey of India, Central Region, New Secretriate Building, Nagpur.
(1) M.P. Project - I (Bhopal) = 21 Western districts of M.P.
(2) M.P. Project - II (Jabalpur) = 17 Central districts of M.P.
(3) M.P. Project - III (Raipur) = 7 Eastern districts of M.P.
2. Topo sheets adopted (for mapping purposes) : The geological mapping, so far is
done mostly on 1" = 1 mile topo sheets (1:63,360) but wherever the 1:50,000 topo sheets are
available, the mapping is done on the new metric system topo sheets.
Some parts of Bhopal, Sehore, Raisen, Dewas, Dhar, Khargone, Ujjain, Ratlam and
Mandsaur have been covered on 1" = 2 mile toposheets
Only a part of 54-l/15 covering parts of Sagar district has been covered on 2" = 1 mile
(1: 31,680) scale.
3. Present Availability : The status of their present availability, Topo sheet-wise, is as
below. Further enquries may be made from above Project Officers, for remaining areas (through
personal contacts-correspondence is not entertained).
A. 1" = 1 mile scale (Full Sheets).
1. 45 P/3,4,7,8. 2. 46 J/10,11. 3. 46 L/1,10,11,14,15. 4. 46 O/13.
5. 54 P/4,7,8,11,12. 6. 54 L/2,8,12,16. 7. 55 J/4. 8. 55 F/16.
9. 55 B/3. 10. 55 M/5,7,10. 11. 63 D/10,14. 12. 64 A/9,15,5,6,7
13. 64 D/14,15,16, 14. 65 B/15. 15. 63 H/3. 16. 64 F/6,9,8,11,12,15,16.
17. 64 G/14,15,16. 18. 64 H/2,3,4,7,9,11. 19. 65 E/11,16. 20. 65 F/5,6,8,9.
21. 64 I/3,7. 22. 64 J/1,3,4,6,13,15. 23. 64 K/4. 24. 64 M/10.
25. 64 N/6. 26. 64 O/5.
B. 1" = 1 mile scale (Part sheets).
1. 46 M/1,5,6,10. 2. 46 I/8,12. 3. 46 J/2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12,15
4. 46 H/2. 5. 46 O/9,14. 6. 54 K/12,15,16.
7. 54 O/4,8 8. 54 P/2,5,6,3,9,10,13,14,15. 9. 54 L/1,3,4,5,6,7,11,14,15.
10. 55 I/4,8,15. 11. 55 J/1,3. 12. 55 F/3,5,6,10,12,13.
13. 55 G/11,14. 14. 55 B/4,7,8,10,11,12,15. 15. 55 M/1,3,4,6,8,9,11,14,16.
16. 55 O/2,5,9,10. 17. 63 D/5,9,13. 18. 64 A/10,11.
19. 64 B/8,16. 20. 64 C/14. 21. 64 D/9,10,11,13.
22. 63 H/7,8,11,12,15,16. 23. 64 E/15,16. 24. 64 F/2,3,5,7.
25. 64 G/11.12.13. 26. 64 H/6,10,12,13,15,16. 27. 65 E/12,13,15.
28. 65 F/1,2,4,10,11,15. 29. 65 G/5. 30. 63 L/3,7,8,10.
31. 64 I/2,4,5,6,9,10,13. 32. 64 J/2,5,8,9,11,12. 33. 64 K/2,7,9,11,12.
34. 65 I/3,4. 35. 65 J/1. 36. 64 M/1,3,6,7,9.
37. 64 N/7,8,10,11,14. 38. 64 O/2,6.
26 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 9
C. 1" = 2 mile scale (part sheets).
1. 45 L/NE. 2. 45 L/SE. 3. 46 I/NE. 4. 45 P/NW.
5. 46 M/NW. 6. 46 N/NW. 7. 46 N/SW. 8. 45 P/NE.
9. 45 P/SE. 10. 55 E/SW. 11. 55 F/NW. 12. 55 F/NE.
D. 2" = 1 mile scale (part sheets) 1 : 50,000 scale (Full sheets)
1. 54 L/15 (Part Sheets). 1. 46 N/16. 2. 63 N/6.
E. 1 : 50,000 scale (part sheets)
1. 46 N/12. 2. 55 E/8,12. 3. 64 H/2.
(Note : Enquiries from Bhopal Office of the G.S.I. reveal that surveys for the entire state
have been completed. Manuscript copies of NEW MAPS are also nearing completion.
Printing work of maps is however, proceeding on a very slow pace. It is likely that,
if E-in-C (WR)/Director, Geology & Mining M.P., Raipur took up the matter with the
GSI Head Quarters directly and also through the State Govt., for giving priority to
printing work, things might get expedited).
(Source : E-in-C Pub: No. 30 (June, 1981) titled “ Geology of M.P. (updated)).

lll

Chapter - 9 t Soil Types

1. Main Soil Types : The soil types found in the state are broadly classified into the
following seven categories.
1. Alluvial Soils. 2. Deep Black Soils. 3. Medium Black Soils.
4. Shallow Black Soils. 5. Mixed Red and Black Soils.
6. Red and Yellow Soils. 7. Skeletal (Gravely) Soils.
2. Coverage: Their brief description and the coverage is as below :
1). Alluvial : These soils mainly belong to Indo-Gangetic alluvium and are quite fertile.
The North Western parts of Gird Region are mainly covered with these soils. The soils of Bhind
and Morena districts are pale brown to yellowish brown with patches of greyish colours. The pH
is neutral to slightly alkaline and the total soluble salts are generally below harmful limits.
Mehgaon and Gohad Tehils of Bhind district have Saline and alkaline patches and high ground
water table. Carbonates are invariably present. The soils are usually poor in nitrogen, organic
matter and phosphorous and rich in potash. The soils are suitable for growing Jawar, Bajra,
Arhar, Wheat, Gram, Barley Paddy and Sugarcane.
Black Soils : These soils occupy mostly half of the state and cover mainly Malwa Plateau,
Narmada Valley and Satpura ridge. They vary in depth and are usually loam to clay in texture.
Calcarious concretions are invariably present. Deep cracks develop in summer. These soils are
generally predominant in montmorillonite and bedelite types of clays. The soils are usually ill-
supplied with phosphorous, nitrogen and organic matter but are sufficient in potash and lime.
these soils are generally suitable for cotton, though other crops like wheat, sugarcane, groundnut,
Jawar do well. These black soils are divided into 3 types i.e. Deep Black, Medium Black and
Light (shallow) Black as narrated below :
2). Deep Black Soils : These soils cover the major parts of Narmada Valley and a
portion of Vindhyan and Satpura plateau especially the areas of Hoshangabad and Narsinghpur
CH. 9 Soil Types 27
districts. The clay percentage varies from 20-60. These soils are good for wheat, lineseed and
Gram. These soils have high moisture retention and comprise the wheat growing zone.
3). Medium Black Soils : These soils cover the largest area comprising mainly Malwa
plateau, Nimar region and extending upto sidhi district all along the northern side of Vindhyan
range. These soils are not very deep and are suitable for most of the crops especially wheat,
cotton, sugarcane, jowar and groundnut. Malwa plateau is a vast undulating plain with a few
hilly ranges. In Nimar valley a mixture of Black soils and alluvial soils are found. These soils are
normally well managed and yields are high. In these soils a good amount of erosion occurs and
bunding is done as a soil conservation measure.
4). Shallow Black Soils : These soils are found in the districts of Seoni, Chhindwara
and Betul. These are shallow clay loam with 15-30 percent clay. The major crops grown are
juar, paddy, cotton, wheat and gram.
5). Mixed Red and Black Soils: These soils are prevalent in the Eastern part of Gird
Region, and most part of Bundelkhand and Baghelkhand areas. Red soils are of light texture
and are free from lime concretion and carbonates. The commonest form of soil is sandy clay.
These soils differ greatly in depth, fertility and produce large varieties of crops especially under
irrigation. The soils are usually deficient in Nitrogen, Phosphorous, Organic matter and lime.
6). Red and Yellow Soils: These soils occur in Chattisgarh plains, the Mahanadi Basin
and includes most of the eastern districts of M.P. The tract is also a vast slightly undulating
plain, intercepted by some hilly ranges. The yellow colour of the soil is probably due to the
higher degree of hydration of ferricoxide than in the red soils. These soils are also called as
light sandy soils. Yet medium and heavy soils are met with. Calcium is usually present in
exchangeable form and are poor in calcium reserve. The soils are poor in phosphorous, humus
and nitrogen. Iron concretion are usually present especially in deeper horizons. The pH ranges
from 5.5 to 8.5 saline and alkaline patches are not common. In Bastar district most of the soils
are acidic. In the districts of Durg, Balaghat, Bilaspur, Raipur soils are deep clay with lime
stone (43-56 percent clay). The field in the Valleys and depressions are well bunded to control
the discharge of rain water. Barani paddy is the main crop of area and usually only one crop is
taken, some pulses and inferior millets are usually taken.
7). Skeletal (Gravely) Soils : These are gravelly soils of stone upland of Vindhya and
Satpura ranges and cover some parts of districts of Shahdol, Mandla, Surguja, Raigarh, Bastar,
Jhabua. They usually grow inferior millets and oil seeds. Generally these soils are also poor,
though some patches of good black soils are also metwith, where crops like rice, wheat etc.
are grown.
[Note : In order to meet the ever increasing food requirements of the growing population,
under depleting natural resources, there is need to produce more food from an unit
area of land. Besides, for maintaining the soils in a state of high productivity on
sustainable basis, there is need for rational use of the soils, vis-a-vis Water
Resources. For this purpose the the knowledge of soils & their use potential gains
importance.
The National Bureau of Soils Surveys (NBSS) and Land Use Planning (LUP), Nagpur
(A subsidiary of the ICAR) has published a Book titled " Soils of M.P.for Optimising
Land Use" with Nine sheets of Soils Resources Map.
The field E.E's/S.D.O.'s looking after maintenance work, would be well to go through
this publication, which can be had from the "Documentation Officer, NBBS & LUP,
Amravati Road, Nagpur 440 010.]
lll
28 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 10

Chapter - 10 t Geological Setting of M.P.

1. Geological Formations in M.P. : The general geological succession of rock formations
found in the state, occuring in the chronological order, the oldest formation being mentioned in
the bottom is as under:
- The Quanternary deposits (Alluvium Younger & Older).
- The Deccan Traps and Intertrappeans.
- The Lametas, Bagh beds and Nimar Sand stone.
- The Gondwana Formations (comprising of Jabalpur, Mahadeva, Panchet, Raniganj,
Barakar & Talchir Groups).
- The Vindhyan Formations (comprising of Bhander,Rewa,kymur and Semri groups).
- The Cuddapah Formations (Comprising of Chhattisgarh super group and the Indravati,
Bijwar & Gwalior Groups ).
- The Archeans.
2. Areas of Different Rock Formation: These are indicated in the Geological Map of
M.P. (See Map - 10/1). The area covered by different Rock Formations are as under :-
Group Area in Sq.Km
1. Archeans. .. 1,13,500
2. Cuddapahas. .. 45,300
3. Vindhayas. .. 60,000
4. Gondwanas. .. 34,450
5. Bagh & Lametas. .. 7530
6. Deccan Traps. .. 1,43,180
7. Alluvium (Younger & Older). .. 38,880
Total 4,42,840
3. Archeans : (i) The Archeans occupy large areas in South-Eastern and Northern part
of the state, and minor part at the west. Fault and shear zones are prominent in the Archean
terrain. The rocks are prominently folded. The Archeans are exposed broadly in the six (6) main
belts viz.
(1) Bastar-Raipur-Durg belt.
(2) Balaghat-Chhindwara belt.
(3) Jabalpur, Sidhi, Shahdol, Surguja, Bilaspur, Raigarh belt.
(4) Bundelkhand - Gwalior & Shivpuri, Datia & Guna, Tikamgarh, Chhatarpur, Satna belt.
(5) Jhabua-Dhar belt.
(6) Nimar plains (West Nimar, Dewas, Hoshangabad).
(ii) Except Bundelkhand region rocks in other areas are mostly metamorphased sediment
like schists, gneiss, phyllites, slates, quartzites, marbles, intrusions of basic rocks such as
dykes & sills and pegmatities, Granitic intrusions are also common.
(iii) In Bundelkhand region main rock is Bundelkhand granite intruded at intervals by
sharp ridges of quartz reefs and basic dykes. The granite is usually pinkish to reddish and grey
in colour and medium to coarse grained usually massive.
 CH. 10
M a d h y a P r a d e s h
GEOLOGY
MAP - 10/1

Geological Setting of M.P.

ARCHAEAN CRETACEOUS
REFERENCE
DHARWAR LOWER
State Boundry
CUDDAPPAH MIDDLE DECCAN District Boundry
TRAPS District H.Q.
VINDHYAN UPPER
State H.Q.
PERMIAN PLEISTOCENE River or Nala

JURASSIC RECENT

29
30 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 10
(iv) Shearing in the quartz reefs as well as granite country rock is common.
(v) In Jhabua district Archaean rocks consists of metamarphosed sedimentary rocks of
Aravalli group. The rocks are phyllites, slates, quartzites, grits and conglomerates. Crystalline
matamorphosed limestones, dolomite also occur.
(vi) Archeans are exposed in patches between Barwaha in the west and Nimar in the
east. The granites are medium to coarse grained, pink to grey in colour. These are intruded by
quartz reefs generally trending ENE-WSW.
4. Cuddapah Super Group : These as mentioned in para 1, comprise of the following 4
groups viz :-
(1) Bijawars : Rocks of Bijawar series are found in Bijawar area of Chhattarpur district. In
Barwaha and Handia area of Narmada Valley, near Narsinghpur. The rocks are sandstones,
shales dolomite, quartzites and chert breccia. These rocks are deposited on uneven Archaean
surface and are overlain unconformably by Vindhyans.
(2) Gwalior Group: The Gwalior group of rocks consisting mainly of sandstone, shale
and traps generally forms east-west trending hill ranges in Gwalior, Datia and Southern part of
Bhind districts. The beds show 3 o - 5o Northerly dips. These rocks are unconformably overlain
by Vindhyan rocks of Kymur group dipping north-west.
(3) Indravati Group : In the Jagdalpur area of Bastar district sedimentary rocks of Indravati
group cover a large area. This group is divided into Tiratgarh, Kanger and Jagdalpur formations
in the ascending order. The Tiratgarh formation comprises basalt conglomerate and quartzite.
The Kanger formation comprises of laminated limestones which gradually passes into shales
above. The Jagdalpur formation consists of purple shale, greenish grey and purple limestone
and dolomite.
In sukma area rocks of this group are noticed on either side of the Sabri river.
(4) Chhattisgarh Super Group : The Chhattisgarh sedimentary basin covers parts of
Raipur, Durg, Rajnandgaon, Bilaspur and Raigarh districts. The rocks are divided into a lower
Chandarpur series and upper Raipur series. The Chandarpur series consist of conglomerates,
quartzites with shale intercalations at places. The Raipur series consist of thinly laminated
Charmuria limestone, Gunderdehi shales which is purple in colour. Khairagarh sandstone and
Raipur limestone which is occasionally dolomitic.
5. Vindhya Super Group: The Vindyhan supergroup consists of sub-horizontal or weekly
folded sedimentary rocks, sandstones, shale and limestone which are repeated. This supergroup
covers nearly 60,000 Sq.km in M.P. and has total thickness of 4300 metres.
The Vindhyan sediments have been divided into 4 groups i.e. Semri, Kymur, Rewa and
Bhander in order of super position, as detailed below :-
(1) Semris are best exposed in Rewa, Sidhi, Shahdol and Jabalpur districts. The semris
consist of sandstone, conglomerate, porcellanite shale and limestone.
(2) The rocks of Kymur group which overlie the semri rocks without any break in
sedimentation are represented mainly by sandstone and shale.
(3) Rewa group consist of alternating shale and sandstone beds. Limestone is absent.
The sandstone is generally massive dirty white, pink, purple, medium to coarse grained and
compact.
(4) Bhander group occupy by far the most extensive area forming a conspicous table
land. This consists of thick shale with Bhander limestone in between.There are impersistant
and comparatively minor bands of sandstone and limestone within the shale bands.
CH.10 Geological Setting of M.P. 31
Sandstones of this group are specially suitable as building stones due to their regular
bedding, pleasing colour and easy workability.
6. Gondwana Super Group: The Gondwana rocks of M.P. occupy mainly two regions
viz., Satpura region comprising parts of Betul, Chhindwara and Jabalpur districts and Son-
Mahanadi Valley, covering parts of Shahdol, Sidhi, Surguja, Bilaspur and Raigarh districts.
Gondwana rocks consists of coarse-friable sandstone, shale, clays coal seams. Clays
and sandstones sometimes die out when traced laterally.
Gondwana have number of faults and igneous intrusion of black delrite dykes and sills.
7. Nimar Sand Stones, Bagh Group & Lameta beds : (1)These are sedimentary rocks
and occur as thin disconnected bodies, mainly outskirting the Deccan trap in Jhabua, Dhar,
Shivpuri, Sagar, Chhattarpur, Damoh, Jabalpur, Shahdol, Chhindwara, Seoni, Mandla and Surguja
districts as also in Burwaha area in West Nimar district.
The Nimar Sand stone occurs as disconnected bodies from Burwaha west wards to Bagh
and Alirajpur.
(2) The lametas occur mainly in the eastern and northern parts of M.P. being best
developed in Jabalpur, Shahdol and Mandla districts. They are also present in Surguja, Seoni,
Mandla, Jhabua, Sagar districts.
(3) The Nimar Sandstone is pinkish coarse sandstone. It is 5 m thick near Man-Sukar
river junction and it increases to 150 m near Alirajpur.
(4) Bagh limestone and sandstone is marine in origin. It is found from Burwaha to
Western border of M.P. along Narmada river. Thin lenticular disconnected outcrops of Bagh
beds are seen in the form of narrow fringes along margins of trap in Jhabua and Alirajpur
Teshils.
(5) Rocks of lameta group consisting of sand stone, lime stone and clays deposited in
fresh water. They are found in Jabalpur, Sagar, Chhindwara, Vidisha, Raisen, Betul, Mandla
districts below Deccan Trap flows.
(6) Lameta lime stone, sand stone congomerate etc. is found around kalkut and Ghatia in
Narmada Valley east of Burwaha.
8. Deccan Traps & Inter-Trappean Beds : (1) Basaltic Lava flows of black colour are
called Deccan Traps. These volcanic flows cover 2, 43,900 Sq. Km area in M.P. The Deccan
Trap comprises horizontal to sub-horizontal lava flows. About 45 flows have been recognized
having total thickness of 1000 m exposed between Burwaha and Indore. The Deccan Traps are
found in Malwa Plateau, Nimar plains, Chhindwara, Betul, Sagar, Mandla, Jabalpur, Seoni,
Balaghat, Betul and Shahdol districts. Weathered flow top red bole is found in between two
flows at places.
(2) Inter Trappean Beds: The successive sheets of lava in various places are separated
by sedimentary rocks, comprising impure silicious lime stones, clays, sand stone etc. They
are thin beds with maximum thickness of 5 metres. These beds are more permeable than the
actual lava flows, and can cause problems in engineering foundations.
9. Alluvium Deposits: Alluvial deposits in Narmada valley occur between Jabalpur &
Nemawar.Similarly in Chambal valley alluvium is found from west of Morena to North East of
Bhind.Deep soil or alluvium is also found in sonar river in Sagar and Damoh districts. Other
rivers show varying extent and thickness of alluvium.
32 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 10

10. Major Rock Types in Districts : The Major rock types encountered in various districts
of the state are as below :

S. District Rock Type S. District Rock Type

No. No.
1 2 3 1 2 3

1. Indore Deccan traps 24. Raipur Lime stone, alluvium

2. Dhar Deccan traps, Bagh lime stone 25. Durg Lime stone, Granite
3. Jhabua Deccan traps, granite 26. Rajnandgaon Granites
4. Khargone Deccan traps, Lameta lime stone 27. Bastar Granite, lime stone
5. Khandwa Deccan traps, sand stone 28. Bilaspur. Lime stone, Alluvium
6. Ujjain Deccan traps 29. Surguja Lime stones, granite.
7. Mandsaur Traps, sand stone 30. Raigarh Lime stone
8. Ratlam Deccan traps 31. Jabalpur Sand stones, Granite
Marble, Alluvium
9. Dewas Deccan traps 32. Balaghat Granite
10. Shajapur Deccan traps 33. Chhindwara Deccan traps, Sand
stone
11. Morena Alluvium, sand stone 34. Seoni Deccan trap, Granite
12. Bhind Alluvium 35. Mandla Sand stone, traps
13. Gwalior Sand stones alluvium 36. Narsinghpur Alluvium
14. Shivpuri Sand stone 37. Sagar Deccan trap, sand stone
15. Guna Deccan trap 38. Damoh Sand stone
16. Datia Alluvium 39. Panna Sand stone
17. Bhopal Sand stone, trap 40. Tikamgarh Granite
18. Sehore Deccan trap, alluvium 41 Chhatarpur Granite, Alluvium
19. Raisen Sand stone, Allvium 42 Rewa Sand stone,lime stone
20. Vidisha Deccan traps, Vindhyan stone 43. Sidhi Sand stone, lime stone
21. Betul Deccan trap 44. Satna Sand stone, lime stone
22. Rajgarh Deccan trap 45 Shahdol LIme stone, sand stone
(Biaora)
23. Hoshangabad Alluvium, Sand stones

(Source : E-in-C publication No.18- Geology of M.P. July 1981)

lll
CH. 11 Master Plans Of River Basins 33

Chapter - 11 t Master Plans Of River Basins

1. Master Plan - Explained : The master plan of a river basin is a document which
contains broad details of the river hydrology, Land statistics, Crop patterns, competing water
uses, existing and planned through construction of dams etc. and the conjuctive use of surface
and ground water, all integrated. As over a time new problems, new water uses and new social
values emerge, and the advancement of technology opens up new vistas, these have to be
periodically reviewed say after each 12-15 years, keeping in view the following objectives :-
(a) Provision of irrigation facilities to all culturable lands in the basin, to the maximum
extent possible by gravity and through reasonable lift, through construction of major, medium
and minor scheme including Trans valley/Sub valley transfer of waters for better use of the
surplus water of any valley/sub-valley.
(b) Provision for meeting water requirements of Industries, in and around the basin, both
for existing and future industries, as also the domestic water requirements of the people living
in the area.
(c) Exploitation of the Hydel power potential of the rivers to the maximum extent possible,
considering also the tran-valley diversions of water affording creation of hydel power.
(d) Flood moderation where necessary and inland navigation facilities where feasible.
(e) Development of inland fishing, and recreation facilities to attract tourism.
(f ) Plans for ground water utilisation.
(g) Pinpointing of regions requiring soil conservation measures, to check the erosion and
improving the productivity of land as also to prolong useful life of storage reservoirs.
The collection of data and its documentation, in the required format is to be done by the
Water Resources Department in consultation with Electricity Board, Agriculture, Forest, Public Health
Engineering, Industries, Mining & Geology, Town Planning, Fishries & Tourism departments, etc.
2. Contents of Master Plan- In Brief : Normally, the following Ten Chapters, with relevent
Annexures, giving supporting data/maps etc. are included in a Master Plan Document.
(1) Geographical Features : Geographical features of the river and the valley including
land use, population, climate, economic conditions, history of famines and the regions prone to
scaracity of rainfall.
(2) Geology of the region : Geology of the region with special reference to Engineering
Geology of the tracts where irrigation projects are being proposed.
(3) River system : The river system including its tributaries i.e. their lengths, drainage
area of different sub-basins and their characteristics etc.
(4) Hydrology : The hydrological data i.e. rainfall, river flows, floods, silt load of individual
streams, quality of river water and the evaporation losses observed in the area. It will also contain
an account of facilities existing for these observations and that necessary to make up shortages.
(5) Ground Water Resources : The ground water potential and plans for its utilisation,
including areas found fit for exploitation of Deep Tubewells, Shallow Tube-wells, Dug wells and
the Dug-cum-Bore wells etc.
(6) Minerals: The availability of economically important minerals, the prospects and plans
for mineral based industries including status of existing exploitation.
(7) Power : Present status and future plans for Thermal, Hydro-power and other types of
energy sources, data in support of existing use, and power load forecasts to justify future plans
for their expansion, etc.
34 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 11
(8) Domestic & Industrial Water Use: Details of domestic and industrial water use,
both in urban and rural areas. Status of existing industries and the plans for new industries with
special emphasis on their water requirements.
(9) Irrigation : (a) The status of existing irrigation facilities from all sources (including
wells), prospective plans for expansion (under different sources) especially the new storage
reservoirs, diversion weirs, lift irrigation schemes separately under major, medium and minor
categories, future crop patterns and their likely water requirements in keeping with the modern
trend of multiple cropping and cultivation of high yielding varieties.
(b) Trans valley and sub-valley diversions, if any considered desirable to meet the shortages
or utilise surpluses with justification for each case of transfer.
(10) Financial Forecasts : Prospective financial forecasts for implemention of different
category of schemes, both irrigation and power including mobilisation of resources therefor
accomplishment within the time frame, if any indicated.
Note: 1) Narmada Master Plan (1972) however, comprises of 20 Chapters and Annexures.
Of these, the first ten chapters are as above and the remaining ten chapters deal
with other matters to emphaisise states claims over Narmada Water vis-a-vis other
states of the basin. This Master Plan can therefore, be reffered to for further details.
2) N.V.D.A. Narmada Bhawan Bhopal has large number of its copies Territorial
Chief Engineers ask for 6 to 8 copies for record in the libraries of C.E.’s & S.E.’s
offices under them.
3) Additional Chapters, where necessary. can however be added to incorporate
specific problems of individual river basins.
3. Progress made so far : (1) Narmada River Basin: Detailed Master Plan of Narmada
river basin was prepared and published in the year 1972, for presentation to the Narmada Water
Dispute Tribunal. It does not seem to have been revised or updated as yet, even in the light of
N.W.D.T’s Award of 1978.
(2) Godavari River Basin : Like wise, a master plan for Wainganga and Indravati Sub-basins
forming part of Godavari river basin was formulated and printed in the year 1974 for presentation
before the Krishna-Godavari River Commission. This too, has not been updated or revised as yet
in the light of Commission’s Award and subsequent agreement between respective Chief
Ministers.
(3) Five Other River Basins: Although a post of S.E. (Design) was specifically created,
and an Executive Engineer with 2 A.E’s earmarked from the existing sanctioned strength of all
the territorial Chief Engineers, so that the master plans for these rivers could be expeditiously
prepared. Some work too was done in this regard, but no Master Plan, for any of these five river
basins seem to have been finalised and published. There necessity too is perhaps lost sight of.
4. Indicative Master Plans : On the basis of works done by C.E. Chambal Basin, Shri
V.M. Chitale (as E-in-C) in 1983, brought out Indicative Master plans of Chambal & Betwa
Basins. These give data of tentatively assessed water potential, names of schemes under
operation with designed irrigation & water use. Scheme under construction and those under
survey, including schemes pinpointed but not yet surveyed indicating likely CCA & water use.
These do not deal with other aspects as necessary for a master plan.
Undoubtly preparation of full fledged Master plans for all these river basins, and sub-
basins is essential, but even if such indicative master plans for these river basins, could as well
be finalised & published it will help a lot in assigning, not only the priority to survey of new
schemes, keeping in view the prevalent imbalance between different regions of the state but will
also help in keeping watch over the activities of neighouring states especially like U.P. & Orissa,
to properly safeguard states water wealth.

lll
CH.12 Ground Water Potential 35

Chapter - 12 t Ground Water Potential

1. River Basins : As explained in Chapter- 1, M.P. is divided into 7 river basins. As a fair
approximation, the ground water potential of these river basins is calculated considering the
percentage of area of each district falling in the respective river basins. All other components
like gross recharge, net recharge, draft, balance ground water available for explotation etc. are
computed, applying the same percentages.
2. Basis for Calculation of Ground Water Potential (availability) : The ground water
potential of the entire State was worked out as per A.R.D.C. norms (1979) taking administrative
block as a unit, and thus the districtwise ground water potential, is known. The recharge
components was calculated by adopting rainfall figures for the particular block and infiltration
index of 10 to 15 percent in case of hard rock areas and 20 percent for alluvial areas. To this the
water recycled from existing irrigation from ground water sources only was added at the rate of
30 percent of water use. As a conservative estimation, the recycled water from irrigation by
surface source was neglected. The discharge or gross draft component was calculated taking
the annual withdrawal by each dug well as 1.0 hectare meter and 0.5 ha.m , with electric/diesel
pumpset and with traditional lifting device, respectively. A draft of 3.5 ha.m and 30 ha.m per
annum per tube well, in hard rock areas, and alluvial areas, respectively, is considered for
calculation of gross draft along with water use for domestic consumption @ the rate of 1 ha.m
per 1000 heads of population.
3. Potential (Availability) for the State : The gross recharge in all the river basins of
Madhya Pradesh is of the order of 67.94 MAF/year and the recoverable net recharge is worked
out as 47.59 MAF/year. The present rate of ground water exploitation in all the river basins in
the year 1977 was of the order of 4.86 MAF. Thus a balance of 42.73 MAF of exploitable ground
water is available for future development.
To facilitate a comparative study of geographical areas, range of average annual rainfall,
range of infiltration index, gross recharge, net recharge, existing draft and balance of ground
water available for development figures are abstracted in the following table :
TABLE
River Basin Geographical Range of Range of Gross Net Draft Balance
area average infiltration recha- recov- in1977 available
annual index rge verable for exploita-
rainfall recharge tion
(Sq.Km.) (mm) (%) (MAF) (MAF) (MAF) (MAF)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Yamuna 1,39,128 625-1431 15-20 18.00 12.57 02.27 10.30
Ganga 60,373 1050-1727 15-20 10.46 07.38 00.40 06.98
Mahanadi 77,753 1190-1788 15-20 13.46 09.40 00.49 08.91
Godavari 62,811 914-1824 15 10.86 07.62 00.32 07.30
Narmada 86,256 636-2123 15-20 13.21 09.24 01.14 08.10
Tapti 9,886 636-1193 15-20 01.22 06.89 00.16 00.73
Mahi 6,961 696-945 15 00.73 00.49 00.08 00.41
Total 4,43,168 625-2123 15-20 67.94 47.59 4.86 42.73
36 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 13
Note : 1) Only 50% of the water available through annual recharge (Col 8) can only be
economically used. This fact needs always be kept in view.
2) Large area of the state has been covered by surveys for evaluation of the ground
water availability taking BLOCK as the unit. As these reports contain lot of useful
information, territorial E.E.’s & S.E.’s would do well to get hold of 2-3 copies(for
their jurisdiction), for record in their office library for future use.
It is likely that, extra copies are not available with the S.E. Ground Water
Survey Circle, Bhopal. Concerned divisions could make out atleast one PHOTO
COPY of the report for their office. Considering the wealth of information contained
in these, this would in no case be a wastefull expenditure.
3) E-in-C publication no.85 titled - e/; izns'k ds ty lalk/ku ,oa flapkbZ dk fodkl
¼vizSy] 1990½ details on its page 12 (Table 4.3) district wise details of ground water
potential, annual draft, existing use and the likely balance availability for being tapped.
4) Besides, E-in-C publication No.3 (published separately for each district) also
details information in this behalf. Both these may be referred to, when necessary.
(Source: E-in-C Publication No. 17 titled “Ground Water in M.P. - December, 1980)
lll

Chapter - 13 t Drought Prone / Drought Affected Districts

1. The Irrigation Commission, identified certain areas of the country as Drought Prone,
taking into consideration the rainfall and percentage of Irrigation. Later as a follow up of these
recommendations, the Union Ministry of Agriculture & Irrigation identified 99 districts of the
country as drought prone considering the rainfall distribution, frequency and occurance of drought
and %age of irrigation facilities etc. This list included the following eleven districts of M.P. viz:-
1. Betul 2. Datia 3. Dewas 4. Dhar
5. Jhabua 6. Khandwa 7. Khargone 8. Shadol
9. Shajapur 10. Sidhi 11. Ujjain
2. The Compendium of Agriculture Statistics, 1997, brought out by the Directorate of
Agriculture, M.P., Bhopal lists (on page 65-66) districts which were affected by drought during
the last decade i.e. between 1986-87 and 1996-97. The districts listed are :-
List of Drought Affected Districts
YEAR No.OF DIST. NAME OF DISTRICTS
1986-87 35 Raipur, Durg, Rajnadgaon, Bastar, Surguja, Raigarh, Bilaspur, Jabalpur,
Balaghat, Chhindwara, Seoni, Mandla, Sagar,Damoh, Panna, Tikamgarh,
Chhatarpur, Sidhi, Satna, Shahdol, Dhar, Jhabua, Khargone, Khandwa,
Mandsaur, Dewas, Shajapur, Gwalior, Shivpuri, Guna, Datia, Bhopal,
Betul, Rajgarh and Hoshangabad.
1987-88 30 Rajnandgaon, Rewa, Shahdol, Balaghat, Panna, Gwalior, Mandsaur,
Ratlam, Khargone, Jhabua, Dhar, Raipur, Durg, Bilaspur, Surguja,
Raigarh, Bastar, Satna, Sidhi, Jabalpur, Seoni, Tikamgarh, Shivpuri,
Datia, Bhind, Morena, Shajapur, Dewas, Indore and Khandwa.
1988-89 23 Raipur, Durg, Rajnandgaon, Rewa, Sidhi, Satna, Shahdol, Jabalpur,
Mandla, Surguja, Bastar, Khandwa, Betul, Chhatarpur, Bilaspur, Rajgarh,
Sagar, Tikamgarh and Seoni.
CH. 14 Madhya Pradesh - Tribal Sub Plan 37
YEAR No.OF DIST. NAME OF DISTRICTS
1989-90 23 Raipur, Durg, Rajnandgaon, Bilaspur, Balaghat, Sagar, Panna, Tikamgarh,
Chhatarpur, Rewa, Sidhi, Satna, Shahdol, Dhar, Khandwa,Shajapur,
Morena, Gwalior, Shivpuri, Guna, Betul, Rajgarh and Jabalpur.
1991-92 28 Rewa, Sidhi, Satna, Shahdol, Jabalpur, Balaghat, Chhindwara, Mandla,
Seoni, Rajgarh, Betul, Dhar, Jhabua, Khandwa, Rajnandgaon, Durg,
Bilaspur, Sugruja, Sagar, Damoh, Panna, Tikamgarh, Chhatarpur, Gwalior,
Datia and Ratlam.
1992-93 9 Surguja, Bilaspur, Mandla, Bastar, Khandwa, Chhindwara, Durg, Balaghat
and Rajnandgaon.
1994-95 6 Rajgarh, Tikamgarh, Balaghat, Khandwa, Raipur and Durg.
1995-96 10 Raipur, Durg, Panna, Tikamgarh, Chhatarpur, Rajgarh, Ratlam, Khandwa,
Jhabua and Chhindwara.
1996-97 9 Raipur, Balaghat, Jabalpur, Seoni, Raigarh, Durg, Jhabua, Rajgarh and
Rajnandgaon.
(Source : Relief Commissioner, M.P., Bhopal.)
3. In proposing new schemes for survey & Investigation priority is obviously to be given to
such districts, and to such pockets where drought conditions are being experienced year after year.
4. Besides, draught in any part of the state, necessitates provision of work to people in
large numbers over short notice to ensure against flight of people to neighbouring districts in
search of work, and to mitigate likely distress. Although, many a times this is possible by
speeding up progress of works in hand in the area, but most often work on new schemes in
required to be taken up in hand upon approval by the District Collectors. Since time available in
such circumstances is very limited, it is necessary that, that the department has in hand a
reserve of surveyed Minor & Extension & Improvement schemes for all such areas, in large
numbers. This needs to be kept in view by all concerned(in WRD/RES).

lll

Chapter - 14 t Madhya Pradesh - Tribal Sub Plan

The area of the State inhibited by the tribal is 168 lakh ha. i.e. 38% of the State. Out of
this 158 lakh ha. has been selected for the integrated development under the tribal sub plan.
This area is divided into 31 projects and 11 micro projects as under :
(A) Projects :
P1 Khargone P2 Barwani P3 Jhabua P4 Alirajpur
P5 Dhar P6 Kukshi P7 Betul P8 Mandla
P9 Niwas P10 Dindori P11 Ambikapur P12 Pal
P13 Surajpur P14 Koria P15 Shahdol P16 Pushpraj garh
P17 Gariaband P18 Tamia P19 Lakhnadon P20 Baihar
P21 katghora P22 Gurela P23 Jashpurnagar P24 Dharamjaigarh
P25 Bhanupratappur P26 Narainpur P27 Kondagaon P28 Jagdalpur
P29 Dantewada P30 Konta P31 Bijapur
38 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 15

(B) Micro Projects :

M1 Maheshwar M2 Khalwa M3 Kesla M4 Jaisinghnagar
MS Kusmi M6 Bichuwa M7 Korai M8 Dhaundi
M9 Chowki M10 Sailana M11 Karhal
The tribal sub-plan was started in the year 1974-75. No separate provisions were made
for tribal sub plan during the first two years 1974-75 and 75-76.

lll

Chapter - 15 t Inter State Control Boards & Control Boards

for Major Projects(CBMP)
1. Inter State Control Boards : (1) For monitoring execution and upkeep of joint ventures,
the following Inter State Control Boards are functioning :

States Year of Project

constitution handled

1. M.P. & Rajasthan M.P., Rajasthan Nov.1973 Operation & Maintenance

ISCB of Chambal system for
Irrigation & Power generation
& other interstate projects.

2. Betwa River Board M.P., U.P., G.O.I. Dec.1977 Construction of Rajghat Dam
& Power house.

3. Bansagar Control M.P., U.P., Bihar, Jan.1976 Execution of Bansagar Project.

Board G.O.I.

4. M.P. Maharashtra M.P. & Construction & Operation of

ISCB Maharashtra Bah & Pench, Kalisarar,
Bawanthadi and Other Projects

(2) SSP Construction Advisory Committee : In addition to the above there is also a
SSP Construction Committee with H.Q.at Gandhi Nagar(Guj) to look after programme & progress
of Sardar Sarovar Project (a Joint Venture of M.P.-Guj-Maha.)
(3) Narmada Control Authority, Indore : This Authority is constituted by the GOI in
terms of NWDT Award, to overlook implementation of Projects in Narmada Valley by the Party
States.
2. Control Boards for Major Projects :
(a) Projects Located Outside Narmada Valley : As indicated in para 1.006 & 1.007 of
W.D.Manual, 1983, a Control Board for Major Projects, with Progress Review Committee(P.R.C.)
is already functioning since 1960's.
The functions and Powers of the C.B.M.P. and its P.R.C. are detailed in Appendix 1.01 of
W.D.Manual.
CH. 15 Inter State Control Boards & Control Boards for Major Projects 39
(b) Projects in Narmada Valley : In the GOMP Resolution No.501-2-NVD dated
16.07.1975, orders for constitution of :
1) Control Board for Narmada Valley Development.
2) Narmada Valley Development Authority.

The Rules of Business, for both the above were notified in GOMP No.710/31-52/27/88
dated 21.07.1988, and amended subsequently on 30.09.91 and 16.02.1994. These with
amendments etc. have however, not been included in the W.D.Manual, as yet.

lll
CH. 16 Types & Broad Components 41

Section II - Classification & Components

Chapter - 16 t Types & Broad Components of Schemes
1. Types : Irrigation schemes being constructed in this state are chiefly of the following
six types:-
1. Diversion Schemes. 2. Storage Schemes.
3. Diversion cum Storage Schemes. 4. Stop dams/Percolation tanks.
5. Lift Irrigation schemes. 6. Tube Wells (both shallow & deep).
2. Types - Briefly explained. These may be briefly explained as below :-
(1) Diversion Schemes - In diversion schemes water is directly drawn from the River/
Stream flows.This type of work is feasible when the normal flow of the river/stream, throughout
the period of the growth of the crop proposed to be irrigated, is never less than the requirements
of irrigating the crop during the period of its growth. These consist of a Weir or Barrage across
the river/stream with canal either on both sides or on any one side.
(2) Storage Schemes - When inflow in a river/stream is not uniform even during monsoons
or is in excess of demand for water during one season and deficient during another, a storage is
required to store water for catering uniformally to the water needs of the crops.
As M.P. rivers are dependent on monsoon, and the flow in them fluctuates according to
the rainfall in the water shed, storage schemes are mostly being taken up in hand.
(3) Diversion cum Storage Schemes - When the Diversion schemes after a period of
operation experience shortage of water, either due to insufficient inflow or increase of area in the
command, supplementary storages are constructed either on the same river or its tributories
and stored water let into the river (when there is demand) to be picked up at the diversion site.
Such schemes are termed ‘Diversion cum Storage’ Schemes.
Many a times, a good storage site is away from the area to be benefitted and the taking
off of a canal directly is not feasible. In such cases a Pick up Weir/Anicut is constructed lower
down and the water of the reservoir picked up for irrigation and fed into the canals taken from
this Pick-up Weir.
(Note :- Mahanadi Reservior complex (Rudri PUW, Dudhawa - Moorumsilli/ Ravi Shankar
Sagar, in Raipur distt; Dhuti Weir & the Upper Wainganga Project in Seoni-Balaghat
districts; Darri Barrage & the Hasdeo Bango reservior in Bilaspur district are the
examples of this type where Weirs were constructed first and the supplementing
reservoirs later.)
(4) Stop Dams/Percolation Tanks : Stop dams are barriers constructed across nalas
and rivulets to store water to a certain depth, confined within the top of bank level. Water thus
collected is generally used for nistar purposes and drinking water for cattle during scarcity
periods.
These can also be used for irrigation purposes with or without lifting of water, according
to individual site conditions. when stop dam is constructed for nistar purposes, the flow in
the nala should preferably be available for some period after the monsoon, in order to cater
during scarcity period. Where however, the stop dam is to also cater for irrigation, the flow
in the nala should be sufficient to meet the irrigation water requirements along with nistar
requirements.
Percolation tanks as the name indicates are primarily meant to recharge ground water in
the locality.
42 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 16
(5) Lift Irrigation Schemes - When the water available for Irrigation is at a lower level
than the land to be irrigated, then it has to be lifted by Pumps or other Water lifting devices.
This method of irrigation is termed as Lift Irrigation. This water is some times also stored in
storage tanks and then distrubuted to the lands by gravity through open channels.
Lift irrigation schemes are ofcourse costly because of high Operating costs but due to
restraint on release of forest lands, lift irrigation schemes are being encouraged these days.
The State Govt. have also fixed Uniform Irrigation rates for both Surface and Lift Irrigation Schemes,
to encourage their construction.
(6) Tube wells - Ground (sub surface) water when extracted by means of Pumped wells
for irrigation, water supply, drainage purposes is termed as Tubewell irrigation.
Tube wells can however, be successfully drilled only in proved zones i.e. areas explored
and found suitable for ground water exploitation.
3. Categories : Irrigation Projects are mostly of the following two categories :-
(1) Single purpose : When the project is meant purely for irrigation purposes, it is called
Irrigation project (Major, Medium or Minor).
(2) Multipurpose : When a project is designed for two or more purposes i.e. Irrigation +
water supply or Irrigation + Water supply + Hydel power or Irrigation + Hydel power, then
it is called Multipurpose Project (be it major or medium).
4. Components of commonly built schemes : The knowledge of the components of a
few commonly built schemes would also be useful. These for Diversion Scheme, Storage reservior
with Earth dam, the Lift irrigation Scheme and the Tube Wells are accordingly detailed below:
(1) Diversion Project : Its components are :-
1. Over flow dam (gated or ungated) with energy 2. Divide wall.
dissipation arrangements in the D/S area.
3. Abutments. 4. Wing Walls.
5. Returns. 6. Scouring sluices.
7. Canal system for designed command. 8. Head Regulators.
(2) Storage Scheme with Earth dam : Its components are :
1. Hearting core. 2. Casing zones.
3. Cut-off or Puddle trench(including grouting if necessary) 4. Up-stream clay blanket.
5. D/S Filter Blanket or Leakage drains. 6. Roadway on top of dam.
7. Pitching on upstream with spalls below. 8. Head Regulator (Sluice).
9. D/S toe with filter layer behind. 10. Spillway (Waste weir).
11. Approach Channels for Spillway and Sluice. 12. Spill Channel with Falls
etc.
13. Canal system for designed area.
(3) Lift irrigation Schemes : Its components are :
1. Intake Well with intake pipe. 2. Jack well.
3. Rising main. 4. Pump house.
5. Pumping installation. 6. Distribution chamber.
7. Water conductor system for designed irrigation.
CH. 17 Classification of Irrigation Schemes 43
(4) Tube Wells : Their components are :
1. Pump House. 2. Irrigation Panel.
3. Cable. 4. Holding Clamp.
5. Foundations. 6. Gravel/Sand Packing.
7. Housing Pipe. 8. Centralising guide.
9. Pump Motor assembly for required head. 10. Reducer.
11. Blind Pipe. 12. Socket.
13. Slotted pipe or screen. 14. Bore well.
15. Sluice valve. 16. Bail Plug as specified.
17. Distribution Chamber. 18. Water Conductor system.
(Based on the Lecture Note by Shri N.B. Sen Retd. E-in-C at O.T.C. Tawa Nagar)

lll

Chapter - 17 t Classification of Irrigation Schemes

1. Classification as per W.D.Manual : Paragraph 7.001 of the W.D.Manual, 1983 reads
as under :
“ 7.001 Irrigation projects are divided into the following three categories viz. major, medium
and minor projects. The criteria of classification shall be as under:
(1) All projects having a C.C A. of more than 10,000 ha are classified as Major projects;
(2) All projects having a C.C.A. of more than 2,000 ha are classified as Medium projects;
(3) All projects having a C.C.A. of less than 2,000 ha are classified as Minor projects.
Irrigation projects include storage dams, diversion works, barrages, lift irrigation schemes
and Tube wells. "
2. Clarification's Necessary : The above classifications are the latest approved by the
Planning Commision, G.O.I. in their No. II-11/42/75-I&CAD dated 21-1-1978, for PLAN SCHEMES
approved from the year 1978-79 onwards. Schemes constructed prior to 1950-51 (i.e. Pre-
Plan), and the Plan Schemes constructed between 1951-52 and 1977-78 including schemes
approved by GOI for execution) were classified differently as explained below.
(A) Pre-Plan Schemes : These cover schemes under operation prior to 1950-51. These
were classified on the basis of designed irrigation detailed below, and not C.C.A. covered as
noted in para 1 above.
(a) Minor Schemes . = upto 1,600 ha (4,000 acres).
(b) Medium Schemes.= between 1,600 ha and 40,000 ha (4,000 acres to 1,00,000 acres)
(c) Major Schemes. = Above 40,000 ha (1.0 lakh acres)
(B) Plan Schemes : (i.e. Schemes taken up from 1951-52 onwards, as part of five year
plans.
(a) Minor Schemes : Initially as per Planning Commission’s letter of 31-8-1959, schemes
costing upto Rs.10.0 lakhs were classified as Minor schemes. This limit was raised to Rs.15.0
44 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 17
lakhs in January,1968 to Rs.25.0 lakhs for schemes located in plain areas and Rs.30.0 lakhs
for schemes located in hilly tracts. Finally from the year 1978-79, as per Planning Commission’s
letter dated 21.1.1978 (para 2), projects having CCA upto 2,000 (5,000 acres) were to be classified
as Minor schemes.
(b) Medium Schemes : Like wise schemes costing between Rs.10.0 lakhs and Rs.5.0
crores were initially classified as Medium schemes. Subsequently the lower limit was raised
from Rs.10 to 15 lakhs and then to Rs.30.0 lakhs, due to raising of the limits for minor schemes.
Finally as per Planning Commission letter of 21.1.1978, irrigation projects with C.C.A. of more
than 2,000ha (5,000 acres) and less than 10,000 ha (25,000 acres) were to be classified as
medium projects.
(c) Major Projects : Initially schemes costing above Rs.5.0 crores were classified as
Major projects. In January 1978, this criteria was changed to schemes catering to C.C.A. of
10,000 ha (25,000 acres) and above.
(Note : It was also indicated that the classification of schemes approved prior to
1978-79 was not to be changed. This has, therefore, to be always kept in view.)
(d) Flood Control Schemes : These are treated as Medium Projects but separate from
irrigation schemes.
(e) Drainage and Anti Water logging schemes : These too, are to be treated as
Medium Schemes, but as separate category of works, where not provided for in the project
estimates of Medium and Major schemes.
4. The following further clarifications also appear necessary :
(a) Lift Irrigation Schemes : These are to be classified on the basis C.C.A. to be
served by them.
(b) Tube Wells : These are to be classified as Minor irrigation schemes irrespective of
the size and scope of scheme approved for implementation.
(c) Schemes proposed for Surveys : (a) These are to be classified on the basis of
project size conceived and proposed for stage I estimates (Feasibility Reports). Border line
proposals should be included as part of lower category of works.
(d) Ground water surveys are however, to form part of the minor irrigation programme.
(e) Surveys for modernisation (Extension & Improvement) of schemes under operation
can be classified on the basis of their present classification, unless there is significant change
in proposed benefits.
5. Classification by Productivity : Irrigation schemes, including Multipurpose,
Embankment & Drainage Works are further classified into two classes viz. (i) Productive works,
and (ii) Unproductive works on following basis :-
(i) Productive Works : When Financial Statements prepared for the project show that
the net revenue anticipated from it is likely to repay, on the expiry of 10 years after
the date of completion, the annual interest charges on the capital invested (including
direct and indirect charges and arears of simple interest), calculated at such rates
as may be determined by the State Govt. from time to time, it shall be classified as
productive;
(ii) Unproductive Works : Conversely to above, if the scheme is not expected to yield
relevent return, it shall be classified unproductive.

(Note : 1)When Irrigation schemes, which did not satisfy productivity criteria but were taken
up, these were termed PROTECTIVE Works. In Madhya Pradesh all schemes taken
CH. 17 Classification of Irrigation Schemes 45
up during Pre-independence era were termed Protective works.
2) As this financial criteria was coming up in the way of approving New schemes,
not only in M.P. but all over the country, a committee to suggest ways and
means of improving ‘Financial Returns from irrigation projects’ was appointed
under Shri S.NIJLINGAPPA. This Committee, in the year 1964 suggested adoption
of the Benefit Cost Criteria, which was accepted by the G.O.I. and adopted
thereafter.
3) The Irrigation Commission (1972) later also commended this criteria saying
that, ‘Financial Return depends upon the charges levied for the water supplied
and these charges could be altered, and also arbitrarily but not so, the
components of the Benefit Cost Ratio which denotes the economic growth of a
project’...... and; not only because it is simpler but also because it is used in
most countries.
4) Recently however, the criteria of Economic Rate of Return(ERR) is indicated
as explained in Chapter 151.
(Source : Chapter 5 of the “Working Group Report, 1980 on Guidelines for the preparation
of Detailed Project Reports of Irrigation & Multipurpose projects).
6. Classification by ICLOD ( International Council on Large Dams) : The ICLOD
which compiles and publishes data of large dams, constructed all over the world, have classified
dams as :-
(i) Large Dams : Dams having a height of 15m and more above the deepest river bed
level on Downstream side are termed as large dams. Besides, dams with height between
10 to 15 metres are also treated large dams when :-
(a) Volume of earth work in them exceeds 7.5 lakh Cu.m or more; or
(b) Volume of storage in them exceeds 10.0 lakh Cu.m, or
(c) Maximum Flood discharge exceeds 2,000 cumecs.
(ii) Small Dams : Dams having a height of 15m and less above deepest bed level (Down
stream side) and not otherwise Large in view of (i)(a) to (c) above, are termed Small
dams.
7. Classification by Dam Safety Organisation, G.O.I. : C.W.C. Publication No.
21/87 titled "Guide Lines for Safety Inspections of Dams June, 1987 (Revised)" have
suggested classification of dams under operation, into 3 categories i.e. Minor, Medium and
Major, in accordance with size (i.e. storage & height) and the Hazard Potential as under :-
(a) By Size : This will be either by storage or height which ever gives larger size capacity
vide Table 1 below :
Table - 1 Size Classification
Category Storage Height
(Hectare metres) (Metres)
1. 2. 3.
Minor <=125 and >6 <12 and >8
Medium >125 and <6250 > 12 and < 30
Major >6250 >30

(b) By Hazard Potential : The hazards pertain to potential loss of human life or property
damage in the area downstream of the dam, in the event of failure, as per Table 2 below.
46 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 18
Table 2 - Hazard Potential Classification
Category Loss of Life Economic Loss
(Extent of Development) (Extent of Development)
1. 2. 3.
Low None expected (non per - Minimal (Undeveloped to
manent structures for occasional structures
human habitation). or agriculture).
Significant Few (No urban developments Appreciable (Notable
and no more than a small agriculture, industry or
number of inhabitable struc- structures).
tures).
High More than few. Excessive (Extensive commu-
nity, industry or agriculture)

(Note : Classifications under para 6 and 7 are for specific purposes and are not to be
confused with classifications accepted for S&I, Construction & O&M of Irrigation
schemes, detailed in paragraphs 1 to 4 above.)
lll

Chapter - 18 t Service Heads, Minor Heads & Sub-Heads

(System for Grouping different Items of Works)
1. Preamble : The construction of Irrigation works started during the British Raj.
Accordingly the mode of accounting system is well established by now as would be seen from
the following account :
(a) C.P.W.A. Code : Appendix - 2 (Statements A,B,C) of 1965 Edition indicated these.
Later these are substituted by Annexure-B (deleting Appendix - 2) made effective from 1st April
1987.
(b) Irrigation Manual in Old CP & Berar : Besides, in the erst while C.P.& Berar, an
Irrigation Manual outlining detailed procedures in this regard was available prior to 1942. When
the C.P.& Berar, P.W.D.Manual,1942 (Vol.I & II) was introduced, its para 317 read as under:
“317. Projects for Irrigation Works should be prepared according to instructions which
will be issued separately.”
Unfortunately no instructions or amendment was issued till,1983.
(c) W.D.Manual,1983 : The Works Department Manual,1983 [Vol I & Vol-II (Parts I & II)]
introduced from 1st Feb.1984, also cut short the issue, as would be evident from the following
excerpt from para 2.026 :-
“2.026 ......... Project Reports will be prepared in accordance with the Standards and
Guide lines prescribed by the C.W.C./C.E.A.. The design & estimates should also conform
to relevent Indian standards.”

(d) C.W.C Publications : (i) The Central Water Commission, G.O.I. brought out Guide
Lines for Investigation of Major Irrigation & Multipurpose projects, first in the year 1972. Its Revised
Edition was issued later in Aug.1975.
(ii) Like wise, Broad Guide Lines for Preparation of Project Estimates for Major Irrigation
& Multipurpose Projects” was first issued in July 1976. Its First Revised Edition was published in July, 1983.
CH. 18 Service Heads, Minor Heads & Sub-Heads 47
As the titles of both the above books referred to Major Projects, these did not percolate
to territorial formations looking after Medium & Minor Projects, though ofcourse, the nature of
surveys, project formats and the accounting procedure is common to all the three categories
viz. Major, Medium & Minor schemes.
(iii) In these circumstances every one is working either by reference to old estimates or
through the experience of few superiors, without precise and accurate knowledge. To make
good this deficiency the following extracts from the C.W.C. publication titled - Broad Guide
Lines for Preparation of Project Estimates for Major Irrigation and Multipurpose Projects are
reproduced. Changes wherever, necessary for Medium & Minor Schemes are specifically
highlighted in later chapters.
2. Units, Minor Heads & Sub Heads : For a proper structure of the accounts of an
Irrigation or Multipurpose project, the different components are grouped into (1) Units or Service
Heads, (2) Minor Heads and (3) Sub Heads as explained below:-
(1) Service Heads : These cover the following six units of the work:-
1. Unit I - Head Works : to include main dam and auxilliary dam, dykes, spillway,
outlets works, energy dissipation devices, barrage, weir, regulator including intake
structures and diversion works.
2. Unit II - Canals : to include main canals, branches, distributories and minor channels
upto state works, inclusive of flood embankment and drainage etc.
3. Unit III - Power : to include Hydro-Electric installations viz:-
(a) Power house and appurtenent works.
(i) Civil works (ii) Power equipment
(b) Transmission lines.
(c) Sub-station .
4. Unit IV - Navigation Works.
5. Unit V - Water Supply Works.
6. Unit VI - Command Area Development Works.
(2) Minor Heads : Each of the above units is further divided under the following Minor
Heads, Classfied as Direct & Indirect charges viz:
A - Direct Charges.
1. - Works.
2. - Establishment.
3. - Tool & Plant.
4. - Suspense.
5. - Receipt & Recoveries on Capital Account.
B - Indirect Charges.
1. Capitalised Value of Abatment of Land Revenue.
2. Audit & Account charges.
(3) Sub-Heads : The detailed heads subordinates to the Minor Head. I - works (under A
- Direct charges) which are to be adopted for preparation of Estimates are :-
1. A - Preliminary. 2. B - Land.
3. C - Work (i.e. Earth & Masonry dam 4. *D - Regulators & Measuring devices
spillway, outlets (Sluices).
48 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 19
5. *E - Falls (For canals only). 6. *F - Cross Drainage works. (For canals only).
7. *G - Bridges (For canals only). 8. *H - Escapes (For canals only).
9. *I - Navigation works (for unit IV only) 10. *J - Power plant appurtenances -
Civil works (for unit III only).
11. K - Buildings. 12. *L - Earth work (for canals only)
(i) Earth work (ii) Lining).
13. M - Plantation. 14. N - Tanks & Reserviors.
15. O - Miscellaneous. 16. P - Maintenence.
17. Q - Special T & P. 18. R - Communications.
(for canals only).
19. *S - Power plant and electrical system 20. *T - Water Supply works (for unit V only).
( for unit III only).
21. *U - Distributories, Minors & Sub Minors 22. *V - Water courses. (for units II & IV).
(for canals only).
23. *W - Drainage. (for unit II & IV). 24. *X - Environment & Ecology.
25. Y - Losses on Stock & Unforeseen

Note : The Sub-heads marked with asterisk (*) are specially meant for the Units indicated
within brackets. Other Sub-heads apply to all the Units.
3. Explanation : 1) The above also correspond to IS : 4877 - 1967.
2) In M.P. by practice, the Sub-head ' L-Earthwork' is being used for both Head Works
and Canals but actually the Earth Work of Head Works is debitable to Sub-Head ' C-Works'.
The Sub-Head "L-Earth Work" is accordingly to be used only in Unit-II i.e. under Canal System.

lll

Chapter 19 t Items Covered under Sub-Heads "A" to "Y".

1. Items Covered Under Different Sub-Heads "A" to "Y" : Important Items of Works
covered by each of the sub-heads detailed in the previous chapter are given here. This will
give the subordinate staff an exact idea for the surveys to be done or data otherwise to be
collected, for making suitable provisions against each one of them. This will also limit the
chances of omissions. It is however, necessary to add that items detailed here are indicative.
i.e, additional items can be added where called for, and left out when unnecessary. Besides,
items of work necessary for a major project may not be necessary in a medium
project . Still many more items may not be necessary in a minor scheme. Like
wise, in schemes under the same category, size of the project, the time assumed
for its completion etc. will decide, whether or not provision of a certain item of
work is necessary or not.
2. Here the list of items of work is only given. The extent of investigations necessary and
the basis for provision under each of them is discussed separately under different chapters, and
may be reffered to.
3. Hydel Projects : Construction of hydel projects is not being taken up by the Water
Resources Department, but the project reports have to include provisions for hydropower, as
suggested by MPEB. The Items relevent to these sub-heads are indicated for general guidance
only.
CH. 19 Items Covered under Sub-Heads A to Y 49
1. A - Preliminary : Here the contents of New Investigation Series T.C.1/Survey Estimate
(issued vide No.739/BODHI/R&C/20/85 dated 31.3.86 is detailed below:
Survey Estimate of a Project : The survey Estimate of each scheme should be prepared
after approval of the feasibility report, limiting the scope of the project as envisaged. The
Survey Estimate should cover the alternative proposals keeping in view the possible extension
limits of the project so that marginal fluctuations can be considered for studying the various
alternatives. It is also preferable to collect the information of previous surveys undertaken and
the study made.
(1) For Head Works : (i) Expenditure incurred on previous investigations (i.e. against
survey estimates approved for initial surveys leading to preparation of Stage I Project reports);
(ii) Detailed surveys for final location (for surveys necessary for preparation of D.P.R.(Stage II
Estimate) and surveys during the course of construction) ; (iii) Contour surveys for reservoir
basin (including establishment of permanent benchmarks) ; (iv) Geological surveys and
geophysical surveys ; (v) Hydrological & Meteorological surveys including establishment of rain
gauges, river gauges, discharge and sedimentation stations and their running charges;
(vi) Investigations for foundations and rock testing; (vii) Investigations for availability of construction
materials; (viii) Construction of access roads to facilitate investigations; (ix) Model experiments;
(x) Preparation and printing of project reports; (xi) Vehicles for inspecting officers for site
investigations; (xii) Camp equipment; (xiii) Preliminary soil tests, establishing soil testing
laboratory; (xiv) Consultant fees (including charges for preliminary design work or advice);
(xv) Training of Engineers; (xvi) Writing of completion reports and history of the project;
(xvii) Environmental & Ecological studies.
(2) For Canals Works : (i) Command surveys (contouring); (ii) Detailed alignment surveys
(cross sectional surveys); (iii) Establishing and fixing bench marks; (iv) Taking trial pits or
trenches and trial bores for foundation investigation of structures; (v) Taking auger holes for soil
surveys of command area; (vi) Field tests for Soil classification.
(Explanation : Charges payable to S.O.I, G.S.I. and the Agriculture Deptt. later for soil
survey of command area are to be also included in these items.)
"The amounts required against each of the above items will vary from project to project, and
no general yardstick can be laid down. It has however, been the experience that the overall
provision under 'A Preliminary' in a Project Estimate could amount to 1 to 2% of the total cost of
I-Works. The Expert Committee on Rise & Cost of Irrigation & Multipurpose Projects, costing more than
Rs.30 crores, the outlay on investigation could be as much as 5% of the anticipated cost of works.
The provisions under this head should be made keeping in view the actual requirements
of detailed surveys and investigation required for the preparation of a sound project report. It is
for guidance that the overall provision for this subhead should generally be kept above 1 to 2
percent for a storage scheme. Provosions less than 1 % and more than 5% under this subhead
shall be fully justified."
2. B - Land :
(i) Acquisition of land Private & Govt. for works and that coming under submergence;
(ii) Compensation for other properties like houses, wells, trees etc.;
(iii) Compensation for standing crops;
(iv) Compensation for Archaelogical monuments, if any;
(v) Compensation for prospective mineral deposits, if any;
(vi) Rent for use of land (i.e Ty.Acquisition);
(vii) Interest charges on the amount of award for the period between taking over possession
and the date of award;
50 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 19
(viii) Solatium charges for compulsory acquisition;
(ix) Legal charges;
(x) Relocation of communications i.e. diversion of roads, railways, telegraph lines etc, and
(xi) Rehabilitation Measures : (a) Acqisition of lands for new village sites and allotment of
plots for housing to the villagers at suitable rates; (b) Making the acquired land fit for
habitation and providing facilities such as village roads, wells, school buildings, post
offices, dispensaries, panchayat ghars etc.; (c) Providing free transport for conveyance of
dismantled materials and house hold articles from old places to new sites; (d) Development
of lands (including reclamation if needed to be alloted to agriculturist displaced persons, and
(x) Staff for demarcation/measurement of land,
(xi) Establishment charges for land acquisition and rehabilitation.
3. C-Works : This sub head is intended to cover the provisions for various components
of which the Head Works are composed of viz. Dam, Spillway, Energy dissipation works,Outlets
(irrigation, power, water supply and scour sluices), Pick up, Barrage, Head regulator etc; to
include :-
(A) - Earth Dam and Rock - Fill Dam :
(i) Care and diversion of the river during construction including items such as coffer dam and
diversion tunnels;
(ii) Foundations, which shall include - (1) Site clearance, (2) Excavations i.e. (i) Stripping
for dam seat; (ii) Stripping for Blanket; (iii) Excavation for cut-off trench, and excavation
for logitudinal, cross and toe drains; (3) Dewatering arrangements; (4) Foundation treatment
(drilling and grouting) i.e. (i) Drilling in rock or soil with casing; (ii) Grouting (cement,
betonite, chemicals); (iii) Cement concrete pad for grouting or for cut-off wall or both; and
(iv) other treatments; (5) Pile driving; (6) Foundation drainage - i.e. (i) Drilling drainage
holes, and (ii) Making drainage and grouting tunnels: (7) Filling cut-off trench with selected
impervious materials; (i) from excavated material, and (ii) from borrow areas.
(iii) Dam - (1) Earthwork (in core, shell, random zones and upstream blanket) i.e. (i)
Impervious, (ii) Semi-pervious, and (iii) Pervious (total to be indicated separately for
excavated material and borrow areas). (2) Filter (sloping or horizontal at downstream
toe or hearting) of selected media; (3) Filling longitudinal, cross and toe drains etc;
with drainage materials like, sand, gravel or spalls and rubble. (4) Downstream rock
toe - (i) from excavated material, and from quarries. (5) Upstream slope protection.
(6) Downstream slope protection. (7) Relief wells, drainage blanket, etc. (8) Parapet
wall -(i) Masonry or concrete with coping, (ii) Railing, and (iii) Wheel guard stones.(9)
Roadway over top of dam. (10) Gauge posts (11) Instrumentation (12) Laying open
jointed pipes (13) Manholes.
(Note: Rock - fill dam will include dumped rockfill of different grades and in different zones).
(B) Masonry Dam :
(i) Care & diversion works for river during construction, such as coffer dams and tunnels;
(ii) Foundations i.e. (1) Clearing site (2) Dewatering in foundations (3) Excavation for approach
and tail channels, divide walls, guide walls and main dam in - (4) Preparation of dam seat
(5) Cement grouting including curtain and consolidation grouting (6) Drilling holes for -
(i) grouting, (ii) drainage, and (iii) anchor. (7) Anchor rods.
(iii) Dam : (1) Masonry for - (i) hearting, (ii) upstream face, (iii) downstream face (non-
overflow section & overflow sections), (iv) divide walls, (v) Parapets and (vi) gallaries,
adits and other openings (2) Cement concrete in - (i) Foundations, (ii) divide wall, (iii)
parapets, and (iv) gallaries, adits and other openings (3) Form-work (if not included in
CH. 19 Items Covered under Sub-Heads A to Y 51
the rate for concrete) for items mentioned in (2). (4) Reinforcement steel (5) Drilling for Anchors
(6) Anchor rods (7) Instrumentation (8) Joints and seals (9) Drilling and grouting of masonry (10)
Porous pipe for drainage.
(C) Concrete Dam :
(i) Care and diversion of the river during construction, such as coffer dam and tunnels.
(ii) Foundations (items same as under masonry dam (B).
(iii) Dams (1) Cement concrete in - (i) hearting (with or without plum) (ii) upstream facing,
(iii) downstream facing which shall include the overflow section and the non-overflow section.
(iv) divide wall (v) parapet(vi) drainage gallery addits and other openings, and (vii) any
other structures. (2) Form work (if not already included in the rate for concrete) for items
mentioned in (1) above. (3) Reinforcement steel (4) Drilling for anchor (5) Anchor rods (6)
Instrumentation.
(D) Spillway :
(Explanations : (1) The spillway structures may generally be of masonry or of concrete,
and the items therefore are respectively the same as for masonry or
concrete dam.
(2) Additional items needed are detailed below).
(i) Cement Concrete for - (1) bridge piers, (2) bridge beams and slabs and (3) tunnel
lining,
(ii) Miscellaneous items of bridge like bearings.
(iii) Tunnel excavation.
(iv) Crest gates with hoisting equipment and hoist bridge.
(v) Stop logs for crest gates, and lifting arrangements.
(E) Energy Dissipation Works :
(Explanation : (1) Same items as for concrete/masonry dam.
(2) Additional items (of cement concrete or masonry or both) needed are detailed below)
(i) Aprons, (ii) Floor blocks, and (iii) End sills & Chute blocks.
(F) Out lets :
(i) Excavation in soil and rock,
(ii) Cement concrete for - (1) foundations (2) conduit bottom slabs, walls and top slab or
arch, cut-off walls etc. (3) for hoist tower walls, beams, floor slabs, etc and for (4)
blockouts.
(iii) Intake structures (1) Excavation in soils and rock (2) Foundation treatment (3) Cement
concrete for foundation, and for piers and abutments (4) Masonry for guide walls and
approach channels (5) Trash rack including racking arrangement (6) Gates with auxillary
equipment, and (7) Reinforcement Steel.
(iv) Reinforcement Steel.
(v) Joints and seals.
(vi) Drilling and grouting.
(vii) Gates and hoisting arrangements.
(viii) Miscellaneous items such as air vent, operating chain, ladder and flooring .
(ix) Steel lining.
52 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 19
9. Canal Structures under the heads :

}
4. D - Regulators. Provision for these is made in the estimates separately for -
5. E - Falls.
6. F - Cross drainage works. 1. Main Canal 3. Distributory (ies)
7. G - Bridges. 2. Branch canal(s) 4. Minors.
8. H - Escapes
9. I - Navigation Works
10. Power Plant Appurtenances (Civil Works) : This shall include intake structures,
tunnels, power canal, and tail race channel, surge shaft, penstocks, power house switch yard etc.
(i) Intake structures : (1) Excavation in soil and rock (2) Foundation treatment, (3)
Cement concrete for foundation and for piers and abutments, (4) Masonry for guide walls and
approach channels, (5) Trash rack including racking arrangement, (6) Gates and auxillary
equipment, and (7) Reinforcement steel.
(ii) Tunnels (including cut & cover section) Items involved are - (1) Excavation in rock for
open cut & tunnel (including Ty supports), (2) Rock bolts and permanent supports (3) Ventilation,
(4) Drainage, (5) Cement concrete for lining, (6) Steel lining, (7) Reinforcement steel, (8) Drilling
and grouting, (9) Gates and ancillaries where required.
(iii) Power Channel and Tail Race Channel : (1) Excavation, (2) Embankment, (3)
Lining with cement concrete in bed and sides with drainage pipes and valves, (4) Pucca Works
for (a) Cross drainage, (b)Escapes, (c) Meter flumes, (d) Bridges, and (e) Balancing tank.
(iv) Surge Shaft : (1) Excavation, (2) Cement concrete lining, (3) Drilling and grouting,
(4) Miscellaneous items such as ladder, bolts etc. (5) Reinforcement steel,and (6) Grating.
(v) Pen Stock : (1) Excavation, (2) Cement concrete for (a) bed, (b) anchor blocks and
(c) Intermediate supports
11. K-Buildings :
(Explanations : (i) The buildings are classified into (a) Residential and (b) Non
Residential.
(ii) The buildings are further divided into two categories i.e. (a) Permanent and Semi
permanent, and (b) Temporary.
(iii) Permanent buildings are provided to the extent of the requirements necessary for the staff to
be engaged on post-construction i.e. operation and maintenance activities.
(iv) Temporary buildings are provided for all Officers and staff engaged on the project during
construction period (both regular and work-charged in project area.
(1) Residential buildings : (Both permanent and Temporary). These as the name itself
suggests include staff quarters of different types.
(2) Non-Residential Buildings : These include construction of (a) Office buildings, (b) Testing
laboratory, (c) Rest houses and field hostels, (d) Workshops, (e) Stores, (f) Sheds, and (g) Other
service buildings such as (1) Hospitals or dispensaries or both, (2) Welfare centre, (3) Police
station, (4) Schools, (5) Post offices, telegraph and telephone offices, (6) Community centre, (7)
Power generating house or sub-station, (8) Canteens, (9) Co-operative stores and market. (10) bus
stop, and (11) bank and treasuries and (f) Ancillary services covering (1) Land development
(levelling and filling),(i) Earth work (ii) Lining). (2) Colony roads, (3) Fencing (4) Service (5) Lawns
and gardens.
In addition to the cost of buildings, provision for land development (levelling & filling),
colony roads, fencing, water supply, sanitation and electification and lawns and gardens shall
also be included.
CH. 19 Items Covered under Sub-Heads A to Y 53
12. L - Earthwork : (Here also separate estimates are required to be prepared for main
canal, branch canal(s), distributory(ies) and minors as explained later under details. The items
covered are - (i) excavation, (ii) embankment from -(a) excavated materials, (b) borrow areas (iii) lining,
(iv) pitching and (v) miscellaneous items such as, connstruction of drains, inspection and service roads/
paths etc.
13. M-Plantation: These are to include (i) plantation programme for establishing of avenue
trees, and arboriculture etc, in the area downstream of dam, along canal system and colonies
etc including maintenance and protection for 2-3 years and (ii) Gardens for beautification etc
(downstream of dam, appurtenance around power house and other important structures) including
maintenance and protection.
14. N-Tanks and Reserviors : These cover remodelling of the tanks/reserviors in the
project area considered beneficial/economical for augmentation of the irrigation supplies covering
(a) earthwork in (i) excavation, (ii) filling (b) repairs of the spillway portions (c) repairs of
outlets (d) repairs of channels and (e) any other items of work considered necessary for the
purpose.
15. O - Miscellaneous : The list of items is illustrative. More items can be included with
competent approval. The items to be included are:-
(i) Capital cost of - (1) Electrification, (2) Water supply, purification and distribution,
(3) Sewage works and storm water drainage works, (4) Fire fighting equipment , (5) Telegraph,
Post offices & Wireless, (6) Medical equipment for hospital/dispensary(s) etc , (7) Any other
items such as fountains, recreation facilities, special lighting arrangements for beautification of
areas in the project;
(ii) Maintenance and Service of - (1) Electrification, (2) Water supply, purification and
distribution works, (3) Sewage disposal and storm water drainage works, (4) Recreation, (5)
Medical assistance, (6) Post office, telephone and telegraph office, (7) Security arrangements,
(8) Fire fighting equipment, (9) Inspection vehicles, (10) Transport for labour & staff (11)
School bus, (12) Schools, (13) Pay van & (14) Ambulance.
(iii) Other items : (1) Visits of dignatories, (2) Technical & photographic records, (3)
Inaugural ceremonies, (4) compensation to workmen, (5) Boundary pillars & stones distance
marks and bench marks, (6) Power supply, (7) Anti malaria and public health measures, (8)
Model & exhibits, (9) Testing laboratory and exhibits, (10) Railway siding, (11) Publicity,
information centres, (12) Subsidy for school bus, (13) Publications, pamphlets, (14) Running
of transit camps/rest sheds/ guest house/ rest house/inspection banglow, (15) Training of
Engineers, (16) Canteen facilities, (17) Co-operative stores, (18) Library facilities. (19) Time
keeping cabin, (20) Wireless communication system, (21) Inflow forecasting & flood warning
system, (22) Retrenchment compensation, (23) Seismological observatories, (24) Police
station, (25) Community centre, (26) Photographic and Cinematographic equipment, its
establishment, running & maintenance charges, and (27) Creches.
16. P - Maintenance : Provision is normally made at 1% of cost of I-Works less amount
of A-Preliminary, B-Land and Q-Special T&P to cover :
(i) Maintenance of buildings, roads and other structures during construction period,
(ii) Maintenance of earthwork/masonry of dam.
17. Q- Special Tools and Plant.
Explanations - (1) Provision is made for the equipment actually required for a specific
project, from among the list of equipment detailed below to enable procurement, when
the construction starts.
(2) Normally 75% of its cost is recovered from the works as hourly use rate.
54 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 19
(3) Provision of the estimate in this sub head is thus 25% of capital cost, and 75% of this
provision (balance 25%) is shown under V-Receipts & Recoveries (i.e.resale/transfer value).
(4) For Inspection vehicles however, 100% of the cost is provided in the estimate and
20% under V-R & R (i.e. towards resale & transfer value).]
(i) Drilling and Grouting Equipment : (1) Compressed Air distribution system; (2) Diamond
drills; (3) Core drilling machine with prime mover; (4) Wagon drills; (5) Jack hammers;
(6) Pavement breaker; (7) Grouting equipment like grout mixers, pumps etc.
(ii) Transport Equipment : (1) Trucks of 3 to 20 ton capacity; (2) Motorised tankers (3636
to 9090 litre capacity); (3) Trailors; (4) Pneumatic tyred tractors; (5) Railway locomotive
and rolling stock; (6) Jeep & Cars; (7) Station Wagon & Pick ups; (8) Ambulances; (9)
Buses.
(iii) Water supply and Dewatering arrangements.
(iv) Electrical Equipment : (1) Generators; (2) Motors; (3) Flood lights.
(v) Compaction Equipment: (1) Road Rollers (8 to10 ton) ; (2)Sheep foot rollers; (3)
Pneumatic tyred rollers (20 to 50 tonnes); (4) Vibratory rollers.
(vi) Construction Plant: (1) Crushers & Classifiers; (2) Washing & cleaning plants for
aggregates; (3) Batching plants; (4) Refrigerating plants; (5) Screening plants;
(6) Reclaiming plants; (7) Belt conveyors; (8) Cranes , wagons, cement silos, and
cement pumping plants:(9) Surkhi, Pazzolana manufacturing plants; (10) Concrete mixers
(11) Mortar mill; (12) Tram line and related equipment.
(vii) Earth Moving Equipment : (1) Shovels and drag lines; (2) Scrappers (motorised and
tractor driven); (3) Overhead & Crawler-front, end loaders (tyred & tractor type); (4)
Crawler tractor, dozers and rippers; (5) Wheel tractors, dozers and rippers; (6) Motor
graders; (7) Carriers such as bottom dumpers, rear dumpers and side dumpers; (8) Belt
loaders elevating graders; (9) Tipper trucks; (10) Trenchers; (11) Wheeled excavators;
(12) Dredging equipment.
(viii) Miscellaneous Equipment: (1) Hoists; (2) Pully block, lifting tackle gantries; (3)
Winches; (4) Mobile cranes; (5) Other lifting machines.
(ix) Workshop and Ancillary Equipment: (1) Foundry shop; (2) Smithy shop; (3) Machine
shop; (4) Structural shop; (5) Welding shop; (6) Fitting & Assembly shop; (7) Tyre
retreading shop; (8) Carpentry shop; (9) Paint shop; (10) Mill wright shop; (11) Galvanizing
shop; (12) Field repairs shops such as carrier repair shop, tractor shop, auto shop, pipes
and pumping shop and drill & bit repair shop.
Note : (1) No provision is to be made for the items normally covered under III-T & P i.e.
Furniture for office, Camp equippage, Surveys and Mathematical equipment and
any other instruments etc.
(2) No provision is to be made for spares as these are directly covered under the
hourly use rate chargeable to the item of work.
18. R - Communications : (1) Construction of main approach road to the dam site; (2)
Construction of quarry roads; (3) Construction of Ty Roads in the work area; (4) Construction
of temporary or permanent river crossing (5) Railways, bridges, connecting roads (inconsultation
with Railway authorities; (6) Air strips/helipad (inconsultation with Civil Aviation authorities); (7)
Water ways (inconsultation with the State Inland Waterways authority).
19. T - Water Supply : (i) Works required for delivering water to a point beyond which
the water supply system will be taken over by the P.H.E. Department. (ii) Water Conductor
System - Pucca structures or open channel.
20. U - Distributories & Minors : Same as indicated for Main Canal under ‘L-Earth work’.
CH. 19 Items Covered under Sub-Heads A to Y 55
21. V - Water Courses & Field Channels : Construction of water courses for serving
upto 5 to 8 ha blocks(chaks) on the basis of a sub-estimate for a representative sample area
covering about 10% of C.C.A.
22. W - Drainage: Improvement of existing drains and construction of new drains carrying
a discharge of 50 litres/second and above in the command area.
(Note: Other drains will form part of the Command Area Development Programme.)
23. X - Environment & Ecology : (1) Compensatory Afforestation; (2) Enforcement of
Anti-Poaching Laws; (3) Measures to prevent forest fires, overgrazing of areas etc. (4)
Establishment of fuel depots etc. to meet fuel requirement of labour force to prevent indiscriminate
felling of trees.
(Note: This will be compiled either in consultation with the Forest Deptt/or by the Forest
Department itself.)
(5) Control of Aquatic weeds in submerged area to provide improved habitat for aquatic life.
(Note: To be prepared in consultation with Fishries Deptt/or by the Fishries Deptt.)
(6) Measures to salvage/rehabillitation of any rare or endangered species of flora and fauna founa in
the affected area .
(Note: To be prepared in consultation with the Zoological Survey of India, Wild life Deptt.
and the Botanical Survey of India).
(7) Measures to salvage monuments from inundation and their relocation.
(Note: To be prepared in consultation with the Archaeological Department).
(8) Public Health measures to control spread of water and soil borne diseases.
(Note: To be prepared in consultation with Health Deptt.).
(9) Restoration of land in construction areas by filling, grading etc. to prevent further erosion.
(By Irrigation Department).
24. Y - Losses on Stock : Provision for likely loss of stores etc.
II. Establishment : Provision for Establishment (borne on regular permanent and temporary
caders) including Leave & Pensionary charges.
III. Tools & Plants : Provision at one percent of the cost of ‘I - works’ including cost of
B -land to cover expenditure on (1) Survey Instruments; (2) Camp Equipment; (3) Office
Equipment; and (3) other small tools.
(Note: These expenses are not directly charged to Units of Works but added as % age
Charge to the cost of the project. Purchases are covered by this provision.)
IV. Suspense: This is a head to facilitate maintenance of accounts. Provision under this
minor head is therefore, NIL.
V. Receipts & Recoveries : This provides for (1) Recoveries by way of resale or transfer
of temporary buildings and Special T&P, and (2) Miscellaneous receipts like Rent charges of
buildings. Electricity charges etc.
INDIRECT CHARGES.
(1) Audit & Accounts Establishments : Provision at 1% of cost of I-works.
(2) Capitalisation of Abatement of Land Revenue : Provision either at 5% of land
cost or 20 times of the annual revenue recovery for the area acquired for construction purposes.
(Extracted from C.W.C. GOI Publication - Broad Guide Lines for Prepration of Project Estimates
for Major Irrigation & Multipurpose Projects, (First Revised Edition- July, 1983).
lll
CH. 20 Administrative Approval to Schemes 57

Section III - Approval of Schemes - Procedure therefor

Chapter - 20 t Administrative Approval to Schemes.
1. Term Explained : Administrative Approval denotes the formal acceptance, by the
Administrative department concerned, of the proposal for incurring any expenditure in Works
Department, to execute certain specific works, at a stated cost, whereafter, provision for funds
can be made in the departmental budget. i.e. W.R.D., N.V.D., P.W.D., P.H.E.D. and the R.E.S.
if the works relate to their own deptt., and other department's budget, if the works are to be
executed on their behalf.
2. Powers to accord Administrative Approval : Powers to accord administrative
approval by and large vests, in the State Govt. (except for undertaking surveys), unless otherwise
delegated to Collectors and Commissioners for taking up works in the Scarcity affected areas,
and under IRDP/RLEG like programmes.
3. Approval to Survey Estimates : As stated in Chapter 22 (Reconnaisance Surveys/
Reports), survey estimates are to be prepared for Administrative approval only after acceptance
of the likely feasibility of the scheme, on the basis of Reconnaisance Reoports. The powers to
accord administrative approval detailed in item 1 & 2 of Appendix 2.30 of W.D. Manual are :-
C.E. S.E. E.E.
-Rupees -
1. Survey & Investigation of Works / Projects. 2,00,000/- 1,00,000/- 10,000
2. Investigation of preliminary feasibility propo-
sals for improvement of existing works irres-
pective of what the cost of work is likely to be. 5,000/- 1,000/- -
Note : (1) Extension and improvement that can be foreseen must be considered together
for a whole project at one time and the limits prescribed must not be applied to
individual works forming part of a proposal.
(2) Survey Estimates should not be split up into sub-estimates, to avoid obtaining
approval of competent authority.
4. Approval to New Projects for Execution : Powers in this regard vest only in the State
Govt.The formalities listed below have however, to be completed, before these can be approved by Govt.
(1) Major Projects : Administrative Approval is accorded only after the schemes have
been technically cleared by the Planning Commission G.O.I. after ofcourse, scrutiny (and
modifications where considered necessary) by the C.W.C./ C.E.A. of the Project submitted by
the state.
[Note : Part Approval for starting pre-construction works is some times also accorded, on
the recommendation of the Control Board for Major Projects (CBMP) and the Narmada
Control Board (NCB) etc.]
(2) Medium Projects : In this case also approval is subject to clearance of the schemes
by the Planning Commission, but for this purpose instead of Project Report only Proforma
Reports are to be submitted.
(3) Flood Control, Anti Water Logging & Drainage Schemes : The procedure adopted
is some what different because of the functioning of the State Flood Control Board/(S.F.C.B.)
and its Technical Advisory committee (TAC) e.g. :
(i) Emergent schemes costing upto Rs. 12.0 lakhs, to be carried out during flood
season, which do not have interstatel implications, and which do not affect the
 58 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 21
Railways and Highways, can be approved by the State Govt. on the recommendation of
the concerned Chief Engineer. Reference to the T.A.C. and the S.F.C.B. is not necessary.
(ii) (a) Plan Schemes costing Rs. 60 lakhs & less : Such Schemes which do not have
interstatel implications, can however, be approved by State Govt. after clearance by
T.A.C. & the S.F.C.B.
(Note: After such schemes have been approved by the State Govt., information in proforma
under Statement-A circulated vide Planning Commission’s letter dated 8th June
1973 (See Chapter-27) is required to be sent to the C.W.C./Planning Commission.
This proforma will therefore, accompany the stage I estimates submitted by C.E.’s
to Govt. for according approval.)
(b) Schemes involving Interstatal Aspects : Proposals for these are however, to be
submitted to C.W.C. New Delhi (Schemes located in other than Ganga river basin)
and to the Ganga Flood Control Commission (for schemes in Ganga basin) for their
examination and clearance by the Planning Commission, before approval by State Govt.
(c) Schemes costing more than Rs. 60.00 lakhs but not exceeding Rs. 2.0 crores : For
these only proforma in Statement-B (See Chapter -27) after its processing by the
TAC & SFCB, is required to be submitted to CWC/GFCC for clearance by the Planning
Commissioin, before approval by the State Govt.
(4) Minor Irrigation Schemes : Minor Schemes are approved by the State Govt. without
reference to the G.O.I., in keeping with the availability of funds and the need for balanced
development of irrigation facilities in different regions of the state. The Chief Engineers have to
submit their Stage-I Estimates with prescribed CHECK STATEMENTS to the State Govt for
approval. (See Chapter 122).
lll

Chapter - 21 t Sequence of Operation for New Schemes

1. Preamble : Irrigation Projects take unduly long time between initial surveys till
completion and later during operation to secure estimated benefits. Time gap is so long, that
costs go on multiplying, sometimes beyond recognition. Besides in Government service,
employees change places, too often. The result is that not only the progress gets retarded but
many a times important things get overlooked. To bring about speed and efficiency in the working
of the department, it is necessary that each one among the Engineering cadres (be it in office
or field) is conversant with the various stages and their sequence, involved in the survey till
completion & later O & M of an irrigation project.
2. Stages and their Sequence : The various stages involved in the execution of an
irrigation project, starting from reconnaisance survey till completion and later its upkeep are
listed below, so that it is possible to ensure that all required activities have been covered.
(1) Reconnaisance Survey.
(2) Preparation of Survey Estimates & their approval, for stage I surveys, to facilitate
preparation of Feasibility Reports (also called Stage I Estimates).
(3) Field surveys for S.No. (2) above and the preparation of Stage I Estimates for
obtaining administrative approval of the State Govt.
(4) To obtain Technical Clearance from the Planning Commission G.O.I. for Major,
Medium and sizeable Flood Control Schemes.
(5) Stage II Survey for preparation of designs of individual structures for use during
CH. 21 Sequence of Operation for New Schemes 59
construction, and preparation of their detailed estimates for obtaining Technical
sanction of the competent authority, either for the individual components or the
PROJECT AS A WHOLE, to facilitate invitation of tenders etc. for the excution of
the projects.
(6) Lay out of works at the field, supervision to ensure compliance with working drawings,
quality of materials being used, to be in accordance with that assumed in designs,
and ofcourse, the quality of work being executed by contractors and also
departmentally.
(7) Preparation of Record/Completion drawings of works completed from time to time,
and later for the scheme as a whole e.g. in an earth dam,progress will be marked
in the Longitudinal section for work done each season, and later for the entire dam
as such.
(8) Precautions during first filling of the reservoirs and first running of the canals.
(9) Annual & Periodical Repairs.
(10) Periodical & Annual Inspections.
(11) Operation of Canals for irrigation.
(12) Assessment of areas irrigated in different crop seasons and preparation of Parcha
Bills for recovery of water rates, payable by individual farmers.
(13) Recovery of water rates assessed including, arears if any, and to take steps
necessary for recovery of overdue arears, as arears of Land Revenue.
(14) Day to day account of the water received through Rainfall and that utilised for
irrigation or wasted through spillway etc.
(15) An Annual Statement of Accounts of Benefits, expenses on O&M and the revenue
realised. This is also called as “ WORKING STATISTICS."
(16) A proper upkeep of the inventory of all kinds of Govt. immovable assets.
3. As however, the knowledge of different components of any irrigation project is pre-
requisite, a brief account of these as given in Chapter -16 may always be kept in view.
[Note: Technical Circulars issued by the department are not in any sequence, but
were issued as and when the necessity for these was felt. To enable however,
their proper use, these are incorporated in this compilation adopting the above
sequence by ignoring the time of their issue.]
lll
 60 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 22

Chapter - 22 t Reconnaisance Reports for New Schemes

1. Term Explained : Reconnaisance Survey is a rapid survey & critical inspection of an
area/site for the selection of an irrigation or multipurpose project i.e. whether or not the site is
suitable for a further and more detailled study. This way the pre-requiste is to thoroughly
understand as to where from the beginning has to be made, e.g.
(i) If it is desired to provide irrigation for known area, then the basis would be the total area
available and the water needed for irrigation for crops being sown or new additional crop which the
area is likely to have potential. In such a case, the investigations would be directed towards finding
the most suitable and economical site for a Storage or Storage cum Pick Up Weir etc. Conversely,
(ii) If a river or its tributory/Sub-tributory contains enough water, past an area where irrigation
would be beneficial, then investigation would be for utilisation of available water resource within
and also out side the water shed of that stream for providing irrigation, water supply and if
possible, also hydro power.
2. Previous data and record - Collection there of : In order that there is no repetition
of effort/wasteful expenditure, it is desireable to collect full details of the work already
done, and study it. Possible irrigation sites in practically all the river basins have been
identified and detailed in the published & unpublished Master Plans (the later available
with territorial C.E.’s )which indicate likely irrigation & water use. It is also likely that the
division who identified the Project also prepared, broad salient features. Its collection will
certainly prove helpful.
3. Necessity & Procedure for submission of Reconnaisance Reports : While detailing
the procedure for taking up surveys and investigation of new irrigation works, para 2.026 of the
W.D.Manual states as under :-
“(i) Major Projects : The reconnaisance report for a major project shall be initiated by
the S.E.and submitted to Govt. through the C.E. On orders of the Government, the survey
estimate for carrying out detailed investigations shall be prepared and submitted to Government.
The survey estimate shall be approved by the P.R.C. of Control Board for Major Projects after
which administrative approval will be accorded by the Government.
On receipt of the administrative approval, detailed survey and investigation will be taken
up after the estimate is technically sanctioned by the competent authority (and funds for the
purpose are made available).”
“(ii) Medium Projects : The reconnaisance reoport for a medium project shall be initiated
by the E.E. and submitted to Government through S.E. and C.E. On orders of the Government, the
survey estimate will be prepared and submitted to Government for according administrative approval.
Detailed survey and investigation will be started after receipt of administrative approval
from Govt. and technical sanction of the competent authority "(and of course funds for the
purpose are made available).
"(iii) Minor Projects : The reconnaisance report for a minor project shall be initiated by the
S.D.O and submitted to the C.E. through E.E. and S.E. On orders of the Chief Engineer, survey
estimate will be prepared and submitted to the authority competent to accord administrative approval.”
(Note : Accord of Administrative Approval for surveys: According to item 1 of Appendix
2.30, the Officers competent to accord Administrative Approval to Survey Estimates are :
(1) Chief Engineer = Rs. 2.0 lakhs
(2) Superintending Engineer = Rs. 1.0 lakhs
(3) Executive Engineer = Rs. 10,000/-
CH. 22 Reconnaisance Reports for New Schemes 61
Survey Estimates for more than Rs.2.0 lakhs shall invariably be submitted to State Govt.
for Approval.
The powers are subject to availability/promise of funds from the Lump-Sum grants made
available to repective territorial C.E.’s for the purpose.)
4. Proformas for Reconnaisance Reports :
(1) Minor schemes : Reports are to be prepared in the proforma detailed in Appendix-I to
Chapter-2 (Survey and Investigation) of the specifications for Irrigation Projects, 1991 taking
into account the guide lines detailed in Appendix-II. Both these are reproduced below.
Appendix - I to Chapter-2 (Survey & Investigation)
Proforma for - Reconnaisance Report of Minor Irrigation Project.
S.No. Particulars Reply by the
Inspecting SDO /E.E.
1. 2. 3.
1. Name of the Scheme.
2. Basin/Sub-basin.
2.1. District/Tehsil/Block/Village.
2.2. Assembly Constituency & Parliamentary Constituency (Name & Number).
2.3. Division/Sub-Division.
3. Percentage of Irrigation in District /Tehsil / Block.
4. Topo sheet Study.
4.1. Topo sheet No.
4.2. Latitude and Longitude.
4.3. Whether the scheme is covered in master plan of the basin / sub-basin
( reference be given).
4.4. Catchment areas as per topo sheet.
4.5. Category of scheme :- Tank/Diversion/Stop dam/Lift.
5. Proposed Benefits
5.1. Schemes already proposed or contemplated on the upstream.
5.2. Net catchment available at the site.
5.3. Raingauge station/Average rainfall.
5.4. Probable yield as per Binnie’s table.
5.5. Anticipated/Proposed Irrigation.
6. Type of Scheme : Orignal/Extension and Improvement/Restoration/
Renovation / Modernisation.
6.1. Programme under which scheme is proposed to be taken up.
6.1.1. Plan Minor/C.D.work/Triabal welfare/Revenue sector/Tribal sub plan/TDPP/DPAP
6.1.2. SC/ST benefisharies if any.
7. Name of the Officer inspecting Site: (E.E. for schemes irrigating upto 200
Hact. and S.E. for Schemes irrigating more than 200 Hact).
7.1. Designation.
 62 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 22
7.2. Date of inspection.
8. Field Data & Feasibility .
8.1. Discharge of the site on the date of inspection.
8.2. Has the site been found suitable with regard to:-
8.2.1. Bund site.
8.2.2. Waste weir site.
8.2.3. Sluice and Head reach of canal.
8.2.4. Nala closure point of view.
8.3. Are construction materials available in adequate quantities and within
economical lead ? Earth/Sand/Metal/Stone.
8.4. Is the percentage of submergence of cultivated land to the
area proposed for irrigation less than 10%.
8.5. Forest submergence, if any.
8.6. What is the probable?
8.6.1. Tank capacity.
8.6.2. Tank percentage.
8.7. Command.
8.7.1. What is the crop cultivated in the command at present ?
8.7.1.1. Kharif ............Hact.
8.7.1.2. Rabi...............Hact.
8.7.2. What crop would be cultivated on availability of irrigation ?
8.7.2.1. Kharif ............Hact.
8.7.2.2. Rabi ..............Hact.
9. Is the Cost per Hact. Likely to be Reasonable ?
10. Certificate of Revenue Authorities.
11. Remarks and Recommentations.

E.E. (Field) S.E.(Field)

Appendix - II to Chapter - 2 (Survey & Investigation)

Guide Lines for filling up Reconnaisance Report (Check Statement)
for Feasibility of Minor Schemes (CCA less than 2,000 ha)
1. The scheme should be named after the name of nallah, if any or name of villages situated
nearby or any sizable village in the command area or any other name approved by the Government.
2. The scheme should be verified as per approved/proposed master plan of the basin/sub
basin & whether the scheme is in concurrence with the master plan proposal.
The location with respect to revenue jurisdiction & election consituency should also be indicated.
The name of Division & Sub Division which is to control the work should be given.
3. The percentage of irrigation in District/Tehsil/Block through Water Resources
Department & by other sources should be indicated covering all the schemes under progress.
4. Topo sheet Study - The data which is to be collected from toposheet, rainfall record
etc. should be recorded carefully before the inspection so as to correctly assess the scheme.
CH. 22 Reconnaisance Reports for New Schemes 63
5. The information in respect of the work completed, under progress & proposed on the
stream should be thoroughly recorded from the office record & verified at field.
6. The probable yield and the benefits be then assessed.
6.1. Type of scheme proposed be decided as per toposheet study & field observations, as the
case may be.
6.1.1.The proposal of financing of the scheme depending whether the scheme lies in
tribal sub plan, draught prone area or any other scheme should be verified.
6.1.2. The tribal/SC beneficaries in the village in command may also be broadly assessed.
7. No project should be submitted above the level of E.E.without complying the check
statement & ensuring the general suitability of the project as enclosed.
8. Field Data and Feasibility.
8.1. Rough assessment of the discharge in the stream at the site proposed on the date of
inspection should be worked out and recorded.
8.2. Suitability of the Site. Has the site been found suitable with regard to?

}
8.2.1. Bund Site. All possible sites should be visited/
8.2.2. Waste weir site. studied and suitability determined with
8.2.3. Sluice & head reach of channel. reference to the allied factors.
8.2.4. Nalah closure point of view. (8.2.1 to 8.2.4)
8.2.1. Suitability of Bund site.
8.2.1.1. Suitability of Dam Base :- The over burden of the dam base should be studied
by test pits. It should be sufficiently impervious and should have sufficient strength to sustain
the weight of the dam. Heavy black soils are not very suitable.
8.2.1.2. Seating of Dam Base at Flanks :- Easy flank slopes, but not steeper than 2:1
are preferable for earthen dams.
8.2.1.3. Water tightness of the Sub-strata below the proposed Dam and of the
Tank Bed :- Obviously porous sites should be avoided. The extent of puddle, cut off and
grouting required should be foreseen. Positive cut off should be available at reasonable depth.
8.2.1.4. Length and Height of Dam :- Bearing in mind the earth work per cubic metre of
storage, longer and low dams are preferable to shorter and higher dams for similar storage.
8.2.1.5. Drainage of the Downstream Toe -This is an important factor and may affect
the selection of the alignment.
8.2.1.6. Effect on Public Utilities Like Roads, Bridges, Railway, Downstream Ground
Water Table :- consideration of these factors may affect the site.
8.2.2.1. Availability of saddle at / above the F.T.L.
8.2.2.2. Probable alignment and nature of sub-strata of spill channel.
8.2.2.3. Other spillway requirements.
8.2.2.4. Whether if would affect any valuable lands or property if flood are disposed off in
any other valley.
8.2.2.5. How the total fall from F.T.L. to the nallah bed are proposed to be negotiated
should be examined.
8.2.3. Head Reach of Channel : Under this, consideration should be given to :-
8.2.3.1.1. Suitable Position of Out Let - The sluice outlet should be in cutting and
where sound foundation is available, the required commanded areas should be kept in view.
 64 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 22
8.2.3.2. Difficulties of the Channel to Reach upto the Command Line :- The quantity
and nature of cutting or filling involved and the number of masonry works that will have to
constructed should be considered. The consideration may lead to shifting of the dam site or
provision of a pick-up further downstream.
8.2.3.3. Availability of Construction Materials :- Suitable construction materials should
be available in adequate quantities within economic approachable leads provided that the quarries
in the submergence are permitted by the Forest department or else leads be given.
The criteria of economic leads will be as follows :-
Construction Materials
S.No. Economic lead Casing/Hearting Pitching & Masonry Stones
Boulder toe
stones
1. Economic. Upto 1 Km. Upto 5 Km. 10 Km.
2. To be considered when other Upto 1 to 3 Km. Upto 5 to 10 Km. 10 Km. to 20 Km.
factors are favourable.

8.2.3.4. Percentage of submergence of cultivated land to the net area proposed

for irrigation: The criterion of reasonability shall be as follows :-
8.2.3.4.1. Submergence upto 10% is reasonable.
8.2.3.4.2. Submergence from 10% to 15% should be given consideration when other wise
the scheme is found feasible.
8.2.3.4.3. Submergence more than 15% should out weigh other favourable factors and
the scheme should not ordinarily be taken up.
8.2.3.5. Submergence of reserved or other forest if any should be indicated.
8.2.3.6. Adequacy of storage.
8.2.3.6.1. The storage should be greater to the requirement for the proposed (available)
area for irrigation and provision should be made for adequate carry over and expansion.
8.2.3.6.2. Tank Percentage and Adequacy of Storage: For kharif irrigation generally
percentage between 60 to 80% is suitable to permit replenishment and in case of Rabi the
percentage should be high say above 85%. The irrigation works should generally be designed
on 75% dependability.
8.2.3.7. Crop Pattern and Availability of Soil - It should be seen that the land under
command :-
8.2.3.7.1. Is shown with the particular crop for which the tank is designed.
8.2.3.7.2. The sown area of this crop should be more than 60% of the land proposed for irrigation.
8.2.3.7.3. The soil is fit for irrigation from the point of view of salinity and other considerations.
9. Has the cost per Hact been checked and found reasonable? Economy is the primary
consideration and should be viewed on cost per Hact basis.
The criteria for reasonability of the rate for irrigation scheme will be governed by G.O.M.P.
circular No. F/22/90/TS/MM/31 dated 4.4.80 or as may be modified from time to time by Government.
10. Certificate of Revenue Authority.
Collector certifacate giving following details should be enclosed.
10.1. Stipulating that there is keen demand for irrigation and that the beneficaries are
willing or otherwise to come under aggreement and pay water rates and betterment levy.
CH. 22 Reconnaisance Reports for New Schemes 65
10.2. The approval of the District Advisory committee.
10.3. Ordinarily no new minor work can be proposed till work of extension, improvement
& repairs to the existing tanks in the district is completed.
10.4. In case where the scheme is proposed to be financed through Tribal sub-plan/
DPAP/scarcity funds, the certificate to under take the scheme as per specific criteria should be
verified, obtained and attached.
When a new work is proposed in preference to the work of extension, improvement and
repair, the reason should be explained.
11. Remarks & Recommendations.
Site inspection report of SE/E.E. During the preliminary investigation, Projects
anticipated to cost more than Rs. 25 lakhs (corresponding 200 hact CCA) should invariably be
inspected by S.E. E.E., should inspect all the schemes. Their inspection reports should
cover the check list and their firm opinion regarding the feasibility or otherwise, of the scheme.
The report accompanying the estimate must invariably contain dates of inspection of site by
E.E./S.E.’s with their comments.
(Note : Replies like ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ do not give correct idea of the site conditions.Full
particulars as assessed and the short reasons for negative and positive
conclusions arrived at, need therefore, be given in each case in all reconnaisance
reports.)
(2) Major & Medium schemes : Like wise Reconnaisance Report for these two category
of schemes are to be prepared in the proforma vide Appendix-II to Chapter-2 (S&I), reproduced
below. No separate Guide lines are issued, but note above should be kept in view.
Annexure - III to Chapter- 2 (Survey & Investigation)
Proforma for the -Reconnaisance Report for Major/Medium Projects
S.No. Particulars Reply by the
Inspecting E.E. / S.E.
1. 2. 3.
Name of the Scheme.................
District/Tehsil/Block..............
Sub-Division ......................
1. River Basin/Sub Basin.
1.1. Topo sheet No. & Scale.
1.2. Location of the scheme.
Latitude.
Longitude.
1.2.1. Is any inter-state aspect involved ? Give details.
1.2.2. Is any inter-state agreement reached ?
1.3. Catchment area.
1.3.1. Is the scheme included in the master plan of the basin ?
1.3.2. Upstream utilisation as per master plan under operation/progress/contem-
plated schemes.
1.3.3. Intercepted catchment area/Net available yield at site.
1.4. The type of scheme :- Storage/Barrage.
 66 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 22
1.4.1. Is any gauge discharge site on the river established on U/s or D/s of the
proposed site ? If so, give details.
1.5. Is hydrology of any project in the adjacent basin/sub-basin finalised or under
finalisation? If so, give details.
1.6. Is the scheme initiated to meet up irrigation/power/industrial demand?
Give reference and details.
1.7. Does the scheme lie in tribal area or draught prone area ?
1.7.1. Is any tribal area benefited by the project? Is the command area predomin-
ently covers S/T or S/C beneficaries. ?
1.8. If any reserve forest area likely to go under submergence or other forest
area going under submergence, the same along with details of floura and
founa getting affected due to submergence should be indicated.
2. Basic Information
2.1. Authority :
Note : Under this head the authority i.e. No. and date of the memo under which
the reconnaissance survey has been ordered may be quoted.
2.2. Earlier reconnaissance, if any:
2.3. Name and designation of Officer inspecting the site.
2.4. Date of inspection.
2.5. Access route to dam/weir site.
(a) Existing.
(b) Proposed, if any.
Note : Present condition of different reaches of existing and proposed approaches,
whether pucca, all weather pucca, unbridged, Jeepable or plyable by foot
etc. should be given in this report.
(c) Nearest Railway station BG----------------------Km.
MG----------------------Km.
2.6. Nearest G.T.S. Bench mark/its location and level.
3. Topographical Features of Dam/Weir Site.
3.1. Can the proposed site be considered as natural ?
3.2. Have alternative sites been considered ? Are they marked on the index map ?
3.3. What is the area reconnoitered ? Can this be considered as satisfactory
considering the size of the project ?
Note : The extent of area reconnoitered should be clearly marked on the index map.
3.4. (a) What is the approximate width and average depth of river channel(s) to
which the flow was confined on the date of reconnaissance ?
(b) What was the approximate velocity of flow in the river channel(s) ?
(c) What is the approximate width of river at the proposed dam site ?
(d) What is the approximate slope of the river bed ?
(e) Are there any falls or rapids in u/s or d/s of the dam site ?
( f ) Are the banks steeply rising ? If so, what is the approximate slope ?
(g) Is there any deep still water pool at or near the site ?
CH. 22 Reconnaisance Reports for New Schemes 67
4. Surface Geological Conditilns at Dam/Weir Site.
4.1. (a) Is rock exposed at the ground surface ? If so, in what reach. Can the
quality of rock by visual judgement be considered as satisfactory for found-
ation both with regard to strength and also considering the fissures etc. ?
(b) Where rock is not exposed at surface, what is the material at ground surface?
(c) Are there any indications in favour of or against the availability of rock
at shallow depths ?
Note : The above information should cover:
(i) River bed.
(ii) Left flank.
(iii) Right flank.
(iv) Waste weir site.
(v) Approach channel.
(vi) Spill channel upto its confluence with nala/river. Is a central spillway or a
flank spillway indicated by the site conditions. (If flank spillway is
recommended, it is presumed that rocky strata would be available for
negotiating the proposed fall).
5. Hydrology.
5.1. What raingauge stations exist within the catchment and the command?
For what period are the rainfall records available? What do you consider
as the average rainfall for (i) Catchment area (ii) Command area ?
5.2. Do you agree with the Rainfall / Run-off figures computed in the office?
if not what other figures would you suggest ? Are these supported by the perfor-
mance of any adjacent existing reservoir or by any gauging done previously.?
5.3. Is the site suitable for establishing a gauge discharge observation station?
If not, what alternative site would you suggest.
5.4. What would you consider as the likely discharge on the day of inspection?
What approximately would be the discharge in the river by the end of May
or begining of June ? When does the river dry up normally ?
5.5. What would you consider as the highest known flood level at site ? Have
you checked the possibility of flood mark on any neighbouring structure
or is the HFL determined with reference to local enquiries ?
5.6. Is the river reported to be carrying comparatively heavy silt load ? Would
you suggest a Silt gauging at the site ? If so where ?
6. Submergence Under the Reservoir.
6.1. Is it possible to check up the spread of the F.R.L.with reference to points
for which levels are known ?
Note: It is essential that this point may be particularly examined to check up
the correctness of water spread marked on the index map.
6.2. How many villages are likely to be affected by submergence under the
proposed reservoir? (i) Fully ?
(ii) Partially ?
6.3. What is the likely percentage of culturable/cultivated area under sub-
mergence? Is the percentage of submergence of cultivated land to the
area proposed for irrigation less than 10% ? What would be the percen-
tage of forest land going under submergence? In general in what
category would the forest lands come ?
68 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 22
6.4. Is any reserve forest going under submergence ? If so, give details.
6.5. What would you consider the likely compensation cost per hectare of
land of different classification ?
(a) Cultivated Land?
(b) Other culturable land?
(c) Abadi lands?
6.6. Are any important towns, roads or railway lines or minerals likely to go
under submergence ? Are any contemplated roads or railways and tran-
smission lines likely to be affected ?
Note : Suficient details should be given so as to assess generally the impact
of the submergence on the cost of project.
6.7. Are any monument of archaeological importance (as maintained by archae-
ological deptt) place of pilgrimage or any other structure of sentimental
value likely to be affected ?
7. Feasibility of Irrigation Canal/Power Channel/ Power House.
7.1. What is the nature of country through which the irrigation canal, power
channel will pass in the initial reach ? If the terrain is highly cut up and
difficult, would you suggest any alternative arrangement ?
7.2. Do you agree generally with the tentative alignment of tunnel (where
provided), penstock lines and location of power house or would you
suggest any changes ?
7.3. (a) Does your reconnaissance confirm the availability of head (shown
by topo sheets) for power generation ?
(b) Does the topography permit construction of an underground power
house ?
8. Construction Materials.
8.1. Have you satisfied yourself that construction material of requisite quality would be
available in adequate quantities within economic leads ?
8.2. What would be the approximate leads ?
(i) Hearting material --------------------------------------------------- Kms.
(ii) Casing material------------------------------------------------------- Kms.
(iii) Stones for rubble masonry--------------------------------------- Kms.
(iv) Stones for concrete and pitching------------------------------ Kms.
(v) Sand---------------------------------------------------------------------- Kms.
Note: Replies to this question are to be given by personal judgement. No quality or
quantity surveys are contemplated for replying to this question,
9. Special Construction Features, if any.
9.1. Do you think that the construction of the project will present any
special problem and diffculty regarding diversion of river, foundation
treatment, nallah closure, transport of equipment, and essential
materials etc. If so these may be enumerated.
10. Irrigation Aspects.
10.1. What is the broad crop-practice in the commanded area ?
(i) Kharif. (iii) Perennials.
(ii) Rabi. (iv) Cotton.
10.2. What soils cover the major part of the commanded area ?
CH. 22 Reconnaisance Reports for New Schemes 69
10.3. Do you agree with the figures of culturable commanded area, irrigation
intensity and crop pattern assumed by the office ? If not, what are your
alternative proposals? Is there any special feature which would
command large scale sugarcane irrigation under the project ?
10.4. Is there any possibility of water logging in any part of the commanded area?
Note : Local enquiry with regard to water levels of the wells, would help in answering this
question.
11. Conclusion
11.1. After the reconnaissance of the area, are you satisfied with the
prima-facie feasibility of the project, specially with reference to the
following component works as broadly indicated in the map sent by
the office ? (give your comments).
(i) Dam- Masonry or Earthen. (iv) Irrigation/Power.
(ii) Spillway, approach and spill channel. (v) Tunnel/Penstock & power house.
(iii) Sluice/Head regulator.
Note : Strike out which ever is not applicable.
11.2. The report should be enclosed with:
(a) A contoured index map showing the approach road to dam site,
commanded area/power house site and canals. Various alternative
proposals made by the inspecting officer for dam and power house
etc. should also be distinctly indicated.
(b) A cross-section of the river at dam site with levels connected
with GTS wherever possible. For this purpose levelling with the help
of Abney level will do.
(c) Statement showing salient features revised in the light of reco-
nnaissance.
(d) A certificate by the Superintending Engineer stating “The Project
appears to be promising and may be taken up for detailed
survey”)
(* If the reconnaissance survey confirms the primafacie
feasibility of the project).
(e) A brief note on incidential anticipated benefits such as Muncipal/
Industrial/Water supply/ Power generation/ Navigation/
Transportation, etc.

Executive Engineer Superintending Engineer

(Field) (Field)
lll
 70 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 23

Chapter - 23 t Technical Clearance of Projects by

Planning Commission
1. Technicial Advisory Committee: The Government of India in the year 1954, set up a
Technical Advisiory committee, in the Planning Commission, to satisfy itself, before clearance
(approval) of the Irrigation/Multipurpose (both Major & Medium category) and the Flood Control
Projects that:-
"(i) The schemes have been prepared after detailed investigations;
(ii) The schemes are technically sound and the estimates are complete and correct;
(iii) The financial forecasts estimates and the benefits to be derived are based on
accurate data and are reliable;
(iv) The power generation schemes have been prepared so as to fit into the load
characteristics of the region and to generally serve the regional requirements as a
whole; and
(v) The schemes have been examined from inter-state angle, and there is agreement
between the concerned states and such (inter-state) scheme(s) in which the
interests of more than one state are involved."
This Technical Advisory committee (T.A.C.) is assisted by the Central Water Commision
(CWC) and the Central Electricity Authority (CEA), in the matter of detailed scrutiny of projects
and their modification by states, where necessary.
2. Procedure for Submission of Projects: The procedure outlined for submission of
projects is briefly as below :-
(1) Major Irrigation & Multipurpose Projects: For Major projects (including Hydel &
Multipurpose), detailed projects reports are to be submitted to the Planning Commission, C.W.C/
C.E.A. (When hydel power is proposed) in 10-12 copies, in bound volumes to enable its
simultaneous scrutiny in the various directorates of the C.W.C./C.E.A.
(2) Inter-State Projects: In the case of Inter-state projects copies of these projects
reports are also to be supplied to the concerned state(s) for its (their) comments & concurrence.
(3) Comments by C.W.C/C.E.A.: These organisations after scrutiny of the projects send
their comments, to the State Govt. seeking clarifications, modifications, and at times also point
out inadequacy of surveys and investigations (requiring further work), or inadequate/excessive
provisions in the estimates of costs etc. for suitable modification etc.
(4) Reply to Comments: The State Chief Engineer, concerned with the project, after
receipt of a copy of these comments through the State Govt. has to arrange for replies to these
comments, indicating exactly what compliance is made, or giving reasons for non-compliance,
justifying proposals already made along with modified data and estimates of costs etc. Some
times whole sale revision of the Project Reports is also necessary.
(b) To ensure early and timely clearance to the projects, State C.E. has to keep in touch
with the different directorates of the CWC/CEA and if necessary depute concerned SE/EE to
visit them for personal discussions and supply of clarifications/further information, necessary
as a result of these discussions. These visits have of course to be both before scrutiny and after
replies to their comments, not once but a number of times as may be necessary.
(c) Where departure from current policies of the state is likely or insisted upon in these
comments/discussions; or in the case of inter-state projects (states interests or water share
etc. are likely to get affected, the E-in-C./P.R.C./C.B.M.P., or C.B. for Narmada Projects (including
NVDA) have to be invariably consulted before giving final reply etc.
CH. 23 Technical Clearance of Projects by Planning Commission 71
3. Final Clearance : After reply to comments etc. is over, the project proposals are put
up by CWC/CEA before the Technical Advisiory Committee, in the Planning Commission for
approval (sometimes with comments/suggestions for compliance during execution etc.also). If
the T.A.C. clears the proposals, a letter to State Govt follows in about a month's time or so.
4. Submission of Revised/Modified Proposals : (1) Planning Commission’s fresh
approval is necessary where :-
(i) Scope of the project has been changed/enlarged.
(ii) Increase in cost is more than 10% or Rs. 2.0 crores, which ever is less.
(iii) Increase is less than 10% but project involves Inter-statal aspects.
(2) In all such cases, as revised project report (Major Projects) or Proforma Report
(Medium) is required to be submitted to the Planning Commission & others.
(3) In case, however, the increase is less than 10% or Rs. 2 Crores, and the project also
does not involve any inter-state aspects, only the revised cost, and the main reasons therefor
would be intimated to the Planning Commission GOI/C.W.C./C.E.A. etc.
5. Formats for Preparation of Project Reports : The formats prescribed for Major,
Medium and Flood control schemes widely differ. These are therefore, discussed separately for
each category of scheme in later chapters.
6. Criteria for Approval of Schemes : (1) All projects are required to be accompanied
by Financial Statements 1 to 10. Where however, these financial statements show that the
scheme is unproductive, then Benefit Cost Ratio Statement should also be prepared and
submitted. Of late, Statement of E.R.R.(See Ch.151) is also desired.
(2) Schemes shall be accepted if the B.C. Ratio is more than 1.5 : 1, even if the financial
statements show it as unproductive scheme.
(3) In the case of Irrigation projects located in Scarcity (drought prone), and backward
areas (Schedule Casts and Schedule Tribe areas as notified by the state Government, a
lower ratio of upto 1 :1 may however, be acceptable, on consideration of pressing social reasons
which would need to be recorded in the project report.
(Union Ministry of Agriculture & Irrigation, Rural Development Department No.
28(22)/75/DPAP-MI dated 13th November, 1975).
7. Revised Estimate Orders in the W.D. Manual : Here it also seems desirable to
refer to orders contained in paras 2.130 to 2.133 of the W.D. Manual which read:-
“ 2.130 Supplementary Estimates : Any development of a schemes found necessary
while a work is in progress, which is not contingent on the proper execution of the work as first
sanctioned, must be covered by a SUPPLEMENTARY ESTIMATE, which must be submitted to
sanctioning authority with a full report of the circumstances, which render it necessary. The
abstract must show both the amount of the original estimate and the total amount including the
supplementary amount, for which sanction is required." and,
" 2.131 Revised Estimates : Except as provided in paragraph 2.130, a revised estimate
must be submitted to the proper authority when the expenditure is likely to exceed more than
10 percent." and.
" 2.132. The revised estimate should be accompanied by a comparative statement, showing
and explaining fully the differences (excess or savings) between the figures of cost of each item of
work in the revised and sanctioned estimates, and by a report showing the progress made to date."
"It is the duty of all works Department Officers connected with a work, to watch the
progress of expenditure and see that, when necessary a revised estimate is submitted in good
time." or that
 72 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 23
"2.133 When in the case of a major work, sanctioned by any competent authority, excess
expenditure is expected under a particular sub-head, though not on the total of the sanctioned
estimate, the E.E. should report the facts in WORKS SLIP (Appendix 2.26) to the S.E. in such
details as will enable that officer to decide whether or not a revised estimate will be required to
pass orders on the case."
8. Contents of Revised Estimates : A question arises whether the Revised Estimates
should be limited to Abstracts of Revised Estimates of costs only or it should also repeat the,
TECHNICAL Aspects, earlier detailed in the Stage I Estimates. No doubt the CWC would not
object to such a project, on the premises that the State has nothing to add to the data already
furnished, but this would not be very correct. Since there is gap between the 1st approval and
preperation of Revised Estimate, all the initial data needs to be updated, and indicated, giving
reasons for the changes made. Highlighting also the basis for detailed designs etc. approved for
different components, and to what extent these differ from the original proposals.
9. Revised Cost Estimate : The Investigation Series 2.C. No.2 issued vide 740/BODHI/
R&C/20/85 dated 31.03.1986 is also detailed below for guidance.
"An extract copy of the para 13.0 of "Broad Guide Lines" for preparation of project estimate
for major Irrigation and multipurpose project of CWC, New Delhi 1983 is reproduced below :
It may please be ensured that the revised estimate covers the information desired in the
above formation for early clearance of R.A.A.cases.
13.0 REVISED ESTIMATES
13.1 When revised estimates are prepared after sanction by the Planning Commission /
approval of TAC but before active implementation of the project, the revised estimate should be
accompanied by comparative statement showing the variation in quantities and rates of the
each item.
The revised estimate should also include an analysis of the reasons for the increase in
costs and the amounts of increase due to :
1. Rise in prices;
2. Rise due to change in scope;
3. Rise due to inadequate provisions in earlier estimate;
4. Rise due to inadequate investigation when preparing the original estimates;
5. Rise due to change in design and additional requirements;
6. Rise due to other causes.
13.2 When revised estimates are prepared during construction, the quantities of items
completed should be indicated separately and the cost thereof assessed on the basis of actual
expenditure. Any liability arising out of the contract for the completed work and affecting the
cost should also be considered in the estimate.
For works in progress the estimates should be based on contract rates. If the contract
document contains any clause for escalation on the prices of materials and labour wages
subsequent to the award of contract, the amount involved should be assessed and included in
the estimate.
For the balance work to be done, the cost should be estimated on the basis of rates
prevalent at the time of the preparation of the revised estimates.
In this case also a comparative statement showing the variation in quantities and rates of
each item should be furnished. The revised estimate should also include an analysis of the
reasons for the increase in cost of each as detailed in para 13.1"
lll
CH. 24 Formats for Preparation of Major Projects 73
Section IV -
Formats for Major & Medium Projects
Prescribed by Planning Commission
Chapter - 24 t Formats for Preparation of Major Projects
1. As noted in the previous chapter, major (irrigation) and multipurpose projects are to be
got cleared from the Planning Commission, G.O.I. before these can be administratively approved
by the State Government for execution. The clearance of the Planning Commission is given
after the projects have been scrutinised and okayed by the Central Water Commission (C.W.C.)/
Central Electricity Authority (C.E.A.) New Delhi.
2. Instructions issued by the Planning Commission: (A) To ensure uniformity in the
content of project reports for different schemes, and that all the required information was
incorporated, the Planning Commission circulated under their No. II-10(2) 72-I&CAD dated
14.3.1974, a list of items i.e.subject matter to be incorporated in such project reports. As
preparation of some Narmada Valley Projects and Hasdeo Bango etc. was then in hand, the
Chief Engineer S & I, Bhopal devised a new format (circulated vide his No. 215-S/W(MS) 77
dated 8.8.1977) for the guidance of his staff with ofcourse, a copy to E-in-C & other C.E.’s.
(B) Later, the Planning Commission in its letter No.II-16 (12) 75- I&CAD dated 22.11.1975
circulated a CHECK LIST (called Statement-I) to be included in Volume-I of the Project Report.
This was later substituted with a REVISED CHECK LIST vide Planning Commission’s letter No.
16(12)81-I&CAD dated 27th Feb, 1982.
(Note: The idea of this CHECK list was to exercise a counter check that all the desired
data, and narrations, and drawings etc were included in the project reports submitted
by the States. The Project Authorities are to indicate against each item, reference
to Chapter and its paragraph, or Annexure No. or Project Drawing No. etc. If any
thing was found to be not applicable, it would indicate ‘Not Applicable’ Likewise, if
any investigations or study was left to be carried out during construction stage, it
will be mentioned accordingly, so that things were made clear before hand and that
the C.W.C./C.E.A. during the course of their scrutiny did not have to ask for the
whereabout of such information. If it felt these investigations were necessary before
approval, it could say so.)
3. Contents of the Project Reports:
(a) Compilation & Binding of Volumes: All Projects Reports are to be compiled in 2
(Two) Volumes as detailed in the table below, and each containing the information noted against
these :-
TABLE 1

Volume No. Title Broad Contents

1 2 3
I. General Report, Cost Check List, Salient Features, Index Map,Chapter I to
Estimate & Financial XVII, Abstracts of Cost Estimates, Financial Statements
Aspects. 1 to 11, and the B.C.Ratio. (as per details given Lists
vide Item III & IV)
II. Design Report Annexure and Annexure drawings & Project drawings
as listed in Item V.
(Note: In some cases it is likely that the volume-II becomes bulky. It would be desirable to
either split it into two parts as volume II-A and II(B), and if still necessary include
Project Drawings as Vol.III).
 74 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 24
(b) Proformas to be Used: In a book of this type it is not possible to include over 200
proformas in which the various Annexures are to be prepared. Like wise, the narration under
different Chapter can not be appropriately elaborated. All concerned are therefore, advised to
get hold of a copy of the Project Report (already Cleared by the Planning Commission either
from the C.E. S&I, Bhopal or the Library of C.E.Bodhi, Bhopal for guidance in writing text of
different Chapters and its paragraphs, proformas for various Financial Statement, Abstracts of
Cost Estimates, Proforma for preparing different Annexures and the information to be given in
various Annexure and Annexure Drawings, as also the scales to be adopted for each of these
and their size etc. Project Drawings will also be prepared according to these sample drawings.
This, besides averting scope of any likely ommissions, would help as a proper guide, as to what
precise information is required to be furnished in each case.
4. The Planning Commission’s letter dated 27.2.1982 (Item - I), the CHECK LIST prescribed
therein (Item-II), the Chapter etc. to be incorporated in Vol.I (item III), and the subject matter to
be incorporated in each Chapter (Item-IV). Annexures and Annexure Drawings & Project
Drawings (as per list-in Item-V, are to be included in Vol.II (Design Report).
5. This way the following 5 items, cover the instructions for the preparation of Project
Reports for Major (Irrigation) and Multipurpose projects for submission to the Planning
Commission G.O.I. for scrutiny by CWC/CEA and later approval (clearance) by the Planning
Commission itself.
TABLE 2
Item No. Contents
1 2
I. Copy of Planning Commission G.O.I. Letter no. 16(12)81-I&CAD dated 27.12.82
forwarding a copy of revised CHECK LIST (Statement - I).
II. Revised Check List (Statement-I) Prescribed by the Planning Commission vide item-I
Above.
III. List of Chapters, Cost Estimates & Financial Statements etc to be included in VOLUME-I.
IV. Subject Matter to be discussed in different Chapters vide item III above.
V. List of Annexures, Annexure Drawings and Project Drawings to be included in Vol-II ( titled
“Design Report”).
[NOTE: The C.E.S & I Letter dated 8.8.1977 is not reproduced here as it was written in the
context of practice then prevailing and what was to be done in the light of format
received from the Planning Commission, which are not relevent now. Like wise
Statements vide Item III to V too, are not reproduced in verbatim but suitably edited
omitting reference to old text then being followed.]
6. Statement vide Items I to V are reproduced below one by one.
(a) Item No.I: Planning Commission, Govt. of India, New Delhi Letter No. 16(12)81-
I&CAD dated 27th Feb. 1982 addressed to all the State Governments etc. regarding incorporation
in Project Reports of Major Schemes of REVISED CHECK LIST (Statement I)
Sub : Irrigation, Multipurpose, Flood Control, Drainage, Command Area Development,
Anti-Water-Iogging and Anti-Sea-Errosion Projects-Preparation of Projects Reports
etc.
Sir,
In Planning Commission’s letter No. II-16 (42)/75-I&CAD/ dated 22 nd November 1975 a
list of items and references was forwarded to you requesting that the reports on multi-purpose,
Irrigation and flood control projects, sent to the Planning Commission for inclusion in the plan,
should be completed with reference to items and referenced shown in that list. In this connection
CH. 24 Formats for Preparation of Major Projects 75
it may be stated that the Ministry of Irrigation had appointed in 1977, Working Group to formulate
guidelines for the presentation of feasibility and detailed project report of irrigation and flood
control projects headed by a Chief Engineer of Central Water Commission. This working Group
submitted the report to the Ministry of Irrigation in 1982. The Ministry of Irrigation with their
letter No. 4/6/77-P II dated 28th January, 1981 addressed to the Irrigation Secretaries of All
State Governments/Central Administrations, have forwarded a copy of the Report for guidance.
In the light of this Revised Check list for detailed project report given on pages 23-32 of the
Report, the list of items and references circulated in planning commission letter dated: 22nd
November, 1975 referred to above has been modified as per Statement-1 enclosed. It is suggested
that the State Government may please follow these modified Guide lines for submission of
multi-purpose and irrigation projects in future. The Report of the working Group forwarded by the
Ministry of Irrigation deals in details the basis on which the revised guidelines have been formulated
taking into account particularly the ecological aspects of irrigation projects which are required
to be considered by the Deptt. of Environment for clearance before the projects are approved by
planning commission. The revised reference list is intended to spot light the various technical,
financial and other aspects of the projects which should be adequately dealt with in the project
report. The list would prove useful in ensuring that the Project Reports are complete in all these
respects. It should, therefore, be duly filled in and incorporated in the Project Reports itself to
form an integral part of it.
The Planning Commission will appreciate, if before submission of project reports to the
Central Water Commission and the Planning Commission it is ensured that the reports fully
deal with the various points listed in the statement to the extent applicable in each case. This
would avoid delay in the examination of projects reports in the Deptt. of Environment/Central
Water Commission/Water Management Division of the Ministry of Irrigation.
(Circulated vide E-in-C’s No. 3441136/2 dated 23rd June, 1982)
(b) Item No.II: Check List - Irrigation & Multipurpose Projects (Circulated under Planning
Commission G.O.I.letter No. 16(12)81-I&CAD dated 27.2.1982)
STATEMENT - I
Name of the Project.
Location : (a) State(s).
(b) District(s).
(c) Taluka(s).
Category of the Project :
(a) Irrigation of Multipurpose.
(b) Storage or diversion.
NOTE:- As this Check List has no accademic value, it is not being reproduced in full. Only
Sub-titles & the S.Nos of Items are Noted. When required, either the CWC
Publication or any of the approved project reports may kindly be referred to.
TABLE - 3
Sub Title S.No.of Items Sub Title S.No.of Items
1. 2. 1. 2.
Planning ............................................ 1 - 6 Power .............................................. 79
Interstate & International aspects ............. 7 Constn: Programme & Plant
Surveys .................................................. 8 & Manpower planning: .............. 80 - 85
Geology .......................................... 9 - 10 Foreign Exchange .................... 86 - 88
Foundation Investigation ........................ 11 Financial Resources ................. 89 - 93
Material Survey ............................. 12 - 15 Estimates ................................ 94 - 97
 76 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 24

1. 2. 1. 2.
Hydrological & Metrological Inv:........... 16 Revenue ................................ 98 - 101
Hydrology ...................................... 17 - 27 B.C.Ratio ............................. 102 - 108
L.A. & Rehab ................................ 28 - 31 Ecological Aspects ....................... 109
Designs......................................... 32 - 45 Colonies & Buildings ............ 110 - 115
Irrigation & CAD ........................... 46 - 65 Public participation &
Flood Control, Drainage .................. 66 -69 Co-operation ................................... 116
Navigation ..................................... 70 - 78 Soil conservation ............................117

(c) Item No. III: Volume I- General Report, Cost Estimates & Financial Aspects:
(List of Chapters & other Information to be included in Vol.I as finalised vide C.E. S&I No. 215-
S/W(MS)1977 dated 8.8.1977 in the light of Planning Commission’s Letter No.II-10(2) 72 I&CAD).
Ch.No. Particulars
1 2
Check List (Statement-1) (vide Items I & II)
1. Abbrevations. 3. Index Map.
2. Salient Features. 4. Project at a Glance.
I A-General Report.
The Scheme.
(a) Proposals and History. (b) Project Area - Description & Details.
(c) Project-vis-a-vis Basin development and its interstatal aspects.
II Water Resources - Surface Water.
III Ground Water Resources.
IV Benefits.
(a) Irrigation. (b) Water Supply. (c) Power.
V Surveys.
VI Surface Drainage.
VII Reservoir Storage & Submergence.
VIII Power Dam & Power House.
IX Field Channels, Field Drainage & Land Shaping.
X Reservoir Storage & Submergence.
XI Agricultural Extension, Training and Demonstration.
XII Construction facilities.
XIII Construction Programme.
(a) Engineering Works - Civil. (b) Engineering Works - Power.
(c) Farm Development Works.
XIV Environmental Aspects.
XVI Organisation & Man Power requirements.
XVII Financial Aspects.
B - Cost Estimates.
1. General Abstract. 2. Abstract of cost of Unit-I.
3. Sub-head wise cost estimates for unit - I. 4. Abstract of Cost for Unit-III.
5. Sub-head wise cost for Unit-II. 6. Abstract of Cost for Unit-III.
7. Sub-head wise cost for Unit-III. 8. Analysis of Rates for principal items.
9. Notes on Rates provided for B - Land.
10. Masonry works on main canal & Branch canals, and the method of estimating their costs.
11. Rates for distributaries, minor and Water courses.
CH. 24 Formats for Preparation of Major Projects 77
Ch.No. Particulars
1 2
C- Financial Statements.
1. Details of Yearly Expenditure, Abstract for Unit - I, II & III.
2. Details of Yearly Expenditure of Unit-I & III chargeable to Irrigation.
3. Details of Yearly Expenditure of Unit-I & III chargeable to Power.
4. Year wise development of Irrigation and Revenue to be realised from Water rates.
5. Expenses & abstract of net Yearly Revenue from Water rates, Irrigation cess and Water
supply for Towns and Industrial use.
6. Recoveries from Beterment levy.
7. (a) to (c) : Details of yearly revenue from power and details of power generation.
8. Yearly revenue from power & irrigation.
9. Yearly financial forecast of Irrigation/Water supply.
10. -do- -do- from power.
11. -do- -do- from project as a whole.
12. Benefit Cost Ratio / E.R.R ( as now asked for. See Ch.151)
(a) Value of produce before irrigation.
(b) Value of produce after irrigation.
(c) B.C. Ratio.
(d) Item No. IV-A : Subject Matter to be discussed in Different Chapters: (As decided
by the C.E., S&I on the basis of Planning Commission, GOI Letter No.II-10(2) 72-I&CAD dated
14.03.1974).
TABLE - 5
Ch.No. Para No. Subject Matter to be discussed
1. 2. 3.
I The Scheme (a) Proposals & History
1.1 Scheme in brief-description of works as per present proposals (brief summary).
1.2 Brief History of earlier proposals (considered from time to time).
(b) Project Area - Description & details.
1.3 Description of M.P. in brief indicating the physical regions and river basin and
then naming the physical region and basin in which the proposed scheme lies.
1.4 Brief description of the basin with reference to river/tributory across which the
project is proposed, highlighting prominently the physiography of the later.
1.5 Location and accessibility.
1.6 Catchment area - total & independant.
1.7 Command area - extent and boundaries.
1.8 Physiography.
1.9 Rainfall - both in catchment and command area.
1.10 Temperature - both in catchment & command area.
1.11 Humidity - both in catchment & command area.
1.12 Floods - occurance.
1.13 Population.
1.14 Roads & communications - existing.
1.15 Rail communications - existing.
1.16 Navigation communications - existing.
1.17 Present Land use.
1.18 Agricultural and Irrigation conditions - existing.
1.19 Socio economic aspects - existing.
78 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 24
1. 2. 3.
(c) Project vis-a-vis basin development & its interstatal aspects.
1.20 Choice of the project vis-a-vis need of the area.
1.21 Overall plan of basin development (for irrigation) and place of proposed project.
1.22 Interlinking of the proposed scheme with other existing and future projects.
1.23 Interstatal aspects of the project.
1.24 Plan of basin development-Irrigation (if any) indicating the stages and phases only.
1.25 Basin Map (drawing) showing existing and proposed projects ( giving command
and water spread of major projects and Medium & Minor Schemes to be shown
as dots colouring differently the existing and proposed projects, to be also attached.
II. Water Resources - Surface Water.
2.1 Water Shed (drawing) showing -
(i) the prominent orthographic features;
(ii) normal annual isohytes;
(iii) location of raingauge stations in and around the catchment;
(iv) gauge and discharge sites, and
(v) interstate boundaries to be also indicated.
2.2 General description of catchment.
2.3 Rainfall (Resultant annual, monsoon & dependable rainfall.)
2.4 Climate data (minimum & maximum of seasons).
2.5 Gauge discharge data - main river and tributories (Resultant annual average &
dependable inflow).
2.6 Monthly distribution of annual inflow.
2.7 Rainfall run-off relationship.
2.8 Sedimenation (resultant silt load).
2.9 Quality of water.
2.10 Estimation of yield.
2.11 Existing usages - (a) Upstream & (b) Command.
2.12 Stabilising of existing irrigation if any unused.
2.13 Proposed upstream usage.
2.14 Riparian rights.
2.15 Design Flood.
2.16 10 daily rainfall data. (Statement in the form given in Annexure 1 of Planning
Commission’s letter).
2.17 10 daily climate data. (Statement in the form given in Annexure 2 of Planning
Commission’s letter).
III. Ground Water Resources.
3.1 General description of the command area with reference to ground water potential.
3.2 Depth of sub-soil water table and its seasonal variation.
3.3 Existing usages and additional availability.
3.4 Proposals for conjuctive use of ground water with surface water.
IV. Benefits (a) Irrigation.
4.1 Description
4.2 Statistics.
4.3 Cropping pattern.
4.4 Irrigation facilities.
4.5 Break up of existing irrigation facilities by canals, tanks, tube wells and open
wells in table form.
CH. 24 Formats for Preparation of Major Projects 79
1. 2. 3.
4.6 Area proposed for irrigation.
4.7 Proposed cropping pattern and cropping intensity.
4.8 Factors and constraints affecting choice of cropping pattern (considering soil,
climate, local customs, drainage and possible variation in long term trends).
4.9 Design delta and duty of irrigation for different crops, monthwise at outlet (including
field losses) and canal head (including transit losses).
4.10 Transit canal losses.
4.11 Water requirement for irrigation purposes.
4.12 Water requirement for non-irrigation purposes.
4.13 Reservoir evaporation losses.
4.14 Total water requirement including losses in the field, transit and the reservoir.
4.15 Steps for reduction in transit losses.
4.16 Discharge at head of different main canals, branches and distributories.
4.17 Irrigation facilities in the command area -
(a) Pre-project period, (b) Post project period (at full development).
4.18 Period of development of proposed irrigation facilities.
(b) Water supply for domestic & Industrial use.
4.19 Existing facilities.
4.20 Requirements.
4.21 Provisions suggested for meeting the requirements.
(c) Power (i) General.
4.22 Existing facilities.
4.23 Present Load.
4.24 Affect of project in easing situation.
(ii) Specific.
4.25 M.D.D.L.
4.26 Irrigation Withdrawals.
4.27 Regeneration.
4.28 Power generation.
V. Surveys (a) General :
5.1 History of surveys from time to time. (Chronological details of surveys etc.)
5.2 Dam site, including alternative sites, if any surveyed.
5.3 Appurtenant works i.e.(a) Sluice, Spillway and Spill channel; (b) Power house,
Power canal etc.
5.4 Borrow areas.
5.5 Colonies.
5.6 Construction plant areas.
5.7 Reservior Basin area.
5.8 Command Area (contour surveys, if any carried out).
5.9 Canals (main canals, branches, distributories and minors).
5.10 Canal Structures (i.e. important rivers, rail and road crossings etc.)
5.11 Rainfall (data availability).
5.12 Gauge discharge (data availability).
5.13 Temperature & Humidity.
5.14 Silt surveys.
5.15 Property surveys in submergence area.
80 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 24
1. 2. 3.
(b) Soil Surveys - Command Area.
5.16 Salient Features of the Command.
5.17 Field Work (Investigations).
5.18 Laboratory Investigations.
(c) Results.
5.19 Soil characteristics - General.
5.20 Soil Texture.
5.21 Total soluble salts in soil.
5.22 p.H. value of soil.
5.23 Calcium carbonate content of soil.
5.24 Agricultural practices.
5.25 Manurial status of soils.
5.26 Conclusions for soil tests.
5.27 Recommendations.
(d) Surveys of construction Materials.
(With estimated quantities, properties and test reports)
5.28 Embankment materials (Hearting, Casing etc.)
5.29 Stones (for toe, rip-rap & masonry.)
5.30 Aggregates.
5.31 Puzzolana and other admixtures.
5.32 Description of existing and proposed roads and transport facilities for materials.
5.33 Plan (drawing) of borrow areas and quarries (indicating existing and
proposed roads & other transport facilities).
(e) Geological Surveys.
5.34 Visits of Geologists - a historical account.
5.35 Geological investigation done - detailed description.
5.36 Regional Geology - General description.
5.37 Geology of dam site and appurtenent works - highlighting results of drilling and
trial pits etc. incorporating extracts from Geologists reports.
5.38 Geology of reservoir area - indicating soil permeability & reservoir competency.
VI. Surface Drainage:
6.1 Physiological & self draining capacity - description of command area.
6.2 Water table conditions -General description for monsoon, post monsoon & dry
periods identifying areas with high water table and causes thereof.
6.3 Water logging - location and description of areas already affected.
6.4 Drainages provided and other anti-water logging measures if any existing and provided.
6.5 Areas liable to flooding-indicating depth & duration.
6.6 Flood disposal capacity-existing drainage system including outfall conditions.
6.7 Measures proposed -Main and intermediate drainage system.
VII. Reservoir Storage & Submergence :
7.1 Water Availability.
7.2 Working tables for deciding capacity.
7.3 Dead storage.
7.4 Live storage.
7.5 Evaporation losses.
7.6 Irrigation requirements.
7.7 Industrial and domestic water supply needs.
CH. 24 Formats for Preparation of Major Projects 81
1. 2. 3.

7.8 Reservoir capacity.

7.9 Submergence-brief description of area and properties getting submerged.
7.10 Rehabilitation measures.
7.11 Out line of costs involved in compensation and rehabilitation.
7.12 Malaria control.
7.13 Soil conservation measures.
VIII. Storage Dam and Spillway etc.
8.1 Design of dam.
8.2 Stability analysis.
8.3 Slope protection.
8.4 Clay blanket.
8.5 Surplussing arrangements.
8.6 Spillway including chutes.
8.7 Spill channel including falls.
IX. Power Dam & Power House:
9.1 Power components i.e. power dam, power houses, penstock, tail race and switch yard.
9.2 Installed capacity & turbine size.
9.3 Designs.
9.4 Secondary power generation.
X. Field Channels, Field Drainage & Land Shaping:
10.1 Present Status.
10.2 Broad assessment of requirements.
10.3 Proposals for construction offield channels and land shaping etc.
XI . Agricultural Extension, training and demonstration:
11.1 Existing facilities of demonstration projects in the command area and vicinity.
11.2 Proposals.
XII. Construction Facilities :
12.1 Construction of staff colonies, non-residential buildings (i.e. offices, stores,
laboratories etc).
12.2 Workshop and Godowns.
12.3 Schools, hospitals, community hall, bus stand etc. requirements thereof.
12.4 Water Supply arrangements for residential, non-residential areas as also project area.
12.5 Sanitation arrangements including anti malaria measures.
12.6 Medical facilities - Head works & Canals.
12.7 Power supply arrangements including that for compressed air supply etc.
XIII. Construction Programme : (a) Engineering Works - Civil.
13.1 Working periods available.
13.2 Period required for construction separately for head works, canal system and
power houses etc.
13.3 Programme for construction- Physical, year wise quantities for principal items etc.
13.4 Expenditure likely - item wise and year wise, separately for Head works, Canals
& Power houses etc. giving reference fo financial statements etc.
13.5 Quantities of works to be executed in different years for head works, canals and
power houses etc.
13.6 (a) Year wise construction levels - head works.
(b) Year wise construction reaches and zones under canals.
 82 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 24
1. 2. 3.
(b) Engineering Works : Power
13.7 Year wise creation of installed capacity.
13.8 Ba r Charts - of construction programme for general construction plants and services,
dam (earth and masonry, spillway, installation of gates, and power installations.)
(c) Farm Development Works :
13.9 Areas to be covered each year by-
(a) field channels.
(b) Land levelling and shaping etc.
XIV. Environments Aspects :
14.1 Basic information like topography, land use, crop wise %age of area sown in the
catchment and submergence.
14.2 Break up of submergence i.e.% age area under forests, cultivation, shrub and
fallow, wet land etc.
14.3 Types of forests getting submerged.
14.4 Duration of project construction, estimated labour strength each year and peak.
14.5 Particulars of villages, population etc to be displaced.
14.6 Rehabilitation arrangements and facilities being provided.
14.7 Development works proposed in the area to provide employment to affected people.
14.8 Storms, Flooding problems, erosion and slips and Metrological data in nut-shell.
14.9 Status of ground water, its present use, likely recharge etc.
14.10 Known pollution sources.
14.11 Effects of wild life in submergence, including sanctuary if any existing, endangered
species.
14.12 Scope for Tourism.
14.13 Archaeological aspects, likely submergence and steps proposed for
rehabilitation etc.
14.14 Water borne diseases.
14.15 Environmental Impacts on account of details indicated in 14.1 to 14.14 as also
geological factors, and population pressure.
14.16 Cost of environmental studies & provision necessary therefor.
14.17 Cost estimates of remedial & mitigative measures.
14.18 Benefit Cost Ratio.
XV. Irrigation Practices, and proposed System of Regulation:
15.1 Prevailing system of Irrigation from various existing sources.
15.2 Proposals for regulation and control of water supply viz on demand, continuous
flow, turn schedule etc to be indicated.
15.3 A brief highlight of allied problems.
XVI. Organisation and Manpower Requirements :
16.1 Abstract of yearly expenditure on establishment for various Engineering formations.
16.2 -do- special establishment i.e. labour welfare, education, medical, health, anti
malaria, research, quality control, monitoring, land acquistion & rehabilitation etc.
16.3 Total outlay upon establishment.
XVII. Financial Aspects :
17.1 Sources for Revenue, and revenue anticipated from each source i.e. irrigation,
water supply and power.
17.2 Irrigation water rates.
CH. 24 Formats for Preparation of Major Projects 83
1. 2. 3.
17.3 Irrigation cess.
17.4 Betterment Levy.
17.5 Sale of water for industries and domestic use.
17.6 Power Tarrif.
17.7 Pisciculture.
17.8 Other Miscellaneous Receipts.
17.9 Total Revenue.
17.10 Apportioning of cost between different uses i.e. irrigation, water supply & power.
17.11 Working expenses.
17.12 Interest charges.
17.13 Recovery of Revenue- Irrigation, Water supply and Power.
17.14 Highlight of (a) Financial statements,
(b) Benefit Cost Ratio Statements, and (c) Economic Rate of Return (ERR).
(e) Item No. IV-B Cost Estimates : The Central Water Commission (CWC) and the
Central Electricity Authority for their scrutiny of Project Reports, do not require/ask for detailed
estimates etc; but only insist on Abstract of costs and some Broad details i.e. Analysis of
Rates for Principal Items, Notes for Rates provided for B-Land and the method of estimating
cost of masonry works along main canal and the Branch canals, as also a note on the Rates/
Costs proposed for distributores, minors and water courses etc.
Details of these are earlier indicated under Item, - III [B.Cost Estimates, items 1] and are
therefore, not repeated.
(f) Item No. IV-C Financial Statements : Likewise titles of 12 Financial Statements
required to be furnished are also detailed in Item III, Chapter XVII-C (Item 1-12) hence are not
repeated here.
Proformas in use : As mentioned in para 3(b) it would be advisable to get hold of a
report of any approved project these either from the C.E. S & I, or the C.E.BODHI (Narmada
Bhawan Bhopal) and use the formats, proforma and text of the various chapter as given there in.
This besides, averting the scope of any likely ommissions would help in knowing what precise
information is required to be furnished in each case.
(g) Item No. V- Volume-II, DESIGN REPORT : List of Annexures, Annexure Drawings &
Project Drawings to be incorporated is as below :-
Annexure Particulars
No.
1. 2.
Chapter - 2 Hydrological Studies-Surface Water Resources
2/1 Map showing gauge discharge sites, raingauge stations (both in the catchment, command
and near about areas) serially numbered.
2/2 List of gauge discharge sites, raingauge stations and observatories indicated in the map
vide Annexure 2/1.
2/3 10 daily rainfall data for different rainguage stations.
2/4 10 daily climate data.
2/5 List of rainguage stations influencing the inflows in the catchment area, with Thiessen
Polygons for different cycles and Bar diagram showing Periods of availability of data for
rainguage stations.
2/6 Annual and monsoon weighted rainfall, average annual rainfall, and average
monsoon rainfall.
84 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 24
1. 2.
2/7 (a) Dependable annual rainfall.
2/7 (b) Dependable Monsoon (June-Sept) rainfall.
2/7 (c) Dependable non-monsoon rainfall.
2/8 (a) Statement showing monthly and annual discharge data at the dam site.
2/8 (b) Monthly monsoon and non monsoon discharge data at the dam site.
2/9 Computation for annual rainfall runoff relationship & corelation co-efficient at dam site.
2/10 Rainfall, run-off series for river at dam site using annual rainfall & annual runoff relation ship.
2/11 (a) Dependability by graphical method for inflow at dam site.
2/11 (b) Dependability curve for run-off (annual).
2/12 A note on estimation of peak flood, with unit hydrograph studies, curve studies
and designed flood study.
2/13 Hydrograph for the river.
Chapter 3 Ground Water Resources
3/1 Map showing status of ground water surveys i.e. area already surveyed and that
remaining to be surveyed (coloured distincity) showing also results of ground water surveys
i.e. indicating areas found suitable for tube wells/ dugwells vis-a-vis areas found unsuitable.
3/2 Note highlighting ground water potential of the command area quantifying areas suitable with
anticipated water availability in these, and likely availability of water elsewhere giving also:-
(i) Census of existing tubewells/dug wells (Separately for the two types of areas
referred above)
(ii) Areas irrigated from the above and approximate water use.
(iii) Additional availability (quantity) of ground water which can be used for supplementing
surface water supplies.
Chapter 4 - Benefits Irrigation (Canal System)
4/1 Key map of canal system.
4/2 Agriculture statistics.
4/3 (a) List of existing schemes in command. (b) List of proposed schemes in command.
4/4 Existing crop practices.
4/5 Proposed crop pattern and annual irrigation.
4/6 (i) Note on estimation of crop water requirements.
(ii) Growing periods and grouping of crops.
(iii) The estimated monthly pan evaporation.
(iv) Abstract of climatelogical data of ... station.
(v) A to N - Calculated cropwise NIR,FIR,GIR (A to N).
(vi) Demand table at canal head
(vii) Daily discharge required at canal for 1000 ha.
(viii) Peak discharge requirement at canal head.
(ix) Monthly normal rainfall of ........station.
4/7 A Note on losses in canals.
4/8 Cut-off statement of canals.
4/9 Design statement of canals.
4/10 Alignment of canals & design criteria.
4/11 Computation of design storms for rivers in the command.
4/12 Map showing development of irrigation by areas in different years.
4/13 Condensed L-section of - (i) main canals. (ii) lift canals, if any. (iii) branch canals.
(iv) distributaries. (v) minors.
CH. 24 Formats for Preparation of Major Projects 85
1. 2.
Chapter V- Surveys.
5/1 Note on geological surveys for water tightness of reservoir.
5/2 Note on assesment of mineral resources in reservoir area.
5/3 Note on seimicity of the region.
5/4 Geological reports by Geologist from GSI ( to attach copy of reports indicating-
A Regional geology.
B Giving known and interpreted sub-surface conditions.
C Evaluation of faults etc. including recommendations for sub-surface explorations.
D Reporting availability of the construction materials and interpretation of the explorations.
5/5 L-section of the dam with bore hole data.
(Note: Add also L-section for subsidiary bunds, if any).
5/6 L-Section of spill channel with bore hole data (in case of flank spill way).
5/7 Survey of construction materials.
5/8 Map showing location of quarries.
5/9 Test results of soil samples for earthen dam.
5/10 Report of soil surveys.
5/11 Map of command area showing total soluble salt contents of soil.
5/13 Map of command area showing PH value of soil.
5/14 Map showing calcium carbonate contents of soil in command area.
Chapter VII - Reservoir Storage & Submergence.
7/1 Upstream Reserve.
7/2 (i) Note on Silt Reserve.
(ii) Abstract of sedimentation study for 50 years and 100 years.
(iii) Sedimentation studies for 50 years.
(iv) Sedimentation studies for 100 years.
(v) Revised area capacity curve (after deducting silt deposit.)
7/3 Area Capacity curve.
7/4 Submergence.
7/5 Note on rehabilitation measures.
7/6 Malaria control.
7/7 Soil conservatiom measures.
7/8 Environmental aspects.
(See also Annexures under ch: Environmental aspects).
7/9 Submergence of Forest Land.
Chapter VIII- Storage Dam & Spillway.
8/1 Working Tables.
8/2 Note on Flood Routing.
8/3 Note on Alternative alignments of dam, and Map showing alternative dam
alignments with condensed drawings.
8/4 Notes on alternative alignment of spillway including map showing alternative
layouts of spillway.
8/5 Design of dam including stability analysis of earth dam.
8/6 Hydraulics of spill channel design, including Map showing alternative layouts
of spill channel.
8/7 Topographical Map of the dam site indicating also, areas for township,
workshop and other areas.
8/8 Spillway discharge and other Miscellaneous curves.
86 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 24
1. 2.

8/9 Plan & Elevation of Dam.

8/10 A - Maximum Non-overflow section (Masonry). B - Maximum Non-overflow section (Earthen).
8/11 Plan and L-section of spill channel.
8/12 Plan and Maximum section of chute/spillway/falls.
8/13 Year wise construction levels of dam, both for non-overflow sections and spillway.
Chapter IX -Power Dam & Power House.
9/1 Note on Regulated Releases for Project.
9/2 Design of Civil Works.
(i) Power House.
(ii) Penstock.
(iii) Trash Structures.
Chapter XII - Construction Facilities.
12/1 Building Requirements for project.
12/2 Unit wise cost of Residential & Non-residential buildings.
12/3 Types of residential buildings and their costs for different categories of staff in different
establishment units.
12/4 Unit wise plinth areas and costs of Non-Residential Buildings.
12/5 Plinth areas approved by M.P. Govt. for residential accomodation of employees of different
pay ranges.
12/6 Specifications for temporary residential & Non residential buildings.
Chapter XIII - Construction Programme.
13/1 Establishment Set-up.
13/2 Year wise Expenditure and Establishment requirements.
13/3 Yearly cost for different Establishment Units.
13/4 Details of costs of different units.
13/5 Bar chart of construction programme.
Chapter XIV - Environmental Aspects.
14/1 Check List for Ecological considerations of a River Valley Project - Circulated vide E-in-C’s
No. 2611001/12/82 dated 14.6.1982 (To substitute earlier Annexure 7/8)
Chapter XVII - Financial Aspects.
17/1 Water Rates approved by M.P. Govt. for various Crops.
17/2 Extract of M.P.Irrigation Act regarding Irrigation Cess, Betterment Levy, water rates and
water courses etc.
17/3 Sale of water for Industries and Domestic water supply purposes.
17/4 Note on Pisciculture.
17/5 Note on Tourism.
17/6 Note on Malaria Measures.
17/7 Note on Apportionment of cost.
17/8 Crop economics for irrigated and unirrigated lands.
17/9 Additional yield of crops & their value.
lll
CH. 25 Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation of an Irrigation Project 87

Chapter - 25 t Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation

of an Irrigation Project - For Major & Medium
Schemes
1. Preparation of the Project Report for any new scheme, takes anything between 18 to
24 months, and many a times even more, because surveys and investigations are simultaneously
in progress. In order that targetted dates are followed, the field staff (SDO/EE) and the Design
Staff in C.E.’s Office (responsible for approval) need to have full idea of the priority to be assigned
to different field work (surveys & data collection), preparation of Annexure relevant to it, and so
on, and that the various Annexure & Drawings (Listed in Item V), and the Chapters and Estimates
(Listed in Item - III) below Para 5 of Chapter 24 are prepared and submitted in desired sequence,
and not in a haphazard manner, resulting in hold up of their approval by design office.
2. To ensure orderly submission & approval, Chief Engineer S&I, (Shri R.L.Gupta) evolved
a Statement titled - “Steps for simultaneous Action for Preparation of an Irrigation Project”.
This is reproduced here so that, it can be followed in future, not only for Major projects but also
for Medium and Sizable Minor Schemes, as projects for the three categories are prepared in the
same pattern.
3. As will be seen, the statement has 8 columns i.e. column for serial number and columns
A,B,C & D relating to Annexures, Chapters & Estimates of Head Works, and columns E,F,G
relating to Annexures, Chapters and Estimates for the Canal system. Preparation & submission
of Items listed in these columns if followed in the following serial order would undoubtedly
ensure orderly completion of the work viz :-

Stage Suggested targets for submission

No. Head works Canals
A B C D E F G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1. 1-6 - - - - - -
2. 7-12 1-6 1-6 - 1-6 - -
3. 13-18 7-12 7-12 1-3 7-12 1-4 1-4
4. 19 -24 13 -16 13-18 4--6 13-18 5-8 5-8
5. 25 -30 - 19-23 19-24 9-12 9-12
6. 31-36 - - - 25-28 - 13-14
Notes:- (1) The statement does not indicate target dates. These will be indicated by the
E.E. after sufficient progress on field surveys & collection of data is made, to enable formulation
of Annexures & Annexure Drawings.
(2) Like wise the Design staff (CE's/SE's), would indicate the actual dates of their receipt
in his office & the dates for transmission after scrutiny (by circle)/ Approval by C.E's Office.
(3) Such Programmes, would ensure steady progress and proper monitoring by Circles/
C.E’s Office, through 10 daily Reviews and need to be insisted upon on all field formations, not
only for Major projects but also for Medium projects.
(4) C.E. BODHI can ofcourse devise similar program, for Minor schemes as well.
 88 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 25
Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation of Project (19.....-.....)
E.E. will indicate Target Dates for Submission in black S.E.' for transmission after
S.No. DAM
A B C D
1 2 3 4 5
1. Ann.2/13 Ann.5/1 Ann.2/1 Ann.5/7
Hydrograph Note on Geological Map showing G.D. sites, Survey of
for the river.(Drg.) surveys for water Rain gauge stations & construction mate-
tightness of reservoir. observatories. rials.
2. Ann.2/12 Ann.5/2 Ann.2/2 Ann.5/8
A note on Note regarding assess- List of G.D. Map showing loca-
estimation of peak flood, ment of mineral resour- sites, Rain gauge tion of quarries.
with unit hydrograph & ces. stations &
curve studies & observatories.
designed flood study.
3. Ann.7/1 Ann.5/3 Ann.2/5 Ann.5/9
Upstream reserve. Note on Seismicity List of Rain Guage Test results
of the region. stations with Theisson of soil samples for
polygon & Bar diagram. earthen dam.
4. Ann.7/3 Ann.5/4 A to D Ann.2/6 Ann.7/8
Area capacity Geological report Weighted Average Environmental
curve. by Geologist from annual & aspects.
G.S.I. monsoon rainfall.
5. Ann.7/2 Ann.8/7 2/7 (a) to (c) Ann.7/9
Note on silt Topographical Dependable annual & Submergence of
reserve. map of dam site (indica- monsoon rainfall. forest land.
ting also areas for town-
ship, work shops etc.
6. Ann.7/4 Ann.7/7 Ann.2/8 -
Submergence. Soil conservation Statement
measures. showing monthly,
annual monsoon and non
monsoon discharge data.
7. Ann.7/5 Ann.7/6 Ann.2/9 -
Note on rehabilitation Malaria control. Computation for
measures. annual rainfall runoff
relationship & corelation
co-efficient at dam site.
8. Ann.8/1 Chapter VII Ann.2/10 rainfall, run-off -
working tables. Reservoir storage series for river at dam site
and Submergence using annual rainfall &
annual run-off relationship.
9. Ann.8/2 Ann.9/1 Ann.2/11A -
Note on flood routing. Note on regulated Dependability
release. by graphical method for
inflow at dam site.
10. Ann.8/5 Ann.9/8 Ann.2/11 B -
Design of dam includ- Design of civil Works- Dependibility curve
ing stability analysis. a) Power house for run -off (annual).
b) Pen stock
c) Trash rock, structure.
CH. 25 Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation of an Irrigation Project 89
Target date of submission.................
scrutiny in green & C.E.for according approval in Red, against each item.
CANALS
E F G S.No.
1 2 3
Ann.4/1 Ann.4/3A Ann.17/1 1.
Key map of A list of Water Rates approved
canal system. existing schemes in by M.P. Govt.
command.
Ann.5/10 to 5/14 Ann.4/3 B Ann.17/2 2.
Report on Soil Survey & List of proposed schemes Extract copy of M.P. Act.
maps of commanded area in command. No.18 of 1958.
showing texture of soil etc.

Ann.3/1 Ann.4/12 Map showing Ann.4/8 3.

Map showing status of development of irrigation Cut off statement of canals.
Ground Water Survey. of area by different years.

Ann.3/2 Ann.18/1 Ann.4/7 4.

Note highlighting ground Crop economics for irrigated A note on losses in canals.
Water potential of the & unirrigated land.
command etc.
Chapter III Ann.18/2 Ann.4/9 5.
Ground Additional yield Design statement of canals.
Water Resources. of crops & their value.

Ann.4/2 Ann.17/4 Ann.4/13(i) 6.

Agriculture statistics. A note on pisciculture. Condensed L-Section of
Main canal.

Ann.4/4 Ann.17/5 Ann.4/14 7.

Existing crop A note on tourism. Condensed L-Section
practices. of Branch canal.

Ann.2/3 Ann.17/3 Ann.4/13(ii) 8.

10 daily rainfall data for Apportionment of cost Condensed L-section of
different raingauge stations. lift canal if any.
Ann.2/4 10 daily climate data.
Ann.4/5 Ann 17/6 Sale of water Ann.4/15 9.
Proposed crop pattern and for industries domestic L-Section of
annual irrigation. water supply purpose. distributary.

Ann.4/6 Financial Statement No.5 Exp. Ann.4/16 10.

(i) Note on estimation of & abstract of net yearly revenue. Condensed L-section
crop water requirements. Financial statement No.6 of minor.
Recoveries from batterment Levy.
 90 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 25
Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation of Project (19.....-.....)
E.E. will indicate Target Datesfor Submission in black S.E.' for transmission after
S.No. DAM
A B C D
1 2 3 4 5
11. Ann.8/4 Chapter -IX Chapter-II -
Note on Power Dam & Water resources-
alternative alignment of Power house. Surface water.
spillway with drawings.
12. Ann.8/6 Ann.12/6 -
Hydraulics of spill Specifications for Index map.
channel design with Ty. residential & non-
drawings. residential buildings.
13. Ann.8/8 Ann.12/5 - -
Spill-way discharge Plinth area approved
& other miscllaneous by M.P. Govt. for resi-
curves. dential accomodation
14. Ann.5/6 Ann.12/4 Chapter-I -
L-Section Unit wise plinth The scheme.
of spill channel with areas and costs of
bore hole data. non-residential bulidings.
15. Ann.8/3 Ann.12/3
Note on alternative Types of residential - -
alignments of dam buildings & their
with drawings. costs for different
categories of staff.
16. Ann.5/5 Ann.12/2 Analysis of -
L-Section of dam Unit wise cost rates for principal
with bore holes data. of residential & non- items of work.
residential buildings.
17. Chapter V Ann.12/1
Surveys. Buildings require- Note on Rates -
ments for project. provided for 'B' land.
18. Ann.8/9 Chapter XII Ann.13/1 -
Plan & elevation Construction Establishment
of dam. facilities. set up.
19. Ann.8/10 - Ann.13/2 -
Drawing for maximum Yearwise expenditure
non-overflow section. and establishment
requirements.
20. Ann.8/11 - Ann.13/3 -
Plan and L-Section Yearly cost of
of spill channel. different units.
21. Ann.8/12 - Ann.13/4 -
Map & maximum Details of cost of
section of chute/ different units.
spillway/falls.
22. Ann.8/13 - Estimates for Unit -III -
Yearwise construction
levels of dam.
CH. 25 Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation of an Irrigation Project 91
Target date of submission.................
scrutiny in green & C.E.for according approval in Red, against each item.
CANALS
E F G S.No.
1 2 3
Ann.4/5(ii) Financial statement Ann.4/10 11.
Growing Periods. No.8 yearly revenue from Alignment of canal and
for irrigation & water supply. power & irrigation. and design criteria.

Ann.4/6 (iii) 12. Financial statement Ann. 4/17 12.

Estimated monthly No.9 yearly financial forecast Important Masonary
pan eveporation. works on canals.

Ann.4/6 (iv) Chapter XVII Chapter IV 13.

Abstract of climatelogical Financial aspects. Benefits.
data.

Ann.4/6 (v) - Chapter XV 14.

Calculated crop wise Irrigation practices.
NIR,FIR,GIR.
Ann.4/6 (vi) - - 15.
Demand table at
canal head.

Ann.4/6 (vii) - - 16.

Daily discharge required
at canal for 1000 ha.

Ann.4/6 (viii) - - 17.

Peak discharge require-
ment at canal head.
Ann.4/6 (ix) Monthly - - 18.
normal rainfall of .........station.

Ann.4/11 Computation - - 19.

for design stroms for
rivers in command.

Masonry works on main canal - - 20.

& branch canal and the method
of estimating their costs.
Rates for distributories - - 21.
Minors & Water courses.

Chapter VI - - 22.
Surface drainage.
 92 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 25
Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation of Project (19.....-.....)
E.E. will indicate Target Datesfor Submission in black S.E.' for transmission after
S.No. DAM
A B C D
1 2 3 4 5
23. Chapter VIII - Chapter XVI -
Storage dam Organisation & Man
& spillway etc. power requirement.
24. Chapter XVIII - - -
Economic aspects.
25. Ann.13/6 - - -
Bar chart of const-
tion programme.
26. Estimate Detailed - - -
General Abstract for
Unit-I, Unit-II, Unit-III
27. Financial - - -
statement No.2
yearly expenditure
of Unit I & II char-
geable to irrigation.
28. Financial statement - - -
No.3 Details of yearly
expdn. of Unit -I & III
chargeable to power.
29. Financial statement - - -
No.4 Yearwise develop-
ment of Irrign. & revenue
to be realised yearly
from water rates.
30. C/7 Financial statement - - -
No.7 details of yearly
revenue from power &
details of power generation.
31. Financial Statement No.9 - - -
Yearly financial forecast
of irrigation, water supply.
32. Financial statement - - -
No.10 -do- from power.
33. Financial statement - - -
No.11 -do- of project
as a whole.
34. B.C. Ratio / ERR - - -
35. Salient features
project at a glance.
36. Cyclostyling and binding. - - -
CH. 25 Steps for Simultaneous Action for Preparation of an Irrigation Project 93
Target date of submission.................
scrutiny in green & C.E.for according approval in Red, against each item.
CANALS
E F G S.No.
1 2 3
Chapter X - - 23.
Field channels, field
drainage & land shaping.
Chapter XI Agricultural extn. - - 24.
training & demonstration.
Chapter XIV - - 25.
Construction programme
on Farm development works.
Estimates & Detailed - - 26.
Gen.abstract for Unit I, II & III.

Min. statement No.2 - - 27.

(Yearly expnd.of Unit I,II
chargeable to Irrign.)

Chapter XIII - - 28.

Construction programme.

- - - 29.

- - - 30.

- - - 31.

- - - 32.

- - - 33.

- - - 34.
- - - 35.

- - - 36.

lll
 94 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 26

Chapter - 26 t Formats Prescribed for Medium Projects

1. Proforma Report in Statement - II: (i) No regular project report, as in the case of
Major projects, is required to be submitted by the State Government for obtaining Technical
clearance to Medium Projects. The Central Water Commission and the Planning commission
carry out only a broad check of the feasibility, economics and the inter-state aspects if any
involved. For this the Planning Commission has prescribed a Proforma Report named
Statement- II vide their No. II-W(12)75-I&CAD dated 12.2.1973.
(ii) This proforma is however to be prepared and filled up on the basis of Regular
Stage I Estimate, prepared for the scheme to be submitted to the State Government for
according Administrative Approval, following the FORMAT & GUIDE LINES detailed for
preparation of Major Projects, in chapter 24 and of course the CHECK STATEMENT vide
T.C.70/W(M)68 dated 17.4.1968.
(Note: The Project Reports are many a times asked as mentioned in item VI under
Part-I Data sheet.)
2. Replies to C.W.C Comments etc: Central Water Commission comments on the
proforma reports are to be attended to in the same manner as detailed for Major projects.
3. Proforma for Statement - II. This is reproduced below:
Proforma for Statement - II
To be submitted to the Planning Commission/C.W.C. for MEDIUM PROJECTS -
(Prescribed in the Planning Commission’s Letter No. II-W(12) 75 I&CAD dated 12.2.1973)
PART - I - DATA SHEET
(i) Name of the project & State (attach index plan indicating catchment area,
submergence, State boundary, existing and proposed projects upstream with their
broad features like head works, canals, project commands.
(ii) Total estimated cost of the project & foreign exchange component.
(iii) Salient Features of the work (G.C.A., C.C.A., Type of dam, Maximum height, length
of dam, Type of Spillway, No & Capacity of sluices(irrigation) & under sluices if any;
FRL, Dead Storage level, gross capacity, live capacity, area of submergence at FRL/
DSL, silt provision, and length of canals.
Whether any lifts are involved, attach details ?
(iv) Proposed Annual Irrigation (Crop wise)
Details of Crop Area %age of Delta at canal head Water
in Ha CCA excluding rainfall Requirements
1 2 3 4 5
(v) (a) Cost per Ha of Gross irrigated area.
(b) Cost per M.Cu.m of Live storage.
(vi) (a) Financial Return at the end of 10th year after completion./ERR at 15% interest.
(b) If the project is unproductive, what are the special grounds for undertaking it.
(vii) Has the Project Report been prepared after detailed investigation and is available if
required?
(viii) Has the project Report been examined by the State Irrigation Dept. ?
PART - II - DESCRIPTIVE REPORT
(i) Technical Aspects.
(a) Assumptions & Data - Yield studies (attach a note on Hydrology giving data in
respect of rainfall, discharge observations, Calculations of yields for 75%
dependability, utilisation and provision for Upstream & Downstream projects)
CH. 26 Formats Prescribed for Medium Projects 95
(b) What is the proposed utilisation of water (give withdrawals & reservoir losses
separately - crop wise.)
(c) What is the estimated Design flood, and basis of estimation.
(ii) Does this project envisages, inter-linking with other projects(s) now or at future date.
(iii) Is the project self contained, or does it envisages further stages of development ?
For development later, describe their scope and relationship to the present project.
(iv) If the proposed scheme is economically best among the various alternatives
considered? If not, reasons for selecting the proposed scheme.
(v) Is there any foreseeable factor on account of which the scheme proposed may under
go any changes in the near future ?
(vi) Inter State Aspects :
(a) Are any Inter-State interests or issues involved such as upstream & downstream
utilisation, submergence etc. ?
(b) If so, has the concurrence of other concerned state(s) been obtained, and with
implementation of the scheme with regard to questions such as sharing of the
project water, costs, benefits etc.?
(vii) (a) Are there any benefits other than irrigation envisaged from the project ?
(b) If, so details thereof and cost chargeable to them.
Part -II - COST ESTIMATES & FOREIGN EXCHANGE.
(i) Attach Abstracts of cost showing subheads wise details.
(ii) Whether the Schedule of Rates on which the estimates are based sanctioned ? Are
they based on current market rates.
(iii) Does the cost include necessary provision for drainage? If so what is the amount
provided.
(iv) Has the specific concurrence of the State Finance Deptt. been obtained for taking up
the project.
Part III - WATER UTILISATION.
(i) Possible effects of irrigation on subsoil water level and consequential water logging,
remedial measures proposed for effective drainage in the command.
(ii) Is there Ayacut development projects proposed in the Ayacut? If so how are they
proposed to be integrated with the present project?
(iii) Are any minor irrigation projects proposed in the ayacut ? If so, how they are proposed
to be integrated with the present project ?
(iv) Measures proposed for construction of field channels and water courses. Whether
the procedure laid down in Planning Commission letter No.WR-5 (i)/ 63 dated 29.9.1973
being followed in respect of construction of field channels & water courses ?
(v) Agricultural Development in the Area Commanded by the Project.
(a) Has the Agriculture Dept. of the state been associated in carrying out soil surveys
and has the cropping pattern adopted in the project been proposed/adopted by
that department. ?
(b) Has a copy of the Project been forwarded to the State Agriculture & other
concerned departments for preparing programmes aimed at rapid and optimum
agricultural production in the project area, with phasing of financial outlays to
ensure that when irrigation facilities are created from the project, they would be
properly and expeditiously utilised ?
 96 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 26
PART - IV - BENEFITS.
(i) (a) Has the (i) proposed area commanded by the project, and (ii) the expected annual
development of irrigation been worked out in sufficient details, separately for Kharif, Rabi
& Perennial crops so as to be reliable ?
(b) What are the existing & proposed cropping pattern ?
(c) What is the B.C. Ratio with 10% interest charge ?
(ii) Revenue. (i) What are the rates of betterment levy proposed and the period of recovery.?
(b) Are any other charges proposed other than the irrigation facility charges.
(c) Give scale of water Rates for the various crops.
4. Revision/Modification of projects. If at any time after initial approval, the project
details are revised & modified, necessitating fresh approval of the Planning Commission/State
Govt. information has to be submitted in the form of Check List detailed below :-
FORM OF CHECK LIST
PART I - DATA SHEET
(1) (a) Name of the Project & State (Attach an Index Plan) .
(b) Is the project included in the Plan, and what is the allocation for it?
(2) (a) Total Estimated cost of the project including Credit/Debit from constructed projects
& exchange component.
(b) Yearly programme of expenditure.
(3) Salient Features of the work(location, length, height, and type of dam, gross & live
storage, F.T.L., M.W.L. length of canals, whether any lift is involved - Attach a copy of
detailed salient features etc.).
(4) Command Area, G.C.A., C.C.A. Annual Irrigation, Cropwise (in Hectares).
(5) Expected Irrigation, Power and other Benefits (cropped area in hectares).
(6) Cost per Ha of gross irrigated area.
(7) Benefit Cost-Ratio with 10% rate of interest on capital outlay.
(8) Financial Return.
(a) Anticipated financial return :-
(i) At the end of 8 years after completion.
(ii) At the end of 10 years after completion.
(iii) On full development.
(b) If the project is unproductive, what are the special grounds for undertaking it ?
PART - II - DESCRIPTIVE REPORT & COMMENTS :
(1) Water Resources, Engineering & Other Technical Aspects.
(i) Assumptions and data (Give Broad details of hydrology, yield, utilisation etc.)
(ii) Salient features of Physical Programme and its phasing.
(iii) Does the project envisage inter-linking with any other project, now or at a future date.
(iv) Is the project self contained or does it envisage further stage(s) of development. For
the later, describe their scope and relationship to the project ?
(v) Has any curtailment or enhancement of the scheme been considered for greater
advantages or economy whether the scheme proposed will undergo any changes
on that account.
CH. 26 Formats Prescribed for Medium Projects 97
(vi) Inter-State Aspects:
(a) Are there any Inter-State interests or issues involved such as, Upstream &
Downstream Utilisation, Submergence etc.?
(b) If so, has the concurrence of other concerned states been obtained for
implementation of the scheme with regard to questions, such as, of project
water, costs, benefits etc.
(vii) Are there any special features peculiar to the project in regards to the Planning
& Designs.?
(2) Cost Estimates & Foreign Exchange :
(i) Attach Abstracts of costs (General, Head works & Canals etc).
(ii) Does the cost include necessary provision for drainage? If so, what is the amount
provided.
(iii) Has the specific concurrence of the State Finance Department been obtained for
taking up the project ?
(3) Water Utilisation :
(i) Drainage Aspects ?
(ii) Soil conservation in the catchment & command areas ?
(4) Benefits:
(i) Are the command area and annual irrigation estimates reliable. Explain in brief.
(ii) What are the existing and proposed crop pattern ?
(iii) What is net additional agriculture produce expected (crop wise valuation)?
(iv) Are the cropping pattern & estimates of benefits sound and reasonable ? Do they
have the concurrence of the State Agriculture Department ?
(v) What is the Benefit-Cost Ratio at 10% interest charge ?
(vi) What is the phasing of expected benefits
Year after commencement %age development Other Items
of the construction in irrigation (cumulative) Water supply etc.

(5) Revenue
(i) What are the rates of betterment levy proposed, the period of recovery (year wise)
receipts & estimated yield ?
(ii) Are any other charges proposed for irrigation facilities as distinct from water charges ?
(iii) Measure against salinity and alkanity?
(iv) Colonization plant, if any necessary ?
(v) Is there any Ayacut Development Plan ?
(vi) Are any Minor irrigation Projects Proposed in the Ayacut?
(vii) Measures for construction of field channels & water courses ?
(viii) Give the SCALE of Water Rates for various crops.
(ix) How do the rates of Betterment Levy & Water Rates compare with that obtaining in
other project (s) in the region ?
(x) Give the phasing of Revenue (Year wise).
(xi) Out standing comments: (If any).
(a) Central water commission.
(b) Union Ministry of Food & Agriculture,
(c) Finance.
lll
 98 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 27

Chapter - 27 t Formats for Flood Control Schemes.

1. Approval by Planning Commission GOI/Ganga Flood Control Commission : (1)
For flood control schemes, the procedure outlined is some what different because of the
functioning of the State Flood Control Board and the Technical Advisory Committee to the
Board. In these cases, the schemes can be approved in the following manner viz :
(a) Emergent Schemes costing upto Rs. 12.0 lakhs : Such schemes which are to be
executed during flood season and do not have inter-statal implications, and also do
not affect the Railways/Highways, can be sanctioned by the State Govt. on the
recommendation of concerned Chief Engineer. Reference to TAC and State Flood
control Board is not necessary for such schemes.
(b) Plan Schemes costing Rs. 60 lakhs or less : Such schemes which do not have
interstatal implication can also be sanctioned by the State Govt. after approval by
T.A.C. and the State Flood Control Board.
(c) Schemes involving inter-state aspects : Such schemes are to be submitted to
the C.W.C. (schemes outside Ganga -Yamuna basin) and the Ganga Flood Control
Commission (for scheme lying in Ganga Basin).
(d) After approval by the State, information for schemes under (a), (b) & (c) above is to
be sent to the Planning Commission/CWC/GFCC in the proforma titled “Statement
-A” (reproduced at the end).
(2) Schemes costing more than Rs. 60 lakhs and less than Rs. 2.0 crores :After
such schemes are processed by the State Flood Control Board and its T.A.C., Proforma in
Statement B (reproduced later) is required to be submitted to the Planning Commission, C.W.C
or GFCC. These schemes can be approved by the State Govt. after receipt of their approval.
(3) Scheme costing above Rs. 2.0 crores : For such schemes regular Project Report
are to be submitted together with the recommendation of TAC & SFCB.
2. Compliance of CWC/GFCC Comments : These are to be attended to in the same
manner as outlined for Major projects under Chapter 23.
3. Modification and Revision of Schemes : These are to be dealt with as under : -
(i) Schemes involving Inter-State Aspects.
(a) If the scope of the scheme required modification, the revision resulting in an increase
of the cost by more than 10%, but the revised cost was still Rs. 2.0 crores or less,
such modification is to be intimated to the Planning Commission, CWC or GFCC for
review and clearance.
(b) Where however, the revised cost is more than Rs.2.0 crores, revised estimate is to
be submitted as in the case of new schemes.
(ii) Schemes not involving Inter Statal Aspects.
(c) In case, the change in estimated cost is only involved and the revised cost of the
scheme is Rs. 2.0 crores of less, irrespective of the %age increase in cost, only the
increase in cost and the main reasons therefor, are to be intimated.
(d) Where, however, the revised cost is more than Rs. 2.0 crores, if the revision results
in an increase in cost by more than 10% or Rs.1.0 crore. whichever is less, the
revised estimate would be got prepared & submitted to the Planning Commission,
CWC or GFCC, in the manner indicated for new schemes.
(Based on Planning Commission NO. 11-16(12) 72- I&CAD dated 8.6.1973)
CH. 27 Formats for Flood Control Schemes 99
3. Statement A & B prescribed in the above letter are as under :
STATEMENT -1A
(Prescribed by the Planning Commission under letter No.II-16(12)72-I&CAD dated 8th June, 1973.)
Proforma in which information is required to be furnished by the State Government in
respect of flood control, drainage, anti-water logging and anti-sea erosion scheme costing Rs.
60 lakhs or less each, sanctioned by the States.
1. Name of the scheme (attach Index Map).
2. Nature of the scheme whether new embankment, raising & strengthening of existing
embankment, drainage, anti erosion, town protection etc.
3. Name of river, river basin and district in which the scheme is situated.
4. Length of embankment or drainage channels.
5. Estimated cost.
6. Area benefited.
7. Date of sanction of the scheme.
8. Whether inter-state/international aspect of the scheme, if any has been examined
by the State Technical Advisory Committee and, where necessary, clearance of the
CWC/Ganga Flood Control Commission and the Union Ministry of Irrigation and Power
has been obtained.
ll
STATEMENT - B
(Prescribed by the Planning Commission. G.O.I.under Letter No. II-16(12) 72-I&CAD dated 8th June, 1973)
Proforma in which information is required to be furnished by the State Government in
respect of flood control drainage, anti-water logging and anti-sea erosion scheme costing Rs. 2
Crores or less but more than Rs. 60 lakhs each.
1. Name of scheme (attach index map).
2. Abstract of cost, including foreign exchange components, if any.
3. Skeleton reports.
4. Area and population which will get protected by the project.
5. i) Betterment levy or flood cess, if any, proposed for the area to be protected from
flood or water logging or sea-errosion.
ii) Anticipated revenue therefrom.
6. a) Benefit Cost Ratio.
b) Cost per hectare of area protected.
7. The extent to which people’s participation is envisaged for the execution of the schemes
and in what form.
8. Whether inter-state international, aspect of the scheme if any, has been examined
by the State Technical Advisory Committee and where necessary, clearance of the
CWC/Ganga Flood Control Commission and the Union Ministry of Irrigation and Power
has been obtained.
4. Format for Detailed Project Reports (for schemes costing above Rs. 2.0crores) :
No specific format is prescribed. Project are to be prepared in accordance with the practice
followed for Irrigation works in general.
 100 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 27
5. Appraisal of Floods/Flood Damages: (1) The Central Water Commission, have
however, circulated with their Memo No. 10/11/80-FCD/II dated 6th June, 1980 two proformas
titled (i) Proforma for Engineering Appraisal of Floods (Statement -I, Proforma-I) and (ii) Statement
of flood Damages (Statement-I, Proforma - 2). These are to be incorporated in these reports.
(2) Even otherwise, whenever there is flood & flood damage, information should be collected
& compiled in these proformas for supply to the State Govt./Govt. of India.
Statement - I (Proforma -1)
(Circulated vide C.W.C. Memo No. 10/11/80-FCD/II dated 6th June, 1980)
Proforma for Engineering Appraisal of Floods.
Year............................
State..........................
River Basin.................
A. HYDROLOGICAL
a) Give a short note at the storm pattern.
b) Observed rainfall-total & during various storms experienced during the flood season,
indicating the dates & daily rainfall.
c) Storm rainfall for the worst flood of the previous years.
d) Observed/estimated flood hydrograph for the various storms gauge & discharge of
different rivers with dates during the year.
e) Give depth & duration of floods during the year for different flood occurrances.
f) In the case of deltaic rivers observations of high tide levels during floods.
B. FLOOD CONTROL WORKS
a) Storage reservoir.
Give the design F.R.L. & MWL of the reservoir.
Maximum observed level during the year.
Spillway discharge capacity.
Indicate if the reservoir was operated for flood moderation, if so the extent of such a
moderation.
If not, the moderation affected by natural lake observation & releases.
Give the actual discharges from the reservoir.
b) Embankments
Indicate the design HFL & top level of embankment. Existing top levels for the year
under review.
Observed HFL during the year.
Max. observed HFL of previous years.
c) River Training Works
Indicate the nature of training works i.e. spurs, revetment, bed bars etc. & their
location.
The behaviour of the works in the field season especially with regard to scour, silting
effectiveness etc.
Damage to the river Training works in the year under report.
CH. 27 Formats for Flood Control Schemes 101
d) Drainage Channels
Designed discharge capacity.
Observed maximum discharge during the year.
Design & Observed HFLs in the drain.
Details of damage to drains if any.
e) In view of (a), (b), & (c) above indicate.
If the spillway discharge capacity of reservoirs is sufficient.
Measures required, if any, to strengthen masonry or earthen works sufficiently.
Behavior of the river in the embankment reaches with special reference to silting,
scoring, changing of course, widening, seepage etc.
Give details regarding development, if any, of spill-channels etc. particularly in deltaic rivers.
Behavior of cross- drainage work like bridges on roads, railway canal crossing etc.
and suggestions for widening improving if any.
Necessity of improving/remodeling of drains.
f) Damage
Please give the details of damage in the basin of each river in the proforma attached.
Please attach a map showing the flooded areas, with flood levels and contours marked on it.
Please give the type of crop in the field. Stage of crop, effect of floods on the crops.
Please indicate in detail the damage sustained by other engineering structures such
as bridges, canals, railways and roads.
Please indicate briefly special/distinct features of this years flood, if any.
Any other relevant information not covered above.
Statement -I (Proforma-2)
Statement of Flood Damages.
PART {1}
River Basin Area affected Pupula- Human Damage to crops.
S.No. Name of Tribu- Sub- Area Villa- Dist.of tion aff- lives Area in. Value
main Ri- tary. Tribu- Lakh ges of ected in lost Lakh ha. in Rs.
ver. ha. lakhs. Nos. lakhs.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
PART {2}
Damage to Houses Damage to Cattle lost Total damage to crops Cost of Remarks
Nos. Value in Public utilities Nos. Value houses & public utili- rescue &
Rs. lakhs in Rs lakhs. in Rs. ties.(col.11+13+14+16) relief
lakhs. measures.
(12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
Total : -
Notes : 1. Attach a plan (toposheet) showing area inundated, period of inundation, depth of
flood, flood protection works, roads, railways affected.
2. Attach a detailed technical note giving detailed reason for failures of flood protection
works.
3.Attach statement of maximum gauges obtained at salient points along the river
and also the discharges at these points.
 102 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 27
STATEMENT : II
Anti Sea Erosion Schemes
[Note:- This CHECK LIST relates purely to erosion of coast line by sea. Since M.P. does
not have coast line, this proforma is not reproduced here.]
6. Modification & Revision of Schemes :
(a) Schemes involving inter State Aspects : (i) If the scope of the scheme, required
modification revision resulting in an increase in the cost by more than 10% but the revised cost
of the scheme still continues to be Rs. 2 crores or less, such modifications shall be intimated
to the Central Water and Power Commission, Ganga Flood Control Commission, (Later for
schemes in Ganga basin) and the Union Ministry of Irrigation and Power and the Planning
Commission for other area, where necessary, for review and clearance, approval as required.
(ii) Where, however, the revised cost is more than Rs. 2 crores, the revised estimate
shall be got prepared and submitted in the manner as indicated for new schemes costing above
Rs. 2 crores for consideration of the Planning Commission etc.
(b) Scheme Not Involving Inter State Aspects : (i) In case change in estimated cost only
is involved and the revised cost of the schemes is Rs. 2 crores or less, irrespective of the percentage
increase in cost, only the increase in the cost and the main reasons thereof, are to be intimated.
(ii) Where, however, the revised cost is more than Rs. 2 crores, if the revision results in
an increase in the cost by more than 10 percent or Rs. 1 crore, whichever is less, the revised
estimate would be got prepared and submitted to the Planning Commission etc. for approval in the
manner indicated for new schemes. (Planning Commission No.11-16(12)/72-I & CAD Dt 8-6-73)
7. Planning Commission’s letter of 8th June, 1973 : To make the position more clear,
an extract copy of the Planning Commission’s letter No.II-16(12)72-I&CAD dated 8-6-1973 (as
amended vide letter of 27-2-1978) but deleting portions relating to Assam, Brahamputra Valley
and Border areas etc., is reproduced below :-
EXTRACT
Copy of the Planning Commission G.O.I. Letter No. II-16(12)-I&CAD dated 8th June 1973
addressed to All Secretaries of State Govts. Planning & Development Departments with copy
to All Secretaries of State Flood Control Departments & others.
Sub : Flood control, drainage, anti-water logging and anti sea erosion schemes -
submission and examination .
Sir,
In Planning Commission letter No. III-1(1)/65-I&P dated 25.7.1966, the procedure for submission
and examination of Irrigation, Flood Control and Power Projects was laid down. The procedure in respect
of flood control, drainage, anti water logging and and anti-sea erosion schemes was interalia modified
from time to time vide Planning Commission letter Nos. III-1(1)/68-I&P dated 31.1.1969 & III-1(1)/68-I&P
dated 20.2.1970. The question of further modifying this procedure in the light of the constitution of Flood
Control Boards and Flood Control Commissions for flood control in some of the river basins and other
aspects has been under consideration and it has been decided, in consultation with the Union Ministry
of Irrigation and Power and the Union Ministry of Finance, that in suppression of the relevant instructions
contained in the letters cited above, the procedure for submission or of flood control, drainage, anti-water
logging anti-sea erosion schemes by the states and their examination at the Centre and consideration
by the Technical Advisory Committee of the Planning Commission will be as follows.
1.1 Schemes costing Rs. 50 lakhs or less :
1.1.1 The schemes proposed by the Flood Control Departments will be sanctioned by the
State Government concerned after they are duly approved by the State Flood Control Board on
the recommendation of the State Technical Advisory Committee.
(*Raised to Rs. 60 lakhs vide No. II-16 (12)/75 I&CAD dated 27.3.78).
CH. 27 Formats for Flood Control Schemes 103
1.1.2 Schemes other than those in the Ganga basin which in the opinion of any member
of the State Technical Advisory Committee/Board of Technical consultants, have inter-state
implications, should be get examined and cleared by the CW&PC before they are finally approved
by the State Flood control Board ................ and sanctioned by State Government..................
1.13 The schemes under the following categories may be sanctioned by the State
Government after they are approved by the State Flood control Board ........................
(a) Raising and strengthening of existing embankments;
(b) Retired lines of existing embankments;
(c) Investigations of flood control, drainage, anti water logging and anti sea errosion works;
(d) Raising of villages.
Reference of the schemes under the above categories to the State T.A.C.....A skeleton
report of the schemes under (a) will not be necessary. A skeleton report of the scheme of
category (b) above should be sent by the State Government to the Ministry of Railway and to
the Union Ministry or Transport (Roads wing) for information.
1.1.4 The sanction of schemes by the State Governments would be subject to the
financial provisions that may be made available from year to year. The schemes need not be
referred to the Planning Commission for approval. A list or schemes sanctioned by the State
Government together with the information in the proforma in Statement ‘A’ in respect of each
scheme should be supplied by the State Government, soon after sanctioning the scheme, to
the CW&PC and the Planning Commission. Where the schemes relate to the Ganga basin, the
above information will be furnished at the Ganga flood Control Commission and the Union Ministry
of Irrigation and Power also.
1.1.5 All emergent schemes costing upto Rs. 10* lakhs each to be carried out during the
flood season which do not have inter departmental/inter-state/international aspects and which
do not affect the highways and the railways may be Sanctioned by the State Govt. on the
recommendation of the State Chief Engineer-----. A list at such schemes sanctioned by the
state Government together with the information in Proforma in statement ‘A’ in respect or each
scheme should, however, be supplied by the State Government soon after sanctioning the
scheme to the various authorities as indicated in para 1.1.4 above.
(* Since raised to Rs. 12 lakhs vide letter dated 27.3.1978).
1.2 Schemes costing more than Rs. 50** lakhs and not exceeding Rs. 2 Crores.
1.2.1 The schemes will be processed as follows :-
(i) The scheme prepared by the Flood Control Departments----- which have no interstate/
--- implications will be processed through the State Technical Advisory Committee
and the State Flood Control Board. (** Since raised to 60 lakhs).
1.2.1 (ii), (iii), & (iv) .. Left out.
1.2.2 Schemes with interstate aspects will be processed in the manner indicated in
para 1.1.2 above before they are submitted for approval of the Planning Commission.
1.2.3 (a), (b) & (c) left out.
(d) Embankment schemes on rivers or tributaries which fall into parent rivers such as
Ganga or Brahamputra flowing ultimately into another country.
(e) Embankment schemes other than those mentioned in (a) above which are on rivers
or tributaries which flow down to another state. However, in these cases, all the
schemes will be examined in detail in the CW & PC except those in the Ganga
Basin which will be examined in detail by the Ganga Flood Control Commission.
The embankment schemes belonging to category (a) will have to be cleared by the
Union Ministry of Irrigation and Power from the international angle.
 104 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 27
1.2.4 & 1.2.5 Left out as relating to schemes with International implications.
1.3 Schemes costing more than Rs. 2 Crores.
1.3.1 In case of schemes costing more than Rs. 2 crores, detailed project reports have to
be prepared by the Flood Control Departments and processed in the same manner as indicated
under section 1.2 above and, there-after, the Project reports will be sent by the State Governments
to the CW&PC (to the Ganga Flood Control Commission in the case of schemes in the Ganga
basin) for detailed examination with a copy to the Planning Commission and, where required,
to the Union Ministry of Irrigation and Power. The CW&PC/Ganga Flood Controll Commission
will process the schemes for consideration of the Technical Advisory committee of the Planning
Commission.
2.0 Modification and Revision of schemes :
2.1. The procedure mentioned here under will by followed in respect of flood control,
drainage, anti-water logging and anti-sea erosion schemes which undergo modification and
revision subsequent to their approval on account of a change in their scope and/or a change in
their estimated cost.
2.2. If the scope the scheme involving inter-state/international aspects requires a
modification/revision resulting in an increase in the cost by more than 10 percent, but the
revised cost of the scheme still continues to be Rs. 2 crores of less, such modifications should
be intimated by the State Government to the Central Water and Power Commission (Ganga
Flood control Commission in the case of schemes in Ganga basin) and the Union Ministry of
Irrigation and Power and the Planning commission, where necessary, for review and clearance/
approval, as required. Where, however, the revised cost is more than Rs. 2 crores, the revised
estimate should be processed in the manner as indicated in section 1.3 above for consideration
of the Technical Advisory Committee of the Planning Commission and approval by the Planning
Commission.
2.3. In the case of scheme involving a change in its estimated cost only, if the revised
cost of the scheme is Rs. 2 crores or less, Irrespective of the percentage increase in cost, only
the increase in the cost and the main reasons thereof need be intimated. Where, however, the
revised cost is more than Rs. 2 Crores, if the revision results in an increase in the cost by more
than 10 percent or Rs. 1 crore, whichever is less, the revised estimate should be processed in
the manner as indicated in section 1.3 above for consideration of the Technical Advisory Committee
of the Planning Commission and approval by the Planning Commission. This procedure will be
followed also in the case of schemes involving a change in scope but which are free from inter
state/international aspects.
3. In this connection, the Planning Commission wish to reiterate that no work on any
Flood Control, drainage, anti water logging and anti sea erosion scheme should be undertaken
by the State Governments unless the schemes are approved in accordance with the procedure
laid down in the paragraphs above. In the case of schemes which undergo modification and
revision subsequent to their approval, the information required to be submitted to the Central
Water and Power Commission or the Ganga Control Commission and the Planning Commission
under paragraph 2 above should be submitted in good time so that the approval for the revised
scheme is obtained from the Planning Commission before any additional commitments are
made in respect of them.
[Note : Central Water & Power Commission is since bifurcated into Central Water
Commission (C.W.C) and Central Electricity Authority(C.E.A)]
lll
CH. 28 Planning of An Irrigation Project - in Outline 105
Section V - S & I Topographical Surveys.
Chapter - 28 t Planning of An Irrigation Project - in Outline
[Note : Late Shri R.L.Gupta, former Secretary, in Sept, 1987 delivered a Lecture at the
Academy of Administration during Refresher course on Project Management,
conducted by the GSTI Indore for Senior Engineers of the department. With his vast
& varied experience of Surveys & Project formulation, Shri Gupta, summed up in
versatile & cryptic manner, the points which were to be kept in view in “Project
Management” from start to end and the short comings in the present Practices.
This is accordingly reproduced below for guidance.]
1. Irrigation project, generally gives a vision of a reservoir, a dam and a canal system
controlled and managed by governmental agencies. It is not very often that one thinks of the
dam’s hinterland (the watershed) the numerous smaller channels (water courses and field
channels) and the area to be benefited (commanded area), with its numerous mini/micro
catchment areas as parts of the very same irrigation project, even though, the water shed alone
provides the vital resource (water) and also controls the reservoir’s life span; and the smaller
channels and micro catchment areas ultimately provide the water to the end user (cultivator).
2. Practically no thought is given also to the various structures like the drainages, dug
wells, tube wells, communication and other facilities which also must form part of the irrigation
project, for making optimum use of the project’s land and water resources.
3. There is also little appreciation of the years of preparation needed for formulating a
project from its conceptual stage, to its becoming a reality, in the fields. It is generally, not
comprehended that for any project-irrigation, hydel, or multipurpose - to function as it should,
the same can not be an entity, in isolation. It has to be complementary to other projects -
existing or these to come up in the future. It has no right to usurp to itself the water which is or
will be needed elsewhere. It cannot also, be allowed to reduce the benefits of other projects -
either by submerging their lands or by raising ground water levels to such an extent as to render
the overlying lands unproductive or less productive. All this is possible if the project-like a piece
of a zig saw puzzle gets its individualistic character (shape and size) as one of the units of a
river basin plan and not coming up by itself. Instances are not uncommon when projects not
forming part of a river basin master plan have had to be either submerged later, by another and
bigger project or alternatively the site which could have yielded more than one benefit was used
for one only - precluding the derivation of other benefits, for all time to come - just because what
should have preceded was not attempted.
4. Preparing a river basin plan : It is a multidisciplinary effort - in an attempt at
making optimum use of the available soil, water and other natural resources at different project
sites, all along the basin, and giving definite shapes and sizes to the individual projects, with a
view to develop the basin’s natural resources for the benefit of not only the present generation
but also for the posterity. This plan has to be backed up by requisite surveys and investigations
of atleast reconnaissance standards and by measurements of river flows and ground water over
a number of years.
5. With shapes and sizes of individual projects defined by the basin plan, planning of an
irrigation project again a multidisciplinary effort - then gets confined to choosing from amongst
different project layouts the one which yields the maximum return (both direct and indirect) per
unit of investment. A thorough backing of surveys and investigations - in this case of detailed
project report standards - is also needed. The measuring of surface, ground and rain water, silt
load, temperature, wind speeds, sun shine etc. because of their large variations from year to
year and also within the year and in aerial spread - have to be started many years in advance so
as to yield meaningful results.
 106 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 28
6. In brief, an irrigation project is just not the dam and the canals only. It has to consist
also of the water shed (on the upstream) and the water courses and field channels and other
structures and facilities and mini catchment areas of the commanded area (on the down stream).
It, further, has to form part of a well conceived master plan and has to be backed up by requisite
surveys and investigations - some of which have to be started many years before the project is
even thought of.
7. Present Approach : Presently the second reach of an irrigation project- dam that
impounds water is planned, designed and constructed with reasonably good care, largely by
Irrigation Engineers. Contributions of other disciplines like geologists, ecologists, agriculturists,
agronomists, economists is relatively small.
The conveyance system (CANALS) a vital link between the waters stored and the end
user the cultivator receives some what less attention. Care that goes into the planning, design
and construction of the dams is quite often missing here. In addition, they are by and large
planned and designed for crop patterns and water requirements for the project as whole that
has little in common with the varying crop patterns and their water demands in the different
parts of the commanded area and also in the same part, at different times. The result is that the
conveyance structures (being rigid) are unable to accommodate the varying (flexible) demands.
8. Water courses and field channels which ultimately lead the stored waters to the
cultivator’s fields, receive the least care. They are either not planned at all and are left to the
cultivator’s own capabilities and efforts; or are attempted by the Department, long after the
coming up of the canals and much after the construction of the Dam. The Canals themselves
take quite some time to construct after the Dams are completed.
9. Conjunctive or integrated use of surface water, ground water and or rain water in the
commanded area is generally not thought of. Village tanks which make partial use of the rain
water and dug wells which utilize a portion of the ground water in the commanded area are
generally, left to the cultivator’s individual efforts. At places, shallow tube wells (generally tapping
the second aquifer - the first being reserved for the dug wells) are constructed by the Irrigation
Department on behalf of the cultivators. Some deep tube wells (tapping deeper aquifers) have
also been constructed and run by the Irrigation Department here and there. Post irrigation
situation - possibility of water logging, salinity and alkalinity hazards - and the remedial measures
needed therefor are not thought of; let alone be an integral part of the irrigation project.
10. The water sheds which provide the vital input water, also do not receive the attention
they deserve. Large scale denuding of the forest in the water sheds effects the reservoirs in
more ways than one. Less forests not only means lower rainfalls and less inflow into the reservoirs. but
also leads to greater soil erosion and consequential reduction of the life of the reservoirs, on account of
silting.
11. Of late a few command area authorities (CADA) have been constituted for some major
projects and while results of their efforts are yet to be evaluated, all their efforts presently
appear to be directed towards improving the situation on project already completed - with their
shortcomings listed above. Care of water shed of large river valley projects is also now being
attended to in a small way. Under the programme of soil conservation of such projects, the
forest department looks after the forest areas and the Agriculture Department attends to these
measures in other areas.
12. A number of agencies thus get involved right from the conception of an irrigation
project to operation and maintenance.
13. Planning for the Future : Many of the ills of the present irrigation projects emanate
not so much from the lack of technical know how or wrong approach, but from wrong priorities.
Very seldom do the projects form part of a well conceived master plan, update where necessary-
the Narmada and the Godvari river basin plans prepared more than 2-3 decades back before the
CH. 28 Planning of An Irrigation Project - in Outline 107
tribunal awards are example of master plans that needed up dating - not only to incorporate the
Tribunal’s awards but also the flow and other data that has since come to light.
14. The ills have also stemmed from the projects having been taken without adequate
surveys and investigations and by and large not visualising conjunctive and or integrated use of
river flows, ground water and rain water. Adoption of one single crop pattern without a legislation
to enforce it and the cultivator’s fancy for different crop pattern have complicated matters further.
15. In view of the above situation certain departures from existing practice are
called for as below :
(a) No project should be taken up for implementation unless it forms a part of well
conceived river basin master plan, supported by reconnaissance level surveys and investigation.
Preparation of a master plan is multidisciplinary approach. it is also a continuing process, so
that it incorporates periodically further data thrown up by subsequent surveys and observations,
as are likely to materially affect the basin plan already prepared.
(b) Surveys and investigations of the project already identified in the master plan have
then to be taken up - again as a multidisciplinary approach - for preparation of a feasibility
report covering broadly the following :-
I. Catchment Area : (1) Determination of critical soil erosion areas and treatments.
Aerial photographs, and remote sensing methods help in locating such critical areas.
(2) Assessment of silt load involves collection of soil samples, at a number of points in the
catchment area.
(3) Determination of Upstream Use : Upstream use is a function of the areas that can be
irrigated upstream of the project (in the catchment area) and their water needs. Normally
this information would be available from the river basin master plan, if the same has been
updated. Allowance has also to be made for evaporation losses from all upstream
reservoirs; and return flows, if any, from the irrigation under these projects has to be
subtracted. Ground water that can be used has also to be assessed and deducted.
(4) Submergence area surveys - Topographical and other surveys of the submergence
area to determine the property (including forest and mineral wealth) going under
submergence, as also the population affected.
(5) Rehabilitation Surveys : Determinating the areas where the oustees including fauna
and flora of the submergence area can be rehabilitated and carrying out necessary
topographical and other surveys for determining the suitablility of the sites and the
development of rehabilitation colonies.
(6) Reservoir competence surveys - Mapping the reservoir basin with a view to finding out
whether the reservoir is likely to lose water by leakage in the submergence area.
II. Dam & its Appurtment works : (1) Hydrological and meteorological data i.e.
measurement of river flows, at the damsite for a number of years. Collecting information
regarding yearly, monthly, ten daily rainfall for all rain gauges in the catchment area and
the commanded area - adding more raingauges where their density in inadequate, collecting
data regarding all severe storms.
(2) Geological investigation for dam seat foundations, construction materials, submergence
area.
(3) Topographical surveys for the dam seat, construction material borrow areas, construction
colonies, access roads, labour camps etc.
III. Conveyance System down to 8 ha outlet : (1) This needs soil and land capability
surveys of the commanded area with a view to preparing land and irrigation capability
maps, soil depths pH value, soil permeability and other fairly large scale command
area topographical maps, showing soil properties etc.
 108 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 28
(2) Collection of land use Statistics including information on existing and planned water bodies.
(3) Determination of ground water, rain water availability and quality, as also classification
of the commanded area into different Hydrometereological and agroclimatic sub sense.
(4) Evolving suitable crop patterns for the different agroclimatic sub zones and working out
ten daily and monthly net irrigation requirements (NIR) and field irrigation requirements
(FIR) for different crops, after taking into account the rainfall contribution, and the ground
water use and the irrigation application efficiencies.
(5) Preparing crop clenders and farm budget for each crop under dry farming and irrigated
conditions.
(6) Carrying out topographical surveys and sub surface investigations for individual canal
alignments and determining for each canal (Main canal, Distributary, Minor and Sub-
minor) the gross area, the culturable area and net irrigable area after delineating where
called for the use of local waters i.e. rain waters, that are stored in tanks, return flow from
irrigated areas, ground water, if any, and flow from irrigated areas, ground water, if any,
and delineating individual chak boundaries as also the areas succeptible to water logging
and water likely to be available from anti water logging treatment.
(7) Preparing cut-off statements starting from the cultivator’s fields and working backwards
to the minor, distributary and main canal heads, after allowing for ground, rain and other
waters to be used enroute; and checking the assumptions for water losses in canals
after designing individual canals, and determining land widths to be acquired.
(8) Preparing designs of masonry and all other structures, after carrying out requisite
topographical, geological and construction material surveys including availability of water
for construction in the field.
IV. Conveyance System below 8 ha. Outlet (i.e. Water Courses and Field Channels,
Drainages, Surface and Ground Water Structures) :
(1) This involves primarily surveys, investigations and designs of number small channels
each of them generally of fixed water carrying capacity about 1 cusec tapering to about
0-8 cusec for the water courses and then about 0.8 cusec for the field channels. The
water courses take off at the 40 ha. outlet and terminate where the area commanded
gets reduced to about 5-8 ha. Considerable care is called for in the alignment of the
water courses and field channels as number of alternatives are possible and the one which
needs the least cost in the long run is to be preferred. World Bank, therefore, prefers to allot
this work to Consulting Agencies, rather than leave the same to the care of the Department.
(2) Estimates of costs of different components have also to be prepared with considerable care.
16. The arbitrary division between the conveyance system down to 5-8 ha. (sought to be
controlled by the Irrigation Dept.) and below (controlled by the CADA) needs to be done away
with and all problems of the conveyance system under a particular distributary* (Including the
minors, sub-minors, water courses and field channels, surface and ground water structures,
drainages etc.) need to be treated as one single unit and dealt with by one agency (CADA)**
and not by different agencies (as at present). Even in the planning stage the entire unit (distributary
head and below) needs to be entrusted to only one agency. This would be in keeping with the
natural boundaries also, the valleys forming the limits of the command and the distributaries
themselves occupying the watersheds. It would also be in keeping with the practice of osrabandi
where usually the main canals and distributaries run for all the 30/31 days in a month and the
minors and or subminors (with their water courses and field channels) run for shorter periods
and are designed accordingly so as they serve all the areas in the commands simultaneously.
* To begin with, later even smaller units like minors and subminor commanded areas may
have to be planned and operated as individual units with all outlets as gated outlets.
** Where constituted, or a similar agency created for other and smaller projects.
CH. 29 Norms for Topographical Surveys 109
17. With the stress on micro level planning - each distributary area proposed as a
unit for integration of the different water resources and the probability of this being followed for
even smaller units - it is necessary that use of modern tools like remote sensing and computers
may also be made, increasingly. Remote sensing, it seems, can be useful in preparing land use
maps - a basic requirement for any command area development and can do away with the
laborious and time consuming topographical, cartographic and other surveys presently needed.
The map-it is claimed - can show existing and potential water logged and salt affected areas,
water bodies down to 2-5 ha., and also distinguish area irrigated by surface water from those
irrigated with ground water. In operation and regulation stage the same can be useful in irrigation
scheduling by measuring temperature and reflectance of crops.

lll

Chapter - 29 t Norms for Topographical Surveys

(i.e. Extent, Scales and Contour Intervals etc.)
1. Topographical Surveys is an important activity of the field staff, engaged both on (a)
S & I of new schemes, and (b) Schemes approved for construction. Likewise, the success of an
irrigation scheme depends largely, as to how accurately the topographical surveys (including
levelling) have been carried out and plotted.
2. Systematic Levelling : Appendix - VIII to Chapter - 2 (S&I) of the Specifications,
Vol-I lays down the procedure for systematic levelling. This being important is reproduced
below :
APPENDIX - VIII to Chapter- 2 (S & I)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SYSTEMATIC LEVELLING
General
1. The same importance as precribed for measurement books is to be given to Field/Level
Books.
2. The date of first entry in the book is to be intimated to the SDO/EE by the actual user.
3. The reducing of levels is to be done in the field immediately after levelling and the arithmetic
check for each page conducted separately.
4. The levels taken on a day are to be plotted the same day as for as possible, or atleast by
the next day and, by the same person who conducted surveying/levelling and, a remark
given in red ink in col. 8 i.e. survey plotted on ........by .................
5. Before shifting of the survey camp, a certificate should be sent to the SDO that all
plotting work has been completed.
6. Every plotted sheet shall contain certificate as follows :
“Certified that survey was conducted me/us using field books and level books
bearing number .........and......... issued by .............. Sub Division (name of
Sub Division).”
“The B.Ms are shown plotted in red ink and identifiable with the description shown.
The levels are related to the nearest G.T.S. Bench Mark whose description is
.......................................... (Give particulars).”
7. The level/field books shall be returned to the sub-division office after plotting is done and
index completed, unless of course required for another work.
110 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 29
Field Work
8. Before starting day’s work, please write name of work, your own name, date, instrument
number and make (which is used) and the weather conditions in the space provided on
the top of each page. In case the survey is continued, reference to previous survey and
the remarks - Surveys "continued”/ “Concluded” etc., should be written and cross reference
given.
9. In the space for weather conditions, words like bright sun, cloudy, hazy are written.
Cross those not applicable.
10. In case double levelling is done, the name of person accompanying along with his
designation shall also be written. In such a case, the level book should be countersigned
by the person accompanying also, in token of having accompanied and the book number
in which coutersigning person has recorded levels will also be mentioned.
11. While starting the day’s work, mention clearly whether levelling started with back-sight
on a temporary or permanent B.M.
12. Give clear description of the B.M. in the remarks column (Col.8) against the back-sight.
13. Give clear and sufficient description of the B.M. so that it can be located by any other
person without difficulty.
14. In case levelling is started with reference to permanent B.M. make sure that the description
and R.L. is the same as shown in the B.M. register.
15. A systematic pattern of levelling should be adopted and illustrated where necessary by
sketches (using preferably the base line and coordinate system for grid surveys) so that
another person can understand the scheme of levelling and plot it (in case such a need
arises).
16. The entries should be made in indelible ink/dot pen in the first instance. Recording in
pencil and inking over it is prohibited.
17. The day’s survey should be ended on a permanent or temporary B.M. reliably established.
18. Pages left out inadvertently should be crossed out.
19. A system of periodic review by Division office and issue of review notes is prescribed in
the W.D. Manual (1983), so that, a vigorous compliance of these instructions will save
avoidable correspondence/work, please note.

SAMPLES COMPUTATIONS IN A LEVELLING FIELD BOOK

Left hand page Right hand page
(i) Name of person conducting survey ............. (iv) Instrument No. ...............
(ii) Name of work .......................................... (v) Make .............................
(iii) Date ..................................... Weather ......................................................

R.D. Back I.S. F.S. Rise Fall Reduced Distan- Remarks

Sight level ance

30m 4.235 100.000 B.M.whose description

60m 4.320 0.085 99.915 is................
CH. 29 Norms for Topographical Surveys 111

90m 3.215 3.215* 1.105 101.020 *Actually taken as I.S. but

posted as F.S. and again
as BS.
120m 1.380 2.905 0.310 101.330
150m 1.625* 101.085 *Actually taken as I.S. but
posted in F.S. column to
facilitate arithmetic check
independantly for each
page separately.
8.830 7.745 1.415 0.330

Arithmetical Checks
ΣB.S. - ΣF.S. = ΣRise - ΣFall = Last R.L. - First R.L.
8.830 - 7.745 = 1.415 - 0.330 = 101.085 - 100.000
= 1.085 = 1.085 = 1.085
20. The above method is also illustrated by height of collimation method below.
R.D. Back I.S. F.S. Height of Reduced Distan- Remarks
Sight Collimation level ance
30m 4.235 104.235 100.000 B.M. whose description
60m 4.320 99.915 is..............
90m 3.215 3.215* 104.235 101.120 *Same remark as shown in
Rise & Fall method.

120m 1.380 2.905 102.710 101.330

150m 1.625* 101.085 -do-
8.830 7.745
Arithmetical Checks
ΣB.S. - ΣF.S. = Last R.L. - First R.L.
8.830 - 7.745 = 101.085 - 100.000
1.085 = 1.085
Signature
21. Reduce all levels at the field immediately after recording sights.
22. Perform arithmetic check for each page, at the end of the page itself and at the field. To
facilitate this, even if the instrument is not shifted (i.e.even if the sight is not taken on a
change point) the intermediate sight may be posted as a presight at the end of the
page. In the next page post the same intermediate sight as a back sight and proceed.
This will not alter the values. The method is illustrated in sample computations.
23. Arithmetic check ensures the accuracy of reducing the back and fore sights only and
not the intermediate sights. Therefore, cater the sights taken on B.M. as a foresight and
again enter as back sight, so that those levels (Bench Mark levels) are always involved
in arithmetic check. (See sample computations) Circle the B.M. value in red ink for
ready identification.
24. In grid surveys use a system of lettering/numbering for easy location (see sketch below).
112 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 29
N
↑

x x xC
To
1 -
ö
x x x x B
2 1

x x x x A
3 2 1 0

ðTo

O POLE O POLE
Note : Designation of points will be point indicated as B1.
25. In some cases even an elaborate description may not be clear enough. In such cases,
it is preferable to plot at the field itself after reducing levels.
26. The levelling instrument should not be shared with others. It is preferable to keep apart
one instrument for one person only. However, if the instrument has to be shared, the
adjustment for parallax should be done to suit the user’s eye.
27. The last but not the least, the instrument should be in permanent adjustment, which
should be verified, every day before going to field for levelling.

LEVELLING LEVELLING
STAFF STAFF

A LEVELING INSTRUMENT B LEVELING INSTRUMENT

1st POSITION 2nd POSITION
It can be checked conveniently by establishing temporary bench marks approximately
60m apart and verifying the difference of elevation of these Bench marks first by keeping
the instrument approximately in the middle, between A nd B and then near to A or B as
shown in the sketch. If there is different in the elevations, as taken from the two positions,
the instrument is not in permanent adjustment. Adjust the instrument before going to the
field.
Check as follows :
Instrument in 1st position Instrument in 2nd position
Reading on A 4.25 4.85
B 1.25 1.68
Difference 3.00 3.13
Error = 3.13 - 3.00 = 0.13
The instrument is not in adjustment.
 CH. 29 Norms for Topographical Surveys 113
3. Extent of Surveys, Scales, contour Interval etc. to be adopted for the production
of Maps : The extent of area to be surveyed, and the scales & contour Intervals for the preparation
of maps. (i.e. project drawings) as prescribed by the C.W.C. for catchment area, river surveys,
barrage & weir, canal & water conductor system, canal structures, command area, power house,
plant & colony, tunnel & adit, pen stock, soil conservation, geological maps, foundation
investigation maps, borrow area & quarry maps, and the soil surveys of command areas, are
detailed in Appendix-IV to Chapter-2 (S&I) of the Specifications. These are reproduced below
for ready and easy reference:
APPENDIX - IV Topographical Surveys, Extent, Scales, Contour Interval, etc.
S.No. Description Areas to be Covered/Extent of Surveys Scale Contour Remarks
Interval
Horizontal Vertical
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
1. Catchment Area
Survey
(a) Upto 2.50 X Section- At every 90m along the 1 :4000 - - -
sq.k.m. area base line extending sufficiently
below the ridge point to confirm the ridge line - - - -
(b) For more Topographical sheets be referred.
than 2.50
sq. km. area.
2. River Surveys (i) L-Section
(a) Major project Upstream -L Section upto MWL + 5m or 1:10,000 1:100 - Levelling at 50m or less interval
to a point upto which the back water along the fair weather deep
affect is likely to extend from the axis channel. Following item shall be
of the structure, whichever is less indicated on the L-Section :
In case of any head works situated (i) Date pf survey of the
upstream within MWL +5 or far particular reach and water level
these points affected by back water, on that day.
L- section to be taken upto head works (ii) Deep pool and rapids, rock
out crops etc.
(iii) Max,historical/observed HFL
Downstream - 10 km. from the axis of 1:10,000 1:100 -do-
structure or upto nearest head work
Whichever is less.
(ii) Cross Section
Upstream -X- section @ 200 interval 1:2500 1:100 Levelling at 50m or less interval.
upto MWL + 5m or 1 Km. on either side Following items shall be shown on
of the firm bank whichever is less and on the Cross-Section:
for a distance of 2 Km from the axis of (i) Date of survey and water level
the structure and thereafter at 1km on that day
interval corresponding to the length (ii) Maximum water level.
of the L-section. (iii) Maximum historical/
observed HFL.
(iv)Rapids and Rockout crops
etc.
Downstream-X-section @ 200m interval 1:2500 1:100 -do-
upto historical/observed HFL + 1m
on either side of firm bank of the structure
depending upon the mandearing nature of
the river.
(iii) Along the exit of the structure. 1:2500 1:100- -do-
(b) Medium Project ———————————--———— Same as for Major project 2(a)above————-—————————————————
(c) Minor project (i) L - Section:
Upstream & Downstream - 5km from 1:4000 1:50 - Same for item 2(a) (i) above.
the axis of the dam/structure
 114 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 29
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(ii) Cross-section
Upstream - X- section @ 100 m interval 1:1000 1:50 - Same for item 2(a) (ii) above.
upto MWL+3m or 500m on either side of
the firm bank whichever is less.
Downstream - X-section @ 100m 1:1000 1:50 - Same as for item 2(a)(ii) above.
interval upto MWL + 3m or 500m on either
side of firm bank for a distance of 1 to 3 Km
from the axis of the dam/structure upto the
mandearing nature of the river.
(iii) Along the axis of the dam/structure 1:1000 1:50 - -do-
3. Reservoir
(a) Major project contour plan covering on area upto an 1:2500 - 1 or 2 Contour interval for slope less
elevation of MWL+5m or 3m. than 100 to horizontal -1m, slope
10 to 300- 2m and slope more
than 300 -3m.
(b) Medium project Contour plan covering an area upto an 1:2000 - 1 or 2m. Contour interval for slope less
elevation of MWL +5m. than 150 to horizontal 1m, slope
more than 150 - 2m .
(c) Minor project Contour plan covering an area to an 1:1000 - 0.5m.
elevation of MWL +3m
4. Dam and Dyke
(a) Major project Grid plan with contours of the site covering 1:2500 - 1 or 2 Contour intervals as per item
the area upto 250m upstream and 500 down- or 3m. 3(a) above. Block levelling
stream of the axis extending upto an to be on 10m grid basis.
elevation of MWL +5m or more depending
upon the site conditions(tail channel area
shall be adequately covered).
(b) Medium project Grid plan with contours of the site covering the 1:1000 - 1or 2m Contour intervals as per item
area upto 250m upstream and 250m down- 3(b) above. Block levelling to
stream of the axis extending upto an be on 5m grid basis.
elevation of MWL + 5m. or more depending
upon the site conditions (tail channel area
shall be adequately covered).
5. Barrage/Weir Grid plan with contours of the site covering an 1:2500 - 0.5m Block levelling on 50m or less
area upto 1 km on either side of the firm bank to 1m grid basis depending upon
and 100m from the upstream/downstream tip the slope of the land.
of the guide bands parallel to the flow (tail cha-
nnel area shall be adequately covered).
6. Canal & Water
Conductor system:
(a) Major project (i) L -section . 1:2500 1:100 - Levelling 50m or less interval
(ii) Cross-section at 50m interval. 1:2500 1:100 - -do-
(iii) Strip control plan covering 150m either side 1:1500 - 10.m Block levelling as per item(5)
of the central line of the canal or depending above.
upon the requirement whichever is more.

(b) Medium project (i) L-Section. 1:4000 1:100 - Levelling at 30m interval
(ii) Cross-section at 90m in interval 1:4000 1:100 - -do-
(iii)Strip contour plan covering 150m on either 1:4000 1.0 Block levelling 30m grid basis.
side of the central line of the canal or depending
upon the requirement whichever is more.

(c) Minor project (i) L- Section 1:4000 1:100 - Levelling at 30m interval.
(ii) Cross section at 90m interval 1:4000 1:100 - -do-
(iii)Strip contour plan covering 150m on either 1:4000 - 0.5 Block levelling 30m grid basis
side of the central line of the canal or depen-
ding upon the requirement whichever is more.
 CH. 29 Norms for Topographical Surveys 115
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

7. Canal Structures
(a)Major & (i) Grid plan with contours of the 1:2500 - 0.5m Block levelling as per item(5)
Medium Project site to cover an area upto 300m on either side above .
of the central line of the canal - 200m down-
stream of the point of exit of water and 200m
upstream of the point of water inlet
(ii)Cross-section of the drain along the central 1:2500 1:100 - Bed level/bank level and FSL
line of the canal. of the canal and max HFL of
drains to be indicated on the
cross-section.
(iii) Drainages surveys for upstream and down-
stream of centre line of the canal for adequate
length as required for hydraulic calculations.
For plan 1:10,000 Refer item 2 above.
Longitudinal and cross sections 1:2500 1:100 - Refer item 2 above.

(b) Minor project (i) Grid plan with contour of the site to cover 1:4000 - 0.25m Block levelling on 30m or less
an area upto 150m on either side of the central grid basis depending upon the
line of the canal 60m downstream of the point slope of the land.
of exit of water and 60m upstream of the
point of water inlet.
(ii)Cross-section of the drain along the central 1:4000 1:100 - Bed level/bank level and FSL
line of the canal extending sufficiently above of the canal and max.HFL of
the HFL. drain to be indicated on the
cross-section.
(iii) Drainage surveys for upstream and down-
stream of centre line of the canal for adequate
length as required for hydraulic calculations.
For plan 1:4000 Refer item 2 above.
Longitudinal and cross section 1:4000 1:100 - Refer item 2 above.
8. Command area
survey including
survey for
drainage system:
(a) Major project (1)Contour plan of the area. 1:10,000 - 0.5
and Medium project or
1:15,000
(a) Plains and plateau OFD works. 1:2500 - 0.15 or Block levelling on 50m or less
0.25m grid basis. contour interval depe-
(b) Hilly terrain OFD works 1:1250 0.25 nding upon the steepness of
or or the country. Marshy land dep-
or 1:625 0.50 ressions, if any, to be shown
or in the plan. 6 to 8 spot levels
1m per hectare of area shall be
minimum and high/low points
of the field are not left out.
(b) Minor Project Contour plan of the area. 1:4000 - 0.25 Block levelling on 30 m or less
or grid basis. Contour interval
0.5m depending upon the steepness
of the country. Marshy land,
high/low points to be shown in
the plan.
9. Power House Contour plan of the site to cover full area 1:2500 - 0.5 Contour interval as per item
Switch Yard of the component(s) and alternative layouts. or 3(a) above. Block levelling
Surge shaft 1 or 2 as per item 5 above.
Tail race etc. or 3m
10. Plant and Colony Contour plan of required area. 1:2500 - 0.5m Block levelling as per item 5
above.
 116 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 29
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
11. Tunnel and Adit (i) Contour plan of the area covering the 1:2500 - 1 or 2 Contour interval as per item
length of the tunnel & 500m on either side of or 3m 3(a) above Block levelling
the central line of the tunnel/adit including as per item 5 above in case
approach, portal and dump areas. of ground surveys.
(ii) L-Section 1:2500 1:100 or Vertical scale depending upon
1:200 or the steepness of the slope and
1:500 or drop.
1:1000
12. Penstocks (i)Contour plan of the area covering the len- 1:2500 1 or 2 Contour interval as per item
gth of the structure and 150m on either side or 3m (a) above. Block levelling
of the central line of penstock. as per item 5 above.
(ii) L - Section. 1:2500 1:100 or Vertical scale depending upon
1:200 or the steepness of the slope.
1:500 or
1:1000
13. Soil Conservation Plan of area subject to erosion slides and slips. 1:10000 - 10m This may be carried out for
Survey or or less major and medium project
1:50000 depending upon the location of
the area.
14. Geological Maps Reservoir and river valley structure (dams, Same as recommended under
barrage, Tunnel, Power House Penstocks, each item above or other wise
Water Conductor System and important as stated in the Geological report.
structures on Canal.)
15. Foundation Plan:
investigation Major 1:2500 As spec- Showing location of structures
Maps Medium ified above bore holes, trial pits, drifts
Minor for the co- and points where in-situ
rresponding tests were conducted etc.
structure.
Cross section
Major 1:2500 1:100 - Showing logs of bore holes, trial
Medium 1:2500 1:100 pits, drifts, etc. and other
Minor 1:1000 1:100 feature of the foundation.
16. Borrow Area Plan:
and Quarries Major 1:2500 - 0.5 or 1m. Showing location of different
Medium 1:2500 -do- materials of construction pit/
Minor 1:1000 -do- drill holes.
Section
Major 1:2500 1:100 - Showing profile along the grid
Medium 1:2500 1:500 lines upto the depth explored.
Minor 1:1000 1:100
17. Soil Surveys Plan:
Major 1:10,000
or
1:15,000
Medium 1:5000

4. Economy in Surveys : In order to ensure against any wasteful expenditure on field

surveys, the following further instructions detailed in paras 2.4.3 to 2.5 of Chapter -2 (S&I) of the
Specifications are reproduced below for being rigidly followed:
"2.4.3 Jungle clearance for chain & compass survey : For chain and compass surveys,
generally no jungle clearance is required to be done. However, when alignments are passing
through jungle other than the reserved forest, and its clearance is considered necessary by the
Engineer-in-charge, then ordinary, and thick jungle clearance depending upon the type of jungle
involved can be carried out with the prior sanction/permission from the competent authority. But
such jungle clearance in widths not exceeding 1.5 m for alignment and one metre for cross
sections can be done after obtaining prior specific sanction of the competent authority, which
CH. 29 Norms for Topographical Surveys 117
shall include the type of jungle to be done in different lengths and widths as considered necessary.
When it is necessary to survey lengths through a reserved forest, prior sanction from the
competent authority shall be required to be taken as per the Forest Conservation Act-1980.”
"2.4.4 Length of Survey : Length of survey shall be measured along the lines of which
particular type of survey is done. For chain and compass survey it would be the length along
which chaining and compassing is to be done. For levelling, it would be the total length of the
lines along which levels are to be taken.”
"2.4.5 Use of Theodolite : For survey and setting of curves for irrigation channels carrying
discharge above one cumsecs and for layout of important structures, the use of theodolite shall
invariably be made.”
"2.4.6 Chaining of Final Alignment : It shall be done with due precision after setting of
curves.”
"2.4.7 Marking of Village Maps : The surveyed and cross sections shall also be marked
on the concerned village maps. In case of catchment area survey, the ridge line/lines shall also
be marked on the village maps. For command area survey, ridges and valley shall also be
marked.”
"2.4.8 Survey Party for double levelling : The survey party for double levelling should
invariably be headed by the sub-divisional officer concerned or an officer not below the rank of
an Assistant Engineer.”
"2.4.9 Instructions for Systematic Levelling : The general instructions for carrying out
systematic levelling work and making entries in the field and level books as per Appendix VII
shall be followed." (Note: Appendix VII is reproduced earlier)
"2.5 Dag belling in all types of soils : Dag belling shall only be done in all types of soil
which can either yield to the ordinary application of pick and shovel, or to spade, rake or other
digging implement, and can be removed by this ordinary application after loosening with pick
axe. This work shall normally be done for the final alignments approved by the competent
authority (for proceeding with construction). The work in single spade stroke (minimum 75 mm
deep) shall be carried out for all medium and minor irrigation canal works whereas the work in
double spade ‘V’ shaped stroke (100mm deep) shall be carried out for all major projects, and all
dam alignments.”
5. Reckoning Chainage Along Dam, Barrage & Pick Up Weirs : (1) Starting Point :
It is an established practice to reckon the starting point of a dam, barrage and Pick-Up Weir
etc.from the extreme left flank towards right flank. In order to avoid confusion, and with a view to
maintain uniformity, it is necessary to follow this practice scrupulously in all works.
Many a times the alignments are required to be shifted to further left of the ZERO chain
marked on survey plans. Here too, no change in the chainage already adopted need be affected
but the chainage will start from -1(minus one), -5(minus five) etc. as necessary.
(2) Change after Completion : In a few cases(e.g. Sampna Dam) the S.D.O. incharge
changed the chainage during maintenance because the starting point did not correspond to
ZERO, little realising that it will require changing of all the drawings, appended to Sanctioned
Estimates as also completion drawings prepared for the project or Geologists reports etc.The
result was utter confusion during Enquiry of the Slips in the Upstream slope of the dam &
repairs etc.
All are accordingly cautioned against attempting any such change.

lll
 118 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 30

Chapter - 30 t Some Tips for Use of Topographical Maps.

1. As is well known, topographical maps, published by the S.O.I. (For more details of
such maps see chapter-8) are the basic tool, essential for Engineers to make a start in carrying
out the surveys of an irrigation project. However, their proper understanding and intelligent
application presupposes knowledge of the following basics viz :-
(1) Margin Notes : Apart from the legend boxes(tables & symbols) considerable amount of
information is printed in the margins of the Topo maps. These therefore, need to be carefully studied.
(2) Depiction of Relief : Contours and heights are of great importance for irrigation
Engineers. In hilly areas, standard contour intervals are fairly close. Here the general accuracy
when checked may be of the order of 1/3rd to 1/2 of contour interval. In plain areas, errors may
however be 1/4th of contour interval. As accurate heights are depicted by spot heights,
Trignometrical heights and the Bench Mark heights, these essentially need also be taken into
account. Spot heights in Italics are ofcourse approximate but the B.M. heights are most accurate.
(3) Marking of Intermediate Contours : Any desired contour can be approximately
marked on the Topo Map, say the M.W.L. contour to know the extent of submergence/affected
area. The standard contour intervals being known, the distance between the two consecutive
contours, perpendicular to the flow of the contours need to be measured, and the proportionate
distance required for the desired contour from the contour marked on the topo map need to be
marked e.g. it is desired to mark 970 contour between 960 and 980 contours already existing.
As the distance between these contours is 20 metres, we are to mark 10m (970 - 960 = 10m)
above 960 contour. Therefore, the distance to be marked will be 1/2 (10/20) that shown on the
map. This will be repeated along the line perpendicular to the flow of the contour at different
places and then joined by a smooth curve to get the desired contour approximately.
(4) Marking of the Catchment Area : (i) For this purpose, the divide points of two
adjacent valleys are to be marked and joined together. This divide is known as the water shed
line. This in further detail means that, one should follow the flow of the main nala course,
upstream of the dam site till the source is reached. There it is necessary to observe the starting
points of the nallas flowing in the other direction away from the valley under marking, making
sure that the nala so noticed does not flow back to the valley under marking upstream of the
dam site. If not, then a point in between into the valley under marking and the other to adjoining
valley. This is the divide line between the two adjacent valleys.
(ii) The same procedure is to be followed for all the tributories joining the river/nala,
upstream of the bund site. This will give a number pf points on the natural divide line. By joining
these points (by a curve) the catchment area is marked.
(iii) While joining the various points, the following need to be kept in view :-
(a) Cart tracks generally follow ridge. One can take the help of this cart track, to track
the ridge if it is near the divide. Similarly the roads also follow the ridge.
(b) Ridge is generally the line which joins the noses of the contour indicating a high spot
on a hill. Thus while marking the ridge on the hills, nose of all the contours as shown below
should be joined.

Sketch 1
CH. 30 Some Tips for Use of Topographical Maps 119
(c) The ridge line will never cross a river/nala. It will always pass in between, the points
of sources of the rivers/nalas, taking off from the ridge in opposite directions.
(iv) (a) Catchment area for minor schemes can be determined from 1:50,000 scale topo
sheets and for major & medium schemes from 1:2,50,000 scale toposheets. In case of small
tanks having maps (scale 1" = 660 ft) after ofcourse actual inspection at site and marking the
water shed (ridge) line.
(b) Characteristics of the C.A. will be determined from toposheet study for major &
medium schemes, and by actual verification for minor schemes, by classifying the area into
following classes of similar flood producing capacity :-
Class I = Steep Slopes.
Class II = Hilly country with moderate slopes.
Class III = Ordinary plain country.
(c) The area bounded by the water shed line shall be measured by means of planimeter
or with the help of graph paper.
(5) Surveys for capacity of Tank(reservoir) : (i) Block level surveys should be carried
out for the reservoir area, on 25 to 50 metre grid depending on the size of reservoir & topographical
conditions. Highest level of grid survey should be high enough to allow for anticipated maximum
reservoir level and maximum water level.
(ii) For Minor Projects : (a) For the purpose of contour of minor and Medium project(of
moderate size) the whole area should be divided into suitable blocks of 200 metres by taking
the proposed dam line as reference for the base line. Theodolite should be used for alignment of
the blocks.
(b) Bench Marks should then be transferred to all corners of the 200 metre blocks carefully.
Each block should then be further subdivided into 25m grid and levels again taken at 25 mgrid
intervals.
(c) Detailed levelling of blocks be got done by different parties (minimum two parties). It
should be assured that the same party is not given the adjacent blocks. The parties should be
given blocks diagonally as indicated in thesketch below :
—200 metres—
∗ B A B A B∗
—200 metres—

A B A B A * Intersection points
B A B A B for transfer of B.Ms
A B A B A
B A B A B
∗ ∗
Sketch 2
Note : 1. A block be allotted to one party, and B to another party for further dividing the 200
m block into 25m blocks. This system will be fool proof since the B.M. will get
tallied with the values of B.M. already transferred at all corners of 200 m blocks.
2. Diagnonal distribution of blocks will avoid manipulation. Once the contours are
plotted, contour of the same R.L. shall flow to the adjacent block, and the contours
drawn by different parties must meet at the border of the 200 m blocks.
3. The contour intervals of 0.5 m shall be drawn by interpolations of the levels.
4. Contours upto 2 metre above the proposed MWL would be drawn to enable
evaluation of the most economical FRL and MWL.
5. Survey should be plotted preferably in the scale of 1:2500.
 120 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 29
(iii) (a) For Major & Medium Projects : The size of blocks in such projects may be
500m to 1,000m to be sub-divided further into 50m grid.
(b) For major schemes, it should be possible to check the capacity by working out the
same with the help of contours available in the toposheets. These figures would not have wide
variation.
(c) For important major projects, the reservoir basin surveys could also by got done
through S.O.I. for which necessary procedure is outlined in Chapter 32.
(d) Reservoir basin survey plan should be prepared covering an area upto an elevation of
MWL + 5 meters at a scale of 1:2500 with contour interval of 1,2 or 3 meters on the following
basis viz;
Slope less than 100 to horizontal = 1 metre or less.
For slope 100 to 200 degree = 2 metre interval.
For slope more than 300 = 3 metre.
(Extracted from Lecture Note By Er.N.B.Sen Director O.T.C. Tawa Nagar)
(6) Marking of the site for Dam : (1) The tentative site of dam for storage tank is fixed
by examining the contours on toposheets. The examination is done by the following method :-
(a) The contours running by the side of a nalla are examined and places are marked
where the contour of the same level on either bank of the nalla come close to each
other. Next higher contour is then examined. If this contour on either bank is not very
far from the lower contour, there is a possibility of bounding the river at the place.
(b) Next point which is to be examined is the area of the probable tank basin and its
capacity. Having fixed the tentative site of a bund the level on the bank of the river is
interpolated from the contours. The F.T.L. is taken say 40' to 50' above the bank level
of the nalla. The F.T.L. contour is interpolated. The area surrounded by the F.T.L.
contour is the submerged area. The capacity will be roughly 3/4 x submerged area
x depth. Actual capacity on detailed survey will not vary more than 20 per cent.
(c) The next point to be seen is the alignment of the canal. Knowing or interpolating the
level on the bank of the nalla L.S.L. may be kept about 5' above. The L.S.L. contour
(allowing for a slope in the canal of something like 1:3000) is drawn on both banks of
the nalla till this contour reaches the ridge. If the canal does not reach the ridge
within a reasonable distance or has to cross big drainage lines the tank site is not
suitable unless the capacity of the proposed tank and the commanded area are quite
big and high expenditure on drainage crossing does not form a large portion of the
probable total cost of the project.
(d) The following points should also be noticed :-
(i) Whether the commanded area has enough cultivated area, and
(ii) Whether the tank will not submerge large cultivated area and big villages.
(2) Before deciding the site of tank the probable site of the waste weir should be carefully
examined. The waste weir can be sited at one of the two following alternative sites :-
(a) If there is low saddle not very much higher than the F.T.L. at any place near the
border of the tank basin waste wier can be sited there, provided there is a regular
drainage line across the saddle and the discharge let out is not likely to cause
damage to large cultivated area, village tank or village.
(b) If there is no such saddle, a waste weir can be sited on either end of the bund
provided there is sufficient width of land more or less flat, suitable for the waste weir
and there is natural drainage line not far off. In locating the waste weir it should be
remembered that as far as possible the proposed canal should not cross the spill
channel, unless it is absolutely unavoidable.
CH. 30 Some Tips for Use of Topographical Maps 121
(3) In the above paras the idea has been given of siting an earthen dam to form a tank
which canals are to be taken directly. There may be cases where there may be a good site of a
tank from which it is not possible to take off a canal to provide a pick-up weir or lower tank
across the nalla at some lower point from where it is possible to take off a canal.
(4) There may be cases where there is good basin on a nalla but a tank is not possible
due to the catchment area being very small. In such cases the possibility of feeding the tank
from a nearby nalla may be examined.
(5) The above gives only a brief outline how to examine the toposheets for fixing up the
tentative site of a tank.
(6) The following further narration for marking of waste weir, canal alignment and the
command area would also be found useful
(a) Marking of Spillway/Waste weir : (i) It should be the objective to lead the surplus
water safely back to the nala which is being closed, for making the dam. In Major
projects, generally the spillway is located in the river itself. The location of the spillway
can accordingly be marked/finalised, only after sub-surface investigations.
(ii) Marking of spillway/waste weirs for medium and minor project, needs examination of the
FRL contour, to ascertain existance of a separate-capable valley called ‘Saddle’ taking
off from the FRL contour (or its near about) with the objective of disposing-off, the surplus
water to separate valley. This is the safest method for earthen dams. While doing so it
has to be ensured from study of the topo-maps that, this valley is capable of taking the
additional discharge without damage to land and property.
(iii) In case the above is not possible, study is to be made for locating spillway/waste weir on
the flanks, in cutting, i.e. above the F.R.L. level. The first trial should be to lead to the
nearest nala which will join the valley away from the dam site.
(iv) If this too, is not possible then an alignment for the spill channel, which can lead surplus
water from waste weir to suitable place in the main nala where it can be dropped, shall
have to be identified by, detailed topographical surveys.
Approximate base line of this alignment shall be perpendicular to the flow of the
contours, leading away from the dam site. This combined with a further reconnaisance
survey of the area may lead to better alignment of waste weir, and spill channel/approach
channel, necessary for the surplusing arrangements.
(Note : For more details, see Chapter 72 titled -” Selection of a Dam Site, Broad
Considerations).
(7) Marking Approximate Canal Alignment : For canals, marking of falling contour
will be necessary depending on the bed slope in the canal. The bed level of the canal for every
kilometers length be calculated. The places identified on the topo map and the desired levels
pinpointed as explained for Command area. By joining these points approximate canal alignment
can be marked.
(8) Marking of Command Area : Similarly after having decided the desired level of the
command, the contour of that level can be marked on the topo map to know the gross command
area. Thereafter, by marking the same approximately on Village Maps (Cadestral Maps), exact
details of the command area can be obtained.
(9) Preparation of Reconnaisance Report : (i) As explained above, it is possible to
ascertain the following :-
(a) Broad location of the head works;
(b) Area to be served by the project;
(c) Catchment area and its characteristic such as (1) classification of the stream, (2) land
use, (3) shape, (4) slope, (5) orientation and (6) drainage density;
 122 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 31
(e) Command area;
(e) Submergence and its details;
(f) Suitability of waste weir site: and
(g) Availability of materials for construction.
(ii) With the help of above study it is possible to work out the availability of water, its
possible use, and the storage possible at the site, as also the tentative levels of the proposed
dam, the nature and length of canals necessary, likely cost and whether or not the site is prima-
facie feasible for further detailed investigations.
(Extracts from CE PWD Letter No.179-P/Ka(1)54 dated 28.06.1954- after renumbering of
paragraphs & titles adding titles).
lll

Chapter - 31 t Bench Marks and Centre Line Stones

1. Connecting Levels to GTS Bench Marks : While taking up surveys for new schemes,
the field staff is required to connect its survey & levelling work, to the levels noted on the
nearest GTS Bench Mark set up by the S.O.I. Like wise upon undertaking construction work,
the department as also Agencies executing the work, are required to setup sufficient number of
additional Bench Marks, at covenient locations, to facilitate construction activity. All these
additional B.M.’s are also required to be connected to G.T.S. levels.
2. Norms for setting up of new Bench Marks : Appendix VII to Chapter 2 of the
Specifications for Irrigation projects (Nov., 1991) Vol. I, lay down the Scale & Type design for
these. Table -1 extracted therefrom is reproduced below:
TABLE 1
Location and Number of Bench Marks
(Appendix VII in Chapter -2 of the Specifications)
S.No. Particulars Standard/Permanent B.M. Ordinary or Temporary B.M.
Location & No. Location & No.
1 2 3 4
1. Major Dam One on either bank (1) Dam alignment excluding river
& along the alignment. portion @ 10 chains located D/Sat a
Medium Dam distance of five times the height of the
dam away from the C/L of the dam.
(2) One on Waste weir at a distance of 2
chains from the midpoint of the C/L of
the alignment.
(3) Spill channel and approach channel
alignment - one at every 10 chains.
2. Minor Dam One on one bank Same as per S.No.1 above.
3. Canal Alignment At every 5 Km along the At every one km along the alignment
alignment, on the canal on the boundary line excluding
boundary line. Standard Bench Marks.

3. Type Designs : The Type Design No. 7 & 8 is to be adopted, Fixing at site shall be as
per Type Design No.6 [As these drawings also find place in the Unified Schedule of Rates,
these are not incorporated. - Author]
CH. 31 Bench Marks and Centre Line Stones 123
4. System of Connecting to G.T.S. B.M. : These new Bench Marks shall be connected
to the nearest G.T.S., B.M., by double levelling to be headed by an officer not below the rank of
an Assistant Engineer. The locations of these bench marks shall be so selected by the Engineer-
in-charge, such that, they do not get disturbed during construction. The top surface of the
bench mark shall be truly horizontal and plane. The words “B.M.” with R.L. value shall be
conspicuously carved and painted on the bench mark. The Sub-divisional Officer shall himself
lay out important levels, all control points with a specific work and corelate all levels and locations
with the bench mark. Important levels shall be checked by the Engineer-in-charge.
5. Ordinary or Temporary Bench Marks : In the case of spread out works, several
bench marks duly connected to standard bench marks or permanent bench marks, by double
levelling shall be constructed and fixed as per the type Design No. 6. The procedure of double
levelling selection of their locations and the specification shall be the same as for the standard
or permanent bench marks detailed above. The tentative numbers and its locations shall be as
detailed in Col - 4 of Table - 1 above.
6. Double Fly Levelling : (a) The Double fly Levelling is done where high precision
levelling is required, such as shifting of GTS Bench Marks,Temporary & Permanent B.M. on
Dam site,Spillway and along all canal alignments,submergence pillars etc.In this method, one
staff and two levelling instruments are used.The reading is taken on the same staff reduced and
tallied. In case of difference, reading is taken again. As the levels are reduced instantly, it is
necessary to apply arithmatic check at the close of work, to avoid common calculation mistakes.
(b) Double Fly Levelling is not fool proof if,(i) the staff is not held property,and (ii) in
telscopic staff,if the staff is not fully opened. The values obtraned. The values obtained by
double fly levelling need to be checked again by single fly levelling to ensure correctness.
(c)The party for double fly levelling is to be headed by an S.D.O. vide para 6(e) in the
notes of chapter 2 of the unfield schedule of Rates.
(Para 6 through Courtesy, Shri M.G.Choube, E.E.Wainganga Basin Seoni)
7. Maintaining Register of B.M.’s & Annual Verification of Bench Marks :
(i) A register of bench marks should be maintained in every sub-division, and its copy
also kept in the E.E.’s office.
(ii) A certificate should be recorded by the S.D.O.. annually that, the bench marks have
been checked by him and found to be in good order. The Executive Engineer would also satisfy
himself in this regard and also ensure adequate check himself each year.
(Based on C.E. Irrigation, Nagpur; No. 179-Ya/W (1) 54 dated 31st July, 1954)
8. Fixing of Centre Line Stones :
(i) Centre line stones conforming to the Type Design No.4 shall be fixed on finally approved
alignments and reference lines for setting out works only, as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
(ii) Specifications : For centre line stones, chisel dressed cut stone of size 150mm x
150 mm x 600mm shall be used. In case, cut stone is not available, these stones may be made
of R.C.C. of size 100mm x 100 mm x 450 mm with nominal reinforcement.
[Vide Para 2.3.10 in Ch.2, S & I of the Specifications for Irrigation Projects, Nov.1991.]
lll
 124 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 32

Chapter - 32 t Project Area Topographical Surveys

through S.O.I. - Procedure Therefor
1. Necessity : The Survey of India Dehradun (U.P.) undertakes specific Project Area
Topographical surveys on request from State Govts., as the Planning Commission as also the
World Bank Agencies extending aid for irrigation projects, of late insist on surveys for Reservoir
basin, Canal area and Command Area surveys for Major & sizable Medium schemes through
the S.O.I. To facilitate reference to the S.O.I., the types of surveys carried out and the procedure
required to be followed for this purpose is described below :
2. Types of Surveys and their Scales : In the projects already entrusted to the S.O.I.,
the scales of Surveys agreed upon inconsultation with the C.W.C. are :-
- Reservoir submergence surveys. To a scale of 1:15,000 with 3 metre contour
interval.
- Canal Area Surveys. To a scale of 1:10,000 and contour interval of 0.5 m, upto one
percent slope, and one metre contour interval for area with above 1% slope.
- Command Area Development. To a scale of 1:2,000 or 4,000 and contour interval of
15 cm upto 1% slope and 25 cm above 1% slope.
3. Procedure. (1) Whenever surveys of this kind, for any project are desired to be entrusted
to the S.O.I., a request has to be made to the Director, Central Circle, S.O.I. Jabalpur (initially
through personal contact & after his advice) in writing with an Index Map indicating the area,
and upper limits to which surveys are desired and the availability of funds. The S.O.I. thereupon
supply an estimate of cost for department's concurrence and indicating the yearly availability of
funds. After consent/approval to these cost estimates, by Indentor, the project is included in
their survey programme.
(2) It has therefore, to be ensured that in all such cases the Survey Estimate or the A-
preliminary Estimates of the concerned project contain provision to this effect. Generally approval
of State Govt is obtained for entrusting work to S.O.I.
4. Survey Priorities Conference. The S.O.I. receives such requests for new surveys
from all over the Country and also from the State’s Forest, Land Revenue, PHE and the Electricity
Boards. To decide priority for survey between different schemes, the C.W.C acts as Co-Ordinator.
It calls annualy from the States information in this behalf some time in the month of December,
under the title ‘Survey Priority Programme Conference'. The information is normally called from
the E-in-C. In order that these demands receive proper consideration, the concerned officers
need to intimate their requirements to the E-in-C, well in advance for inclusion in this report.
This is, besides the procedure outlined in Para 3.
5. Setting up of Permanent Bench Marks. The S.O.I. does not under take the
construction of any permanent or Temporary Bench Marks, in the course of such specific project
surveys, but is willing to supply values at the proposed B.M. sites. Looking to the importance of
such B.M.’s, it is necessary to avail of the facility. It shall be the duty of the Superintending
Engineer, concerned with the project, to decide the number and location of the Bench Marks
required in the area for future work. Such locations duly marked on the Index Map shall be
indicated to the S.O.I. field staff, in writing.
The interval for construction of such permanent B.Ms. shall normally be 20 km each way
unless the ground slope permits larger spacing.
(Para 5 as per E-in-C No. 3347050 dated 5.9.1980)
lll
CH. 33 Hydrological Data Collection - in Outline 125

Section VI - Hydrometeorological Surveys

Chapter - 33 t Hydrological Data Collection - in Outline.
1. Necessity : (i) The wise use of the water resources of a region/ river can only be made
after these have been invented in full and analysed. For this purpose it is necessary to have a
complete knoweldge of such factors as precipitation, its distribution, intensity, frequency and
infilteration, river flows, their fluctuation, the availability of ground water supply, their economic
yield and quality.
(ii) Lack of such data for a specific irrigation project results in either inadequate planning,
consequential delay in preparation of detailed designs for execution ,completion and development
of the project because after a project is conceived, either one must wait and collect necessary
hydrological data or execute the scheme with what ever data is ready at hand. Lack of such
data has often been responsible for heavy expenditure subsequently towards remedial measures
i.e. either for supplementing water storage or additional measures for disposal of large floods
etc. Kaliasote(Bhopal) and Saroda(Kawardha) and such other schemes are well known.
(iii) Like wise, in the operation of a completed project as well, hydrological data is of
immense necessity so as to be able to forecast the supplies of water that would be available for controlling
releases or for filling the reservoir. It is possible with fair amount of accuracy to forecast these supplies if
hydrological data has been properly collected, studied and analysed over a number of years.
This way, even in day to day operation and safety of storage dams, hydrological data
plays a very important role :-
2. Classification of Hydrological data : The various sub heads under which hydrological
data may be collected are as under :-
(a) Precipitation (Rainfall) : Its amount, distribution, intensity frequency and trend;
Allied meterological data, such as temperature, humidity etc.
(b) River Supplies : Amount and variation, regeneration; Quality of Natural water with
regard to their substance and contents.
(c) Ground Water Supplies : Location, yield, depth and fluctuation; Quality of sub-soil
water with regard to its substances and contents.
(d) Silt data.
3. Climatological Observations carried out by I.M.D. : Climatological observations
are carried out by the Indian Meteorological Department, at selected stations all over the country.
The results of these observations are published in the form of Climatological tables. The main
observations carried out by the I.M.D. are :-
(a) Station level pressures.
(b) Air temperatures- mean and extreme.
(c) Humidity.
(d) Cloud amount.
(e) Rainfall - daily, monthly, total number of rainy days.
- total in wettest month with year.
- total in the driest month with the year.
- heaviest fall in 24 hours with date and year.
(f) Mean Wind Speed - No of days with speed percentage.
- No of days with wind duration.
(g) Weather phenomena.
(h) Visibility.
126 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 33

4. I.M.D. Observations in M.P. : (i) I.M.D. has in operation in Madhya Pradesh 26

climatological observatories at (1) Gwalior, (2) Nowgong, (3) Guna, (4) Neemuch, (5) Sagar, (6)
Bairagarh (Bhopal), (7) Hoshangabad, (8) Indore, (9) Pachhmari, (10) Seoni, (11) Khandwa, (12)
Satna, (13) Umaria, (14) Jabalpur, (15) Pendra (Bilaspur), (16) Raipur, (17) Kanker, (18) Jagdalpur,
(19) Sheopur, (20) Ratlam, (21) Chhindwara, (22) Ambikapur, (24) Mandla, (25) Champa(Korba)
and (26) Raigarh.
(ii) Except for the rainfall observations which are required to be observed at much closer
distances, to be useful for planning of water storage projects, other observations by the I.M.D.
serve the purpose of Water Resources Deptt. and are not therefore, required to be repeated.
(iii) Data collected at these observatories can be had from IMD publications, available at
their Regional Offices at Pune/Nagpur etc.
(iv) Recently a few Instruments have been installed by Hydrometeorological Directorate
under Aid Programme for Minor Irrigation. Enquiries can be made from him as well.
5. Data being collected by the C.W.C. : The Central Water Commission, New Delhi
has also set up, Gauge, Discharge & Silt observation stations across rivers in M.P. Names of
these stations are given in the E-in-C Publication titled Hydrological Data. The data recorded
at these stations is contained in the Water Year Books published by the C.W.C. and can even
otherwise be had by contacting C.W.C. authorities at Delhi/Faridabad/ Bhopal [CE Narmada
Basin Organisation, C.W.C., Parywas Bhawan Block 3, Ground Floor, Bhopal - 11 (Ph- 558264)]
6. Observations being carried out by the Water Resources Deptt (formerly Irrigation
Deptt) and other Agencies within the State:
(1) Observation of Rainfall data : There were 600 Ordinary and 64 Self Recording
Raingauge Stations in M.P. prior to the year 1982. Their names and locations are contained in
the E-in-C Publication. Additional 225 ordinary and 31 self Recording Raingauge stations are
set up afterwards. Their names and locations can be had from the Director Hydrometeorology
Circle, Narmada Bhawan, Bhopal.
The daily, monthly and annual Rainfall data for ordinary Raingauge stations is published
by the Commissioner of Land Records M.P. Gwalior. These published reports and the unpublished
data for the period thereafter can be had from him by deputing some one to Gwalior for
photocopying out unpublished data, after of course prior engagement in this regard. Superintendants
of Land Records (attached to the Collectorates) also have copies of old published Reports.
(2) River Gauging : (i) There were 11 Gauge, 97 Gauge-Discharge and 36 Gauge-
Discharge-Silt stations uptill 1982. With the financial Assistance provided by the World Bank
for conversion and setting up new stations, additional GD & GDS are being set up in the state.
Names and locations of these stations are available with the Director Hydrometeorology
Circle, Narmada Bhawan, Bhopal. Observation records are also available and being compiled for
publication. Data where ever required can be collected by deputing persons for photo copying etc.
This circle has under its control five Deputy Directors (Hydrometeorology) stationed at
Bhopal, Hoshangabad, Raipur, Jagdalpur & Rewa. These can also be contacted for further
details and the data, or for setting up new G.D., G.D.&S Stations inconnection with any new
scheme to be taken up for surveys.
(ii) Definitions : For proper appreciations of the function of these River Gauge Stations,
the following definitions would be found useful.
(a) Gauge Sites : Gauge sites are those where only the record of river water level from
day to day is maintained. These are located mostly on the Road Bridges & Railway Bridges.
(Note: These sites can be converted into Gauge-Discharge Sites at any subsequent date
by starting the velocity observation at these sites. If a Gauge-Velocity relation
CH. 33 Hydrological Data Collection - in Outline 127
ship is established, the earlier gauge records could also be made use of, to give
river flow data for a long period. For this it is necessary that Cross Sections of the
river are taken at regular intervals and properly recorded).
(b) Gauge - Discharge Sites : At the Gauge - Discharge sites,besides the water
level in the river, the velocity is also measured either by means of a float or
current meter. The cross section of the gauge site is to be taken, once a year
before monsoon and a suitable value is assigned for the co-efficient of rugosity.
Gauge readings are to be taken as frequently as possible during peak flood
periods.
(c) Gauge-Discharge & Silt Sites : In this case, in addition to discharge
measurments, measurments are also made of the silt load carried by river water.
(The silt load is observed in accordance with the specifications laid down in
IS: 3913-1966 and computation of data made as per IS : 4890-1968).
(iii) Standards for setting up Stations : (a) As per the criteria laid down by the C.W.C.,
it is necessary to have a gauge discharge site for every 750 sq.km of the catchment area or so.
The basic idea behind this is that, practically all the major tributories of the river basin should
be equipped with these stations, so that the river flow data, at any point of the river basin can be
computed.
The percentage distribution between Gauge-Discharge and the Gauge-Discharge & Silt
stations has to be 95 : 5.
(b) New Projects : Whenever a new project is proposed for investigation, the desirability
of such a station should be considered taking into account the existing stations in the vicinity.
and provision made accordingly in the survey estimate. For a sizeable medium and major
projects, such stations are invariably to be set up, if ofcourse, one is not already existing
across the concerned river or nalah.
(iv) Types of Gauge Discharge Stations : The Gauge Discharge stations are of the
following three types, depending upon the facility available for measuring velocity of water during
floods.
(a) Gauge - discharge site without boat & current meter.
(b) Gauge - discharge site with boat & current meter.
(c) Gauge - discharge site with rope and cableway & current meter.
(Note : This work is now centralised under the Director Hydrometeorolgy, Circle, Bhopal.
It would be desireable to consult him for the selection of site and the provisions to
be made for these in the Survey Estimates, and whether or not he would like to
carry out the works under his organisation, if provided with funds.)
[Based on E-in-C Pub. titled Hydrological Data]

lll
128 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 34

Chapter - 34 t Raingauges (Ordinary & S.R.R.)

A - Rain Gauges (Ordinary or Non-Recording Type)
1. Types : Raingauges in use are of two types namely :-
(i) Non recording or Ordinary Rain gauges.
(ii) Recording i.e. Self Recording Rain gauges.
Non recording type measure only the accumulated rain which has fallen in 24 hours,
while the recording type indicate the duration, amount and intensity of rain whenever it occurs.
2. Standard for setting up of R.G.’s : (i) As a rough guide, one non recording raingauges
station is required for every 500 sq.km or so. It is also necessary to provide a self recording
raingauges station for each 5,000 sq.km or one among every 10(ten) raingauge stations i.e. 9:1.
(ii) Where self recording raingauge is installed, ordinary raingauge station should also be
installed at the same, place. The S.R.R. will be commissioned only during the monsoon (1st
June to 31st Oct) while the ordinary raingauge will be for the whole period.
(iii) At the site of new project, an ordinary Raingauges shall invariably be set up at/near
dam site. Additional raingauges shall be set up in the catchment/command area, if the number
of existing raingauge stations is not adequate.
(iv) An S.R.R. shall be set up at the site of every major project.
3. Pattern’s in Use : (i) Earlier the Standard Raingauge prescribed by the Indian Metrological
Department for use in the country was the Symon’s pattern raingauge with a receiving funnel of
127 mm dia, placed exactly 305 mm above the ground level. The pattern of this raingauge is
shown in Fig - 1, 2 and 3(in Ch.35) with a measuring glass of 25 mm capacity graduated to 0.1 mm.
(ii) (a) The IS: 5225 - 1965, refers to a new raingauge which while retaining the essential
features of Symon’s pattern raingauge in use in India for many years, is free from the draw
backs of the old instrument. with two collectors having areas of 200 cm 2 and 100 cm 2 and two
interchangeable basis, the design provides for four raingauges of capacities of 100,200,400 and
1,000 mm of rainfall.
(b) The above new type of raingauge consists essentially of a collector which intercepts
the sample of rainfall to be measured and a receiver consisting the sample of rainfall to be
measured and a receiver consisting of base and bottle in which the rainfall collected is stored.
The collector is exposed above ground level while the receiver is fixed partially below ground level.
(c) IS:5225-1969 specific two collectors, 200 cm and 100 cm in area, two bases and 3
bottles of capacities 2,4 and 10 litres. All components are completely interchangeable and
combinations of these provide the raingauges as below :
TABLE - 1
Nominal Measuring Capacity and Combinations
Normal measuring Collector Base Bottle
capacity mm, rainfall
1. 2. 3. 4.
100 200 cm small 2 litres
200 200 cm small 4 litres
400 100 cm small 4 litres
1000 200 cm large 10 litres
CH. 34 Raingauges (Ordinary & S.R.R.) 129
(d) The 200 mm capacity raingauges shall meet the requirements of most of the stations.
The 400 mm capacity and 1000 mm capacity gauges with 100 cm2 collectors are recommended
for use in heavy and very heavy rainfall areas.
(e) The dimensions for collectors, bottle and and bases are given in Fig - 1 & 2.
(f) For the purpose of enquiry or order, the raingauge should be designated by the nominal
measuring capacity as shown in Col.1 of the Table-1 above.
Example : A raingauge with a nominal measuring capacity of 200 mm of rainfall, consisting
of collector, bottle and the base as shown in the table above shall be designated
as - “Raingauge , 200 mm rainfall IS: 5225- 1969”.
For the specifications of collector, bottle & base, see IS: 5225-1969.
(iii) Rain Measure Types : IS 4849-1969 specifies the following rain measure types :-
(a) Type-I 20 mm capacity rain measure suitable for use with precipitation gauge
having collectors of 200 cm2 area.
(b) Type-II 10 mm capacity raingauge measure suitable for use with precipitation gauge
having collectors of 200 cm2 area; and
(c) Type-III 20 mm capacity rain measure suitable for use with precipitaion gauge having
collectors of 200 cm2 area.
Note : Type 2 & 3 have identical measures but are graduated differently for use with 200
cm2 and 100 cm2 collectors respectively.
B- Raingauges - Self Recording Type.
4. Patterns in Use : Among the different type of Self Recording raingauges, the most
commonly used in India is the Float Type with automatic syphoning arrangement.
5. (a). The natural syphon recording raingauge (Fig.3 ) consists of collector and a rainfall
recording mechanism (Fig.4) mounted on a base(Fig.-5 after Ch.35). The rainfall recording unit
consists of float chamber containing a light metal float and a siphon chamber. Rain from the
collector is led into the float chamber through an inlet tube and as the float rises and a pen fixed
to the float rod draws a line on a chart, wound on rotating drum driven by clock work. The
discharge tube is inside and co-axial with the outer tube of the siphon chamber. The top of this
outer tube has a polished glass cup and the discharge tube comes to within a very short
distance of this when the level of the water tube rises with that of water in the float chamber and
flows over the bend at the top of discharge tube, capillary action causes all the air to be pushed
out and down the discharge tube so that, a full flow is started at once. At the end of this
siphoning, air finds access to the top of the tube and the siphoning action is stopped immediately.
As water from the float chamber empties out, the float descends and the pen attached to the
float rod slowly fall to zero mark on the chart when siphoning is complete. The gauge is now
ready to record the rainfall again.
(b). The gauge generally has capacity of 10 mm of rainfall for each siphoning; this gauge
has a collector having an area of 325 cm 2 .
(c). The measure glass designed for use with raingauge for 10 mm rainfall has capacity
corresponding to 10 mm of rainfall with graduations every 0.1 mm.
6. To record the precipitations where heavy rainfall is experienced regularly, the recording
raingauge should have a collector having an area of only 130 cm2 . With this collector, the
raingauge has a capacity of 25 mm of rainfall for each siphoning. A suitable measure glass for
this type of recorder has also been provided. This has a capacity corresponding to 25 mm of
rainfall, with graduations at every 0.2 mm.
130 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 35
7. The Recording raingauge having 324 cm2 area of collector and 10 mm of rainfall
capacity, uses Chart No. DR-1 and that having 130 cm2 area of with 25 mm of rainfall capacity,
uses Chart NO. DR-2.
8. Advantage/Disdvantages : The advantage of the Self Recording Raingauges are that
these :-
(a) Measure the intensity, or rate of fall, of the rainfall as well as its amount;
(b) Require less staff to observe them;
(c) Can be fixed at out of way places representative of rainfall on hills, Project sites etc.
(d) Are useful as a check on ordinary Rain Gauge observations.
Their disadvantages are that these are expensive and may get out of order, e.g. the clock
work may stop or the ink pen may become dry, when it will not mark the diagram.
These are now accepted as Necessary Evil and their installation at the rate of one for
every 10 ordinary raingauge stations commended.
lll

Chapter - 35 t Installation & Upkeep of Raingauge Stations

1. Selection of Site : A suitable site with an area of 5m x 7m shall be chosen for
erecting the raingauge, keeping in view the following conditions :-
(i) The raingauge should be set on level ground, away from trees, building and other
obstructions, not upon a slope or terrace and never on a wall or roof. In hilly area where it is
difficult to find level space, the site for the raingauge should be chosen where it is best sheilded
from high winds.
(ii) A gauge should on no account be placed so, that the ground falls away steeply on the
side of prevailing wind.
(iii) The distance between the gauge and the surrounding object should not be less than
twice the height of that object. For example if there is a tree 12 m high and building 5 m high in
the vicinity of the site, the raingauge must be atleast 24m away from the tree and 10 m away
from the building.
(iv) When a raingauge is set up in an enclosure with other instruments, these other
instruments and the enclosure fence must be considered an obstacle and the above rule applied.
Thus, if there is a Thermometer screen 1.2 m (5ft) high and the enclosure fence 1.2 m (4ft) high,
the raingauge must be atleast 2.4m (10ft) away from the screen and 1.92m(8 ft) away from
the fence.
(v) Provided the above conditions are satisfied, a position sheltered from the wind is
preferable to an exposed one. A belt of trees or a wall on the side of prevailing wind at a
distance from the raingauge not less than twice its height forms an efficient shelter.
(vi) Protection of Raingauge : The gauge must be protected from damage by animals
or playable children and for this purpose, a suitable fence may be erected around it. The height
of the fence should not be more than half its distance from the raingauge with a barbed wire
fence and gate ( as shown in Fig-7) and the layout plan of Non Recording Raingauge, Recording
Raingauge, small thermometer screen and large Thermometer screen in position shall be as
shown in Fig.8 with barbed wire fencing, gate etc.(See figures at the end of Chapter).
2. Approval of Site : A sketch, similar to Fig.6 showing the position of the raingauge,
CH. 35 Installation & Upkeep of Raingauge Stations 131
the objects (like trees or buildings) surrounding the raingauge and their heights and the distances
from the gauge should be sent to the Dy. Director General of observatories(Climatology &
Geophysics) Poona-5 for approval before a raingauge is installed.
(ii) No change should be made in the location of raingauge unless absolutely necessary,
as even if a small change occurs, past records can not safely be combined with present ones.
(iii) When a change of site is imperative, and if the existing site and the proposed new
site are far apart, an additional raingauge may be set up at the new site after getting prior
approval of I.M.D. Poona, before the old gauge is dismantled in order that reading at both sites
may be compared. For a satisfactory comparison both gauges should be in operation for an
adequately long period, to be decided by the Dy Director General of Observatories Poona.
3. Erection of Ordinary Non-Recording Raingauge : When a suitable site had been
selected, the raingauge should be fixed on a masonry or concrete platform 60 cm x 60 cm x 60
cm sunk into the ground erected from hard soil surface. If the soil is loose, and the hard surface
is not reached at the prescribed depth, it may be dug deeper and filled in with boulders and
rubble upto a depth 45 cm below ground level. In areas where hard rocks are exposed, the
foundation may be 60 cm x 60 cm x 35 cm sunk to depth of 275 mm with suitable excavation in
the rock. Into this foundation, the base of the gauge is cemented exactly as shown in Fig.2
(Ch.34) , so that the rim of the gauge is perfectly level and exactly 30 cm above ground level. No
separate platform should be constructed for this purpose. The body of the raingauge should not
be fixed into the foundation and should be removable.
4. Erection of Self Recording Raingauge : The raingauge should be erected on concrete
or masonry platform 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm, constructed as detailed in para 3 above. A 15 cm
long foundation bolt is fixed in the centre of the platform so that, 5 cm of the bolt projects above
the top of the platform. After the bolt has set in the cement, the base of the raingauge is fixed
in the platform as follows :-
(a) Remove the three thumb nuts (Fig.4) and raise the recording mechanism straight up
from its seat.
(b) Place the base on the platform so that, the foundation bolt passes through the hole
in the centre of the angle iron piece and fix it with the fly nut. This can be done
through the opening in the base.
(c) Place the collector and see that the instrument rests firmly on the platform and is
vertical. A spirit level should be placed across the rim in three different directions
and the horizontality checked.
(d) Now replace the recording mechanism in its place and lock it with three thumb nuts.
(e) The float chamber should be levelled by means of the three nuts below the thumb nuts.
(f) The gauge should be so installed that, rim of the funnel is truly horizontal and at a
height of exactly 750mm above the ground level.
(g) Suitable arrangements for draining the water from the surface of the platform should
be made such that, the water never stagnates on the top surface of the platform.
(h) The Recording raingauge should be installed in an enclosure by the side of the non-
recording (ordinary) raingauge and at a distance of about 3 m from it.
5. Care & Maintenance of Raingauge : For maintenance, determination of rainfall, for
care of raingauge & measure glass, maintenance and compilation of records inspection of
raingauges, tabulation of hourly values of rainfall etc. IS:8389-1977 may be referred. However, a
few salient points are detailed below:
(1) The raingauge itself may be kept locked. The National Instrument Factory, Calcutta
(earlier called M.I.O) supplies raingauges with locking arrangements.
132 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 35
(2) The funnel, receiver and body of the raingauge should always be kept clean.
(3) The measure glass should be kept clean and should be washed and thoroughly dried
from time to time, and should be stored safely when not in use.
(4) The funnel, receiver and base should be examined for leaks at least once in 3
months. If found to be leaking they should be repaired immediately or got replaced as may
be necessary.
(5) The rim of the funnel should be perfectly circular and sharp and should not be dented
by rough handling.
(6) Shrubs and plants should not be allowed to grow round the raingauge so as to vitiates
its exposure.
6. Measurment of Rainfall :
(A) Ordinary Non Recording Raingauges : (1) For the measuring of rainwater collected
by the gauge, a graduated measures glass is provided. The rainwater in the gauge should
measured at 08.30 hours (IST). The raingauge must be examined everyday at this hour, evenwhen
in the observer’s opinion, no rainfall has fallen.
(ii) During heavy rains, rainfall must be measured 3 or 4 times in the day, but the last
measurement should be taken at 08.30 hrs (IST) and the sum total of all the measurments
during the preceding 24 hours taken as the rainfall of the day.
(iii). The amount of rainfall should invariably be entered against the date of measurement.
(iv). To measure the rainfall, the funnel must be removed and the water collected in
the receiver and very exceptionally in the body, should be carefully poured into the measure
glass which is placed over a level surface. The eye is then brought into horizontal line with
the bottom of the meniscus or curved surface of the water and the reading taken.
(v). Each of the graduation on the measure glass represents 0.2 mm and the observer
must count the number of divisions covered by the water. If the water level is between the two
divisions, the rainfall should be estimated to the nearest 0.1 mm.
(vi). If there is more water in the receiver, then the measure glass will hold, it should
be measured in two or more parts. The total rainfall is the sum of all these measurements.
(vii). If the rainfall is heavy at the time of observation, a spare receiver or glass bottle
should be placed immediately, after the receiver is taken out for measurement of rainfall.
When the receiver is replaced rainwater collected in the bottle or space receiver should be
poured into the receiver.
(viii). If the rainfall water has overflown from the receiver, the outer cylinder or body of
the raingauge must be taken out and its contents measured and added to the amount in
the receiver.
(ix). Each raingauge station must be provided with two measure glasses. If a measure
glass is accidentally broken and there is no spare measure glass, an ordinary compounder's
fluid measure glass may be used to measure the rainfall (The measurement being recorded in
ounces) till a new measure glass is supplied. An ounce of rain in a 127 mm raingauge corresponds
to 2.3 mm of rainfall.
(x). If a compounders measure glass is not available, the rain water collected on each
day must be stored up in separate bottles, well corked. Each bottle should labelled separately
and on receipt of a new measure glass, rain water in each of the bottle should be measured and
entered into the respective dates.
CH. 35 Installation & Upkeep of Raingauge Stations 133
(B). Self Recording Raingauge:
(a). Daily routine operation : The chart is to be changed at the same time each day,
usually between 08.30 hours and 09.00 hours(IST). The daily routine should be as follows :-
(i). Unlock and remove the cover and place it on the ground nearby with the rim, lift off the
pen by loosening the set screw fixing the pen to the float rod. Take off the old chart after
removing the clip, put on the new chart correctly and replace the chart clip.
(ii). Wind the clock if necessary. The clock need be wound only once in seven days.
(iii). See that there is sufficient ink in the pen and that it marks.
(iv). Set the pen to zero as described in para (b)(ii) below.
(v). Set the pen to correct time I.S.T. to the nearest minute by rotating the drum. Now
allow the pen to trace the record by itself.
(vi). Replace the cover over the base, taking care to see that the funnel outlet tube is
properly seated inside the inlet tube leading to the float chamber.
(b). Method of Use. (i) Remove the cover and wrap the appropriate chart, either DR-1 or
DR-2 on the clock drum, taking care to see that, corresponding horizontal lines on the overlapping
portions are co-incidents and that the bottom of the chart is as near to the flange at the bottom
as possible. The instrument is set as follows :-
(ii). Pour sufficient water into the tube leading to the float chamber till the water
begins to siphon after the siphoning is complete, and the pen has become steady, the pen
point should rest against zero line on the chart. If it does not, loosen the set screw fixing
the pen on the float rod and move the pen carrier on the float rod until the pen point is
exactly on the zero line.
(iii). Measure out the equivalent of 10 or 25 mm of rainfall from the appropriate measure
glass. Pour the water gently into the inlet tube until the pen reaches the horizontal line immediately
below the top line on the chart. The water should now be poured in drop by drop until the
instrument siphons. This should occur when the top line is reached and there is no water left in
the measure glass.
(iv). If the pen does not rise to the top line of the chart, loosen the set screw fixing the
collar in lid and slightly tightening the collar by turning it. Adjust till the correct range is obtained
on the chart when 10 or 25 mm of water is added.
(Note : The raingauge are set and collaborated before these are despatched from the NIF/
IMD, to the station and it will not normally be necessary to set the threaded collar
at the outstations, or to readjust the siphon tube).
(v). Put sufficient ink in the pen, taking care to see that ink does not hang in a drop from
under side of the pen. The pen reservoir can hold more than sufficient ink for a normal weeks
record and therefore, need not be filled to overflowing daily.
(vi). Some times no trace is obtained owing to the tip of the pen being not wet and
touching the paper at the slit in the pen through which ink flows. To adjust the pen, loosen the
set screw fixing the pen on the float rod and rotate the pen carrier about the float rod till it marks
correctly. Tighten the set screw. Care should be taken to see that the pen is not displaced
vertically when doing this.
(vii). Wind the clock and set the pen to the correct time to record.
7. Publication of Data by I.M.D. (i) The rainfall data of all the raingauge stations in each
state are collected by the Rainfall Registration Authority for respective states and published by
them each month.
134 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 35

(ii). Fifty copies of the daily rainfall tables for each month and 140 copies of Monthly and
Annual tables are supplied by each State Authority to the Dy.Director General of
Observatories(Climatology and Geophysics) Poona. These are compiled by him into two Annual
volumes i.e.
(a). The daily Rainfall of India, and
(b). The monthly Rainfall of India.
(iii). In addition to the supply of copies of printed rainfall tables each State Rainfall
Registration Authority is required to supply the following manuscript rainfall statement to the
Dy. Director General of Observatories (Climatology & Geophysics), Poona.
(1). A monthly statement showing(a) the totals of rainfall for the month for each raingauge
station and (b) the number of rainydays for the month for each station (the date on
which 2.5 mm or more of rainfall has fallen is counted as a rainy day).
(2). An annual statement showing rainfall of 25.4 cm and over with amounts in the
preceding and following 24 hours in the following form.

Distt. Station Date Amount.

Preceding day On date in Col 3 Succeeding day
1 2 3 4 5 6

(3). An Annual Statement in the following form giving the daily rainfall and rainy days data
for each raingauge station.

District Station Code No.

Date Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov Dec. Annual

[Note:1) Text of Chapter 34 & 35 and Eight skectches in these, are extracted from "Bombay
Hand Book", 1987 Edn from its Chapter 19 (Part-I).
2) C.E's No. 190/W(M) 61 dated 12.3.62.
3) The Director, Hydrometeorology, WR, Bhopal vide his No. 2731/31/W/DHB dated
23.9.84, circulated a note on the Raingauge Stations to the S&I and his own
divisions. The contents of it being identical to the one incorporated his circular is
not repeated here.]
CH. 35 Installation & Upkeep of Raingauge Stations 135

DIMENSIONS FOR COLLECTORS

Fig.1

DIMENSIONS FOR SMALL NATURAL SIPHON RECORDING

RECEIVER BASE & BOTTLE RAINGAUGE
(All Dimensions in mm)

Fig.2 Fig.3
136 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 35

RAINFALL RECORDING MECHANISM INSTALLATION OF NATURAL

SIPHON RECORDING RAINGAUGE

Note : In areas where hard rocks are exposed,

the masonry concrete foundation may be
600x600x350mm, sunk to a depth of 275mm,
with suitable excavation in the rock.
Fig.4 Fig.5

EXPOSURE OF A RAINGAUGE
(With Reference to Surrounding Objects)
Fig.6
CH. 35 Installation & Upkeep of Raingauge Stations 137

Fig. - 7
Rain Gauge Installed within a Barbed Wire Fence with Gate

Fig. - 8
Layout Plan of Ordinary, Self Recording Raingauges, Small & Large Thermometer
Screens, all Enclosed in Barbed fencing and Gate etc. lll
 138 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 36

Chapter - 36 t Rainfall Data-Recording & Compilation

1. Submission to C.L.R.Gwalior : All the departments of the State Government, who
own and maintain raingauge stations, arrange for the recording of the daily rainfall at all of
these, and supply date-wise monthly data to their superiors in the department and the
Commissioner Land Records M.P. Gwalior. The later compiles and publishes this rainfall data in
the form of Montly and Annual Bulletins. CLR is also designated by the State Govt., as Rainfall
Registration Authority for the State.
2. Submission of data maintained by WRD: (1) The Water Resources Department has
sizeable number of raingauge stations, mostly installed at the head works of irrigation schemes,
and also in the command. Recently some stations have been set up at other strategic locations
(with W.B. Aid) as well, including the Self Recording Raingauges.
(2). All the Executive Engineers have to supply data monthly for each station to ;
(1) his S.E. 2) Director Hydrometrology, Bhopal and 3) Commissioner, Land Records, Gwalior.
(3) (a) The time Schedule prescribed for submission of Tank Gauge Returns (i.e. Water
Account) shall be followed i..e. from S.D.O. to E.E. by 5th and by E.E. to S.E./Dir Hydmety/
CLR GWL by 15th each month.
(b) In order that the SDO/EE keep themselves posted with the rainfall occuring in different
parts of of his charge, they may ask their Sub-Engineer incharge of Raingauge stations, to
submit necessary rainfall data to them by each Saturday either through the Canal Phone or by
Post card, if canal phone facility is not available.
(4) It is likely that the Comissioner Land Records, publishes data of few selected stations
only. In that case, it would be desireable that Director Hydrometrology, Bhopal published
data(monthly or annually as deemed proper) for all the Raingauges maintained by the W.R.Deptt.
(5) The proforma prescribed and in use is detailed below :
GOVERNMENT OF MADHYA PRADESH W.R.DEPARTMENT
DAILY RAINFALL FOR THE WEEK/MONTH ENDING ................................
Name of Division ............................................... Name of RG ..............................................
River Basin........................................................ Latitude/Longitude ........................................
District.............................................................. Altitude .....................................................
Date Rainfall at Cumulative Remarks
0830 hrs (in mm) total during
the month (in mm)
1 2 3 4
1
to
31
Note : 1. Nil rainfall be indicated as XX.
2. If due to any reason rainfall is not measured, it is indicated by N.0. (not observed)
3. Reasons for Note 2 above be given in remark column.
4. If instrument is out of order, it be indicated as I.O.O. (instrument out of order)
5. Reasons for note 4 be given in remark column.
6. If no case column No. 2 be left blank.

S.D.O.
Sub. Divn.......
CH. 36 Rainfall Data-Recording & Compilation 139
3. Maintenance of Rainfall Registers : (1) Looking to its permanent utility, and the
likely need for future use, earlier all the divisions used to maintain a Register of Rainfall Data for
all the Raingauges in the district, so that data for a particular station was available at a glance
for number of years. It would be desirable that each territorial division maintains such registers
for his district wherever these are not being maintained, and if maintained kept updated. Data of
Raingauge Stations of other departments can be copied from the published reports of C.L.R.
Gwalior, when received, or by deputing a person to Gwalior for copying it out or from the office
of SLR of the district. This will avoid the need to wade through files for compilation of data for
planning hydrology of new schemes.
(2) Form for the Register : Form vide statement R-5 (circulated by the Dir.
Hydrometeorology) modified as under could be used for this Register.
Proforma for the Register
1. Name ................. Village .................. Tehsil ................ District ...........................
Year Month Dates (Rainfall in mm) Total No of Heaviest Normal as
1st to 31st for the Rainy rainfall per CLR
month days during the Publication.
month
1 2 3 .......13......23.....33 34 35 36 37
1996 Jan to
Dec
& so on for future years.
(3) This Register could be for a period of 20 years or so, so that, requisite no of pages for
each R.G. Station are left blank continuously.
(4) Record of S.R.R. (Self Recording) Stations : The department has now a sizeable
number of Self Recording Rain Gauge Instruments installed at project sites and elsewhere.
Record of these S.R.R.’s as well has to be maintained in the proforma below.
Proforma for Reporting Hourly Rainfall Data
(Recorded by S.R.R’s)
1. Name .......... 2.Distt ........... 3.Instt: No ....... 4.Element ................ 5. Unit.............
6. Latitude ........... 7. Longitude .......... 8. Altitude............ 9. Month ............ 10. Year ........
Day Hours(Rainfall in mm) Total Mean Max Reading in an hour Duration of Rainfall
Zero & 1 to 24 (S) S/24 Reading Time Hour Min
1 2.....8....14....20.....25 26 27 28 29 30
1st to
31st
Notes : Notes 1 to 5 for Ordinary Rain Gauges detailed below the Proforma under para 2(5) shall also apply here.
Curve Read by.................. Reading Checked by ........................
Arithmetic Worked by ......... Arithmetic Checked by ......................
5. Maintenance of Register in Divisional Offices : In order that this hourly rainfall data
is readily available for over a period of time, a register similar to the one noted in para 3(2) above
would be desirable. Such Register can be taken to BODHI/CWC etc. if necessary without much ado.
6. Reporting of Rainfall Data SRR’s : As the S.R.R’s are installed purely for Engineering
works in addition to O.R.G.’s, reporting of this data to Commissioner Land Records would not
seem desireable. Reports to S.E./Dir. Hydrometreology, Bhopal need be submitted as usual.
lll
140 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 37

Chapter - 37 t River / Stream Gauging

1. All the major rivers and their tributaries which rise in Central India have a part of the
catchment in M.P. Practically all the rivers of the state are rainfed and their major run-off is
during the monsoon period from June to October. Accurate and reliable water flow measurements
are essential to assess the inflow in them, not only for their proper and beneficial use within the
state but also to enable equitable sharing with the lower and neighbouring states.
2. Existing River Gauging Sites : Till December, 1980, the State had 111 gauging
sites, 97 gauge discharge sites, and 31 gauge discharge and silt sites. With the financial
assistance extenged by the World Bank, additional Gauge Discharge and G.D. & Silt Stations
are being set up by the Director Hydrometrology, Bhopal under the C.E., S&I. Bhopal. He is
also compiling inflow data recorded at these. Further details, where and when necessary can
be collected from him. Still however, a brief account is being detailed below for the guidance of
those not conversant with these.
3. Instruments Used :The instruments used to determine velocity in a stream are the
surface and sub-surface floats, pressure instruments and current meters. Their brief description is:
(a). Surface and Sub-surface floats : These consist of circular disc of light wood of 22
cm to 30 cm diameter ; 3 cm thick carrying wooden pin about 30 cm high surrounded by some
cotton wool or other white object visible at a distance. These floats are delivered into water, and
the time taken between the run of 30m or 150m is noted by the help of chronometer or stop
watch. The velocity is made known by dividing the distance by the time.
(b). Pressure Instruments : The velocity of the moving water is converted in the pressure
head. The pressure head is measured with the help of pitot tube. Then from pressure head
velocity is calculated by the formula ;
V = √2 gh
Where,
V = is velocity in metre per second.
g = is acceleration due to gravity (9.81 m/ sec2 )
h = is head in metre.
(c). Current Meter : When the current meter is suspended in water the velocity of flow
causes wheel to rotate. The current meter is fitted with recording device, which records the
number of revolutions of the horizontal wheel. A telephone circuit operated by the battery,
carries the signal to a telephone receiver at the ear of the observer. Knowing the number of
revolutions per second made by the wheel, the velocity is calculated by using rating formula of
the current meter as below :
V = (a + b x N)
Where, a & b are the constants, given by the current meter manufacturers.
V is velocity of flow in m/sec.
N is number of revolutions/made by the wheel per second.
4. Selection of Gauging sites : The selection of site is preferably to be done during low
water period so that full view of the river during low water is available. The river at site should not
overflow its Banks and should preferably be in one channel; i.e. submersible bridge may not be
used in rainy season. The stretch to be chosen should be straight in a distance of 3 to 4, times
the width of the river during high water, both upstream and downstream of the normal cross
section where velocity is to be taken and it should be stable, and not subject to degradation or
CH. 37 River / Stream Gauging 141
aggradation. Cross section within this stretch of the river should be reasonably uniform at all
times of the river. River current should be as divergent as possible from the prevailing wind
directions. The Gauge station should be easily accessible at all times that it can be reached
during floods as well as during low water periods. As far as possible gauging site should be kept
downstream of the bridge so that, the current meter can be better gauged. As in the case of
upstream gauging, current meter will disappear underneath the bridge.
5. Methods of Stream Gauging : (a) Existing Bridge sites : For gauging at existing
bridge sites the gauge is fixed at a distance downstream, to eliminate all effects due to afflux.
The discharge measurments are made from the down stream side.
(b) When Bridge Site not Available : Where the existing bridges are not available,
cable ways are required to be constructed for bigger streams. In such cases the streams would
be divided into 100, 50 or 25 compartments so as to minimize the error in measurement to ±1
percent. The error will increase to 3 to 4 % if it is divided into less than 20 compartments.
(c) Use of Current Meter : The measurements should be done by current meter as far as
possible. If depth is less than one metre, measurments with current meter is made at 0.60
depth at point of observation in the cross section. If depth of water is more than one metre,
measurments with current metre are taken at 0.2 and 0.8 depth from surface. The current meter
reading should be taken, at each spot for a minimum of 40 seconds, and preferably for 60
seconds with the help of boat.
The mean areas of the corresponding, compartments are multiplied by the corresponding
velocity to get discharge of the compartment. The summation of the discharge in all the
compartments gives the total discharge.
Then stage discharge curve is drawn through the computed discharge and the gauge
heights. From this curve, discharge at a particular height can easily be found out.
6. Technique of Stream Flow Measurements : The Water and Power Development
Consultancy Services (India) Ltd. , (WAPCOS), a G.O.I. concern had drafted Memorandum No.
WBMP-1 titled - “ Stream Flow Measurement - Technique of “ in March 1979 for M.P. Major
Projects (MRP & Hasdeo Bango). This is reproduced below for guidance :-

WATER & POWER DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANCY SERVICES (INDIA) LIMITED, NEW DELHI
dated 13.3.79
MEMORANDUM NO. WBMP-1
Stream Flow Measurements Technique of
The hydrological data has not only to be continuously updated but also it has to be made
more reliable than in the past. This memorandum offers suggestions for improving the accuracy
and efficiency of stream flow computation. The rapidly increasing demands on the surface-
water resources make it imperative that they be determined with as high a degree of precision
as is practicable.
1. While selecting the stream gauging sites, special considerations as given on pages 67
to 70 of the Manual of “Stream Gauging” (Second Edition, 1964) by Sarvashri M.G. Hiranandani
and S.V. Chitale (CW & PRS Pune) are to be taken into account, Gauges are to be installed at
selected sites as per IS: 4080 : 1967.
2. An hourly gauge observation is required to be taken during monsoon normally from
21st June to 20th October. This period may be extended to 15th December on the main rivers
and major tributaries. If the monsoon sets in earlier, the hourly observations should be started
with the onset of the monsoon. Observations at close intervals should also be taken during the
non-monsoon freshets. In addition to the hourly gauges, observations at the time of peak floods
and the time of occurence are to be recorded. During the non-monsoon period gauge readings
142 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 37
should be taken 3 times a day, preferably at 08.00 hrs, 13.00 hrs and 18.00 hrs. Automatic
stage recorders should be installed wherever possible.
3. In routine observations, depths at selected verticals of the discharge section are required
to be observed daily for calculating the area of the discharge section. This has to be done either
by a sounding rod or a sounding line as specified in IS:3912:1966 and IS:6064:1977. The
number of sections into which the stream width is divided, should not be less than 20. The
larger this number, the greater will be the accuracy of the measurement. The distance between
any two consecutive sections should not normally be more than 10 m and in very wide streams
these may be 15 m. The spacing of points should be such that the difference of velocity
between the two adjacent points shall be not more than 20% with respect to the higher value
of the two. Soundings should be closely spaced through irregular parts of the section or where
velocity changes are rapid. Usually, spacing in the central portion of the stream may be kept
wider than on sides.
4. Normally, the velocities in various section should be measured on two-point method
with rotating current meter at 0.2 and 0.8 depth of the water (as measured from the surface) and
average of the two taken as the mean velocity. Where it is not possible to measure the velocity
at 0.8 depth due to high velocity and drifting trees etc. during floods observations are to be
taken just below the surface or at 0.2 depth. These are to be corrected by applying the necessary
coefficient determined from complete measurements made during lower stages. Where the two
point method of setting of the current meter brings it closer to the surface of the bed to less
than 15 cms, the mean velocity may be observed by a single setting of the current meter at
0.6d. In other words, single point method may be adopted where water depth is less than 0.75 m.
5. Current meters should not be used where the velocity of flow is less than 0.1 ft/sec.
6. The current meter should be suspended vertically with the thinnest possible cable and
should be provided with a suitable fish weight, the weight of which (in pounds) is equal to the
depth in feet multiplied by the velocity in feet/sec. Other details can be had from IS: 4073: 1967.
7. The manufacturers record the spin time of the current meter, such as 90 seconds, 60
seconds or 45 seconds etc. Spin test should be carried out in the field before and after each
observation and it should not be less than the recorded value by more than 10 %. If the spin test
does not confirm to the manufacturers rating, it means that the rotating mechanism is not
working freely enough and may need oiling and cleaning.
8. During the course of velocity observation, if any reading gives erratic result, it may be
rejected and the observation repeated. Sometimes floating weeds get entangled in the cups or
spindle of the current meter which could be the reason for erroneous results. It may be advisable to
keep at hand a spare current meter for bringing it into use when the previous one goes out of order.
9. The current meter should of got calibrated from the proper authority before a total
period of six month’s use or 90 working days, whichever occurs earlier. The limitation of the
range of velocity, time for observations, its proximity to the rough boundary surfaces due to
drifts etc. should be kept in mind and the use restricted accordingly.
10. If measurements are made from a bridge, these could be made on the downstream
side. In the case of measurements from a bridge, more sections are required particularly around
piers and piles. Spacings may be selected which will give 30 or more sections with additional
observations near the piers. Near piers, short sections should be taken. Where the bridge is at
an angle to the flow, cusine correction should be made.
11. If a stream is shallow and velocity of flow is relatively small(e.g. outside the monsoon
months), measurements could be made by wading. Care must be taken to keep the rod,
connected to the meter in a vertical position and point the meter directly towards the flow. The
electric circuit system should be kept above the water all the time. The observer should so
position himself that the disturbance caused to the flow is the minimum.
CH. 37 River / Stream Gauging 143
12. If a cableway is stretched across the stream and is supported at the banks by
A-frames, a handing carriage moving on pulleys for observers and the measurement equipment
should be provided. The cable should be marked off in intervals by short stripes around its
circumference. The spacing of stripes is determined by the width of the stream.
13. If conditions are favourable a boat may be used for determining stream discharge.
For boat measurements, two cables at short distance apart are to be stretched just above the
water surface. The upstream cable should be strong enough as it has to support the dragging
forces on the boat and the down stream cable may be thinner as it is used only for positioning
the boat properly. Rock and pinon arrangement may be added on the side of the boat for
lowering the current meter to the desired depth.
14. Reference gauges should be located as close to the measuring section as possible
and should be securely fixed to an immovable rigid support.
15. Depths may be measured by a sounding rod or fastening tags on the cable which
supports the meter and weight assembly. Where heavier weights are necessitated by depth and
velocity considerations and cannot be handled conveniently by hand, the cable may be wound
on a sounding reel. The sounding reel can be equipped with a mechanical counter so that the
depth may be read directly.
16. While making depth measurements, over-sounding in alluvial streams (sounding weight
sinking into the streambed) should be avoided. Also if the meter is raised and lowered near the bed
at the same spot several times, scouring action may form a hole at the bottom giving wrong depth.
17. When the meter and weight assembly gets dragged in swift currents, suitable correction
for depth measurements should be applied.
18. The current meter mounting should be capable of providing freedom of movement to
the meter in horizontal and vertical directions so that it can be kept exactly in the direction of flow.
19. Surface float observations are required to be taken for sites where current meter
would not work.
20. The expensive local floats confirming to IS:3911:1966 should be used. The float run
should start 100 m u/s of the measuring sites, if possible.
21. The path of the float in surface velocity measurements may be determined by angular
measurement from a known reference point. The distances at which velocities have been observed
are first marked on a straight line drawn on a suitable scale representing the station cross-
section. The corresponding velocities are then plotted normal to this line to a convenient scale
and the values are joined to form a velocity distribution curve. Velocity at any distance is
obtained from this curve. The mean velocity is obtained by multiplying the surface velocity with
the reduction factor 0.89.
22. During high floods, when it is not possible to measure velocities with current meters,
the field staff has often shown the tendency to throw a float from one bank to a short distance
within the river and the surface velocity is measured with its help. In some cases the floating
trees and debris are treated as floats and their movements measured. Both these practices are
not reliable. The surface floats should be of selected wooden discs, globular float objects,
corked bottles, sealed kerosene drums etc. Properly weighted sealed kerosene drums provided
with coloured flags to aid in tracking may prove useful floats. The floats should be dropped to
pass within the desired segments with the help of the cable-line and cradle arrangement. The
surface velocity should then be measured by the usual procedure keeping correct record of the
segment through which the float actually travelled.
23. Area of cross-section for each compartment is arrived at by the method of average
depth and width of each segment.
144 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 37
24. Velocity should be measured at all the selected verticals where depth is measured.
25. For uniformity of discharge measurement procedure, it should be computed by
determining the discharge per unit width adopted for each sounding and multiplying it by the
width corresponding to half the distance to each adjacent sounding to determine the partial
discharge in the segment. The partial discharges are then added to obtain the total.
26. The gauge observation should be made at the beginning and end of discharge
measurement. If there is no large and sudden change in the gauge readings during the period of
observation the mean of the two should be adopted for discharge computation. The velocity
observations should be made at 0800 hrs, 1300 hrs and 1800 hrs. Velocity observations should
also be made at the time of flashy floods for both rising and receding floods.
27. At the sites where dam, barrage or weir has been constructed, discharge
measurements should be systematically taken by fixing a gauge on the upstream side beyond
the draw line effect during spilling and afflux.
28. By conducting discharge observations daily at the stream gauging sites, it will be
possible to establish a relation between stage and discharge called the “stage discharge curve”.
A fairly stable curve (i.e. the same for a period of over 4 or 5 years) would give discharge figure
from gauge readings. Stage discharge curves should be plotted separately for the monsoon
and the non-monsoon periods. Hydrographs for the monsoon and the non-monsoon periods
should also be drawn separately.
29. Cross-section of the stream at the discharge observation site should be observed
and plotted separately for the pre and post-monsoon period every year on the same sheer.
30. a) Gauge register giving gauge readings taken 3 times a day is required to be maintained
during the non monsoon period.
b) Hourly gauge reading register is to be maintained throughout the monsoon period.
c) Daily discharges are entered in a discharge register. This register shall be maintained
throughout the year.
d) Entries in the field registers mentioned above should be recorded in the forms given in
IS:1194-1960.
31. The following Indian Standard Specifications may be referred to whenever required.
i) IS:1191-1959 : Glossary of terms.
ii) IS:1191-1959 : Velocity area methods for measurement of flow of water in open
channels.
iii) IS:1194-1960 : Forms for recording measurement of flow of water in open channels.
iv) IS:2914-1964 : Recommendations for estimation of discharge by establishing stage
discharge in open channels.
v) IS:1191-1964 : Instruction for collection of data for the determination of error in
measurement of flow by area velocity method.
vi) IS:3910-1966 : Specification for current meter (cup type) for water flow measurement.
vii) IS:3911-1966 : Specification for surface float.
viii) IS:3912-1966 : Specification for sounding float.
ix) IS:3918-1966 : Code of practice for use of current meter (cup type) for water flow
measurements.
x) IS:4073-1967 : Specification for fish weights.
CH. 37 River / Stream Gauging 145
xi) IS:4080-1967 : Specification for vertical staff gauge.
xii) IS:4858-1968 : Specification for velocity Rod.
xiii) IS:6063-1971 : Specification for sounding and suspension equipment.
(Excepts from the E-in-C Publication No. 16- Measurements of Water Flow; December, 1980)
7. Circulars Issued by the Director Hydrometeorology, Bhopal : (1) The Director
Hydrometeorology, Bhopal issued the following Circulars to his newly created field formations
i.e. Hydro Metrological Divisions between 1982 and 1986.
i. Selection of Gauge Discharge sites.(286/W/42/DHB/82 dated 3.12.1982).
ii. Techniques of Discharges Measurements (with App: 1 to 5).(1138/31/W/DHB dated
25.4.85)
iii. Run-off computations (App: 6 to S.No. 2 above) (2757 dated 19.9.85)
iv. Sediment Load in Rivers.(1538/31/W/DHB/84 dated 30.4.1986.)
(2) As stated in para 2, the department has already undertaken large scale.
Expansion of Raingauges & Stream Gauging Programme with the of W.B. Aid. Further
strengthening of this net work is also in hand. It is therefore, unlikely that, the regular field
formations will be required to take up any new survey work except ofcourse, for the survey of
any new Major Project, but that too not in the near future.
E.E.’s requiring these circulars may obtain their copy of these from the Director.
Hydrometeorolgy, Narmada Bhawan Bhopal, or the nearest Hydrometeorology Division (stationed
at Bhopal/Hoshangabad/Rewa/Raipur/Durg/Jagdalpur).

lll
CH. 38 Stages And Sequence 147
Section VII - Geological Investigations
Chapter - 38 t Stages And Sequence
1. Preamble : The geological investigation for a storage project when the dam height or
storage capacity is significant, assumes great importance. It is therefore, necessary that
Engineers, especially the Junior hands, get conversant with the requirements and the sequence/
manner in which these have to acted upon.
2. Stages & Sequence : (i) IS:6065-1971(Part-I) divides these investigations into the
following four stages viz:
(a) Reconnaissance stage.
(b) Preliminary Investigation stage.
(c) Detailed Geological Investigation stage.
(d) Construction stage.
(ii) Nature of work carried out in each of these stages is as below :-
(a) Reconnaisance Stage : In the reconnaisance, the objective of the geological
investigations is to bring out the overall geological features of the area, so as to act as guide
lines for the planning of the project. This work has to be got done either through the Geolosists
working in the department, or through the Officer of Engineering Geology Division, G.S.I. Nagpur,
who will after reconnoitering the area suggest the likely suitable sites, the drilling and T.P.’s
necessary for foundation exploration and the probable location for construction materials. After
this report, work can proceed on desired lines.
(b) Preliminary Investigation stage : In this stage the idea is to collect further intimate
knowledge about the surface and sub-surface geological conditions around the probable sites
selected in the reconnaisance stage. This is gathered by means of surface mapping and the
preliminary subsurface exploration (drilling of bore holes and digging of trial pits etc.).
(iii) The standards of mapping prescribed in the above I.S. are :-
(1) Concrete dams : The mapping of dam site and the appurtenant features is to be
done in 1:100 scale with 3m contour interval, covering the area of the main dam, coffer dam,
diversion tunnels, spillway, power house and intake area. It should cover an area equal to twice
the height of the dam towards the upstream and downstream directions of the area covered by
the main dam foundations. The mapping is further extended upto 100m above the top of the
dam, in areas of immature topography, and 25m above the top of the dam in mature topography.
At the dam sites involving special geological problem, such as the problem of stability of hill
slopes, the mapping should be extended to cover such areas also.
(2) Earth and Rockfill dams : In these the mapping is to be done on 1:2000 scale with
contour interval of 4m. Mapping will extend to an area about four times the height of dam, in the
upstream and downstream of the proposed dam axis along the river. The surveys and mapping
will further extend upto 100m above the top of the dam in area of immature topography, and
25 m above the top of dam in area of mature topography. At the dam sites involving special
geological problems, such as the problem of stability of hill slopes, the mapping would be
extended to cover such area also.
(3) Hydro Electric projects : Geological mapping of the hydel channel alignments,
tunnel alignments, and reservoir areas are to be done on 1:15000 scale with contour interval of
10m. Geological mapping of areas of special land slides problem, and the mineral deposits to
be submerged by the reservoir are to be done on 1:5000 scale with contour interval at 10m. The
geological mapping of powerhouse sites, surface as well as underground and the sites for surge
tank, penstock tunnel area and expansion chamber etc. are to be done on 1:1000 scale with
contour interval of 2m.
 148 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 38
(4) Exploratory works, and construction material sites : The logging of exploratory
drill holes, pits and trenches should be done on 1:100 scale. Geological mapping of construction
material site are to be done on 1:15000 scale. No sooner these exploration are completed, the
Engg. Geology Divn. GSI, Nagpur will be requested for deputation of an officer for review of the
work done and his recommendation regarding suitability of the sites etc. and further exploration
if any considered necessary during pre-construction stage.
(c) Detailed Investigation Stage (Pre-construction investigations) : (i) In the detailed
design and estimation stage, the object of the geological information for the appurtenant structure
sites such as spillway, intake and power house sites, tunnel inlet and outlet portals, for the final
design of the structures and therefore, these areas are to be surveyed on 1:500 scale with
contour interval at 2m.
(ii) Geological mapping of access roads to various construction sites and mapping of the
plant sites may be done on 1:3000 scale having contour interval of 5m. The quarry sites and
borrow areas have to be surveyed on 1:2000 scale with contour interval at 4m.
(iii) Geotechnical Maps : The maps prepared during detailed investigation could be termed
as Geotechnical maps because, besides showing the boundaries of geologically different units
of overburden and rocks at the dam site and construction material sites, the legend of the
different units should show the expected variation in soil properties, such as grain size, penetration
resistance, cohesion and angle of internal friction values, plasticity, permeability etc as gathered
from the tests of samples of overburden.
(d) During Construction : The object of geological investigation during the construction
stage is to keep a record of geological features exposed during the construction of the project,
and to apprise the construction and design Engineers regarding any special geological features
revealed in the excavation which could not be inferred in the preconstruction stage exploration,
so that, the new geological features are taken care of in the design and construction. Also such
record is helpful in solving post-construction problems. Therefore, the final foundation grade
mapping is recommended to be done on 1:100 scale for concrete dams, power house sites;
1:600 scale for earth and rockfill dams, and 1:1000 scale for hydel channel area. For underground
power house excavation, the scale of mapping is recommended to be 1:100, where as for three
dimensional logging of tunnels 1:200 scale is recommended.
(From the note circulated vide C.E.S&I, No. 234-U/Pof 77 dated 4.10.77
which fully takes into account guidelines detailed in IS:6065-1971).
3. Assistance from GSI Essential : The above would show that any beginning in drilling
by Engineers on their own could result in some or the other repetitive work. To avoid this, it is
desireable to solicit assistance from the Engineering Geology Division, G.S.I. Nagpur who are
willing to provide the same if approached in time.
The procedure in this regard is explained in the following chapter. The E.E./S.E. responsible
for surveys need take up the matter with them immediately after administrative approval to
survey of any new scheme is accorded by the State Govt.
lll
CH. 39 Assistance From Engineering Geology Division, Nagpur 149

Chapter- 39 t Assistance From Engineering Geology

Division, Nagpur
1. Preamble : The Engineering Geology Division GSI, Nagpur provides help in the form of
visit by their Geologists to projects for study of the geology of the dam site and its vicinty
(including P.U.W. if any proposed in the survey proposals) to indicate the drilling works necessary
for the dam site, spill channel and the areas suitable for further probe as quarries for building
materials etc. if timely and properly approached with details. This is for all category of schemes
i.e. major, medium & minor.
2. G.S.I. receives such requests, every year from all over the region and from both the
State & Central Govt. Departments/Undertakings. In order that, OUR REQUESTS find place in
their field season programme G.S.I. has to be approached well in time, by requests in the
manner detailed below.
3. Request for specific Projects to be visited : In this request, besides the name of the
project and its location, purpose of the desired visit has to be clearly indicated. Besides the
investigations, if any already carried out are to be briefly highlighted.
(Note:i. When ever a project is approved for surveys, it would be desireable to make such
a request, so that, time is not unnecessarily lost, in taking up geological
investigations for the projects.
ii. The 2nd time when such a request would be necessary is after the investigation
indicated by the visiting geologists have been undertaken and completed, even if
partially, so that he is able to review the results, and indicate changes if any
considered desirable in his earlier recommendations.
iii. This way, a project will be got included in GSI’s field Season Programme, from
year to year.
iv. It is likely that a project once included in the F.S.P. could not be visited. In that
case, the project will be reincluded in the next years proposals as the G.S.I. on its
own would not do that.
v. The G.S.I. charges for all its visits. Sufficient provision to cover these, has to be
made in the Survey Estimates.)
4. G.S.I.'s Field Season Programme : 1) Since G.S.I. receives such requests from
all over its jurisdiction, and from all the departments, it can not visit all the projects requested
for. It accordingly decides on the priorities in consultation with C.W.C. New Delhi
keeping in view the stage of investigations and the need to keep its Geologists to a particular
area.
ii) The G.S.I. field season programme is for the period November to April each year when
it is conveniently possible to visits projects and carry out investigation. The proposals for inclusion
in the NEXT YEARS PROGRAMME, must essentially reach them by June- July in the proforma
detailed below through C.E./E-in-C. Its timely submission and swift transmission by S.E./C.E.
is therefore, essential taking care that information prescribed accompanies the proposals (without
ofcourse the remark - will follow) In such an eventuality it is likely the scheme is not included in
the F.S.P. for the ensuing season.
5. Proforma for inclusion of proposals in Field Season Programme : 1) The proforma
prescribed for the purpose is reproduced below :-
 150 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 39
Proposals For Inclusion Of Schemes In The Field Season Programme
For The Field Season DEC...... to APRIL......... (1)

S.No. District Project Nearest Toposheet Location Priority

Rly Stn No. Co-Ordinates Assigned in Case
of Cat:-C schemes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(2)
Address of
Division Superintending Chief Purpose of Remarks
incharge Engineer Engineer Visit
Incharge Incharge
8 9 10 11 12

6. Guide Lines Prescribed for Submission of Proposals : The following GUIDE LINES
are prescribed by the Director Engg. Geology Division Nagpur for the preparation of proposals
by the Indenting Officers viz:-

GUIDE LINES
(1) Project shall be arranged in the following categories :
Cateogory
A = Projects included in the previous year Field programme but could not be visited;
B = Project on which drilling is in progress and the 2nd visit for logging of bore holes is
necessary;
C = New project proposed for the ensuing FSP. In these projects, priority i.e. I, II and III
shall also be indicated, so that, if any scheme can not be accomodated in the pro-
gramme, these shall be dropped first from amongst schemes of priority III, and then
from priority II etc.
[NOTE : Supply of Salient Features and Index Map for all these New Projects
(in DUPLICATE) to GSI is necessary along with the request].
(2) Under Col 11, purpose of visit should be indicated on the following basis, so that
visiting Geologist can fix up the duration of the visit, keeping in view the work load involved:-
(i). Whether visit is for :
a). Reconnaisance to give views about suitability of the site, and
b). Suggestion regarding drilling work to be undertaken, and
c). Area considered suitable for prospecting for earth, stone, sand and moorum quarries,
or all.
(ii). Whether the drilling work is already done, and it is necessary to analyse these
results and to give recommendations regarding work already done, and further work
necessary for proper investigations of the foundation, borrow areas and quarries etc.
7. Action upon inclusion of the scheme in F.S.P. : The Chief Engineers who have
proposed inclusion of their schemes in FSP, may obtain a copy of the programme finalised by
GSI, from Directors GSI Engg: Geology Division Nagpur in Nov-Dec. He would then supply a
copy of its extract to the concerned S.E./E.E. with specific instructions to the E.E. that :
CH. 39 Assistance From Engineering Geology Division, Nagpur 151
(i). E.E. may supply the following information to the concerned Geologist through his
Director within 8-10 days;
(ii). E.E. may also establish telephonic contact with the Geologist to ascertain the date
of his likely visit, and the arrangements desired for Visit/Stay etc.;
(iii). E.E. and his S.D.O. must invariably accompany the Geologist to project site to:
(a). Explain to him the project proposals and the program of investigations proposed.
(b). Understand from the Geologists the drilling & other investigations considered
desirable by him and the sequence in which drilling work should proceed.
(2). The above is necessary as the Geologists Reports are more often made available
after 6-8 months. Awaiting for it would certainly either delay further work, or if the drilling etc is
started, it may prove infructous. Besides, in very exceptional cases, if the E.E. can not
accompany the visiting Geologists, the S.D.O. incharge investigations must invariably accompany
as also see to the arrangements.
8. Information to be supplied: The Director GSI / Visiting Geologists has to be supplied
the following further information:-
(1) Name of Project. (2) District (3) Location
(4) Approach (5) Previous Visit (6) Present Stage of Project (Constn/investigations).
(7) Work proposed during the ensuing Field Season.
(8) Project Authority i.e. S.E./E.E./S.DO with their full postal address & Phone Nos, both
Offices & Residence.
(Based on the Instructions issued by the CE S&I/E-in-C during 1981-82)

lll
 152 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 40

Chapter - 40 t Rigs For Core Drilling

1. Necessity: Execution of Irrigation Projects, necessitates core drilling for foundation
investigation, to obtain uncontaminated samples of underground formations, especially rocks.
For these, Core Drilling rigs are used. A brief narration of these rigs may be helpful.
2. Types : Core drilling in consolidated formations is essentially a direct rotary process.
When the cutting medium is calyxite (Steel shots), it is called ‘Calyx Core Drilling’. and when
diamond bits are used it is called ‘Diamond Core Drilling’. The diamond drills are generally more
sophisticated and refined than the calyx types, as they are required to ensure high rotary
speeds, steady pressure feed of high order, and more efficient joints and connections for preserving
costly bits.
3. Calyx Rigs : For drilling in hard rock shot bit is used. The shot bit at the bottom of the
drill pipe assembly is connected to a core barrel. The core barrel is an extra heavy tube where
the core is collected. With core barrel plug between them. The drill rods are hollow seamless
steel tubes of extra thickness available in lengths varying from 2 to 10ft. The core drill incorporates
all other features of the rotary rig, the rotating mechanism, the derrick, a winch drum operated
by the main shaft, a mud pump and a mechanical arrangement for applying pressure on the bit,
The drilling outfit, however, is generally less sophisticated than a conventional direct rotary rig.
The chilled steel shots (calyxite) are fed through the water line. During drilling the calyxite is
ground by the shot bit. Pressure is applied on the bit in addition to the weight of the drill pipe
assembly. Water is used as a drill fluid to lubricate the drill and remove loose debris. As the
drilling proceeds, cylindrical rollers are cut through and collected in the core barrel which is
removed at frequent intervals. The operation is not continuous, and hence its is time consuming.
The rigs are suited for drilling in all consolidated formations free from fissures excepting extra
hard ones, generally between 100 to 200ft. depths. The process of drilling is slow i.e. 2 to 6 ft.
per day (8 hours) and cost high (equivalent of diamond drilling).
4. Diamond Drilling Rigs : In this, the cutting bit used is the diamond bit instead of shot
bit and calyxite. Other features more or less remain the same. The diamond bit has diamonds
set in hardened alloy steel matrix which would retain the diamonds even under the most severe
conditions.
Diamond core drilling requires fairly high rotating speeds upto 1500 r.p.m. or so. The high
speed is needed to get smooth and unbroken core samples. Several precautions are necessary
during its operation like frequent check of rods and plug for leaks, water circulation, avoidance
of vibration and bounce, feeding of steady weight and the straightness of core barrel etc. to
prolong the life of diamond bits as the initial cost of diamond bits is usually 20 times that of a
hard rock bit. The rate of drilling per day (8 hours) ranges between 10 to 15ft, depending on the
depth of penetration and the formation. Cost per foot generally equals that of drilling with Calyx rigs.
(Abstracted from the Brochure on Drilling Equipment issued by the G.O.I., Ministry of
Food & Agriculture, New Delhi)
5. Instruction in Specification for Irrigation Projects : In this connection, instruction
in para 2.6.2(titled Exploration by Boring & Drilling) under Chapter -2 (Survey & Investigation) in
Section I of Vol. I are also reproduced below for ready reference.
Extract Copy of Para 2.6.2
" 2.6.2 Exploration by Boring and Drilling :
2.6.2.1 Hand Auger Borings - Auger boring is the most common, economical and
rapid method for relatively shallow exploration of fine-grained materials above the water-
CH. 40 Rigs For Core Drilling 153
table. Hand augers become awkward and cumbersome beyond a depth of approximately 6 m. If
the work is done carefully, the layers of different soils may be accurately located, identified,
classified and suitable distributed samples obtained.
In making auger borings it is often necessary to add water to soften a hard, dry, clayey
soil so that the auger will penetrate the soil. Also, if dry sands silts are encountered, the
addition of water will make the soil slightly cohesive and easier to pick up by the auger. Cohesive
soils can be augured sucessfully below the ground water table. However, if clean non-cohesive
silts or sands are encountered below the water table, they are very difficult to extract from the
hole and such material will cave unless the holes is cased."
"2.6.2.2 Power Auger Borings - The most suitable type of power-auger for soil
investigations is the one that will drill a hole at least 60 cm in diameter (preferably 70cm to 90
cm), which is large enough for a man to enter and make accurate inspection or sampling of the
soil in place. These large - size augers will drill into slightly cohesive soils containing appreciable
quantities of gravel up to 7.5 or 10 cm in size. Power-augers are not satisfactory for use in
bouldery materials.
Most augers permit boring of holes of about 2.5 m to 3.65 m depth. However, more recent
equipment allow boring up to 6 m or even 12 m depths."
"2.6.2.3 Exploration with Drilling Equipment: "
"2.6.2.3.1 This type of exploration has to be resorted where the required strata or deposits
in case of investigations of materials, can not be reached by the methods mentioned above or
where the compaction of the soil strata or presence of boulders and rock make it necessary. The
various methods described under relevant para of Chapter 22 - Drilling and grouting shall be followed."
"2.6.2.3.2 Use and Extent of use - The use and its extent for the various types of drilling
is given below :-
(a) Rotary Drilling - Rotary drilling may be used in firm clays, compact sands and silts
to estimate the extent of overburden. Such drilling can be accomplished without casing the
bore hole. A drilling fluid is forced into the sides of the hole through the rotating drill bit. This
provides sufficient strength for the hole to be drilled without casing. The rotary drills employ
some form of hardened steel core bits with a cutting edge. After rock is reached, the rotary
drilling should be replaced by diamond core drilling. The bore hole in the overburden should be
cased before commencing diamond drilling.
(b) Core Drilling - The two types of drills in common use are diamond drills and shot drills.
(i). Diamond Drill - This type is to be resorted to when rock is to be penetrated. Very
deep holes at any angle may be readily drilled and rock of any hardness can be penetrated by
this method. The cores, smaller ones also, can be recovered in good condition and cores from
softer materials can also be recovered. But, in this method, the holes are too small to be
explored readily with instruments and at times flexibility of rods causes deep holes to deviate
from vertical.
(ii). Small Diameter Shot Drill - Use is similar as for diamond drill. But it shall be
difficult to drill angle holes by this method and also cores are rough and not easy to examine.
It shall not core small holes and softer materials. However, holes are large enough to be explored
with instruments and this method is cheaper than diamond drilling in loose rocks and boulders.
(iii). Large Diameter Shot Drill - This is not used for the same purpose as the diamond
or small shot drill. It takes the place of hard excavated shafts, drilling large holes to make visual
inspection easy and reliable and also leaves the rock undisturbed. But this method is not suited
for inclined holes and is expensive for small jobs."
lll
 154 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 41

Chapter - 41 t Minimum Pattern of Drilling/Digging of T.P.'s

1. Preamble: In the Specification for Irrigation Projects (Nov: 1991), in Appendix V to
Section I titled - ‘Survey & Investigations’ the following minimum pattern of drilling(drill holes/
Pits/Drifts) with their location, spacing and depth etc is indicated. This is being reproduced
below for ready reference, with the caution, that any drilling must be started after the visit of
geologist from the Engineering Geology Division of the GSI Nagpur, if repetitive work/effort is not
desired. It will also be desirable that the E.E.’s/S.E. get hold of the Geologists Reports for
study. E-in-C Publication No. 18 titled “Geology of M.P.(July 1981)” contains a list of the projects
visited by GSI in M.P. (Annexure 9.1) This will provide them a good background for undertaking
drilling work necessary on Irrigation projects. This is recommended because drilling work cost
lot more and is also time consuming. Repetitive efforts where necessary is suicidal.

Location and Depth of Exploratory Holes/Drifts/Pits etc.

(Vide Appendix V to Section I in Volume I)

Structure Minimum pattern of drilling

Spacing of Drill Holes/Pits/Drifts Depth of Drill Holes/Pits/Drifts
1 2 3
(a) Earth Drill holes along the axis 150 m or less
Depth equal to half the height of dam
and apart, with intermediate pits to delineate
at the elevation of the hole of 5m in
Rock fill weak and vulnerable strata with a the fresh rock (proved by the geophysi-
dam minimum number of three to five holes cal or any other suitable method) which
in the gorge portion and additional twoever is less. About two holes to be ext-
on each abutment parallel to the flow. ended deep (equal to the maximum
height of the Dam in the absence of
rock at higher elevation) in the gorge
portion and one each in abutments.
Drifts on each abutment at about 60 m Drifts to be extended 5 m in geological
elevation interval with a minimum of sound strata for keying the dam in the
one in abutment. absence or rock.
(b) Masonry Drill holes along the axis at 100 m 10m in fresh rock (proved by geophysical
and interval or less apart to delineate weak or any other suitable method). About
Concrete and vulnerable strata with a minimum two holes to be extended deep (equal
dam number of three to five holes in the to the maximum height of the Dam in
gorge portion and additional two on the absence of rock at higher elevation)
in each abutment parallel to the flow. in the gorge portion and one each in
abutments.
Drifts on each abutment at about 60m 10m in fresh rock(proved by geophys-
elevation interval with a minimum of one ical or any other suitable method).
in each abutment.
(c) Tunnels Drill holes one at each of the portal and Drill holes 5-10 below the tunnel grade
adit sites and additional at least one of maximum possible depth.
every 1 - 5km interval depending upon Wherever it is not possible to drill along
the length of the tunnel. the Central line of the tunnel explorat-
ion shall be so planned as to satisfac-
torily portray the geological structure
and tunneling conditions.
CH. 41 Minimum Pattern of Drilling/Digging of T.P.'s 155

1 2 3

Drift, one each at the portal and Drifts shall be extended upto 10m in
adit sites. fresh rock or upto tunnel face.
(d) Barrage Drill holes along the axis, 150 m or less Drill hole 1.5-2 times the maximum
and apart with intermediate pits to delineate head or water below the average founda-
Weirs weak and vulnerable strata with a tion level or 5m in the fresh rock which
minimum of two additional holes on ever is less. Rock to be proved by geo-
each abutment parallel of the flow. physical or any other method.
(e) Power Two to four or more drill holes and/or Drill hole one to two times the maxim-
House drifts covering the area to satisfactorily um width of the structure or 5-10m in
portray the geological condition and del- the fresh rock (proved by geophysical
ineate weak and vulnerable able zones, or any other method) whichever is less
if any. for under ground powerhouse the str-
ata shall be examined by the explora
tions, with adequate number of drill
holes.
If found feasible and necessary accor-
ding to the site conditions, one drift
with cross cut may be excavated at the
roof level to prove fresh rock conditions
along the length and breadth of the
cavity structures.
(f) Major Sufficient number of drill holes with a Twice the width of the foundation of the
canal minimum of three (one on each bank biggest component of the structures
structures and one in the bed) below foundation level.
(g) Canal Drill holes or pits 500 m or less apart to Equal to the full supply depth of canal
and water depict the complete profile details. or one meter below the design bed level
conductor in rock which ever is less.
system.

Note: 1) A minimum pattern of drilling holes and excavation of pits has been suggested
above. Additional holes shall be drilled and pits/drifts excavated in consultation
with the Geologist/Research Laboratory to bring out clearly the foundation and
abutment characteristics especially the weak zones requiring special treatment.
2) Disturbed and/or undisturbed soil samples, of foundations rock samples etc.
shall be collected and tested at an interval of 1.5 depth or change of strata for
laboratory tests. In situ permeability tests shall be carried out in the selected drill
holes in different strata carried out in the holes or other suitable locations depending
upon the nature of the strata and design requirements.
3) The Bearing capacity test and the in-situ testing of foundation rock shall be
carried out for (b) to (f) at average foundation level .
4) The plans and cross section shall be prepared on the scales as indicated in
Appendix IV (Topographical Surveys, Extent, Scales, Contour interval etc. on pages
2/30 to 2/36 of the specification for irrigation projects).
5) The log of Holes/Pits/Drifts shall be prepared as per Appendix V(A) to (D)
(reproduced after para 2 below).
 156 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 41
2. Digging of Trial Pits : Location and extent of these as noted in paragraphs 2.6.1.1.5
and 2.6.1.1.7 of the Specifications for Irrigation Projects (Vol.I) are reproduced below for ready
reference:
"2.6.1.1.6 (a) Along Dam Axis : Open pits on dam axis shall be dug at every chain
upto atleast 1 m inside the rock level unless the rock is very deep, say more than 6m in
which case these shall be taken to a depth equal to MWL - GL ÷2 or H/3 (H is the height
of the dam from the lowest nala level to TBL of the dam) which ever is more. It is desirable
to locate some pits on probable cut-off line."
" 2.6.1.1.7 (b) Waste Weir : For waste weir pits at 2 chains apart, shall be dug to rock
level or to hard strata. These shall be taken at every 2nd or 3rd chain of the spill channel.
The maximum depth shall be restricted to 6m and if rock or suitable hard strata is not
met with within 6m depth, pits on other alternative site shall be dug."
"(c) Along Canals : For canals pits shall be dug at every 150m to a depth equal to full
supply depth (FSD) of the canal or 2m below the designed bed level (whichever is less).
Separate pits at the location of structures shall be taken to a depth upto one meter inside
the rock or hard strata level (maximum depth 6m)." (Titles given for facility).
(3) Proforma for - Log Of Test Pit Borrow And Foundation Investigations
(Vide App: V(A) to Section-I of Specification)
Feature ...................... Project .........................Test pit no.....................................
Area designation..............Co-ordinates.................Ground Elevation..........Depth to ground water level.......
Method of excavation.......Approximate dimensions of hole.....Dates of Excavation.........Hole logged by.........

Classification Depth Size $Classifica- Vol- Weight Per- Weight Per- Weight P er Loca- R
Symbol (m) and tion and Des- ume of 0 to centage of 75 centage of centage tion of E
Letter Graphic Type cription of of 75mm by to 125 by Plus by in situ M
of Material (give Hole mate- Volume mm Volume 125 Volume Tests A
Sample geological and Sam- rial in of 0 to Mate- of 75 mm of plus R
Taken in-place des- pled Sample 125 mm rial in to 125 Mate- 125 K
cription for (m) mate- sample mm rial mm S
Foundation rial* (Kg) mate- in mate-
Investigation) rial* sample rial*
(Kg)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

* Record after water has reached its natural level.

$ This may be done as given in IS:1498-1970 Classification and Identification of Soil for General
Engineering purposes(First revision)
* (Weight of rock sampled x 100)/(Bulk specified gravity of rock) x (Volume of hole sampled)
Record water test and density test data if applicable, and also bulk specific gravity stating how obtained
(measured or estimated) under remarks.
CH. 41 Minimum Pattern of Drilling/Digging of T.P.'s 157
(4) Proforma for Daily Drill Report
(Vide App V(B) to Sec.I of Specifications)
Project ........ Location........ Feature.
Drill No. and type Pump No.
Collar elevation: Capacity and pressure used:
Ground elevation Hole No.:
Date: Co-ordinates:
Shift: From ....h to .....h: Bearing of hole:
Depth of Water level. Angle with vertical:
Depth drilled during the shift:
From .......... To..............

At start of shift:
At end of shift:
- Part I -
Run Length Type Colour Type Water Core Recovery Rate of Remarks
Drilled and of of Loss Pene-
From To mm Size Return Soil/ with Length Per- Sl.No.of tration
m m of Water Rock Depth centage croes mm/min
Hole
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

- Part II -
Supplies Casing Lowered Bits Used
Petrol diesel motor Misc. Size From To Type and From To Old or new
Oil depth depth Size depth depth with number
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Drill Foreman/Supervisor Operator

Officer-in-Charge Drill Observer

Drill Observers Remarks :-

(1) Water loss during drilling either be recorded as:
(i) Complete when no water is coming out; partial or nil water loss or
(ii) In percentage of return water (100 percent loss when no water is coming back and
no water loss (0 percent) when all the drilling water is coming back)
(2) Penetration speed in special zones (soft or broken zones); and other details of drilling
like heavy vibration recorded during drilling.
(3) Reasons for heavy core loss as integrated with speed of drilling.
(4) Any special conditions not recorded for example depth at which blasting was done
while driving, casing depth at which hole was ground, artesian water conditions (if any
observed) during drilling.
(5) If water flows are encountered at the collar of the drill, then the pressure head and
discharge at the collar should be recorded. On completion of the hole, the pressure
decline over a period of time should also be recorded.
158 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 41
(5) Proforma for- CONSOLIDATED DRILLING LOG
(Vide App: V(C) to Sec.I of Specifications)

Top R.L.

Project Site : Angle from vertical: Machine:

Hole No. : Bearings of angle hole : Driller :
Location : Water table R.L. Logged by :

Penetration
Percolation Test Test

Water
Meter

Standard Promotion Test (S.P.T.) value

Reading
Percent core recovery and RQD

Type of core barrel and bit used

Loss in litres per minute

Description of strata
Other drilling notes
Wash water colour
Serial No. of cores

Pressure in N/mm

Time in minutes
Depth of casing
Date and Time

Depth of hole
Length drilled

Loss in litres

No. of blows
Size of Hole

Penetration
Depth slab
Core run

Lugeons
Initial
Final

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
CH. 41 Minimum Pattern of Drilling/Digging of T.P.'s 159

(6) PROFORMA FOR- PRESENTING DRILLING INFORMATION

(Vide App: V(D) to Sec.I of Specifications)

PROJECT............ HOLE NO. ........

SHEET NO........

GEOLOGICAL LOG OF DRILL HOLE

LOCATION.................. CO-ORDINATES..................... FEATURE........................

BEARING OF HOLE..... ANGLE WITH HORIZONTAL.... TOTAL DEPTH.................
COLLAR ELEVATION.... GROUND ELEVATION............. TYPE(S) OF CORE BARREL .....
STARTED.................... COMPLETED......................... DRILLING AGENCY...........
conditions
Lithology

Structural

Drill

Penetration rate mm/min

Size of Percent Water Perme-

Special observations
core pieces core loss ability

Depth of water level

and interpretations
Frect.frequency/m

recovery

mm/3 or Lugeon
75 to 150mm
Less than 10mm

Test section
Size of hole
Description
Description

Type of bit

Complete
25 to 75mm
10 to 25mm
Elevation

>150mm

R.Q.D.

Casing

Partial
Log

100
Log

40
60
80
20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

24

27

30

ORGANISATION ......... LOGGED BY.............. DRAWN BY............

DEPARTMENT ............. CHECKED BY........... APPROVED BY......... DATE. ....................
GOVERNMENT OF........
lll
 160 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 42

Chapter - 42 t Annual Drilling Programme

1. Necessity : Although the Geologists of Engineering Geology Division GSI, Nagpur, in
their reports give a broad outline of the work to be done on the projects (both preliminary &
detailed investigations), yet it is necessary that a close watch is kept on the drilling work done
both during S&I and construction stage, by the S.E.’s/C.E.’s. To ensure against unnecessary
delays and wasteful expenditure(due to lack of experience among concerned field staff in this
type of work), the Chief Engineer S&I had vide his No. 119-Y/W(MS) 72 dated 21.3.1972 prescribed
formulation of Annual Drilling Programme for individual projects. It contained a BLANK SAMPLE
PROGRAMME, some Guide lines about the drilling necessary and the tabulation of drilling
work done. These are reproduced below for guidance in connection with the drillings works in
hand or to be taken up in future.
(A) Guide Lines
2. Requirements for Drilling work : In order to keep the requirements for drilling work
within reasonable limits, following general guide lines were indicated :-
(i) For Earth Dam: (a)Trial pits 3m to 4.5 inside impervious strata would be sufficient.
Strata may be considered impervious which has co-efficient of permeability less than 30 m per
year, when tested under twice the water head at that point. The existence of impervious strata
would be established for the full base of the dam and for a distance 5H (where H is expected
height of water. Generally, 3 rows of Trial pits at 300m (1000ft.) interval along the axis, and the
upper and lower boundaries(staggered) would be sufficient. However, where there are change of
strata along the axis or perpendicular to it, more trial pits may have to be planned.
(b) Bore holes will generally not be required for earth dam except where impervious strata
is not met with to a depth of 7.5m to 9.0m (25ft. to 30 ft.) beyond which trial pit become difficult.
In such cases bore holes will be necessary. These will also be taken 4.5m(15ft.) in impervious
strata. If however, impervious strata is not met within 15m (50ft.) or so, the bore hole will not be
taken any deeper.
(c) Where under the earth dam, rock is met at surface or before 4.5 (15ft.) impervious
strata is established, exploration with drilled bore holes will have to be resorted to. These bore
holes will have to establish the availability of 4.5m impervious cover. Rock will be considered
impervious if at twice H, the percolation losses when tested by packers placed 1.5m (5ft.) apart
in the bore holes are less than 9 litres (2 gallon) per minute.
(ii) For Masonry dam and Spillway etc : (a) Bore holes drilling will be invariably
required and is to be taken 7.5m (25 ft.) inside sound rock. Rock will be considered sound
if the core recovery is more than 50%. The tests for water loss will ofcourse be necessary
in this case also. The number of bore holes to be taken will depend on the geological
conditions. The objective will be to establish 7.5m sound rock all along the base of the
dam, the energy dissipation arrangements, and for some distance upstream and down
stream.
(b) Generally where no adverse features like steep dipping of sound rock along the axis or
across it are met, three lines of bore holes, one along the axis, another upstream of the u/s toe,
and the third down stream of the d/s toe will be sufficient.
(c) Along these lines, there may be 3 bore holes on the axis, two on the upstream
line and two on downstream line; the later two staggered with the three bore holes of the
axis.
CH. 42 Annual Drilling Programme 161
(d) Where faults, fissures, cavities and other adverse features are indicated, bore holes
will have to be at more frequent interval - number however, kept just sufficient to delineate, in as
complete a manner as possible, the foundation condition likely to be met with, when the dam is
taken up actually for construction.
(e) It will be sound practice to take the upstream and down stream line of bore holes, well
below the anticipated scour depth of the river.
(iii) Diameter of bore holes : Since the bigger diameter bores by diamond drilling cost
considerably more and do not reveal any more information, the bore diameter generally should
not be more than BX. In good sound rock, even EX bore could be attempted. It is only so after
or unsound strata where it is not possible to take out these smaller diameter bore holes that,
bores of NX size may be attempted.
2. Tabulation of Geological Investigations : In order to maintain uniformity in depiction
of the logs of Bore holes in the L-sections etc. the following standards colour arrangement is
prescribed :-
(i) The strata met with in the Bore Hole will be initially divided into 4 broad categores i.e.
(a) soils; (b) Soft Rock; (c) Hard Rock with Core recovery within 50%, and (d) Hard Rock with
core recovery above 50%.
(ii) These would be further sub-divided and indicated in the manner shown in Table,
below:
TABLE
Category Further Sub-Divn Colour to be Used Manner in Which Strata
will be indicated
1 2 3 4
1. Soils i) Clay Yellow Yellow outline only.
ii) Sand Yellow Yellow outline with
Yellow triangles inside.
iii) Gravels Yellow Yellow outline with
Yellow dots inside.
iv) Boulders Yellow Yellow hatching.
2. Soft Rock No Sub-Divn Brown Brown outline only.
3. Hard Rock i) Core recovery Red Red outline only.
within 25%
ii) Core recovery between Red Red fully coloured.
25-50%
iii) Core recovery Black Black Outline.
between 50-75%
iv) Core recovery Black Black fully covered.
above 75%

(B) SAMPLE NOTE FOR

Programme of Drilling for the ....................project in..............Distt
For the Working Season..........................
A-Introduction.
(1)...........project envisages construction of an earthen dam..... m long on flanks/in the
main river, with a central/flank spillway....m long, on the left/right flank. The spillway is proposed
to be provided between Ch....m to Ch ...m, with .... Nos of gates of the size...... m, x .....m
each. The river is between ch.....m and ch....m. The principal levels fixed for the project are :-
 162 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 42
Metres
(1) River Bed Level.
(2) L.S.L.
(3) F.R.L.
(4) M.W.L.
(5) Crest level of spillway.
(6) T.B.L.
(7) Anticipated maximum height of earth dam.
(8) -do- of Masonry dam.
The gross storage capacity of the reservoir is Mcm, and the live storage....Mcm. One
sluice is proposed at Ch..... m on left/right bank. The project commands .....Ha (CCA). The
project will irrigate .....Ha(PCA) on left/right bank.
(2) It is necessary to add that earlier the proposal was to construct an earthen dam in left
bank and masonry dam on the right bank and in the river portion. This has now been changed
during C.E.’s visit to site/recommended by the Geologist(State also if the site is completely
shifted after Geologist visit.)
B -Topography of the Dam site :
(3) The ..........river is .........m wide and both the banks are in the form of terrace about
........., higher than the river bed. The right and left bank terrace are...m and ....m wide
respectively. The left abutment is relatively steeper.
(4) The river bed is sandy and both the banks are covered with alluvium, consisting mostly
of yellowish and silty clay, interlayered with gravel beds. From the study of the nala bed in the
neighbourhood, and a trial pit in the left bank etc, it is felt that the thickness of alluvium cover on
both the banks is probably of the order of ...m to.....m. Lime stone is exposed on the right bank
terrace and also at places on the left bank terrace.
C - Geology of the Dam site :
(5) Shri .........& Shri ............, Geologists from the GSI visited the site in..........and........
His/Their report of inspection, complete with plates is/are enclosed.
(b) Earlier, it was planned to have the dam in the narrow gorge near...., about .....m
upstream of the present site. Here both the abutments are near vertical and the alignment......m
long at the crest level. Topographically, this site was most ideal but had to be discarded because
of the evidence of fault, parallel to the river course. Besides, at this site, the canal would have
involved deep cutting of about ......m, through the rock for about ......km length, and the command
is also gained thereafter.
(6) The Geologist visiting dam site has opined that on the basis of geological mapping, it
is inferred that phyllites occur along the axis of dam upto.......m, left of the centre of the river,
and in the rest of the dam site, i.e. in the right bank, and abutment, and river section, lime stone
is met, with the result that a major portion of the dam would be founded on lime stone which
with occurrence of solution cavities would facilitate seepage, though of course, clear surface
indications of the presence of solution cavities are not evident. Sketch I, gives the rough idea of
the lay of the different rock formations.
D - Programme of Geological Investigations
(7) The visiting geologists suggested drilling of .....(nos) of bore holes. Till his visit to the
site except digging of ....(nos) T.Ps at ch....,....,.....,.... no other work had been done. The bore
holes are suggested to be located.
CH. 42 Annual Drilling Programme 163
On Axis Upstream of Downstream of
Axis Axis
Left Bank BH 1
2
3
BH 4 ( at ch...
D/s of Axis)
River Section 5
6
7
8
9
10
Right Bank 11
12
13
14
15
He has further suggested that the bore holes should be drilled to a depth of ....m in rock.
Percolation tests should be done in all the bore holes, in vertical intervals of ...m using double
packer at the expected hydrostatic pressure. The drilling is suggested using drilling NX bits.
(8) *The above programme is proposed to be followed without change.
*With the change in the location of earthen dam and spillway etc. the drilling is
proposed to be restricted/extended as under keeping in view, the guide lines received vide
C.E.’s No....dated...
On Axis U/S of Axis D/s of Axis
Left bank
River section
Right bank.
(9) Although, the visiting Geologist has not mentioned about the digging of trial pits, ....
nos of trial pits are proposed in the earth dam section, to ascertain soil profile along the dam
axis. These trial pits would be located at ch...,....,....&...... along the axis, and at Ch...and
Ch...., upstream of U/S toe, and at ch....,..... m & ch .......downstream of D/s toe.
(10) Plan and L-section showing the location of Bore holes and Trial Pits are enclosed
(Drg No.......)
E - Details of Work Done.
(11) So far ......trial pits, out of the .....T.Ps proposed in para 9 are dug, while digging of
......Nos of trial pits still remains. The log of T.Ps dug is indicated in the L-section.
(12) Similarly......Bore Holes i.e. No.....(ch.....), No......(ch...) No.........(ch.....) etc have
been completed. Work on the .....th B.H. No. .......(at ch....) is in progress. Total depth drilled
is ....m. Log of bore holes completed has been plotted in the L-section on the basis of
classification indicated in C.E.’s Letter.
(13) All the work has been done by the Contractor/through departmental rigs. The time
consumed is ......days, or .....m depth (rocky zone) has been drilled per day (8 hours working).
F- Programme of Completion of the Remaining Work.
(14) As mentioned earlier....nos of bore holes, involving a depth of ......m remains to be
completed. Besides, digging of ....nos Trial Pits is also to be done.
 164 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 43
(15) Digging of T.Ps is started departmentally and programmed to be completed by
............
(16) As far drilling of remaining bore holes -
*This will be continued through .......Nos of departmental rigs already on work
*The contractor engaged on the work will do the work, in continuation of the work already done.
The drilling work is likely to take .........months time roughly on the basis of progress so
far made/made on ......project in the divn/made on the neighbouring.........project in ........division
(Note: The work can be expedited if ....... additional rigs are made available to the divn.).
G - Estimates of Cost.
(17) The programme listed above is estimated to cost Rs.......lakhs as detailed below :-
Rs. Lakhs
(1) Expenditure already incurred
(2) Likely Expenditure on Remaining Work
(a) Digging of T.PS.
(b) Drilling of B.Hs.
(1) Shifting of machines.
(2) Drilling operations.
(3) Percolation Tests
H = General Remarks. (Detail Bottlenecks if any etc).
Enclosures:
1. Geologists Report Sd/E.E. Sd./S.E.
2. Plan
3 L-section
4. Details of Estimated cost.
lll

Chapter - 43 t Indexing & Storage of Cores from Drilling

1. As noted earlier, core drilling is one of the most important item of subsurface exploration
in irrigation projects. The data provided by such drilling when intelligently interpreted by a
competent engineering geologist, gives valuable subsurface geological information such as
depth of overburden, lithological and physical nature, continuity of the formations drilled, frequency
and nature of joints as well as water tightness, location of bedding seams, thrusts, faults,
underground cavities and buried valleys and leads to a confirmation of the subsurface geological
features as interpreted from the surface geological studies. In order to extract maximum possible
information and to prevent loss of valuable data obtained by core drilling, it is necessary that the
cores obtained are kept in good condition, properly arranged and accurately marked.
2. Although some instruction were issued in the past ( Pages 202-203 of Vol.II of the Book of
Technical Circulars, 1973), the Specifications for Irrigation Projects, Dec., 1995 (Vol-III) detail in para
22.4.11 & 12, 22.5 and 22.6 instructions in this behalf. These being elaborate are reproduced below.
"22.4.11 Core Box arranging indexing Cores :
"22.4.11.1 General- At the site of drilling, the cores, immediately on their withdrawal from the
core barrel shall be placed in core tray and then transferred to core boxes specially made for this
purpose."
CH. 43 Indexing & Storage of Cores from Drilling 165
"22.4.11.2 Core Box - These boxes should be made of seasoned specified timber or
any other durable material. If made of timber the top lid of the box shall be made up of a
maximum of two planks. If two planks are used the lid should be strengthened by means of
battens. Battens should also be provided at each end at the bottom to facilitate handling. There
should be different sizes of compartments to accommodate different sizes of cores. It is desirable
to provide grooves on the inside of the widthwise sides of the box corresponding to the widths of
compartments for the AX, BX and NX size cores (see Note 2 under Fig 2) so that the partitions
for the compartments can be slide in easily. The boxes will be of good workmanship, doors
fitting snugly with hinges and locks of specified quality approved by Engineer-in-charge."

TYPICAL DETAILS OF CORE BOX FOR 54.7mm DIA CORE

Fig.2

Note :- 1. Indicates depth at which cores were obtained

DH = drill hole RL = reduced level
Note :- 2. This figure gives typical details of a box for 54.7 mm diameter core. The box with the
same overall dimension may be used for cores of diameter 42.0 and 30.0 mm by dividing
the inside of the box into 5 or 6 compartments respectively instead of the 4 compartments
shown in the figure for 54.7 mm, core giving the following compartment width:
Core Diameter Width of Compartment in the Core Box
(mm) (mm)
54.7 61 The 54.7, 42.0 and 30.0 mm are
42.0 48 generally designated as NX, BX
30.0 36 and AX cores respectively.
22.4.11.3 Arranging and Indexing of Cores :
22.4.11.3.1 The cores shall be arranged starting from the side nearest to the hinge from
the left to the right end of the box in the order of increasing depth from the surface, in a manner
very similar to the lines on the pages of a book (See Fig-2). All core pieces shall be numbered
 166 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 43
serially, omitting very small pieces in the run. An arrow mark (→) towards increasing depth
shall be marked on every piece of core.
"22.4.11.3.2 The core shall be separated at the end of the runs, either by inserting cross
portions of wood or by using the side supports in the case of the end of the core box and the
depth shall be clearly marked with paint, indelible ink or copying pencil. For each run, the
pieces of core should be tightly packed together,as nearly as possible to its original condition
in the ground. The cross portions of wood wherever used, shall be of suitable size and fixed
tightly to fit in the longitudinal partitions in the core box. (The cross partitions should be about
50 mm in width and of length and depth to fit tightly into the compartments.)
"22.4.11.3.3 In case there is no core recovery in an entire run, part of a run or in consecutive
runs, separate wooden filler blocks, preferably a wooden dummy equal in length to the core
loss, shall be inserted for each of the core loss sections and marked with paint, indelible ink or
copying pencil thereon. The appropriate depths shall be marked on the wooden portions on
each flank of the core loss run. Each core loss dummy filter shall be arranged in a position in
the core box corresponding with the position of core loss in the ground. If the position of a core
loss within a run is not known (and this is often the case) then, by convention, the core loss
dummy filler may be placed at the bottom of the run.
"22.4.11.3.4 For reaches where core recovery is anticipated to be poor, the return drill
water shall be collected in bowls and the settled sludge be recovered and suitably packed in
polythene bags and kept in the core box with separating wooden blocks on either side marked
with the the depths and the inscription ‘Washings'. Attempt shall be made to collect the cores,
as fas as possible, even in the runs made in the over burden section at a drilling site.
"22.4.11.3.5 Cores at the drilling sites shall be kept at a clean and dry place. The core
boxes shall be closed immediately after a core run is kept and the necessary indexing has
been done, in order to avoid any infiltration of extraneous material and the consequent spoiling
of the core surface, all of which may render proper interpretation of the cores difficult later on.
The cores shall be so packed in the core boxes that they are not damaged in transit. Packing
material like dry straw, cotton waste etc., shall be used to make the cores tight in the box.
Latches shall then be secured on each of the core boxes and before they are transported to the
place of detailed examination and storage, it shall be ensured that the latches are well fixed
and that there is no possibility of mixing of the cores during their transit from the field to the
place of examination and then to the core shed.
"22.4.11.3.6 The drill hole number, and the engineering feature for which the hole had
been made shall be noted on the top of the lid of the individual core boxes at the drilling site
itself so as to avoid any possibility of the mixing-up of the core boxes. A suitable core box or a
set of core boxes for each bore hole shall be kept to avoid mixing of cores from different holes.
When there are more than one core box for a single hole, these shall be numbered indicating
the numerator as serial number and denominator as total number of core boxes for that hole (for
example 1/3, 2/3 and 3/3 for three core boxes for a hole).
"22.4.11.3.7 The Engineer-in-charge shall arrange, if possible, a Geological Assistant to
supervise and log when the drilling is in progress. The Agency for drilling shall afford all facilities
for his logging and collecting information. In cases, a geologist cannot be arranged to be present
during drilling, on completion of drilling of each hole, the cores shall be logged by an Engineering
Geologist who should also check the ‘Daily Drill Report; and discuss with the concerned driller
any peculiarities or uncertainties recorded during the drilling of the hole. The core boxes shall
be finally shifted to a place of storage (a shed or building equipped with racks, etc) for the
purpose.
"22.4.11.3.8 Three copies of each of the daily reports shall be sent along with the core
boxes, one for study in connection with the preparation of the detailed geological logs of the drill
CH. 43 Indexing & Storage of Cores from Drilling 167
holes by the site Geologist and another for being kept as a record in the place of storage for
cores and the third for recording in Engineer-in-charge office.
"22.4.12 Storage of cores.
"22.4.12.1 Cores shall be maintained at medium and major river valley projects for at
least 10 years after the completion of construction of the project so that it may be possible to
check the sub-surface conditions and to study the problematical foundation features which may
occasionally arise during the construction phase or the post-construction maintenance phase
of the project. After this period, cores may be destroyed only on the specific orders of Chief
Engineer. The place of storage shall be well ventilated and lighted to facilitate proper examination
of cores Spare core boxes and painting material shall be stored in convenient place in the place
of storage of cores for ready use.
"22.4.12.2 Immediately on their arrival in the place of storage the core boxes shall be
cleaned and painted. The paint shall be of such a nature as to be durable and water resistant.
After primary coating of the paint on the outside surfaces of the core boxes the top lid of the
boxes shall be inscribed in a well contrasted paint colour with the feature of the project for
which the drill hole, total length of the cores contained in the box and the box number(see Fig.-2).
The sides of the core boxes shall further be inscribed with the drill hole number, the length of the
cores contained in the box and the serial number of the box, for easy reference when the boxes
are kept in the racks, No painting is necessary inside the core box except along the rim of the
box, on the inserted dummy blocks and the portions separating the individual runs, which
should be inscribed with the reason for core loss and the lengths of the runs as marked earlier
on the field.
"22.4.12.3 In the case of cores which are liable to disintegrate on exposure suitable
representative samples as instructed by Engineer-in-charge shall be taken and preserved by
waxing or by any other suitable method. A copy of record of drilling information of the bore hole
and the details of core suitably prepared using the proforma given in Appendix IV, shall be
compiled and kept in the place of storage (core library). If such samples are taken, a record to
that effect shall be kept at the corresponding section of the run in the core box.
"22.4.12.4 If any portion of the core is removed from the box for testing or other examination
this should also be recorded by insertion of suitable remarks on a square section of timber
painted white, kept in the core box.
"22.4.12.5 A series of racks shall be arranged at the place of storage (core library) and
the boxes after being painted and suitably captioned, shall be arranged in the racks accordingly
to the serial order and area of exploration.
The daily drill reports received from the field shall also be available for ready reference in
the place of storage.
"22.4.12.6 A certificate as follows shall be furnished by S.D.O. incharge for every
calendar year before end of December.
"Certified that I have personally inspected the upkeep of core boxes, which are
maintained in identifiable, and good condition. The core boxes are counted by me and
no box is missing."
"22.5 CALYX DRILLING
"22.5.1 This is a rotary abrasive type drill in which core can be obtained.
"22.5.2 For drilling in hard rock shotbit is used. The shotbit at the bottom of the drill pipe
assembly is connected to a core barrel. The core barrel plug is between them. The drill rods are
hollow seamless steel tubes available generally in lengths varying from one to three meters.
The core drills incorporate all other feature of the rotary rig, the rotating mechanism, the derrick,
the winch drum operated by the main shaft, the mud pump and the mechanical arrangement for
 168 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 44
applying pressure on the bit. The drilling outfit however, is generally less sophisticated than a
conventional direct direct rotary rig. The chilled steel shots (calyxite) are fed through the water
line. During drilling the calyxite is ground by the shot bit. Pressure is applied on the bit in
addition to the weight of the drill pipe assembly. Water is used as a drill fluid to lubricate the drill
and remove loose debris. As the drilling proceeds, cylindrical rollers are cut through and collected
in the core barrel which is removed at frequent intervals. The operation is not continuous and
hence it is time consuming.
"22.5.3 For arranging & indexing of cores and storage of core boxes, specifications
under para 22.4.11 shall be applicable.
"22.6 PERCUSSION DRILLING
In this type of drilling process the rock is broken by impact from repeated blows Therefore
core cannot be obtained by this method."
lll

Chapter - 44 t Permeability Tests Of Drill Holes

1. Permeability or Percolation tests are an important part of drilling work, especially in
the investigation for foundation areas. It is necessary to do this work, no sooner a bore hole is
completed.
Among the standards brought by the ISI on sub-surface explorations for river river valley
projects, IS: 5529-1973 (Part II) deals with insitu Permeability Tests in hard rock. Extract from
these as circulated by the C.E.S&I Bhopal vide No. 234-D/P of 1977 dated 21.03.1977 (as
drafted by Late Shri G.S.Agrawal then Asstt: Geologist) are reproduced below:
Extract from IS : 5529-1973 (Part-II)
“2.1 Single Packer Method : Method in which one packer is used in the drill hole. In
this case the test section is between the bottom of the bore hole and the packer.
2.2. Double Packer Method: Method in which two packers are used in the drill hole. In
this case the test section is between the two packers.”
“3. Equipment.
3.0 The following equipment are required for the water percolation tests in drill holes.
3.1 Drilling Equipment : A drill rig, and/or accessories for lowering and driving the
casing pipe.
3.2 Water Meter : Capable of reading upto 0.5 of a litre. The water meter should be
periodically checked and calibrated.
3.3 Pressure Gauge : Choice of pressure gauge-of range 4,10 or 16 kg/cm 2 should be
made dependent on the maximum pressure desired for testing. This will give suitable least
count reading for test accuracy. Where centrifugal pumps are not available and reciprocating
pump have to be used, they should be used with syphon or air dome attachment in order to
enable correct measurement of testing pressure.
3.4 A Pump : Preferably a centrifugal pump of minimum capacity 500 litres per minute,
capable of producing pressure upto 30kg./cm2
3.5 Packers (Washers-Pneumatic or Hydraulic type) : See note.
CH. 44 Permeability Tests Of Drill Holes 169
Note : 1) Leather cup packers are generally used in rock formations where holes drilled
retain their proper size. Mechanical packers are commonly used in moderately
hard formations wherein the holes drilled are upto 20 percent over size. Pneumatic
packers can be used for all types of formations and are generally preferred for soft
rock formation where in the holes drilled are more than 20% oversize.”
2) When drilling is in progress, no additional water pipes, swivel etc. will be
necessary. The drill rods and other equipment as used in drilling may be used for
conducting percolation tests.
A Stop Watch : having a measuring capacity upto one hour and least count of one second.
“4. Quality of water to be used for test : The tests described are of the pumping-in
type, i.e. they are based on measuring the amount of water accepted by the ground through the
open bottom of a pipe or through an uncased section of the hole. Unless clear water is used,
these tests are invalid and may be grossly misleading. The presence of even small amount of
silt or clay in the water used in the test will result in plugging of the test section and given
permeability results that are too low. By means of a settling tank or a filter, efforts should be
made to ensure supply of clear water. It is also desirable when the climatic conditions demand,
to raise the temperature of added water to one higher than ground temperature so as to preclude
the creation of air bubles in the ground which may greatly reduce the acceptance of water by
the test sections.”
“ 5. Procdure.
5.1 The water percolation test covered by this standard should be conducted in
uncased and ungrouted sections of drill holes. The procedure adopted consists of pumping
water into the test section and is therefore ‘pumping in type’. Packers are employed for
conducting these tests and depending upon the use of one packer or two packers, the
methods are designated as ‘single’ or ‘double packer’ method respectively. Examination
of the drill cores and the results of water tests obtained during drilling will usually indicate
whether a double packer test in any isolate section or sections of the drill hole is required.
In certain formations it may not be possible to use the packer or there is a danger of the
packer being stuck in the hole. In such cases, a better method will be to grout the earlier
stage, extend the bore hole and carry out the test. The tests are based on measuring the
amount of water accepted by the ‘test section’ (of the hole) confined by a packer/packers
while water is pumped into it.
5.1.1 The single packer method is useful where the full length of the hole can not
stand encased/ungrouted in soft rocks, such as sand rock(soft sand stone), clay, shale or
due to to highly fractured and sheared nature of the rocks or where it is considered necessary
to have permeability values side by side with drilling (for example where multiple aquifers
are present). Where the rocks are sound and the full length of the hole can stand without
casing/grouting, double packer method may be adopted. The specific advantage of double
packer method is that critical rock zones can be tested by confining them alone with
packers. The disadvantage of double packer method is that leakage through the lower
packer can go unnoticed and lead to over estimation of water loss. Where ever time permits,
single packer method would be preferable.”
"6. Precaution in conducting the Test :
6.1. On completion of drilling, the hole shall be immediately capped or plugged and shall
be protected from entry of dirt, muck, grout or any kind of waste.
6.2. Water level in the drill hole shall be recorded before proceeding with the water
percolation tests.
6.3 Normally a 1.5 or 3.0 m section is considered suitable for performing the test. However,
 170 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 44
the length of tests should be selected according to the total thickness of the permeable
stratum and geological conditions and devised locally to seat the packer(s) properly. Short
test sections of 1.5 m would be preferred in thin bedded and heterogeneous strata. When
the intake of water in the test section is more than that which the pump can deliver, it is
advisable to reduce the section. Under normal circumstances test sections longer than
3 m are not recommended .
6.4 The hole should be thoroughly flushed with clear water before the tests are commenced.
Where recovery is good (more than 70%) holes should be flushed with water pressure, until the
wash water is clear. When the recovery is poor (less than 70%) and the holes are liable to
collapse by the disturbance caused by washing, the holes may be cleared by gentle surging
(by moving a rubber block up & down the hole) by gentle flushing.
6.5 Drill rods or 32 mm pipes may be used for conducting the permeability tests. It would
however, always be better to use a larger diameter rod when the alternative is available so that
friction losses may be reduced to the minimum possible.
6.6 The water swivel used in the test should preferably have a uniform inside diameter to
minimize loss of head.
6.7 Location of the pressure gauge between the pump and the water meter or the water
meter and the swivel may not measure the actual pressure acting in the test. In order to get a
better and representative figure of the pressure acting, it is recommended that the gauge be
located between the swivel and the packer.
6.8 Unnecessary bends in the pipe line from the pump to the swivel should be avoided.
6.9 The water used for the tests should be clear and free from silt.
6.10 All joints and connections between the water meter and the packer should be water
tight in order that no water loss occurs between the water meter and test section.
6.11 At the time of water test by single packer or double packer, it should be assured
that the packer/packers are not leaking. A leaking packer usually causes the rise of water level
in the hole or even the water starts overflowing from the nipple.
6.12 Every opportunity should be taken of comparing the permeability observations in
the open pit, shafts and trenches with the results of tests in bore holes.”
"7. Form for Presentation of Result : The form detailed below may be used for
presentation of the insitu permeability tests in Bedrock.

FORM FOR PRESENTATION OF IN SITU PERMEABILITY TESTS IN BED ROCK.

Date :

1). Project ________________________ 7). Diameter of drill hole ___________________

2). Drill hole No. ___________________ 8). Total depth of the hole _________________

3). Feature _______________________ 9). Depth tested from __________ to ________

Total _______________________________
4). Collar elevation _________________ 10). Depth to ground water __________________

5). Design of the water swivel above 11). Size of the drill rods/pipe ______________
the collar of the hole _____________
6). Type of drilling __________________ NOTE (If any).
CH. 45 Engineering Properties Of Rocks - General & Of M.P. 171
Meter reading of water intake litres Water Intake Litres
Reading Reading Reading First Second Third
Test Section Initial After after after 5 min. 5 min. 5 min.
From To reading 5 min. 10 min. 15 min. (col.4-3) (col.5-4) (col.6-5)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Average of Water Pressure

last two at collar Permeability
readings kg/cm2 in cm/s
10 11 12
(C.E. S&I Circular letter No. 234-D/P of 77 dated 21.3.1977).
lll

Chapter - 45 t Engineering Properties Of Rocks -

General & Of M.P.
For a proper grasp of the Geological Reports, received from the G.S.I. etc. and systematic
follow up action thereon, it is necessary that all engineering hands have a preliminary knowledge
of the properties of rocks of M.P. The following few excerpts from the E-in-C Publication No.18-
Geology of M.P.(June, 1981) are detailed below :-
1. Rock Types in General : The rock types in geology are Classified into Igneous,
metanorphic and Sedimentary.The most important igneous rocks that come under the purview
of Engineers, are granites (rarely granodiorites and gabbros) and basalts. The metamorphic
rocks are slates, phyllites, Schists, gneisses, quartzites and marbles. The sedimentary rocks
that the Engineers commonly come across are conglomerates, sandstones, shales, limestones
and dolomites.
2. Engineering Properties : Some of the most important engineering properties of the
rocks which a design engineer must be acquainted with are:
(1) Abrasion value (2) Attrition value
(3) Elasticity of rocks (4) Impact value
(5) Porosity (6) Sorption or sorbed water
(7) Specific gravity (8) Strength of rocks
(9) Unit weight of rocks
3. Engineering Properties Elaborated: The important engineering properties of rocks
are explained below :-
(1). Abrasion value : This is a test of hardness. It indicates the resistance to surface
wear. It is obtained by grinding one end of the test cylinder under a set of standardized conditions.
It is taken 20 - 1/3 the loss of weight in grams. It is the percentage loss of weight of the sample.
(2). Attrition value : It is a measure of durability of aggregates. The value obtained is
the percentage by the weight of fines of a certain size worn from samples either by repeated
blows or by rolling around in a cylinder. Greater the amounts of fines, the poorer is the quality of
the sample. The specimens should be dry to get results.
(3). Elasticity of Rocks : Certain load 'P' smaller than the crushing load decreases the high
L of square prismatic sample vertically 'by a value of dl and increasing its width from B to B+ dB.
 172 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 45
If after removal of the load, the sample tends to recover its original shape and size, the rock is
said to possess elastic properties. Rarely, however, does a sample recover its original shape
and size after one loading and unloading, for a part of the deformation generally remains. This is
known as plastic or irreversible deformation. If in a sample at each loading, the deformation dl is
proportional to the load ‘P’ that caused it, the material is said to obey Hook’s law of proportionality
of stress to strain.
(4). Impact value : It is a test of toughness. It is taken as the height in centimeters at
which a falling tup of standard size and weight, causes the test sample to break.
(5). Porosity : The porosity of the rock, is the ratio of the volume of voids ((pores)) to the
over-all volume of the rock specimen. (Some studies have shown that there is a definite
relationship between the porosity and specific gravity of a rock and its mode of origin)
(6). Sorption of sorbed water : Water filling the pores of an immersed rock specimen
may be attracted by the rock or remain unattracted (free). In a rock of medium and low porosity,
most of the water is probably attached.All attracted water is termed sorbed or absorbed water.
(7). Specific gravity : Unit weight is expressed in Kg/cm2 (1lbs per cubic foot - p.c.f.).
The unit weight of rock depends on the specific gravity (density) of its constituents, on its
porosity and on the amount of water in the pores. One C.C. of water weighs at 4o C, one gram.
For precise computations, however, correction is introduced for change of water density that
occur with temperature.
4. Strengths of Rocks : Three kinds of stresses are considered in studying the resistivity
of rocks viz :
- Compressive stress : Voluminal changes.
- Shear stress : Moving one part of the specimen in respect to another or make it flow.
- Tensile Stress : Tends to produce cracks and fractures in the material.
(i). Accordingly, the rocks have compressive strengths and shearing strengths. The tensile
strengths of both rocks and soils are negligible. Consequently, those structures or parts of
structures that have to be under tension are not made of rocks or soils, but of other acceptable
material as like concrete or steel, etc.
(ii). Besides the three kinds of stresses mentioned, rock in natural conditions are some
times subject to torsion or twisting. Stresses are measured in Kg./cm2.
(iii). The compressive strength of a material, such as a rock, is the stress required to
break a loaded sample that is unconfined at the sides.
5. Unit Weight of Rocks : The unit weight of a substance may be referred to as dry
saturated (weighed in open air with all pores filled with water), partly saturated and submerged
(immersed and weighed in water). If the porosity of rock is less, the difference between the dry
and saturated weight is generally negligible.
6. Properties of Rocks for Dam Sites : For the purpose of Engineers in relation to dam
sites, the engineering properties of rock types can be broadly categorised into :-
- Bearing Strength.
- Resistance to sliding.
- Water tightness and grouting requirements.
- Weathering.
The above properties are different for the dam sites in different geological haltings i.e. igneous
and metamorphic rocks and in sedimentary rocks. While the first factors will need careful field
investigations and treatment depending upon the requirement to ensure safety of structure.
CH. 45 Engineering Properties Of Rocks - General & Of M.P. 173
7. Properties of some Rocks : Some of the important engineering properties of igneous,
metamorphic and sedimentary rocks as per krynine and judd are given in table 1,2 & 3 below:

Table 1 - Igneous Rocks

Apparent Poro- Sorp- Dry Total
Category Sp.Gr. sity tion unit wt.
Compressive (pcf) strength
% % Kg/cum. Kg/sq.cm.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Volcanic Rocks
Basalt. 2.77 22.06 9.97 1.76-2.20 25,000
Plutonic (Intrusive Rocks)
Granite. 2.67 3.98 1.55 2.12 41,700
Granodiorite. 2.70 0.50 0.19 2.14 -
Gabbro. 2.72-3.00 0.00-0.62 0.00-0.25 2.16-2.38 -

Table 2 - Metamorphic Rocks

Rock type Apparent Poro- Sorpt- Dry unit Compre-
Sp.Gr. sity ion wt. (pcf) ssive
strength
1 2 3 4 5 6
% % Kg/cum. Kg/sq.cm.
Slate. 2.74-2.77 0.00-1.06 0.00-0.40 2.18-2.20 -
Gneiss. 3.12-2.6 2.23-0.30 0.84-0.12 2.48-2.07 -
Quartzite. 2.64 0.46 0.17 2.09 -
Marble. 2.49-2.73 0.31-2.02 0.13-0.77 1.98-2.17 30,800
Dolomite. 2.84 0.60 0.21 2.25 34,900

Table 3 - Sedimentary Rocks

Rock type Apparent Poro- Sorpt- Dry unit Compressive
Sp.Gr. sity ion wt. (pcf) strength in
% % Kg/cum. Kg/sq.cm.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Sandstone 1.91-2.58 1.62-26.40 0.66-13.80 1.52-2.05 27,900
Sandstone (calcareous) 2.31 11.85 5.14 1.84 -
Sandstone (clayey) 2.48 6.10 2.48 1.97 -
Lime stone 2.54-2.72 0.27-4.38 0.12-1.73 2.02-2.16 30,700
Lime stone (dolomitic) 2.69 2.08 0.80 2.13 -
 174 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 45
8. Engineering Properties of Some Rocks of M.P.: The Engg. Geology Division of
GSI, Central Region Nagpur have in their Geotechnical laboratory, determined some of the
important engineering properties of rocks like specific gravity, porosity, crushing strength, and
absorption ratio for some rock samples from projects of the state. These are given in Table 4
below.

Table 4 - Engineering Properties of Some Rocks of M.P.

Rock type Location Apparent Porosity Curshing Absorption

of sample specific strength ratio
gravity
1 2 3 4 5 6
% Kg/cm2 %
1) Granite Wainganga 2.65 - 1.72 - High 1059 -
Project for fresh
granite 530-
762 for mod-
erately fresh
granite.
2) Pink felds Gopalpur 2.71 - 812.97 0.170 - 0.456
pathic granite Project Jhabua
3) Basalt Khalghat 2.64 - 2.70 2.22 187.59 - 322.91 3.22 - 3.35
Bridge
4) Basalt(dark grey) - 2.90 - 2.93 0.68-2.38 392.14 - 938.10 0.68 - 2.38
5) Metabasalt - 2.78 - 3.19 - 817.23 - 891.53 -
6) Quartzite Kotri Project 2.68 - 817.23 -
7) Bastar
8) Dark grey Mod-Sagar - - 836.92 0.441
quartzite Project Jhabua
9) -Do- Marknar 2.66 - 2.69 4.28.63 - 771.53 -
10) Project Bastar
11) Pink Quartzite Narmada Sagar 2.53 - 2.57 - 899.79 -1358.7 0.12 - 0.87
12) Phyllite Hasdeo Bango 2.94 6.46 (Dry) 1169.34 - (low)
13) Project 1244.29
(Wet) 1244.29 0.001

(Note: The E-in-C publication noted above contains usefull and elaborate information about
the Geology of M.P. from different angles as can be seen from the titles of different
Chapter e.g. Ch.1(Hill Ranges); Ch.2(General Geology); Ch.3(Structures and
Tectonics_ ; Ch.4(River Basin-wise Geology); Ch.5 (Geology District - wise);
Ch.6(Hydrology); Ch. 7(Agencies for Geological Surveys); Ch.8(Engineering
Properties of rocks;) Ch.9 (Geology of important major projects) with Annexure
giving details of schemes visited by Geologists from Engg. Geology Divn GSI Nagpur,
and the geologist working under C.E. (S&I) Bhopal. It should serve as a good
companion to Engineers interested in propunding new ideas in design and dam
construction technology).
lll
CH. 46 Allowance For Seismic Forces 175

Chapter - 46 t Allowance For Seismic Forces

1. C.W.C.Guide Lines : Para 2.2 & 2.3 of the C.W.C.Publication titled “Guide Lines for
Investigation of Major Irrigation & Hydro-Electric Projects, August 1975” are reproduced below
for ready reference.
"2.2 Seismic conditions of the region should be investigated with reference to the geological
map of the vicinity. For the purpose of determining the seismic co-efficients the country is
divided into five zones as given in the map (Appendix II).
2.2.1 Unless otherwise stated, horizoinal seismic coefficient for static design in different
zones shall be taken as follows (see 2.2.3).
Zone No. Horizontal coefficient h
V 0.08
IV 0.05
III 0.04
II 0.02
I 0.01
For detailed design practice, please refer to I.S. Code No. 4362 of 1967 and its subsequent
amendments BDS (39) (1968) which is under print.
VALUES OF "B" FOR DIFFERENT SOIL FOUNDATION SYSTEM
Value of 'B' for
Sl.No. Type of soil Bearing Friction Isolated Well
mainly consti- piles, Piles Footings foundation
tuting the resting Combined without
foundation on soil or Isolated the Beams
Type I RCC footings or Unrein-
or Raft With the forced strip
foundation beams foundations
1 2 3 4 5 6
i) Type I Rock
or Hard Soils 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
ii) Type II Medium
Soils 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2
iii) Type III
Soft Soils 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.5
"2.2.2 The seismic coefficient according to 2.2.1 for some important towns and cities
are given in Appendix III
"2.2.3 Buildings provided for accommodating essential services which will be of post
earthquake importance, such as hospitals, emergency relief stores, foodgrain storage structures,
water works, water towers and power stations shall be designed for one and half times the
F-values specified in Appendix of Revised I.S.I. Code of Practice for Earthquake Resistance
Construction of Building.
"2.2.4 The vertical seismic coeffcient where applicable may be taken as half of the
horizontal seismic coffcient as indicated in 2.2.1
 176 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 46
The design seismic coffcient should be got confirmed from the Standing Committee
set up for the purpose by the Ministry of Irrigation and Power."
"2.3 Field Test: Evaluation of seismic status of faults and thrusts and collection and
maintenance of seismological data both in pre-construction as well as post construction stages
of river valley projects are of vital importance because of safety reason. Recommendations
given in I.S.I. Code No. 4967-1968 for seismic instrumentation for River Valley Projects may be
used for investigation of seismicity of site for any project besides river valley projects, if the
situation and the magnitude of the project justifies so."
2. Division of M.P.into different Seismic Zones : Taking the structural and tectonic
features into consideration, the state of M.P.has been divided into the following 3 seimic zones viz :-
Seismic Zone -I: Mandsour, Ratlam, Ujjain, Shajapur, Guna, Shivpuri, Datia, Tikamgarh,
Chhattarpur, Panna, Balaghat, Rajnandgon and Bastar Belt.
Seismic Zone -II: Jhabua, Dhar, Indore, Bhopal, Raisen, Sagar, Damoh, Satna,
Rews,Chhindwara, Seoni, Mandla, Bilaspur, Raigarh belt.
Seismic Zone -III: Khargone, Khandwa, Betul, Hoshangabad, Narsinghpur, Jabalpur,
Shahdol and Sarguja.

TECTONIC MAP OF MADHYA PRADESH

CH. 46 Allowance For Seismic Forces 177
3. Occurance of Earth Tremors /Earth Quake : (1) Earth Tremors of 3rd order magnitude
were recorded in the year 1965 & 1967, in the area west of Khargone district and North West of
Sarguja district falling in Zone III.
(2). The Jabalpur region witnessed the first quake of M 5 in 1903, the second in 1973 and
the 3rd of the same magnitude in 1993, and the 4th one of M 6 on Richter scale in May 1997,
Causes for the latest tremors, occuring within 4 years are being investigated whether or not it is
a Reservoir Induced semicity related to Bargi Reservoir located nearby.
(3). Reference to Standing Committee : As mentioned in the guide lines above, the
design seismic coefficient adopted has to be got from the standing committee under Member
(D&R) CW.C. The information desired by the standing committee, vide CWC letter No.15/27/74/
CMDD/296 dated 14.2.1972 is as below :
(1) Details of the Project
a) Name of the project.
b) Location (i) State, district and (ii) longitude and latitude.
c) Type of dam (Earth Rockfill, Masonry / Concrete Gravity dam, Arch Dam, Arch
Gravity dam, etc.)
d) Nature of foundation (rock, soil,etc.).
e) Height of dam.
(2) Copies of replies received from both the Geological Survey of India and India
Meterological Department on references, if any, made to them earlier regarding seismic
co-efficient.
(3) Regional Geological and Structural Map on a scale of 1:2,00,000 or equivalent depicting
geology and structure with special emphasis on nature and extent of major faults for an area of
about 300 km radius around the site of the project.
(4) Photogeological-structural maps on a scale 1:60,000 or equivalent with special
emphasis on geomorphy and Quaternary geology as well as major dislocations for an area of
20 km radius around the project.
(5) A note on regional and local geology, structure and neotactonics to elucidate features
shown in a cartographic documents under 3 and 4.
(6) A maps of all dislocations in the entire project area on a scale of 1:25,000 depicting
major and minor faults, fractures, joints and dykes to help reconstruction of the areas (aerial
photograph and contoured base maps to be provided).
(7) A local geological map with micro regionalisation and geophysical data on a scale of
1:1,000 showing the depth of overburden as obtained from sub-surface data, faults, in-situ
modulus of elasticity (E) and the poissons ratio as obtained from site experiments.
4. C.E.’s/S.E.’s incharge of such projects have to accordingly get the required data
collected from the Engg: Geology Division, Nagpur for submission to the committee, immediately
after approval to preconstruction works by the State Government, so that their is no delay in
finalising the dam section.
lll
 178 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 47

Chapter - 47 t Setting Up Of A Seismic Observatory

1. Necessity : The Central Water Commission have also indicated that Seismic
Observatory be set up at the site of each Major/Multipurpose project which falls within the
seismic zone unless one is already existing close by ( say within 250 km.), no sooner detailed
surveys for the project have been started.
2. Selection of Site: The location of observatory has to be decided in consultation with
the Engg. Geology Division, Nagpur & the Chief R.O. Geophysical Division. CWPRS Pune.
3. Equipment Necessary : The Equipment necessary for an observatory is detailed in
the Table - 1 below :-
Table - 1 (List of Equipment Required)
S.No. Name of Equipment Brief Description Quantity Source of Supply
1 2 3 4 5
1. a) Short period Electro- Portable type period 3 India Meteorological
magnetic seismographs 1.0 sec. Department ,
2 (H) : 1 (V) component. New Delhi.
b) Short period galvano- Model GS-250 period 3 United Electrodynamic Inc.Earth
meter 0.5 Sec. Sciences Dn. Calfornia U.S.A.
c) Photographic recorder 24 hrs. recording at a 3 Adept Laboratories, Poona.
and accessories for paper speed of 60 mm/
above. minimum and spacing on
230 V.A.C. single phases
50 cycles/Sec.requires
80 cma x 92 cms
photographic paper.
2. a) Wood Anderson Short period with pens 2 Adept Laboratories,
Seismometers . of I.M. focal length. Pune
b)Photographic Recorder Drum speed 30 mm 1 Adept Laboratories,
spacing 2.5 mm. 230 Pune
V.A.C.single phase
50 c/sec.
3. Chronometer I.M.D.Type. 1 India Meteorological
Department, New Delhi.
4. Radio Receiver Any standard Wire-less 1 Any standard Radio
Receiver of 8 bands dealers.
with band spread.
5. Three component Roorkee Type. 1 School of Research
strong motion and Training University
accelerograph. of Roorkee.
6. Structural Roorkee. 1 -do-
Response Recorders.
(For more details, please refer IS:4967 - 1968)
4. Staff Required : The staff recommended for each such observatory is :-
1. Observer (Sub-Engineer or Equivalent) = One 2. Chowkidar. = One
(Notes :1. It will be necessary to provide Reliever in case any of the staff posted proceeds
on leave.
2. Cost of photographic, Chemicals is between Rs. 6,000/- to Rs. 10,000/- per
year.(1980 Price Level)
3. The unit shall be placed under the charge of a Qualified control unit working
at the project, and in absence of that, under control of local S.D.O. (Civil).)
(Based on the Note circulated by C.W.C. in 1980-81)
lll
CH. 48 Field Permeability Tests For Foundation Soils Of Dam etc. 179

Chapter - 48 t Field Permeability Tests For Foundation

Soils Of Dam etc.
The instructions issued on the subject in C.E.'s No.39/W(M)63 dated 20.04.1963 read as
under :-
"1. Field Permeability Test : The Permeability co-efficient “K” or co-efficient of
Permeability, as it is called, is defined as the velocity of water through the soil, under a unit
hydraulic gradient and can be determined, for foundation soils of dam and other structures, by
laboratory testing of undisturbed samples of the soils in questions, or by carrying out actual
permeability test in the field. This note deals with the methods of carrying out actual Permeability
tests in the field.
2. The Permeability test in the field can be broadly classified into two categories :-
(1) Pumping in test (2) Pumping out test
3. Pumping in tests are applicable for the strata which are unsaturated i.e. where the
ground water table is below the test strata or where the test strata are partially submerged. The
pump out test are required in saturated conditions i.e. where the ground water table is higher than
the strata under tests. The methods for pumping in and Pumping out tests are described below-
(A) Pumping in Tests : (a) As mentioned above this method is applicable for a test
hole in an unsaturated or partly saturated section that is, where the ground table is below the
top of the test section. This condition can be further sub-divided into three categories as shown
in Sketches 1 to 3 :-
(1) Low water table condition (h < Tu)
(2) High water table condition (h ≤ Tu ≤ 3h)
(3) Partially submerged condition, that is partly saturated (h>Tu)
(b) The method, primarily, consists of taking a vertical hole of suitable dimension in a
strata to be tested and filling this hole with just enough water to maintain a constant water level
at the top of the test section, thereby balancing the losses through the test section and giving
directly the percolation of water through the test section. From this the co-efficient of permeability
is computed. The detailed method is described below :-
A hole of 6" or any other convenient dia is taken in the strata to be tested for permeability.
The depth of such a hole has to be 10 times the radius of the test section or preferaby more and
the test section drilled as given in the sketch. (Sketch No. 4) The bottom 3" are filled up with
coarse gravel, say 3/4" in size, above which medium gravel of 1/2" size is filled upto a total of
2’-6" leaving the top of gravel 1" below the ground unfilled. Clean water, from a uniform sized
drum (a drinking water drum or a diesel oil barrel) by the side of the test hole, (vide Sketch No.5)
is let into the hole by means of a tap and a rubber tube and the hole is filled up with water right
up to the top of the gravel. Once the water is filled up to the top of the gravel, the supply of water
through the tube is regulated in such a way, that the water level is maintained constantly at the
top of gravel.
(c) At this stage, the time and water level in the drum are noted and readings of the water
levels in the drum are taken at every 15 minutes interval. The rate of inflow in the test hole will
be more in the beginning and will reduce subsequently until a constant rate of percolation is
achieved. This steady condition of flow can be taken until a constant rate of percolation is
achieved. This steady condition of flow can be taken as achieved, if the rate of fall of water level
in the drum is found constant or almost uniform for two or three observations taken at every 15
minutes interval.
 180 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 48
(d) The observation may be noted in the form given in Appendix I below.
(e) For obtaining the co-efficient of permeability of the test hole continuously to greater
depths, the same method by taking 6" dia, and 2’-6" deep test hole is adopted at various depths
by taking open pits of suitable size upto the top of the test hole to be tested as shown in the
Sketch No. 6.
(f) Computations :- The formula for computing the co-efficient of permeability under the
three different condition mentioned in para (A) 1 to 3 are given below :-
1. Low water table condition (h < Tu)
525,600 [Sin h-1 (h/r)-1] Q/2π
2
x Ut
h U20
2. High water table condition (h < Tu < 3h)

525,600 loge (h/r) Q/2π Ut

K20 = 2
h (1/6 + h/Tu-1)
x U20
3. Partially submerged condition that is partly saturated (h > Tu)
525,6000 loge (h/r) Q/2π Ut
K20 = x
h2[(h/Tu -1 - 1/2 (h/Tu)-2] U20
Where, K20 Co-efficient of permeability in ft./year at 20o C.
=
h =
Height of water in the well in ft.
r =
radius of the well in ft.
Q =
Discharge rate of water from the well for steady state conditions in
cft./min. (determined experimentally)
Ut = Viscosity of water at the actual water temperature (to C)
U20 = Viscosity of water at 20o C.
Tu = Unsaturated distance between the water surfaces in the well and the
water table in ft.
(For all conditions h has to be 10r or greater)
The application of this is illustrated by example vide appendix II attached.
(B) Pumping out Test :- (a) This test is applicable in a saturated strata i.e. which is
below the ground water table. The procedure is described below.
(b) A hole called the pumping well of 6" diameter is sunk in the saturated strata to a
depth of ‘S’ ft. i.e. till it reaches relatively impermeable strata below as given in the Sketch No.7.
(c) If the material can stand, the hole is left unprotected, otherwise a screen pipe is
inserted in the section to depth ‘S’.
(d) Three or more observations holes are drilled along a line passing through the centre
of the test hole to depth of about S/10 below the water table and cased with about 1-1/2" dia, pipes
perforated at bottom to a depth of S/10. The first observation hole is to be located at a distance of
S/2, from the test hole and the others at multiples of S/2, i.e. r1 = S/2, r2=S, and r3=2S. etc.
(e). A pump with a capacity of 60 to 75 gpm is installed near the test hole. The delivery
pipe is passed through discharge observation gauge. A trial run is made to determine the most
suitable pump discharge i.e. when Z at any observation hole is not greater S/10.
(f). Immediately prior to starting the test, the water level in all observation holes in
measured and recorded. Time of starting the pump is noted and the discharge measurements
and water levels in the observation pipes are noted at 15 minutes intervals. After initial rapid
CH. 48 Field Permeability Tests For Foundation Soils Of Dam etc. 181
draw-drown has occurred, measurement time is extended to 1/2 hour, Measurements are
continued until a straight line can be drawn through the plotting of the draw-down ‘z’ against the
log of ‘r’ for each observation on semilog paper.
(g). The observations are recorded in the proforma given in appendix III.
(h) Computations : The co-efficient of permeability is worked out as under :-
1.209X10 5 Q log r2/r1 ft./year.
K=
h 2 - h 21
2
Where, K = Co-efficient of permeability in ft./year.
Q = Uniform pump discharge in cft./min.
r 1, r 2, r 3 = Distance from test hole to observation holes 1,2,3, in ft.
z 1, z 2 = Draw-down in observation holes 1,2 etc. in ft.
S = Height of saturated strata under testing in ft.
h1, h2, h3 = S-z1 , S-z2 , S-z3 , etc in ft. (See Sketch. No. 7)
(i) Example to illustrate the computation is given in Appendix IV.
(j) Equipment required for the tests is given in Appendix V
Appendix - I
1. Name of project :-
2. Location of test hole :-
(i) Chainage along centre line :-
(ii) Chainage across centre line :-
3. Ground Level = Say R.L. 1290.083
4. Top Level of Test hole = R.L. 1290.00
5. Water Table Level = “ 1280.00
6. Diameter of Test Hole = d = 6"
7. Depth of Test Hole = h = 2'- 6"
8. Diameter of water drum = 1’-6"
S.No. of Time Water level gauge Difference in the Remarks
Observation in the drum gauge readings
1 2 3 4 5
1. 3.30 p.m. 3’-0" - Test commenced.
2. 3.45 p.m. 2’-9" 0’-3"
3. 400 p.m. 2’-6-1/2" 0’-2-1/2"
4. - - -
5. - - -
6. - - -
7. - - -
8. 5.15 p.m. 1’-9-3/4" 0’-1-1/2"
9. 5.30 p.m. 1’-8-1/2" 0’-1-1/4"
10. 5.45 p.m. 1’-7-1/2" 0’-1-1/4" Test stopped.
Note :1. If the strata is highly percolating, either increase the size or the drum of reduce
the dimensions of the test hole.
2. The time interval of observations can be altered only in exceptional cases.
ll
 182 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 48
APPENDIX - II

Example :- Please see the example given in appendix - I

Tu = 1290.00 - 1280.00 = 10 Ft.
h = 2' - 6" = 2'-5"
Therefore, 1/3 Tu = 1/3X 10 = 3.33 Ft.
hence, h < 1/3 Tu
Hence the formula for condition - I will apply which is -
525,600[sin h -1 (h/r) - 1] Q/2π Ut
K20 = X (1)
h2 U20
2'-6" 2.5'
Now, h/r = 6"/2 = 0.25 = 10
or sin h-1 (h/r) = sin h-1 10 = y say
Then Sin h y = 10
eϒ − e-ϒ
2 = 10

or, e − 1/e = 10
ϒ ϒ

2
or, e2ϒ - 20eϒ - 1 = 0
20+ √400 + 4
eϒ = = 20.05
2
Taking log on both sides, y log e = log 20.05
log 20.05 1.3020
or, y = = =3
log (2.716) 0.4342
∴ sin h-1 (h/r) = y = 3 … … … (2)
Now, the quantity of inflow in the well in 15 minutes is π R2H, where R is the radius of the
drum in feet and H the fall of water in the drum in feet.
i.e. π R2H = 22/7 X (1'-6"/2) 2 (1¼ / 12)
= 22/7 X 2.22 X 5/48 = 0.18415 cft.
The discharge per minute from the well is
0.18415
Q= = 0.0123 cft./min … … … (3)
15
Now, substituting the values from equations (2) and (3) in (1) we get -
525600 [3-1] 0.0123/2π Ut
K20 = X
(2.5)2 U20
For practical purposes the factor Ut/U20 can be taken as unity and hence we get.
525600 X 0.0123 X 7
K= = 329 ft./year.
6.25 X 22
ll
CH. 48 Field Permeability Tests For Foundation Soils Of Dam etc. 183
Appendix - III

Item Test Hole Observation Holes

1 2 3
1. Ground Level. R.L. R.L. R.L. R.L.
2. Top of casing pipe level. R.L. R.L. R.L. R.L.
3. Water level before starting R.L. R.L. R.L. R.L.
the test.
4. Bottom of Test hole. R.L. R.L. R.L. R.L.
5. Top of Saturated strata R.L.
under testing.
6. Diameter. inches inches inches inches
7. Time of starting the test.

Observation Reading Test

Time Test Hole Observation Holes Discharge
1 2 3
3.00 P.M.
3.15 P.M.
3.30 P.M.
3.45 P.M.
4.00 P.M.
4.30 P.M.
5.00 P.M.
5.30 P.M.
6.00 P.M.
Etc.

Appendix - IV
Example for pumping out test :-
Data
S = 35 ft. Z1 = 1.0 ft.
r1 = 35 ft. Z2 = 0.59 ft.
r2 = 70 ft. Z3 = 0.20 ft.
r3 = 140 ft.
Discharge = 25 Gpm.
Now Q = 25 Gpm. = 3.348 cft./min.
r3 / r2 = 140/70 = 2; log 2 = 0.6010
r3 / r1 = 140/35 = 4; log 4 = 0.6021
r2 / r1 = 70/35 = 2
Then, h1 = 35.00-1.00 = 34.00 ft.
h2 = 35.00- 0.59 = 34.41 ft.
h3= 35.00 - 0.20 = 34.80ft.
 184 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 48
and h12 = 1156
h22 = 1184
h32 = 1211
1.209 X 106 Q log r 2 /r1 1.209 X 106 X 3.348 X 0.3010
K = =
π ( h22 - h1 2) 3.1416 X (1184-1156)
1.209 X 106 X 3.348 X 0.3010
= = 13,876 ft./year
3.1416 X 28
1.209 X 106 XQ log r 3 /r1 1.209 X 106 X 3.348 X 0.6021
Also, K = =
π ( h32 - h1 2) 3.1416 X (1211-1156)
6
1.209 X 10 X 3.348 X 0.6021
= = 14,191 ft./year
3.1416 X 55
1.209 X 10 6 x Q log r3 /r2 1.209 X 106 X 3.348 X 0.3010
Also, K = =
π ( h32 - h22) 3.1416 X (1211-1184)
1.209 X 106 X 3.348 X 0.3010
= = 14,507 ft./year
3.1416 X 27
All the three values are almost identical. Hence, averaging,
13,876 + 14,191 + 14507
K = = 14,191 ft./year Say 14,200 ft./year.
3
ll
Appendix - V
1. List of Equipment Required for Field Permiability Test :
1. Water Drum fitted with tap & rubber tube.
2. Wooden Scale to measure depth of water in the drum.
3. Stop Watch or Wrist Watch with a Second's hand.
4. Steel Scale to measure diameter and depth of hole.
2. Other Materials and T & P Needed :
5. Auger 6 inch diameter.
6. Crow Bar.
7. Metal 3/4 inch and 1/2 inch size.
3. Equipment For Pumping Out Test :
1. Pump with 60 to 75 gallons/min capacity.
2. Meter for discharge measurements or alternatively V-Notch fitted in rectangular
Iron sheet Channel.
3. Casing Pipe Perforated 6 inch dia = One, and 1-1/2 inch dia = 3 Nos.
4. Floats = 4 Nos.
ll
Graph For The Ready Solutionof the Permeability Co-efficient of Strata under Test
Enclosed herewith please find a graph for the ready solution of the permeability co-efficient
of the strata under test as prescribed in T.C.No.39/W(M) 63, dated 20-4-63
The graph indicates two separate scales.
(i) One on X-axis at bottom and Y-axis at left side to be used for reading permeability
against the percolation in a known condition and
CH. 48 Field Permeability Tests For Foundation Soils Of Dam etc. 185
(ii) Second on X-axis at top and Y-axis at right side to be used for reading co-efficient C
in equation, K=CXQ under conditions of h/tu falling outside the specific h/tu values of discharge
permeability graphs. In this case only the thick line K=CQ is to be used and for any value of h/
tu say 0.35 or 0.45 the co-efficient 'C' may be read on the top scale. Permeability K will be
equal to CXQ observed discharge.
The solution by graph may also be verified by actual computations.
(C.E.Irrigation Raipur No.TC No.39-I/W(M) 63 dated 19.6.1964)
↑ Water Surface in the test well

àdß Diameter of the hole in feet

↓ Depth of the Hole in feet -

WATER TABLE OR IMPERVIOUS STRATA

h

Z3

h3
½" size gravel

¾"size gravel
Unsaturated
Strata

Z2

h1 h2
v2 v3
L
Z1

v1
↑ Water Surface in the test well

Water Surface in the test well

àdß Diameter of the hole in feet

àdß Diameter of the hole in feet

Depth of the Hole in feet

↓ Depth of the Hole in feet

WATER TABLE OR IMPERVIOUS STRATA

← Rubber Tube
← Water Level
← Water Drum
← Tap
Scale
↑

↓
h

←
Unsaturated

Water Table
Strata
 Problem 1.

186
To find out "K" of a stratum where the test
gave the following results h/n = 10 µt/µ20 = 1
h =2'-6" Tu = 8' and constant in-flow in 15
minutes into the test well as observed is
1/2" difference in water level from drum of

A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P.

1.5' diameter.
Solution : Q = πR 2 h/15 Cft/min
Q = {(22/7) X (1.5/2)2 X (1.5/12)} (1/15)
= 0.0123 Cft/min
NOW h/Tu = 2'-6"/8 = 0.31 SAY 0.3
From graph of h/Tu = 0.3 read on vertical
scale No.2 the Coefficient of Permeability of
329 FT/YR against a discharge of 0.0123
CFT per minute.
Hence K= 329 ft/year

Value of h/Tu Scale 1"= 1

For use of Graph K = CQ
Problem 2.
To find K for problem 1 using the graph
K=CQ
Solution from graph K=CQ read the
Coefficient 'C' as 26760 against h/Tu = 0.3
Hence K = 26760 X 0.0123 = 329 ft/year
Problem 3. (Use of K =CQ graph)
What would be K in Problem 1 if Tu=0.8 ft. ?
Solution : h/Tu = 2'-6" /0.8 = 2.125
From graph K=CQ, read Coefficient "C" as
1,12,200 against h/Tu = 3.125
∴ K = CQ = 1,12,200 x 0.0123
Note : For small values of = 1500 ft/year
Q the bigger scale may be
used both for discharge "Q"
and for permeability "K".
Field Permeability Graphs
Reference : T.C.39 Dated 20.4.63
Condition h/n = 10µT/µ20 = 1

CH. 48
For use of Discharge
lll

Permeablity Graph
Discharge in Cft/min
CH. 49 Soils For Earth Dams-Selection & Tests Necessary Therefor 187

Section VIII - Testing of Soils / Materials For Dams,

and Model Studies
Chapter - 49 t Soils For Earth Dams-Selection & Tests
Necessary Therefor.
1. Preamble : All engineering works are founded on soils. Like wise majority of the
irrigation reservoirs constructed in M.P. and elsewhere are earth dams, using excavated soil as
material of construction. Properties of such soils have therefore, to be tested to ensure
construction of a dam with an economical and safe design. Besides, in most cases soils
available in the vicinity have to be used. As however, every site has soils of different properties,
these make testing for every borrow area, and for its different depths necessary. More so, as
soils in nature seldom exist separately as gravel, sand, silt, clay or organic matter but are
found in mixtures, with varying proportions of these components, these have, to be properly
tested and identified before use.
2. Reference to I.S. Codes : Soils have been systematically studied all over the World,
and the methods of their testing for proper classification also devised. These in India are contained
in the various I.S. Codes. In the circumstance, it is desirable to make use of these standards
for testing and identifying soils and classifying them into categories or groups. so that Engineers,
both in the design office and those engaged in the field work, speak in the same language.
3. Identification & marking of Borrow Area : (a) This is the first pre-requisite for any
earthen dam, as on the basis of soils available in the area, it is possible to decide whether it is
advantageous to have an earthen dam, and if so, whether to have a Zonal or Homogenous
section for the dam.
(b). The Borrow areas shall be located as near the dam site as possible but not less than
five times the head of water (H) away from the toe or heal of of the dam for Major dams and not
less than 10 H away from the toe or heel of the dam for Medium and Minor schemes.
(c). The plans and sections of the borrow areas shall be made on a scale of 1:2500 with
contour interval of 0.5m, showing the location and logs of test pits, bore holes spaced about
150m apart and demarcating different type of soils.
(d). The leads for different types of soils from the site of work shall also be indicated.
(e). Soil samples shall be tested for mechanical analysis, Atterberg limits, Proctor
compaction, permeability, triaxial shear tests with pore pressure measurements under O.M.C.
and saturation conditions, and suitability tests in soils with highly soluble contents.
(f). The sand and gravel to be used for filters shall be tested as for concrete and aggregates.
(g). Rock for rock fill dam shall be tested for porosity, compressive strength, durability,
alkali reaction and hammer drop test.
Note: 1) Items (b) to (g) above are based on para 2 of Appendix VI to S&I Chapter 2 of the
specifications.
2) The tests mentioned in items (e), (f) & (g) above, are discussed in more details
in the following paragraphs.
(h). Marking on Village Maps : After preliminary reconnaisance and visual inspection of
the soils etc, such areas suitable separately for hearting and casing material are identified at
the field and then marked on the village maps. Then locations for the trial pits to be excavated
is decided. The size of these T.P.’s is generally 1.5m to 1.0m, with depths varying between 1.5
to 2.5 m,removing the top 1 cm to 20 cm layer of earth. Where large scale work is involved, the
 188 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 49
depths are also ascertained in advance with the help of augers to avoid unnecessary expenses
on excavation. It is with the help of these trial pits that the quantities of soils available in
different borrow areas is roughly assessed, separately for hearting and casing.
(i). Units of earth work sampling for suitability shall be taken as per the following table :
TABLE
S.No. Particular Minor Project Medium Project Major Project
1 2 3 4 5
1. Profile E/W 140 Thousand 140 Thousand Above 1400 Thousamd
quantity. cubic metre. cubic metre. cubic metre.
2. Borrow area 210 Thousand 210 to 2100 Above 2100
E/W quantity. cubic metre. Thousand cubic metre. Thousand cubic metre.
3. Units of profile 5.5 Thousand 14 Thousand 20 Thousand
E/W Sampling. cubic metre. cubic metre. cubic netre.
4. Units of borrow 8.5 Thousand 21 Thousand 30 Thousand
area quantity. cubic metre. cubic metre. cubic metre.
5. Sampling-Number Minimum 10 Minimum 25 Minimum 100 and .
of samples. samples. samples. maximum 200 samples.

(Note : Item (i) above is reproduction of Item (v) and the table thereunder, below para 2 in
Appendix - VI to Chapter-2 of the Specifications for Irrigation Projects, 1991).
4. Taking Soil Samples : (a) One or two samples (the 2nd sample from lower depth) are
then collected from these trial pits. Each sample will contain 50-60 Kg of material. This is
packed in gunny bags and sent to soil laboratory for testing for further examination. The samples
are to be properly marked giving location, depth of sampling etc. and accompanied with prescribed
details as well.
(b) The soil samples have to be inspected and tested soon after their arrival at the
laboratory. If testing is likely to be delayed, proper storage has to be ensured by providing
adequate space and containers. The samples have also to be properly labelled as per standard
form (see part-II of proforma 1 in Ch.50).
5. Visual tests :The four visual tests carried out are :-
(a) Dry Strength : Dry strength is measured by the effort required to break between the
thumb and forefinger on intact fragment of dry soil about 3mm (1/8th inch) in size.
(b) Thread Test : The thread test is performed by rolling a moist soil on a plane surface
using the palm of the hand and fingers. If the thread can be rolled to a diameter of about 3mm,
it is picked up, remoulded and rolled again. This process is repeated unless the soil dries below
the plastic range and begining to crack or crumble. Just before the crumbling state is reached,
a highly plastic clay can be rolled into a thread of about 3mm dia which is able to support its
own weight when about 75mm (30 inches) long. Slit can be seldom rolled into threads as small
as 3mm dia without severe cracking, unless some clay is present. It has no tensile strength at all.
(c) Dispersion Test : A small guantity of soil is dispersed with water in a glass cylinder
or test tube and then allowed to settle. The coarser particles will settle first and the finer
particles remain in suspension longest. Normally sand settles in 30-60 seconds, silt in 15-60
minutes while clay remain in suspension for hours.
(d) Dilatency Test : Dilatency or reaction to shaking is measured by shaking a wet pat of
soil in the palm of the hand. If the soil reacts to the test, free water will rise to the surface giving
it a glittering appearance. This will disappear when the soil is sqeezed between fingers. The
CH. 49 Soils For Earth Dams-Selection & Tests Necessary Therefor 189
reaction may be rapid, sluggish or non existant depending upon the grain size. This is of little
value for sands and is used to distinguish between silt and clays.
6. Visual Tests Procedure : Examine each unknown soil and record against their
corresponding numbers, on the data sheet, the following information :
- Colour : If colour is dark brown, dark grey, or black. Indicate if it has an organic colour.
- Describe texture as:-
(a) Coarse grained (mostly sand and gravel).
(b) Fine grained (mostly sand and clay), or
(c) Mixed grained.
- For coarse grained soils, or coarse grained fraction of mixed grained soils -
Classify as: gravel, coarse sand, medium sand, fine sand or appropriate combination.
Describe particle shape as: angular, sub angular, subrounded or well rounded.
Describe grading as: Well graded, fairly graded, fairly uniform or poorly graded.
- For fine grained soils, or fine grained fraction of mixed grained soils:
Describe dry strength as: Very low, medium high or very high.
Describe reaction to shaking test (dilatency) as: rapid, sluggish or none.
Describe condition of plastic thread as : week and soft medium, stiff, very stiff or tough.
Classify as: Silt, clayey silt, silty clay or clay.
- If organic: Indicate under texture what plant remains are visible and state of decomposition.
Classify as: peat muck, organic sand, organic silt, or organic clay.
7. Laboratory Tests: The tests to be carried out in the laboratory comprise of two
cateogories i.e. the Physical (Suitability) Tests and the Engineering Tests. The Physical tests
are to be carried out first. These comprise of (1) Grain size Analysis. (2) Consistency(Atterberg)
Limits. and the (3) Compaction Tests. Thereafter, the sample are subjected to Engineering
Tests i.e. (1) Compaction Tests, (Triaxial sheer Tests, and the swell Pressure Tests. The purpose
and the utility of these tests for the design of an Earthen Dam is briefly explained below :
8. Physical (suitability) Test: (IS: 2720-1975(Part IV). Grain size analysis gives the
distribution of various particles size in soil. It comprises of two parts i.e. (a) Sieves analysis,
and (b) Sedimentation analysis.
Percentage of various sizes above 75 micron is determined by standard sieves where as
percentage of various sizes below 75 micron is determined by sedimentation analysis.
Sedimentation analysis is based on stone’s law of falling bodies with the assumption
that soil particles are spherical in shape, have the same specific gravity and settle independent
of other particles in the suspension.
A grain size analysis curve with log of particle size as the abscissa and percentage fines as
ordinates, indicates whether the soil is fine grained, coarse grained, well graded or poorly graded.
This classification of soil determines its placement in various zones of the dam. It helps
in the approximate assessment of permeability of soil.
9. Consistency Limits (Atterberg’s Limits) IS: 2720 (Part V). (a) Consistency denotes
the degree of firmness of the soil which may be termed as soft, firm, stiff or hard. Atterberg
divided the entire range from liquid to solid state into four stages.
1) The Liquid state. 2) The plastic stage. 3) The semi solid state. 4) The solid state.
 190 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 49
He set arbitrary limits known as consistency limits or Atterberg limits in terms of water
content. The Attemberg’s limits are-(1) Liquid limit. (2) Plastic limit, and (3) Shrinkage limit.
(b). Utility: The utility of determination of Atterberg’s limits is -
- They help in the classification of soil which determines its placement in various zones of
the dam.
- They give an approximate assessment of cohesion or intermolecular attraction.
- They give an assessment of shrinkage of the soil on drying.
(c). Liquid Limits: The liquid limit of a soils is the water content expressed as a percentage
of the weight of the oven dry soil, at the boundary between liquid & plastic states of consistency of
soil. It is the minimum water content at which a part of the soil cut by a grove of standard dimension,
will flow together for a distance of 12mm under the impact of 25 blows in a standard limit appratus.
The flow curve is plotted with water content as the ordinates and log of number of blows
as abscissa, The water content corresponding to 25 blows as the liquid of the soil.
(d). Plastic Limit: The plastic limit of a soil is the water content expressed as a percentage
of weight of the oven dry soil, at the boundary between the plastic and semi solid states of the
consistency of the soil. It is the minimum water content at which a soil will just begin to
crumble when rolled into thread approximately 3 mm in diameter.
Moisture content is determined for the two portions of the soil. The average of the two
results is the plastic limit of the soil.
(e). Shrinkage Limit : (IS:2720-1972) (Part VI). This is to establish a water content
below which a reduction in moisture will not cause a decrease in the volume of of the soil mass.
Below the shrinkage limit, the soil is considered to be a solid. Shrinkage limit values are useful
in identifying expansive soils.
10. Design of Earth Dam Section: (a) Type cross section No.30 (zonal) and No.
31(Homogenous) being used in old M.P. since 1920, and also in New M.P.uptill the issue of TC.
40/W(M)63 dated 18.5.1963, all prescribed that, Type Section was for certain values of soils as
indicated, and that, where soils available for use did not correspond to these values, the dam
section, and all, other dam sections with heights above 12 m(40 ft) be invariably tested with the
help of stability analysis as per Ch.75(TC 36/W(M)63 dated 18.2.1964).
Like wise, the New Series TC.11/DS (See chapter - 78) also indicates soils suitable for
use in different position of the dam section. This may be refered to also.
(b). Compaction of Soil ((Moisture density relation) - Its Significance: (i) In the
stability analysis of an earthen embankment, the density of soil varies with degree of compaction
of the soil in the embankment. Stability of the embankment largely depends upon the compaction
achieved, because compaction also improves its shear strength, bearing capacity, and brings about
a lower permeability of the soil and decreases the tendency of soil to settle under repeated loads.
(ii). The degree of compaction of a soil is characterised by its dry density. In embankments
under construction it depends upon the moisture content, amount of compactive effort and the
nature of soil being compacted.
(iii). The moisture content at which the dry density of soil is maximum is known as
Optimum Moisture Content (O.M.C.) To find out the soil moisture density relationship for a soil
to be used in embankments for tank bunds, highways, runways, railway embankments etc, the
soil is subjected to compaction test. The test gives a practical and satisfactory method of field
control on construction of earthen embankments.
(iv). Testing needed : Two types of tests are needed, a standard laboratory compaction
test and field density test. The ratio of the field density to standard laboratory density of a soil
CH. 49 Soils For Earth Dams-Selection & Tests Necessary Therefor 191
is termed the “relative compaction”. In practice, a field density of a soil is termed the “relative
compaction”. In practice, a field density between 95% and 98% of standard density in the
laboratory is specified.
Both the tests are conducted in accordance with relevent I.S. Codes. In the standard
compaction test of soil, the compaction energy applied by the specified compaction rammer, in
a specified manner, is considered to be equivalent to a compction equipment in the field.
The Note titled "Instructions for proper placement & consolidation circulated vide No.19/
W(M) of 61 dated 06.10.1961 highlighted the requirements of optimum moisture content and
the standard proctor density while checking & controlling compaction of earth embankments.
As this now finds place in the Specifications for irrigation projects, 1991, it is not included here.
(v) Utility : The utility of compaction test or moisture density relationship is that, (a) it
helps in designing the dam section, (b) It also helps in quality control of earthwork where
results of density achieved in the fill is compared with maximum dry density for assessing
compaction density, (c) It determines the quantity of water to be added to the material brought
on the embankment before rolling begins.
11. Compaction Test (IS: 2720-1974(Part VII): This test determines the relationship
between moisture content and the dry density that, can be achieved with it, with the standard
compaction effort. With increase in moisture content, dry density goes on increasing and a
stage comes when any further in moisture content leads to decrease in dry density. A plot of
moisture content as abscissa and dry density as ordinate is a parabola. Maxima of the parabola
gives the maximum dry density (M.D.D) and the corresponding moisture content as the Optimum
Moisture Content (O.M.C) with the standard compactive effort.
In other words, compaction is the process of reducing void ratio, and bringing together
the soil particles by the application of quick repeated loads.
On the basis of laboratory observations, a curve showing the relationship between moisture
content and dry density is plotted. The maximum point of the curve corresponds to the maximum
dry density, and the corresponding water content, is the optimum moisture content.
12. Shear Strength : (1) One of the important parameters to know the properties of soil,
is its shear strength. Shear strength of a soil is the limiting resistance offered by the soil to the
shearing forces. It is customary to measure it in two components “cohesion”, and “Angle of
Internal Friction”, and then evaluate it on the basis of Coulomb's equation given by French
Engineer Coulomb.
S = C+6 tan φ
Where S is the shear strength of the soil, C is cohesion, 6 is normal load and f is the
angle of internal friction.
(2) Cohesion ‘C’: It is produced by the actual bond which developes at the surfaces of
contact of clay particles as a result of electro-chemical forces of attraction.
(3) Angle of friction φ : Angle of internal friction ‘φ’ is due to presence of friction between
particles and measure the frictional component of shear strength. Presence of water film
decreases the frictional resistance while increase in the normal load increases it. Water behaves
as a lubricant and assists the sliding forces. While increase in the normal load increases the
surface area in contact atthe plane of shear, and thus increases the frictional resistance.
(4) Utility of Shear tests: Shear test results help in -
- designing the dam section.
- assessing the bearing capacity of foundations.
- assessing the pore pressures likely to develope in a dam under different conditions.
- assessing stability of an existing dam when undisturbed soil samples from the dam
are tested for shear.
 192 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 49
13. Triaxial Shear Tests :
(1). Unconsolidated undrained test without measuring Pore pressures (Q -Test) :
Its main purpose is the determination of the compressive strength of a specimen of saturated
cohesive soil, in the Triaxial Shear Machine under conditions in which the cell pressure is
maintained constant and there is no change in total water content of the specimen.
(2) Consolidated Undrained test with Pore pressure measurement (R-test) : Its
main purpose is (a) the determination of shear strength parameters of soil from consolidated
undrained triaxial compression test with measurement of pore water pressure, (b) knowledge
of shear strength parameter that is cohesion intercept and the angle of shearing resistance
of saturated soil, both in terms of total stress and effective stress, obtained from triaxial
compression shear tests conducted under consolidation undrained conditions with
measurements of pore water pressure, and (c) for solving the problems involving stability of
earth embankments.
(3) Drained Test (S-test) : Like R-Test, Saturated and de-aired porous stones are
used in this test and the saturated specimen is consolidated in the same way. But here
unlike R-Test, the drainage valves are not closed during testing i.e. drainage is allowed
during shearing of the specimen also and the valve connecting the cell to the pore-pressure
apparatus is kept closed. Reading of proving ring gauge and strain gauge are taken upto
desired deformation at desired rate of strain. The tests are repeated on identical specimens
at different lateral pressure. In R & S tests side drains of filter paper strips are used to
expedite the consolidation of saturated specimen.
14. Permeability of Soils: (a) Permeability is the ease or facility with which water
percolates through soil. Darcy was first to study flow of water through soil and demonstrated
that the rate of flow or discharge per unit time is proportional to the Gradient i.e. :
q = KiA
Where q = Discharge per unit time.
A = Cross sectional area of soil perpendicular to flow.
i = Hydraulic Gradient
K = Darcy’s coefficient of permeability.
Coefficient of permeability ‘K’ is defined as the superficial velocity of liquid under unit gradient.
(b) Factors affecting permeability are - (1) Grain size of soil, (ii) Void ratio of soil, (iii)
Structural arrangement of soil, (iv) entrapped air and other foreign matter, (vi)Absorbed water,
and (vii) Temperature/Viscosity of water.
(c). It is determined in the laboratory with the help of Permeability Apparatus (of different
sizes according to maximum size of soil particles) through employment of (i) constant head
method for pervious soils, and (ii) variable head method for impervious soils.
(d). Likewise, the field permeability determination is carried out by the two methods i.e.
(i) pumping out test below water table, and pumping tests above water table. Test procedures
for these table, and in T.C. 39/W (M)63 Dated 20.4.63 AND T.C. No. 39-I/W(M) 63 dated 19.6.64
are detailed earlier in Chapter 48.
(e). Results of permeability Tests are useful in deciding the zone where a particular soil is
to be used in the dam. Permeability of casing soil shall normally be 10 times the permeability
of Hearting soil (T.C.No. 40/W(M)63 dated 18.6.63.)
Besides, permeability results help in working out the likely seepage through body of the
dam and foundations and the remedial measures, if the seepage is excessive.
These also help in assessing uplift pressure under a hydraulic structure, and of course,
in finalising dam section.
CH. 49 Soils For Earth Dams-Selection & Tests Necessary Therefor 193
15. Other Tests :
(a) Swell Pressure Tests: Soils which swell considerably on obsorption of water
from outside and shrink on removal of water are called Expansive soils. Such soils are
liable to cause considerable distress to structures involving their use or coming incontact
with them.
Although the phenomenon of swelling and shrinkage is not uncommon with most of the
soils (except sand and gravel), it is exhibited to a very marked degree only by certain clayey
soils, and hence the term expansive soil is used only for such soils. The capacity to swell of a
soil depends upon the type and amount of clay minerals and the exchangeable bases. Out of
the three major mineral groups - montmorillonite, illite and kaolinite, the montmorillonite clay
minerals swell on coming in contact with water, where as the clay minerals of other two groups
do not swell or swell to a very less extent.
The samples for these tests are collected in core-cutters so that, insitu condition of the
soil is maintained. The swell pressure is reported in kg/cm2.
(b) Determination of Total soluble solids: The presence of soluble solids in soil
greatly influence the Engineering properties of the soil, hence these are necessary to be
determined.
(c) Determination of specific gravity: Specific gravity of the soils find application
in finding out the degree of saturation and unit weight of moist soil, hence these are
necessary.
Note: All the tests described above, are to be carried out by the staff of Field, Circle and
the Central Research Laboratories in accordance with the procedure laid down in
relevent I.S.Codes, the details of the equipments used and the procedure etc. is
therefore not highlighted.
(Based on the E-in-C publication No. 25 Titled ‘Water Resources Research’ and,
Chapter-2 of Specification for Irrigation Projects, 1991(Vol-I).
lll
 194 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 50

Chapter - 50 t Collection & Despatch Of Soil Samples

To Laboratories.
Preamble : Demarcation of borrow area for earth to be used in the construction require
their testing before being approved for use. Soil samples have therefore, to be collected, packed
and sent to laboratories for necessary tests. As this requires lot of care, instruction issued in
this behalf, both by the C.E.(Irri) Raipur, and the E.E.(soils) Raipur way back in the year 1962,
are detailed below, to the extent relevant.
1. Selection of Borrow areas : E.E.Soils/R.O. will broadly indicate the area and the
number of samples required. Actual surveys including collection of representative samples from
trial pits and sending them for tests will be the responsibility of E.E. incharge.
Wherever undisturbed samples are required for determining the insitu consolidation values
and permeability or any field permeability tests are required, these will be done by the E.E.Soils/
R.O. In such cases also, if the E.E. Soils /R.O. feels that any local A.E./Sub-Engineer, trained
in Soil laboratory will be able to manage this independently, he will request the E.E.concerned
for deputation of the particular A.E./Sub-Engr. for the specific job.
So far, dam sections were being designed in C.E.’S office. Now that, quite a large number
of A.E.’s have been trained, it would be desirable if such A.E.’s are posted in Circle Offices or
Hd. Qr. division and dam Section duly designed in S.E.’s office are submitted to C.E’s office for
scrutiny & Approval, along with the A.E.
(T.C. No.33/W(Misc)62 dated 6th Oct., 1962 after changing the words
Junior Engineer/Oerseer as A.E./Sub-Engineer).
2. Care in Sending Samples to Laboratories: In this connection instructions issued
vide C.E’s No. SML/2901/62 dated 26.11.1962, are detailed below:
(1) Number of Sample to be Sent: Some times very large number of samples are sent
basically for same kind of soils from the quarry, while there are very few or practically no
samples for the different soils met with in other quarries. Since the analysis has to be based on
the average properties of the soils, that are to be actually used on the dam, the proper dam
section can be evaluated only when atleast one REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE from all the soils
to be used on the dam are submitted and tested. To cover experimental errors, it is desirable
that more than one sample be tested for each particular soil. Accordingly field staff will send
three representative samples for each category of all the soils proposed to be actually used on
the dam(See also para 3(i) in Ch.49).
(2) Other Data to be sent with Samples: To ensure against omission of any relevent
information, soil samples sent shall be accompanied with information in Proforma-I (both Part I
& II); Statement vide Annexure-A (i.e.Quantity represented by each set of sample); Annexure-
B (Quarry Chart), and Annexure-C (Log of Trial Pits).
In absence of these information it is likely that the testing work may either not be taken
up at all, or if taken, may be taken up after all other work in hand is completed, or on receipt of
requisite information by the concerned division.
Proforma - I To Accompany All Soil Samples sent for Testing
PART - I
I. Leading details of the Project :
1. Length of the dam. = R.L.
2. Maximum Height. = R.L..
CH. 50 Collection & Despatch Of Soil Samples To Laboratories 195
3. Catchment Area. = Sq.Km.
4. Probable cost. = Rs.
5. T.B.L. = R.L.
6. M.W.L. = R.L.
7. F.T.L. = R.L.
8. L.S.L. = R.L.
9. Nala bed level = R.L.
10. Earth quantity(as per tentative section)
(a) Hearting. = Lakh Cu.m
(b) Casing. = Lakh Cu.m
(c) Puddle. = Lakh Cu.m.
II. Stage of Work:
(a) Nala closure to be taken up.
(b) Earthwork in progress.
(c) Stage II Estimate.
(d) Stage I Estimate.
III. Quantity of Soil available Hearting Soil Casing Soil Remarks
(A) (B) (A) (B)
Already Proposed Already Proposed
Tested Now Tested Now
Cu.m Cu.m Cu.m Cu.m
(a) By Stripping of dam.
(b) From cut-off trench.
(c) From W.W./Approach & Spill channel.
(d) Borrow areas in the basin.
(e) Borrow areas D/S of the basin.
Total:

IV. Representative Samples Sent. Hearting Casing

a b c d e a b c d e
(a) Undisturbed Nos.
(b) Disturbed Nos.
(c) From Nala Bed Nos.
(Note: 3 representative samples, each 40-60 Kg, in weight need to sent for soil proposed
to be used on the dam.)

V. Tests to be carried out are for- (Delete items not required)

(a). Stability of the materials for use on the dam.
(b). Shear and Compaction tests for design of dam.
(c). Determination of foundation properties as below from undisturbed samples -
(1) Dry density & Moisture content.
(2) Permeability.
(3) Shear values at site moisture contents and or/Saturation.
(4) Consolidation co-efficient.
 196 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 50
PART - II
VI. Quantity represented by each representative sample is given in Annexure : A .
VII. Borrow area plan to a scale of 1 : ... is enclosed herewith in Annexure -B. This plan
indicates :-
1. Dam site.
2. Quarries numbered as ............... with boundaries (found suitable) clearly marked.
3. Quantity of hearting and/or casing soils, available in each quarry considered suitable for the
purpose, as per preliminary examination at site.
4. Lead of materials.
5. Trial pits duly numbered as ................etc.
6. Depth of hearting and or/casing in each Trial pit is noted.
7. Quarries already approved and tested are hatched.
8. Details of Trial Pits properly logged are given in Annexure-C.
S.D.O. E.E.
Sub-Divn.......... Divn...........

Annexure - A
Statement showing the Samples Submitted/Location of the samples and the quantity
represented by each sample or group of samples for .........Project in ......Distt.

S.NO. Sample No. Trial Pit Nature of Soil Quantity represented

No. by the sample in question.
1 2 3 4 5

Annexure - B
Borrow Area Map - Scale 1 : ........
with Quarries and Trial Pits duly marked, and already approved quarries properly hatched.

Annexure - C
Statement showing the log of all Trial Pits taken on .............Project in .............Distt.

T.P.No. Depth of sampling Nature of Soil Whether proposed for

Hearting/Cut-off or Casing
1 2 3 4

lll
CH. 51 Undisturbed Soil Sample-Care In Collection & Delivery 197

Chapter - 51 t Undisturbed Soil Samples -

Care In Collection & Delivery
Preamble : Collection, sealing, packing and delivery of undisturbed samples require a
good deal of care, so that, these samples when received in the Laboratory are fit enough for
testing. Besides, despite all care in their proper packing, these may not withstand rough handling
in transit by Railways. It would therefore, be desirable to send these in sizeable lot, through
special messangers, wherever necessary. The instructions circulated vide C.E.Irrigation, Raipur
No.52/W(M)64 dated 26.3.1964 are reproduced below:-.
Note on Collection of Undisturbed Soil Samples
1. General: Undisturbed representative soil samples for irrigation works have to be
collected either from the seat of the dam, or from the existing earth dam/embankment. These
samples have to be truly representative of the soil/soils of the seat of the dam or from the
existing earth dam/embankment. If the seat of the dam or the existing earth dam/embankment
comprised of different kinds of soils, adequate (at least 3) number of soil samples have to be
collected from each type of the soil so as to be truly representative. The purpose of collecting
the samples is to determine in the laboratory, the existing moisture, density permeability ,
Shear characteristics, and consolidation coefficient of the soil in situ. Even a slight disturbance
of the sample during collection, handling, transport storage etc., vitiates the purpose
of these samples, and as such CARE HAS TO BE TAKEN to see that the undisturbed samples
sent to the Soils Laboratory are collected, handled, transported and stored as per instructions
in para 2 to 7 below.
2. Samples Collection and initial packing: Undisturbed samples may be collected in
the following manner :-
(i) in tubes of sizes -* (a) 100 mm dia x 30 cm(12") height,
(b) 37 mm (1-1/2") dia x 125 mm (5") height.
(ii) in block of sizes -** (a) 150 mm(6") cubes.
(b) 300 mm (12") cubes.
(Notes : *The length of 100mm (4") core cutter in the original TC. 150mm which is
insufficient and is modified to 300mm (12").
** No sample be sent in blocks now because of the sealing, transportation and
testing difficulties).
3. Collection of samples in Tubes: (a) An iron core cutter of 100mm(4") and 300mm
(12") height of tube of 37 mm (1-1/2") dia and 125 mm(5") height with one edge bevelled is used
for the purpose. Surface where sample is to be taken is made plain and core cutter with bevelled
edge downwards is placed on it. The bond between the soil in the sample and the field is broken
by gentle rotation of the samples and the sampler brought to the ground surface.
(b) Packing of Tubes: A cheese cloth is then placed on the top and bottom of the soil
specimen and covered with warm melted wax properly levelled by brush. This is then rubbed out
with fingers in order to seal pores, if any. Additional two layers of cloth and wax are then applied
in the same manner. It has to be borne in mind that if the wax applied is too cold, it will peel and
crack. If too hot, it will penetrate and dry the soil. It should be applied when its temperature is
about 20 o F, above its melting point. The sample thus sealed may then be wrapped in cloth and
properly stitched so as to withstand rehandling in transit.
4. Collection of Sample in Blocks: (a) (1) Cutting and trimming block samples, to required
 198 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 51
size, is a tedious process, particularly when working with soft soil which can easily get disturbed.
Appropriate cutting tools should be used to prevent disturbance and cracking of the sample.
(2). Soft plastic soils require thin and sharp knives and some times a thin piano wire is
advantageous. These samples are generally collected by taking an open pit and leaving hump
in the centre. The hump is cut by cutting tool to the required size.
(3). Core cutter is carefully driven for 112mm(4-1/2") depth vertically down by placing a
wooden block on it and giving small blows with jumper. Core cutter is then removed by rotating
it by the use of handle to remove bondage between the soil inside and outside the core cutter.
In case of 37mm (1-1/2") dia tubes and in some cases of 100mm dia core cutter, the soil around the
tube or core cutter will have to be removed by chisel to easen out the tube or cutter. The bottom
surface is then chipped off to a depth of 37mm(1-1/2") and levelled with pen knife.
(4). For taking out undisturbed samples by core cutters, about 12m(40ft) below ground
level in cohesive soils, the following procedure is adopted:-
(a) A hole of 75-100 mm (3" to 4") dia with hand auger, power auger or a core drilling
equipment, is made in the ground to the level at which the sample is to be taken. The size of the
sampling tubes and the core cutters should be 25 mm(1") to 50mm (2") dia.
(b). The auger is then detached and a sampling tube with a core cutter, inner dia 25mm to
50mm, is lowered and gently forced into the soil by hammering. After that, the sample tube is
forced inside the soil for its full depth.
(b). Packing the block: (1) Samples cut to the required size are wrapped and covered
with cheese cloth in the same manner as for the packing of the tubes. The blocks so collected
and wrapped, are to be enclosed in tins or wooden boxes of requisite size and packed rigidly
inside with papers or saw dust etc. for despatch to the laboratory.
(2). In soils which get disturbed easily, firmly constructed wooden box with both ends
open should be placed over the sample in a pit, before it is cut from the parent material. The
space between the sample and the walls should be packed with moist saw dust or similar
packing material. The sample is then cut at the bottom by a pen knife or a piano wire & lifted
along with box. Open ends are then sealed by cheese cloth and wax in three layers as indicated
earlier. Both ends of the box are protected by wooden covers firmly fixed so that, sample inside
will not remain loose and get disturbed in transit.
5. Final Packing: Further packing depends upon the distance between the sampling
place and the laboratory. When the distance is large, packing should be done with extra care.
Minimum time should elapse between collection and testing and as such, samples should be
despatched in batches, immediately on collection.
6. Numbering and Identification Marks: Sample should be properly numbered for proper
identification in the laboratory. When using tubes and core cutters, numbers should be engraved
on them. Normally following details should be shown inside the packing and over the packing of
each sample.
(a) Name of the project (b) Quarry No.- Numbering & Identification.
(c) Location of sampling (i) changing (ii) Pit No. (iii) level at which sample is collected.
General instructions for submission of data as prescribed under TC No. SML/2901/62
dated 27.11.1962 (Chap: 50) also apply for undisturbed samples.
7. Scale of undisturbed samples for laboratory tests: Normally the quantity or the
size of undisturbed sample required for each test may be as indicated below :-
(A) (B)
(1) Density & moisture content = Core sample in tubes of 37mm x 125mm
determination. (1-1/2" x 5") or 100mm x 300mm size.
CH. 52 Check Statement To Accompany Consignments Of Samples 199
(2) Triaxial shear test. = Six samples in tubes of 37mm x 125mm or two samples
in tubes of 100mm x 300mm.
(3) Permeability test. = One sample in core cutter of 100 mm x 300 mm or a
block of 150mm cube, or a block of 300mm cube.
(4) Consolidation test. = One sample in core cutter of size 100mm x 150mm or
one block of 150mm cube or one block of 300 mm cube.
Note: (1) As indicated in para 1, three times the above number would be required to
cover 3 samples from each type of soil to be tested.
(2) It will also be noted that unless samples are collected and supplied as per (B)
above, then only tests as per (A) above can be carried out.
(T.C. No. 52/W(M)64 dated 26th March, 1964)
lll

Chapter - 52 t Check Statement To Accompany

Consignments Of Samples
Preamble: Besides the instructions detailed in Chapters 50 and 51 regarding collection
and despatch of soil samples, the Director Irrigation Research, Bhopal vide his No. 5082/RS-22
dated 23rd Sept., 1972 prescribed a Check Statement to accompany each consignment of the
Soil samples sent to Laboratory(ies) for testing etc. so that, the concerned project received
desired priority. He accordingly requested all officers concerned and engaged on investigation
of soils for earth dams, whether (i) during the course of initial investigations for preparation of
Stage I estimates, or (ii) during the course of Pre.construction stage for finalisation of detailed
designs, or (iii) during the course of actual construction i.e. before river/nala closure or otherwise
due to exhaustion of borrow areas already identified etc. This check statement is reproduced below:
Form of Check Statement
S.No. Particulars Remarks
1 2 3
1. Whether the Project is -
(a) Major.
(b) Medium.
(c) Minor.
2. Whether the project is -
(a) Above 40 ft in height.
(All tests required for design to be done by stability analysis -A).
(b) Between 21 ft & 40 ft.
(All tests required. However, for soils not inferior to the following, the Type design
to be followed).
Characteristics Homogenous Zonal
Hearting Casing
1 2 3
O.M.C. (%). 25.5 24.75 15.75
M.D.D.(1bs/ cft). 95.0 96.0 113.25
* Cohesion (1bs/Cft). 1093.0 1320.0 1085.0
Angle of international friction (degs). 16.40 17.75 24.00
200 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 52
S.No. Particulars Remarks
1 2 3
* Unconsolidated undrained corrected for pore pressure on samples at O.M.C. However,
for soils inferior to the above, dam section to be evolved by stability analysis.
(c) Below 20ft - Type design to be followed.
3. State of work -
(a) Dam section for stage I estimate.
(b) Dam section for stage II estimate.
(c) Earthwork in progress.
(d) Nala closure to be taken up.
4. Whether Soil samples to be sent to -
(a) Circle laboratory - (For GSA limits & Compaction).
(b) Soils Laboratory Raipur/Bhopal.
(For shear tests, permeability and other specialised tests.)
5. Whether Borrow areas have been tested earlier (Yes/No).
6. Whether the investigations done are 1-1/2 times the requirements -
(a) For Hearting (Yes/No).
(b) For Casing (Yes/No).
(c) Puddle (Yes/No).
(Note : If not, further investigation should be completed for the balance quantities.)
7. Whether the quantities already tested and approved are short of the requirements.
(Yes/No)
If no, why further testing is proposed ?
8. Whether the quantity of disturbed sample being sent is sufficient for all tests to be
conducted (Yes/No)
(Note- A minimum of 40Kg. of soil is necessary).
9. Whether details in the prescribed proforma (Vide Circular No. SML/2901/62 dated
27.11.62 (Chapter 50) are being sent. (Yes/No).
10. Whether the details given in the Proforma(S.No.9) tally with the details given in the
slips kept in the bags. (Yes/No).
11. Whether the quantity represented by each sample is in accordance with the limits
prescribed in TC No. 951/RS-39/77-78 dated 9.3.78.(now see item 3(i) of Ch:49) (Yes/No)
Note: If no, given reasons.
12. Whether borrow area are beyond 10 times the height of dam from central line. (Yes/No)
Give distance of nearest borrow pit from central line of top of dam. (see also para 3(b) of Ch:49)
13. Whether samples from borrow areas in the basin are being sent. (Yes/No)
If no, give reasons, why it is not proposed to utilise materials from the basin.
14. Whether local names of the soils being tested are given (Yes/No)
If no, give reasons.
15. Whether undisturbed samples along axis of the dam have been tested earlier.
If yes, give reasons why further testing is considered necessary.
CH. 53 Identification Of Soils - Criteria For Use In Dams 201
16. Whether undisturbed samples along axis of the dam are being sent (Vide Cir.No. 7054-
72/RS/22 dated 21.12.71 (Yes/No).
17. Whether undisturbed samples are rpoperly sealed and are in good condition (TC No.52/
W(M) 63 dated 26.3.64) (Yes/No).
18. Whether undisturbed samples are sufficient for the tests to be conducted. ( 6 cores of
4"dia x 6" height) (Yes/No).
19. Whether tests to be conducted have been indicated ?
(a) Disturbed Samples (Yes/No).
(b) Undisturbed Samples (Yes/No).
20. Whether Borrow Area map giving locations of trial pits is attached. (Yes/No)

Seal & Signature

E.E. / S.D.O.
lll

Chapter - 53 t Identification Of Soils - Criteria For Use In Dams

1. General: The C.E.Irri., Raipur under his No. 48/W(M) dated 5.9.1963(as amended
vide No. 48-G/W(M)63 dated 15.5.64) indicated the following procedure to be followed in designing
of Earth Dams with the help of Identification:-
(Note:Due to revision of IS Code in 1970, tables from latest Code are indicated instead of
figures as per old Code noted in the T.C.)
(1) All soils to be used on the dam shall be classified under the different groups given in
Appendix-1.
(2) The classification of Soil in particular group shall be done in the Central Soils Laboratory
and the Circle Laboratories on the basis of Identification tests enumerated in the enclosed chart
Appendix - II.
(3) Table reproduced below shall be used for the location of available soils within the
proposed dam section.
TABLE
Zone Suitability in the order of Priority
Very Good Good Fair Poor
(See Revised Table - I below para 3, later in this chapter)

(4) For dams not required to be designed by stability analysis, the location of soils will
be on the basis of above table. Care will however be taken that only the soils specified under
very good and good columns are used. If, for any reason, soils under column ‘Fair’ have to be
used, then the dam section will have to be designed by the stability analysis in the same
manner as noted in (5) & (6) below. Soil under coloumn ‘Poor’ if at all to be used, shall not be used.
(5) In respect of medium dams to be designed by stability analysis, the soils available
shall be classified in the Circle Laboratories on the basis of classification chart enclosed(see
note above), and the proposed location of soils to be used in the Dam together with the quantities
 202 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 53
available shall be communicated by the S.E.to the soil laboratory for test and final location of
soils on the basis of permeability. The soils Laboratory will check up the locations with reference
to the permeability and will make final recommendations and the shear tests, the dam section
would be designed by stability analysis.
(6) Similar action shall be taken by the Circle Laboratories in respect of Minor dams.
2. IS CODE 1498:1959, Revised in 1970: Table below para(3) and Appendix I & II referred
to in para (1) & (2), as attached to it were based on IS:1498:1959. This IS Code is since revised
in 1970.
3. Change of Table below (3): In the new series T.C. No. 11/DS issued on 11.7.1987,
after the main circular, a TABLE-1 titled, “Relative Suitability of Soils for use in Embankments”
is noted. This is reproduced below.
Table - 1
Relative Suitability of Soils for Use in Embankments.
Relative Homogenous Zonal Earth Dam Impervious
Suitability Dykes Impervious Pervious Blanket
Core Casing
1 2 3 4 5
Very Suitable. GC GC SW,GW GC
Suitable. CL,CI CL,CI GM CL,CI
Fairly Suitable. SP,SM,CH GM,GC,SM,SC,CH SP,GP CH,SM,SC,GC
Poor. - ML,MI,MH - -
Not Suitable. - OL,OH,OI,PT -
Note: The above be deemed to replace the earlier table below para(3) and remarks on its
basis in para(4) thereunder.
4. Comparision between 1959 & 1970 in regard to size Classification: Table as
indicated on page 24 of the 1970 is reproduced below for information.
Appendix - A
Comparison Between Size Classification of
IS:1948 - 1959 and IS:1948 - 1970

Particle size in millimetres

5. Annexure I & II, as then attached to C.E.’s letter, (Extracted from IS:1498:1959), in the
revised IS 1459:1970) is included as Table -2, titled “Soil Classification(including field identification
and Description)”. This table 2 is detailed in the next two pages.
 CH. 53
Table-2, soil classification(including Field Identification & Description) (Clauses 3.3,3.3.3 & 3.4 of IS Code 1498:1970)

For undisturbed soils

More than half of material is larger than 75-micron IS Sieve size

add information on

Identification Of Soils - Criteria For Use In Dams

stratification; degree
of compactness,
cementation, mois-
ture conditions and
The smallest particle visible to the naked eye

drainage charac-
teristics.
Give typical name;
indicate approximate
COARSE -GRAINED SOILS

percentages of sand
and gravel; maximum
size, angularity,
surface condition,
and hardness of the
coarse grains; local
or geologic name and
other pertinent desc-
riptive information;
and symbol in
parenthses.

Example : Silty sand;

gravelly; about 20
percent hard angular
gravel particles, 10
mm maximum size;
rounded and sub-
angular sand grains;
about 15 percent
non-plastic fines with
low dry strength; well
compacted and
moist; inplace; alluvial
sand(SM).

203
 The 75-micron IS Sieve size is about the smallest particle visible to the naked eye

204
For undisturbed
soils add infor-

More than half material is small than 75-micron IS Sieve size

mation on stru-

A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P.

cture, stratification,
consistency in
undisturbed and
remolded states,
moisture and drain-
age conditions.

Give typical name,

indicate degree and
FINE-GRAINED SOILS

character of plas-
ticity, amount and
maximum size of
coarse grains;
color in wet
condition; odour, if
any, local or
geologic name and
other pertinent
descriptive infor-
mation and symbole
in parenthses.

Example : Clayey
silt brown; slightly
plastic; small per-
centage of fine
sand; numerous
vertical root holes,
firm and dry in
place; loess(ML)

CH. 53
NOTE - Boundry classification : Soil possessing characteristics of two groups are designated by combinations of group symbols, for example, GW-GC, Well-graded, gravel-
sand mixture with clay binder.
CH. 54 Testing Of Materials & Tests Necessary For Each 205

Chapter - 54 t Testing Of Materials & Tests Necessary For Each

{ (1) Aggregates (2) Cement (3) Bricks (4) Hyderated Lime

(5) Puzzolana (6) Cement Concrete (7) Building Stones. }
1. General: (1) Various type of structures have to be built using different kinds of materials.
The quality of the structure would depend upon the quality of materials used. The testing of
materials of construction is therefore, an important activity to be taken up much before the
construction starts. Even during process of construction, the mortar and concrete made up of
tested ingredients have to be tested for their quality to ascertain correctness of the procedure of
mixing, curing and the net result. Thus, testing of materials and quality control go hand in hand.
(2). Materials like stone, sand, timber,earth & lime etc. are available in natural state,
while materials like cement, bricks, steel etc. are obtained by processing of natural materials.
Various properties of these materials are tested as per standard procedures laid down in relevent
I.S. Codes. Designs will be based on the value obtained during such tests.
(3) The purpose of testing materials, described in the following paragraphs is to help
ensure procurement and selection of proper materials, their proper processing and placing in
position, so that structures as a net result, should be of specified quality and strength.
(1) Testing of Aggregates.
1. General: (a) I.S.Specification have grouped the various tests to be carried out on
aggregates in eight parts. It may not be always necessary to assess all the qualities of aggregates
for particular work/purpose. Therefore, it is necessary to know the purpose of these tests.
Aggregates to be used for concrete should conform to I.S.383-1963, which lays down the following
tests on aggregates (IS:2386-1963, Part I to VIII).
(b) Though a number of tests have been specified in the I.S.Specifications, but sieve
analysis, water absorption, specific gravity, crushing value, abrasion value, impact value generally
give fairly good idea about the quality of aggregates.
(c) Aggregates larger than 4.75 mm I.S.Sieve are termed coarse aggregate and those
passing through 4.75 mm I.S.Sieves are termed as Fine aggregates (Sand).
(1) Sieve Analysis: This test is performed to determine the grading of the material,
which is an important factor contributing to the quality of concrete. The grade of the sand or
Fineness modulus or Index must be known. Higher the index, coarser the material.
(2) Unit Weight or Bulk density: This test is conducted for deciding whether a specified
range of value is satisfied by the material being tested. The laboratory test is useful for comparing
properties of different aggregates available.
(3) Absorption and Specific gravity of Coarse/aggregate:The values of these tests
are needed for the proper proportioning of concrete mixes. The value of absorption of moisture
content are necessary to adjust the water content during mixing.
(4) Determination of Aggregate Impact Value: This tests gives a relative measure of
the resistance of an aggregate.
(5) Determination of Abrasion Value (By Los Angele’s machine): The test determines
the loss due to abrasion of aggregates with respect to hardness and toughness of the aggregate
against abrasion.
(6) Crushing Value: This test gives a relative measure of the resistance of an aggregate
to crushing under a gradually compressive load.
 206 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 54
(7) Determination of Soundness of Coarse & Fine aggregates: This test if for the
assessment of the quality of aggregates for concrete. Resistance to disintegration of the quality
is determined by this test. This information is helpful in judging the soundness of aggregate
against weathering action.
(8) Mortar Making Properties of Fine Aggregates: This test is performed for comparing
the compressive strength of fine aggregate with that of the standard sand, whether that is within
the specified limits.
(2) Testing of Cement
1. General: (a) Cement which is the main binding material in structural works, is obtained
by intimately mixing together calcareous and argillaceous, and or other silica, alumina or iron
oxide bearing materials burning them at clinkering temperature and grinding the resulting clinker.
(b) For suitability of use of cement, standard methods of its various tests have been adopted
to acquire the requisite specifications as referred by I.S.I. A few of these are detailed below :-
(1) Determination of fineness of Cement by sieving: To check the fineness with the
standard specification prescribed by I.S.I. specifications.
(2) Specific Gravity of Cement (By Blain’s Air Permeability method): For checking
with the standards prescribed by I.S.I. specifications.
(3) Determination of consistency of Cement: The object of conducting this test is to
determine the quantity of water for completion of various test of cement such as initial setting
time, final setting time as well as compressive strength of cement.
(4) Determination of initial and final setting time of cement: This test is performed
to confirm the quality and the age of cement lying in the store.
(5) Determination of specific gravity of cement: This test too, is performed just to
confirm the quality and the period of manufacture of cement.
(6) Soundness test of cement ( By Chatelier’s method): Due to the presence of free
lime in the cement sometimes, the expansion is caused and hence cracks develope. This test
is conducted to determine the expansion of cement.
(7) Compressive strength: This test too is conducted just to confirm about the quality
of cement.
(3) Testing of Bricks
1. General (IS: 3495 - 1976; Parts I to IV) : (a) Brick is the oldest and most extensively
used building material. It is essentially a local building material (manufactured practically in
every town/village),hence there is considerable variations in the quality and size of bricks.
(b) With a view to maintain some common standards for building bricks with regard to its
quality and dimensions, I.S.I. has recommended certain tests and also requirements of the
property. Some of these tests are detailed below. (The property requirements are highlighted in
the departmental specifications - Nov, 1991). In these specifications the bicks (are classed as :-
- First Class Table Moulded bricks.
- Second class Table Moulded bricks.
- Under burnt or Pila mould bricks.
- Jhama moulded bricks.
- Sun dried table moulded bricks.
- Kumhar or hand moulded bricks.
(c) IS:1077-1976 lays down the following Class designation for bricks:
CH. 54 Testing Of Materials & Tests Necessary For Each 207
Class Designation Average Compressive Strength
Not less than Kg./Cm2 Less than Kg./Cm2
1 2 3
850 350 400
300 300 350
250 250 300
200 200 250
175 175 200
150 150 175
125 125 150
100 100 125
75 75 100
50 50 75
35 35 50
(1) Determination of Water Absorption: This test highlights the general quality of the
bricks for the reckoning of the standard of material .e.g. the IS says that water absorption shall
not be more than 20% upto class 125 and 15% by weight for higher classes. In our own (i.e.M.P.)
Specifications, it is noted that 1st class T.M.Bricks should not absorb more than 1/6th of its
weight of water, 2nd class T.M.Bricks 1/5th and the Kumhar Bricks 1/4th of weight of water after
12 hours immersion.
(2) Determination of Compressive Strength: This test is carried out to ascertain the
quality by comparing it with the specifications.
(4) Testing of Hyderated Lime.
1. General (IS: 6932 - 1973; Parts I to X): (a) Lime has been used as a material of
construction from very ancient days, It is 90 percent carbonate of lime.
(b) The quality of lime varies from place to place, so also the methods of its manufacturing.
The manner in which lime is used in construction work also differes from one part of the country to
another. In this way, strict comparison of characteristics of many types of lime obtained, has been
given full consideration in the methods of testing evolved by I.S.I.(now Buearu of Indian standards).
(1) Fineness: To determine the quality of lime and to compare the fineness with the
standard the specifications for the fineness of the material.
(2) Workability of Hydrated lime: This test is carried out to assess the qualitative
requirements of building lime.
(3) Determination of setting time: To assess the quality and period of manufacture of
Hydrated lime for use in the construction work.
(4) Determineation of Soundness: This test is performed to assess the qualitative
measurement of the hydrated lime and the results are compared with the standard specification.
(5) Determination of Compressive Strength: The purpose is the assessment of the
quality and comparing the result with specification, which are detailed in para 6.3.2 of the
Specifications for Irrigation Projects November, 1991.
(5) Testing of Puzzolona.
1. General: (IS:1727-1967) The folllowing are 3 types of puzzolana :-
(a) Burnt Clay - Burnt clay Pozzolana is manufactured by calcination of clay under controlled
conditions at suitable temperature and grinding the resulting product to the required fineness.
(b) Flay Ash - Flay Ash is a waste product from thermal power stations. It is a fine powder
 208 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 54
transported by gases and is collected by electrical or mechanical precipitatiors. It behaves as
a highly potential Pozzolanic material. It is a silicious material and does not possess any
cementatious properties. In finely divided form, it reacts in the presence of water with lime
liberated during hydration of cement at normal temperature to form compounds having
cementatious properties.
In order to effect economy in the construction, this can be advantageously replaced by
part of cement without impairing the ultimate strength and at the same time improving the
durability, impermeability, workability of mix, reducing the effect of bleeding and segregation and
resisting the attack of sulphate action and finally improving the stress adjustment characteristics.
(c) Surkhi - It is obtained by pounding of brick-bats in respect of the proportion of active
clay constituents which in the case of brick-bats would be lower to the extent that it is necessary
to blend sandy ingredients in brick making clays. Surkhi generally produced is much coarser.
The tests conducted to determine the suitability of pozzolanic material are (1) Fineness
by sieving, (2) Determination of specific surface, (3)Specific gravity (4) Lime reactivity, and (5)
Determination of compressive strength of Pozzolana cement mortar.
(6) Testing of Cement Concrete
1. General: Cement Concrete is made with cement, sand, coarse aggregate and water
but additives and admixtures can also be used for modifying and improving the properties of
concrete. The mixture of the four main gradients is consolidated to a hard mass due to the
chemical reaction between cement ad water. Each of the four ingredients has its separate
function. Coarse aggrgate acts as a main filler, sand (fine aggregate) fills in the voids in the
coarse aggregate. Cement & water form the binder.
The science of proportioning of concrete is therefore, mainly concentrated on the principle
of obtaining durable and strong concrete, at the most economical rate, possessing a good workability.
(1) Compressive Strength of Concrete & Mortar: Concrete is a variable material. The
quality of concrete is usually assessed from the results of crushing strength test on concrete
cubes (15 cm cube moulds or cylinders (15cm dia & 30 cm height).
The I.S.I. has also classified concrete into the following grades, based on the specified
Characteristic Compressive strength of 15 cm cube at 28 days expressed as N/mm2 .
Grade designation Specified Characteristic Compressive
Strength at 28 days (M/mm2 )
M-5 ... 5
M-7.5 ... 7.5
M-10 ... 10
M-15 ... 15
M-20 ... 20
M-25 ... 25
M-30 ... 30
M-35 ... 35
M-40 ... 40
Note:- In the above, the letter M refers to the mix and the number to the specified
Characteristic strength of 15cm cube at 28 days, expressed in M/mm2.
(2) Slump Test of Concrete: (a)This test is conducted to determine the consistency of
concrete and hence workability. Workability means the ease with which concrete can be handled,
transported and placed. This test is carried out at the field itself. The equipment required is
steel ‘Slump Cone Mould’, Tamping rod, and the scale.
CH. 54 Testing Of Materials & Tests Necessary For Each 209
(b) Procedure: Slump cone mould is cleaned and kept on the plain non absorbant surface.
The mould is filled to one third (1/3) capacity with concrete and tamped 25 strokes with standard
rod of bullet pointed end. This process is repeated in the same way for 2nd and 3rd final layers.
The excess of the concrete above the top level of the cone is struck off with tamping rod. The
mould is removed from the concrete immediately. This allows the concrete to subside, and the
slump is measured being the difference between the height of the mould, and that of the highest
point of the specimen under test.
Care being taken that the strokes are counted carefully and are also well distributed.
(3) Permeability test of Cement mortar and Concrete (IS:3085-1965): Permeability
of cement mortar and concrete is of particular significance in structures which are intended to
retain water or which come into contact with water. It is intimately related to durability of concrete.
Hence it is of considerable importance.
(4) Rapid Estimation of Cement in Mortar/Concrete (Method given by Dy. Dir
Research Patna): This test is conducted to analyse the Mortar/Concrete with respect to their
proportions of the mixed ingredients in the Mortar/Concrete. This test is based upon the determination
of calcium content in the mortar, cement and sand. This test is conducted in the laboratory.
(7) Testing of Stones.
1. Tests Necessary: Natural building stones are subjected to the following tests, to
ascertain their properties and suitability, resistance to disintegration and decomposition etc:-
(1) Determination of Compressive strength: (IS:1121-1974(P.I.) This test is conducted
for the selection of the material to be utilized for its satisfactory performance.
(2) Determination of True Specific Gravity, Apparent Specific Gravity, Water
Absorption and Porosity of Stones: (IS:1122 & 1124-1974) These tests bring out properties of
natural building stones for comparison with the standards prescribed in I.S.code, and this way
the quality is assessed.
(3) Determination of Durability (IS-1126-1974): This test is conducted to find out the
capacity of stone to resist disintegration and decomposition for the stones to be used for
constructional purpose.
(Based on E-in-C Pub: No. 25 titled Water Resources Research)
lll
 210 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 55

Chapter - 55 Hydraulic Model Studies - Brief Introduction

1. Preamble : Hydraulic flow involves complex problems which can not be solved only
by analytical methods and one has to rely on experimental data. A series of experiments or
tests on small scale models are carried out to assess the performance of the component parts
of Hydraulic structures on Engineering Projects.
2. Dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude enable the Engineers to simplify the
experiments and to corelate and interprete the experimental data. This way, before taking up any
costly structure, alternative design can be tried in a model to evolve a safe design of the structure.
3. Model studies in M.P. are carried out by the Hydraulic Research Laboratory Hathaikheda
(Under the guidance of Director, Irrigation Research, Bhopal) and also at the C.W.P.R.S. Pune,
Maharashtra. It would be desirable that reference to Pune is left to the discretion of Director Irrigation
Research, Bhopal.
4. Linear scale generally adopted for Model Studies are:-
Spillways. = 1/10 to 1/100
Stilling basins. = 1/10 to 1/60
River Models. = 1/100 to 1/1000 (Horizontal)
= 1/20 to 1/100 (Vertical)
Canal structures = 1/3 to 1/20
chutes, drops.
5.The field data required to be submitted, to the Research Directorate along with the
request for undertaking Model studies is detailed in Annexure I (Spill Model Studies) & Annexure
II (River Model studies) below. Under the spillway model experiments the studies under taken at
the station are :-
(a) Energy dissipation below spillway/weir/canal fall.
(b) Study of crest profile with reference to coefficient of discharge and negative pressures.
(c) Operation schedule of crest gates.
(d) Stage construction of spillway.
(e) Any specific problem sponsored by the field authorities.
Annexure - I
Data Required For Spillway Model Studies
1. Report : Project Report (relevent portion). In case of operation scedule of crest gates,
a detailed note on the proposed operation should be sent.
2. Hydraulic data: Calculations of maximum design discharge.
3. Sediment & Bore Hole data: (i) Nature of river bed downstream of the dam site. (ii)
details of bore hole data including nature of rock downstream of dam site over a distance of 150
metres. (iii) Geologists report of the dam site and dam foundations.
4. Drawings: (i) Index Plan (ii) Plan, elevation & cross sections of the dam with details of
crest profile with equation of curve: (iii) Details of gates and piers on the overflow spillway; (iv)
Details of under sluices such as L-Section, Cross section, bellmouth inlet, outlet and transitions
etc.; (vi) Details of energy dissipating devices downstream of spillway; (vi) Tail water rating
curve, upto designed flood discharge; (vii) Cross section of the river upstream of the dam site at
30m intervals for a distance of 300 metres. If the approach is curved immediately upstream, this
CH. 55 Hydraulic Model Studies - Brief Introduction 211
should be extended atleast 150 beyond the curve; (viii) Cross section of the river downstream of
dam site at 1.5m intervals for a distance of 300m and intervals for additional 600m. (ix) Plan
showing locations of cross sections, base lines and dam line with ZEROS and CHAINAGES
marked clearly, (x) In case of stage construction problem, the proposals of field formation with
detailed drawings.
5.Salient Features: (i) Catchment area; (ii) Maximum discharge; (iii) Full Reservoir level;
(iv) Maximum water level (Upstream); (v)Tail water level; (vi) Upstream ground level; (vii) Deepest
nala bed level; (viii) Downstream ground level; (ix) Nature of bed material-rocky/sandy; (x) length
of spillway; (xi) No & size of gates; (xii) Width of piers; (xiii) Coeficient of discharge adopted.
6. Specific ‘Terms of Reference': The specific terms of reference for model experiments
should be stipulated clearly.
Annexure - II
Data Required For River Model Experiments
1. Report: This should include - (i) Enunciation of the problem, its history, and probable
causes with additions and modifications of works if any; (ii) Account of previous remedial
measures undertaken, if any, their details and behaviour; (iii) Report of any project on the river,
in or near the problem reach, which affects the river regime such as dams, weir, bridge, causeway,
embankment\s etc.; (iv) Photos depicting behaviour of the river during floods (if available); (v)
Stage of the river at which the erosion is most pronounced.
2. Specific terms of reference: Exact terms of reference should be stated by the
sponsoring authority, pointwise and priority of the same.
3. Survey data: (i) Index map; (ii) Grid plan with block levels at 30m intervals for 3 kms
upstream to 5 km downstream indicating: (a) Existing and proposed structures like bridges,
dam, weirs, barrages spurs etc. ; (b) location of the problem area. ; (iii) cross sections at 30m
interval. These should be extended beyond the limits of spills. H.F.L.’s with the data of occurance
should be marked. Position of sections with their zero chainages should be indicated on the
survey plan referred to in 3(ii); (iv) Details of existing and proposed structures like bridges,
dams, weirs barrages, spurs, revetments etc. All levels should be connected to G.T.S. bench
mark.
(Note: In case of River studies by spurs, guide bunds etc., the following additional survey
data need be sent.
Item3(iii)- Reach required to be reproduced is about 2 meander lengths upstream
and one meander length downstream.)
(v) Plan, cross section and L-Section of the training work, with design calculation; (vi)
Plan showing progressive erosion.
4. Hydraulic data: (1) Daily gauge and discharge data at all existing sites for one or
more flood seasons. If stream gauging sites are absent, a new station should be located near
the problem site and data collected and furnished for atleast one flood season. The positions of
all gauge stations should be marked on plan in 3(ii) above and their coordinate given; (iii) River
cross sections at discharge site, indicating nature of the river bed (sandy, boulders or rocky)
and sample discharge calculations should be sent; (iii) Annual H.F.L’s with dates of occurence;
(iv) Maximum flood on record with dates and data of occurence.
5. Sediment Data: (i) A minimum of 3 bed samples; (ii) For bank samples, material from
which both the banks are made is to be collected on the same sections from which the bed
samples were collected. (iii) Information regarding nature of banks whether of uniform material,
stratified rock outcrop, kankar etc. should be marked.
(Director Irrigation Research Bhopal Memo No. 3525/RH-127/77 dated 27.8.1977)
lll
CH. 56 Soil Surveys - A General Brief 213

Section IX - Soil Surveys of Command Areas

Chapter - 56 t Soil Surveys - A General Brief
1. Necessity : Water is like a double knife. If used judiciously larger, benefits can be drawn.
If not, it brings the twin evils of water logging and salinity. With this end in view, investigation of soils
in the command of irrigation projects is necessary to find out their suitability or otherwise under :
- altered water regime;
- crops that can be grown;
- to assess water requirements;
- to determine need for land development; and
- to postulate the problems of drainage and special reclamation practices.
The Planning Commission and the Central Water Commission, therefore, insist on
appending to the Project Reports, a note on the soils within the proposed command, based
ofcourse, on soil surveys.
2. Where Facility Available: The Water Resources Department has at present no facility
for carrying out soil surveys. These have to be got done either through the Directorate of
Agriculture or the J.N.Krishi Vishwavidyale, Jabalpur, by prior arrangements and providing funds.
3. Soil Survey Reports (i) Contents: E-in-C publication No. 20 titled - “ Soil Surveys in
Command of Irrigation Projects”, contains Soil Surveys Reports for a large number of Major and
sizeable Medium schemes. These reports by and large follow the same pattern giving information
under the titles :
1. Overall statistics. 2. Texture classes. 3. Permeability.
4. Slopes. 5. Soil depths. 6. A.W.H.C. of soils.
7. Soil Reaction (pH). 8. Total Soluble salts. 9. Calcium Carbonate content.
10. Drainability. 11. Soil Irrigability classes. 12. Land Irrigability classes.
(ii) Use of Reports by Irrigation Officers: (a) These reports are being mainly used for
assessing water requirements and the area available for irrigation. Rest of the exercises are left
to the care of Agriculture Department. The use of such reports for increasing agriculture production
though important is seldom cared for by W.R.D. field staff. In order that they understand these
Soil Survey Reports, a note on “ by Dr.G.S. Koushal, Director of Agriculture, M.P. (based on his
Lecture Note delivered at OTC, Tawa Nagar". Soil surveys for planned Land use “ is included in
the next chapter,explaining fundamental and the standards followed in various classifications. It
also indicates data to be collected at the field, and tests to be carried out in the laboratory.
(b) The E-in-C Publication No. 20 discusses these fundamentals elaborately. Engineering
Staff interested in further details may kindly refer to that.
4. Method of taking Samples: As stated in para 2, this work is normally to be got done
through Agriculture Department or the JNKV, Jabalpur. It is likely that in some cases, it becomes
necessary to take such samples departmentally for getting them tested at the laboratories of
JNKV or any other Institution, then the following Guide Lines (Extracted from the Maharashtra
PWD Hand Book, 1978 Chapter 26.) need to be kept in view:
"5.6 Field -work:
5.6 (A) Laying the base line and the grid - A base line approximately parallel to river
is laid. At right angles to it, cross section lines are laid 400 metres apart, with grid points
spaced 400 metres. These points are numbered serially, starting from the canal. Every grid
point is thus identified as follows :-
 214 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 56
Village Survey Number
Cross-section number Pit No.
At each grid point, an auger bore is to be taken to find out the depth of soil. This auger
bore has been traditionally called as the "Auger Pit" - a misnomer to some extent. The term is
currently in use to denote an auger bore.
5.6 (B) Auger pit work - (i) Location of auger pits - At each grid point, an auger hole is
taken by means of a 1.3 metre long, 10cm. diameter auger. The auger can be extended by
using extension rods each 1 metre long.
Augering is to continue for a depth of 2.50 metres or up to occurrence of a hard strata,
whichever is earlier.
Samples of soil are collected at the following depths:-
Sample Depth Sample Depth
No. (cm) No. (cm)
1 0-20 5 120-160
2 20-40 6 160-200
3 40-80 7 200-250
4 80-120
(ii) Change in auger pit location and replacing an auger pit by an open profile-
The intervals at which the auger holes are to be taken have been given as above only for general
guidance. With due regard to the type of topography, the soil surveyor is expected to alter the
grid-spacing and the grid-location to obtain the maximum information with the given limitations
on the manpower and funds available for the survey. For instance, if there is a large forest area
which is not to be irrigated, there is no need to take auger pits in this area. Similarly in an area
whose nature is obvious to the eye, efforts need not be wasted by talking a large number of
auger holes. On the other hand, where the soil is suitable for cultivation, the number of auger
holes may be increased and , in fact, a few auger holes may be replaced by open profiles to
obtain more information.
In the same way the depth interval at which samples are to be taken has been specified
as above only in a general manner. While obtaining these samples if an abrupt change is seen
it will perhaps be necessary to obtain more samples to investigate the feature in greater detail.
If the auger bores show indications of alkali hard pans which is almost jointless and very tight,
the auger hole may have to be replaced by an open profile.
In this way the procedure of soil survey should not be implemented mechanically but the
officer in-charge of the survey should be continuously watchful and change the procedure to avoid
wasteful repetition on one hand and absence of information on the factors of interest on the other.
(iii) Field observations on auger pits - As the samples are taken out from the auger
hole, they are arranged in a clockwise fashion around the hole.
In the "Pit Book" the surveyor records his observation on each sample, and he also
records the type of underlying stratum.
Following observations are recorded:-
(a) Location of the A.P. (Auger Pit).
(b) Crops in the survey number.
(c) Colour of the soil according to standard chart.
(d) Texture, by feel.
CH. 56 Soil Surveys - A General Brief 215
(e) Soil structure.
(f) Presence of lime kunker in by testing with 10 percent Hydrochloric acid. Intensity of
effervescence is indicated as e=slight, as=strong, ev=violent.
(g) Mention is made whether the samples are collected for laboratory tests or not.
5.6 (C) Collection of soil samples - Soil samples are collected at the rate of one for
each depth mentioned in the para. 5.6 (B) from every fourth bore on the alternate cross section.
The samples from three consecutive auger-bores close to the river on alternate cross section
are also collected. The soil from each layer is mixed thoroughly taking care that the extraneous
material from the ground or from other layer is not mixed up with it, and the sample is
representative of the layer from which it is taken. One kilogram soil for each representative
samples is collected in a cloth bag of size 20cm.X 30cm. The location of the sample such as
village, survey number, coss section number, and pit number and the depth must invariably be
given on a label and kept with the sample. The same information is also written on the bag.
Proper labelling is very important so that the identity of sample is not lost. The bags containing
samples from the same pit are tied together to facilitate the sorting work and are transported to
laboratory for testing as soon as possible.
5.6 (D) Inspection of open profiles - One open profile is studied for every 10 sq. kilometres,
size of the pit for this purpose is 250cm. X 130cm. X 250cm. as shown in Fig.-1, below-
FIG.-1 An Open Profile

Observations taken in this study are :-

(1) soil horizons and
(2) their transition,
(3) soil colour as per standard colour chart,
(4) texture by feel method,
(5) structure,
(6) mottling,
(7) consistence when wet, moist, and dry (such as sticky, plastic, brittle , friable, firm etc.),
(8) existence of concretions (lime, iron, and silicons),
(9) root distribution in the profile (depth up to which the rootd go, their abundance, etc.) is recorded.
Samples are taken at various depths [vide para. 5.6 (B) (i)] for laboratory tests [normally
one from each soil horizon defined as per (1) above].
 216 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 56
During the above observations it is necessary to watch for the following factors:-
(a) The transition between various soil horizons should be studied carefully to see whether
they are well defined or diffuse, abrupt or gradual, straight or wavy and so on. In conformities, if
any, are to be watched specially. Thus the presence of sand lenses over the 'insitu', decomposed
material is an incorformity which indicates that the over lying material is alluvial or deposited
after transportation.
Location of profiles with high alkalinity is of considerable importance. The alkali profile is
of considerable importance. The alkali profile is characterised by absence of joints, low
permeability, compactness and absence of roots. The standard nomenclature of soil horizons
is given in figure.
(b) The soil colours should be observed with the help of a standard colour chart i.e Munsell's
colour chart. The colour should possibly be noted for the soil in dry as well as wet condition.
(c) The texture should be determined according to the system shown into the triangular
chart used by U.S.Soil Conservation Service (Fig.2) The standard symbols to be used in
classification have been enlisted as follows:-
Note: Para 4 and the matter thereafter had
Textural class Symbol Textural class Symbol
to be included as earlier on Pench Diversion
Sand S Silt si Scheme, the Staff collected samples from
Loamy sand Is Silty loam sil the top 12-15 inch depth, and got these
Sandy loam sl Silty clay sic tested at GSTI, Indore incurring an idle
expenditure of nearly 0.5 lakhs, as none of
Loam l Silty clay loam sicl
the above information was collected. The
Clay loam Cl Sandy clay sc staff will therefore, be cautious, not to
Sandy clay loam scl Clay c venture such an action again and take
timely action to
associate the above two
Institutions from the very
start, so that "Soil
Survey Report of the
Command Area" is
available well before the
finalisation of project
report.

PERCENTAGES OF
CLAY(BELOW 0.002 mm)
SILT (0.002 TO 0.05 mm), AND
SAND (0.05 TO 2.0 mm)
IN THE BASIC SOIL TEXTURAL
CLASSES

Fig-2 SOIL TRIANGLE OF

BASIC SOIL TEXTURAL
CLASSES

lll
CH. 57 Soil Surveys For Planned Land Use 217

Chapter - 57 t Soil Surveys For Planned Land Use

1. What is soil Survey? Soil survey is a systematic examination of soil in the field and
in the laboratories. The soils are characterized, described, named and classified. The boundaries
of different soils are demarcated on maps. Interpretation of soils according to their adaptability
for various crops, grasses and trees are done. In short it is preparation a comprensive inventory
of soil resources to asses suitability for different uses, viz. agriculture, forestry and engineering
uses, as catalogued below :
(a) Agriculture :
- Suitability of soils for sustained agriculture under dry farming and irrigation.
- Designing suitable land used and appropriate cropping pattern.
- Working out the water requirement for various cropping pattern.
- Prediction of soil behaviour and crop yields under irrigation.
- Identification of likely soil problems and suggesting corrective measures.
- Predicting yields of crops under different management practices.
- Priority delineation of areas needing intensive soil conservation measures.
(b) Forestry :
- To locate suitable areas for afforestation and selection of suitable species.
- To locate suitable areas for farm forestry and social forestry.
- To develop effective forest management plans including fertilization and soil
conservation.
- Identify soil problem's causes contributing to forest degradation.
(c) Engineering:
- Suitability as foundation materials for highways, airfields, buildings etc.
- Town and Country Planning.
- Acquisition of land for industry and non-agriculture purposes.
- Sites for water storage tanks.
- Laying out of irrigation canal net work.
For this purpose, it is necessary to study their important characteristics and correlate their
adaptability to various uses. For this purpose soil surveys and soil classification are necessary;
2. Types of Soils surveys : There are the following 4 types of soil surveys viz :
(1) Reconnaissance.
(2) Detailed.
(3) Detailed reconnaissance.
(4) Grid.
The type of survey depends on the time and personal available, the terrain features and
the details required for particular job These in brief are explained below :
(1) Reconnaissance soil survey : In this type of survey toposheet of Survey of India on
the scale 1:50,000 or aerial photographs on the scale of 1:50,000 is used. In the process of
 218 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 57
survey, the auger observations are taken at an interval of 1/2 to 1 Km and profiles at an interval
of 1 to 4 km depending upon soil heterogenity. In general, one profile is taken for 900-1000
hects of area and one auger bore for about 100 hect of area.
(2) Detailed soil survey: In this type of survey cadastral maps on the scale of 16" = 1
mile or aerial photograph on 1:15,000 are used as base maps. In the course of survey, soils are
examined in detail at closer interval to detect the differences in respect of texture, soil colour,
topography/vegetations, erosion etc. In general one profile is taken for 80 to 100 hectares of
area and surface samples for 15 to 20 hects of area depending upon the heterogenity.
In this type of survey, the elaborate mapping is done in greater details, with actual
observations throughout the course of traverse.
The detail survey is conducted for proper assessment of the soil properties, terrain features,
erosional aspects, which can help in working out the information needed for understanding the
soil and land problems in intensive cultivation.
(3) Detailed reconnaissance survey: It constitutes element of both detailed and
reconnaissance soil survey. This type of combined survey is carried out depending upon the
priority of areas and time available. The reconnaissance survey is carried out in usual way for
the whole area. After covering the complete area by reconnaissance survey, the area which
show potentialities for priority attention is covered under detailed soil survey.
(4) Grid survey: The Central Soil Mechanics Research Station of the C.W.P.C. have
evolved the method of observations by the grid(square) pattern to facilitate traversing for surveys
and mapping purpose. A grid of 1000 hects is considered a fairly representative unit for survey
purposes in the flat areas and, this may be suitably reduced in the size depending upon terrain
complexity.
In all the types of surveys the profiles are examined to the depth of 2m or bed rock, which
ever is met earlier, however, for irrigation appraisal the study is extended up to 3m to evaluate
the possibility of drainageable strata, hardpan and harmful salts which can create the problem
in due course of irrigation or can help in providing successful drainage to the area.
3. For these surveys the information to be collected in the field, and that obtained from
Laboratory tests etc. can be summed up as below:
A - To be collected in 1. Physiography and relief. 9. Soil structure.
the field. 2. General slope degree and nature. 10. Soil colour.
3. Erosional features. 11. Soil consistence.
4. Parent material. 12. Permeability of soil.
5. Hydrology. 13. Infiltration capacity.
6. Source of irrigation, and 14. Present land use and its
quality of irrigation water. condition.
7. Effective soil depth-thick- 15. Surface characters like
ness of soil profile. stoniness, rockiness and
8. Root distribution. their intensity.
B - Assessed in the 01. Soil Texture. 06. Exchangeable cations.
Laboratory. 02. Water holding capacity. 07. pH(Soil reaction)
03. Available Water Holding Capacity. 08. Presence of any harmful salts.
04. Type of clay minerals. 09. Content of calcium carbonate.
05. Cation exchange capacity. 10. Organic matter.
4. Information to be collected at the field - briefly narrated: The following narration
would give a brief idea what exactly is to be collected at the field under different sub-heads.
CH. 57 Soil Surveys For Planned Land Use 219
(1) Physiography and Relief : Physiography relates to the relative position of the land
scape i.e. it may be:
a) Terrace. c) Mountain. e) Mid land.
b) Alluvial plain. d) Up land. f) Low land etc.
Relief refers to elevation or inequalities of a land surface considered collectively. Micro
relief refers to small scale differences in topography.
(2) General slope degree and Nature of Soils : Slopes refers to shape, length and
pattern. The slope may be single or complex depending upon the topography. The slope is
represented in feet for each 100 feet horizontal distance or expressed in percent depending on
the inclination of land. The slope classes are reported in soil survey reports as per Table-1
Table - 1 Soil slope Classes
Slope class % slope Description
A 0-1 Nearly levelled.
B 1-3 Very gently sloping.
C 3-5 Gently sloping.
D 5-10 Moderately sloping.
E 10-15 Strongly sloping.
F 15-25 Moderately steep.
G 25-33 Steep.
H 33-50 Very steep.
I 50 Very very steep.
(3) Erosional Features : Soil is the very source of life and sustenance. The detachment
and transfer of soil is called erosion. The erosion can be caused by water or wind. The erosion
is the worst enemy of the farmer. Erosion means:-
(a) Loss of soils, it reduce soil depth faster and faster if no precautions are taken.
(b) Loss of natural fertility and nutrients artificially added.
(c) Loss of fine particles of soils, which silt-up river beds, major reservoirs, dams and
increases flood hazards. This results in exposure of sub soils, which is poor in fertility and the
maintenance of satisfactory physical condition is diffcult. Erosion takes place in sequence,
sheet erosion-Rillorosion-Gully erosion, Leading to ravines.
The loss of soil depends upon:
(i) Slope & topography.
(ii) Vegetation.
(iii) Nature of soil.
(i) Slope and topography : The greater the degree of slope, other conditions remaining
constant, the greater the erosion due to increased velocity of water flow. The length of the
inclined area, the greater is the concentration of flooding water. The influence of slopes is
greatly modified by the size and general topography of the drainage area.
(ii) Vegetation : Forest with a heavy ground cover of organic matter and with dense under
growth is superior to open under woods with little organic accumulation. Field crops also vary in
influencing the erosion.
(iii) Nature of soils : It depend upon the:
(a) Infiltration capacity.
(b) Structural stability.
(c) Drainage : It has an important bearing on the behaviour of the soil towards
erosion, cropping etc.
 220 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 57
Table - 2 Soil Erosion Classes.
Erosion class Description
e1 No erosion or slight erosion, where upto 25% of the ‘A’ horizon
is lost, mild sheet erosion.
e2 Moderate erosion, 50 to 75% of "A" horizon lost, sheet and rill erosion.
e3 Severe erosion, A horizon lost and ‘B’ exposed, incipient gullies.
e4 Very severe erosion 25 to 75% ‘B' horizon lost, may include
shallow to deep gullies.
(3) Parent Material : It gives an idea of potential nutrient status of the soil.
(4) Hydrology : It gives and idea about the ground water source and fluctuation of ground
water. During the survey the information is collected in respect of ground water fluctuations.
Many of the cultivated crops cannot tolerate water logging conditions. The tolerance level of
various crops is as per table - 3
Table - 3 Tolerance levels of crops to high ground water tables and water logging.
Ground water at 50cm Water logging
High tolerance. Sugarcane, potatos. Rice, grasses.
Medium tolerance. Sugar beet, wheat, Citrus, bananas,
barely, oats, peas, cotton. apples, onions.
Sensitive. Maize, tobacco. Peas, beans.
(6) Source of Irrigation and quality of irrigation water : Water is a valuable resource
for agriculture and therefore an appraisal of its quality is necessary. The quality is based on
several factors like. TSS, SAR, RSC,Boron, Chloride and Sulphate.
In planning irrigation project it is essential to under stand the source of irrigation and
quality of irrigation water. If the underground water is of not good quality then there is every
possibility of area being affected by high salt content.
(7) Effective Soil Depth : It refers to depth of a soil that can hold and supply water and
nutrients, limited upto parent material or solid rock or water table. More soil depth is always
beneficial for agriculture purposes. The more depth means :
- Good hold for roots, especially, for deep-rooted crops.
- More/Soil surface for root contact.
- Holds more available moisture for crops.
- Holds more quantity of nutrient for ready availability to crops.
- Finally provides opportunity for selection of variety of crops and uses.
The soil depth controls root development and effective retention and infiltration. The effective
rooting depth is very important in deciding the project success and cropping pattern.
The rooting depth is described as per table - 4.
Table - 4 Soil depth classes.
Soil depth Depth range in cm. Description
d1 Less than 7.5 Very shallow
d2 7.5 to 22.5 Shallow
d3 22.5 to 45.0 Moderately deep
d4 45.0 to 90.0 Deep
d5 More than 90 Very deep
CH. 57 Soil Surveys For Planned Land Use 221
The soil depth is very important for successful agriculture, hence one has to give due
consideration to soil depth. The soil depth can not be improved in regular course of time
because in nature the development of 1 to 2 cm of soils takes about 500 years. Since soil depth
is a more or less static factor, it is desirable to choose the crops, best suited to particular soil
depth. The rooting depth of crops are as per table 5.
Table-5 Rooting depth of Common crops.
Shallow rooted Moderately deep Deep rooted Very deep
60 cm. rooted 90 cm. 120 cm. rooted.
Cauliflower Carrots, Beans, peas Cotton Berseems
Cabbage Mellons Tomato Citrus
Onion Tobacco Maize Sugarcane
Potato Wheat Jowar Sunflower
Rice Ground nut Soyabeen
- The above depth classification is for loamy soils.
- Reduce depth by 25 to 30% for clayey soils.
- Increase depth by 25 to 30% for sandy soils.
(8) Root distribution : The roots are vital part of plant, which supplies adequate water,
air and nutrients to the plant. The roots of plants have an important relation to soil structure. If
surface is compact, then it will be difficult for the roots to penetrate in and develop to great extent.
In most plants, the concentration of absorbing root is greatest in the upper part of the root
zone (usually in the top 45 cm) and near the base of the plant. In general, the usual extraction
pattern shows that :
(a) 40% of the extracted moisture comes from upper quarter of root zone.
(b) 30% from second quarter.
(c) 20% from third quarter.
(d) 10% from bottom quarter.
(9) Soil colour : The Soil colour varies widely among various kinds of soil, as well as,
within different horizons of a soil profile. The variation in soil colour is mainly due to the :
(i) Organic matter content which generally impart black to dark grey tings.
(ii) Iron compounds are responsible for red, brown and yellow tings.
(iii) Silica, lime and other salts give light, white and grey tings.
Soil colour is indirectly indicative of many other soil properties e.g.
(a) Red colour is generally suggestive of relative old and intensely weathered well
drained soils.
(b) Soil colour influences the soil temperature to some extent.The dark colour soils
absorb more heat than light coloured soils.
(10) Soil structure : The arrangement of the soil particles (sand, silt and clay) and their
aggregates in to certain defined pattern is known as structure.
There are five principle geometric forms of soil structure :
(a) Plate like : Horizontal dimensions much developed.
(b) Prism Like : Vertical axis more developed.
(c) Columner: Same as prism but top are rounded.
(d) Block like : All the dimension are about the same size.
 222 A Compilation of Technical Circulars for Irrigation Works in M.P. CH. 57
There are mainly two types of blocky structures :
i) Angular blocky : Geometrically the angles are sharp and can be measured.
ii) Sub-angular blocky : Geometrically the angles are rounded and cannot be measured
accurately.
(e) Sphere like Spheroidal : Rounded or spheroidal, all axis are of same length, with
curved and irregular faces. They are of smalller size. There are two principal types of structure
under this class.
(i) Granular-less porous.
(ii) Crumby - porous.
Structure is very important in plant growth relationship, as it chiefly influences the amount
and nature of porosity and regulates the moisture - air regime in the soil. The best structure is
crumby/granular for favourable physical properties, while platy structure normally hinders free drainage.
(11) Soil Consistence : It represent the degree and kind of (a)cohesion and (b) adhesion,
resistance offered to the forces tending to deform or rupture the soil mass.
(a) Cohesion : It is the attraction of the similar substance e.g.one matter molecule for
another.
(b) Adhesion : It is the attra